THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY ACCESSION SHELF NO. U. of M. UuplicaCD LIBRARY OF fOMNIBUS faj ARTIBUs ACCESSION 3 >/& U. of M. Duplicate THE Cottage Physician FOR INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY USE. Prevention, Symptoms and Treatment. BEST KNOWN METHODS IN ALL Diseases, Accidents Emergencies oiik Home, PREPARED BY The Best Physicians and Surgeons of Modern Practice. ALLOPATHY, ••• HOMCEOPATHY, ETC., ETC. WITH INTRODUCTION BY GEORGE W. POST, A.M., M.D., Adjunct Professor of thie Practice of Nledicine IN THE College of Physicians and Surgeons, Chicago. Complete fiapd Boo^ of (I\edieal l^pou/led^e for tl?e pome. NEARLY 200 ILLUSTRATIONS. 1806 King-t^ieha^dson Publishing Co. Springfield, Mass. Cincinnati. Des Moines. Dallas. Sacramento. Copyright, 1895, by KING, RICHARDSON & CO., Springfield, Mass. All Rights Reserved.- 2 _ 6 PR EFACE. V The object of The Cottage Physician is fourfold: 1, to prevent sickness ; 2, to promote health ; 3, to diminish human suffering ; 4, to lessen the expense of maintaining the blessing of health in the home. Every individual has a right to know all about himself, which is now made possible through the wonderful advancement and recent discoveries in medical science. Of all departments of knowledge, none is of greater impor- tance than that which relates to the preservation of human life and the alleviation of pain and suffering. It is admitted by all, that preventive medicine is far better than curative medicine. Technical names and medical phrases have been studiously avoided or carefully interpreted, and the entire work stripped of that cloud of mystery which characterizes other books of simi- lar nature. This volume will be found so broad in its scope of infor- mation, so simple in language, so clear in expression, and so comprehensive that even those of very limited knowledge will find it a never-failing guide in promoting health, curing disease, and in the emergencies of the home. The object of the work is in no sense intended to detract from the dignity of the profession nor to take the physician’s place, but, if properly used, will render his work more success- ful, thus his visits less frequent, and health more abundant. THE AUTHORS. 598555 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Chapter 1. page. Physiology for the Home, 9 Chapter 2. How to Maintain Good Health, 74 Chapter 3. Detecting Approaching Disease, 87 Chapter 4. Diseases. Remedies and Treatment, 95 Chapter 5. Womanhood, Motherhood. Counsel and Treatment, ... 267 Chapter 6. Children, Care, Diseases and Treatment, 296 Chapter 7. Contagious Diseases of Children, 320 Chapter 8. Care and Preservation of the Teeth, 351 Chapter 9. How to Disguise Unpleasant Taste of Medicine, 354 Chapter 10. Homoeopathic Remedies and Treatment, 358 Chapter 11. Key to Homoeopathic Prescriptions, 393 Chapter 12. Properties and Action of Homoeopathic Remedies, .... 395 Chapter 13. Medicinal Plants. When to Gather, How to Use, .... 402 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 5 Chapter 14. page. Botanical Treatment. Home Made Remedies, 432 Chapter 15. Favorite Family Prescriptions, 447 Chapter 16. Accidents and Injuries. Domestic Surgery, . 452 Chapter 17. Physical Culture and its Power over Disease ,504 Chapter 18. Hydropathic Treatment. Water a Healing Remedy, ... 505 Chapter 19. Electricity. Properties and Healing Power, 507 Chapter 20. Properties of Medicine Classified, 513 Chapter 21. Medicines Classified According to Effects, 614 Chapter 22. Latin Names of Remedies, Translated into English, ... 618 Chapter 23. Antidotes for Remedies. How to Neutralize Overdoses, . 519 Chapter 24. Disinfectants. How to Destroy Germs of Disease, .... 628 Chapter 25. Poisons and their Antidotes, 630 Chapter 26. Patent Medicine Recipes, 631 Chapter 27. Select Family Liniments. Pain Relieving Remedies, . . 537 Chapter 28. Choice Healing Ointments, 538 Chapter 29. World Famed Family Cements, 638 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Chapter 30. page. Famous Medicated Pads, 539 Chapter 31. Noted Mineral Waters Possessing Healing Virtues, ... 540 Chapter 32. Side Talks with Young Men and Young Women, .... 541 Chapter 33. Husband and Wife. Golden Counsel, 566 Chapter 34. Old Age. Care, Diseases, and Treatment, 584 Chapter 35. Food for Infants, 588 Chapter 36. Food for the Sick-Room, 589 Chapter 37. Medical Dictionary. Doctors’ Phrases Explained, ... 596 Chapter 38. Diseases Classified According to Symptoms, 615 Chapter 39. Clinical Thermometer. Sure Indicator of Serious Illness, 617 Chapter 40. Phrenology Illustrated, 620 Chapter 41. Toilet Remedies, 622 Chapter 42. Prescription Register, 623 Chapter 43. Household Memoranda, 630 Chapter 44. Keeley Cure, etc, 326 Chapter 45. Temperaments and Constitution, 335 INTRODUCTION BY GEORGE W. POST, A.M., M.D., Adjunct Professor of the Practice of Medicine in the College of Physicians and Surgeons , Chicago. Member of Chicago Medical Society , etc. # E VERY intelligent human being should study medicine. There is need of wisdom, accuracy, and judgment in the care of our bodies. The * knowledge of medicine should be as universal as the need of it. No one can be considered well educated who does not understand the make-up of his own body and the care and requirements necessary to keep it in a state of health. The average man knows too little about himself, and no one knows too much, but the facts which have been demonstrated, and which are beneficial to mankind, should be a part of the common knowledge. This is true philanthropy. To cure a person of disease is a good thing, but to teach him how to keep well is a.better one. The ignorance or indifference in respect to these things which prevails among enlightened and thinking people is almost incredible. All classes of men, lawyers, farmers, and business men, clergymen, teachers, and men prominent in national affairs, show the greatest eagerness and enthusiasm in mastering any detail of their respective callings which may be to their advantage. Yet, too often these same men manifest no anxiety whatever as to their own physical well-being. Men submit themselves, complacently, to fatigue, exposure, and excesses, which ruin the body, and frequently mind and soul as well. A part of this is due to carelessness, but the greater part can safely be laid at the door of ignorance. Men do not know the right rules of living. They do not know the certain and sure penalties which follow the breaking of these rules. There is, at the present day, more need of teachers for the people than for the educating of physicians. The world does not need more physicians. On the contrary the demand of the times is for fewer physicians, and better ones, and it always will be so. But the highest and best achievement of the medical profession is to prevent disease, and this can be accomplished in no better way than by teaching the people how to live. So, too, a book which shall teach the principles of right living in a clear, scientific, and God-fearing way is a boon to humanity. Such a book The Cottage Physieian aims to be. But the world is awakening to a realizing sense of its own lack. Tt is looking for sources of relief. Everything published regarding medicine, from madstones to antitoxines, and from quack advertisements to magic germ destroyers, is swallowed with avidity, until the popular medical lore 7 8 INTRODUCTION. has become a miscellaneous compound of tradition, superstition, and dis- jointed scientific truths. Not that the people lack intelligence or judgment, but their sources of information are unreliable. So, then, the people’s text-book of medicine should be clear, concise, and accurate. It should state facts and not theories. It should deal with practical truths simply worded. Not every one who studies medicine should practice it. The manipula- tion of complex machinery and delicate tools requires tho skilled workman. What, then, shall be the proper field for the medical knowledge of the masses ? On what lines shall the learner of the future be instructed ? In the first place, he will have a practical understanding of the mechanism and workings of the different parts of his physique. He will understand thoroughly the details of hygiene as to clothing, exercise, rest, food, drink, and the like. He will know how best to prevent disease, and how to prevent the spread of contagious maladies by isolation, disinfection, and inocula- tion. He will be taught to act with discretion in emergencies, to control bleeding in the wounded, to use artificial respiration in the drowning, to apply a temporary splint to a broken bone. He will know what remedies to use in the treatment of slight ailments, little matters, for which a physician would not be consulted, but which, if neglected, may lead to grave disorders. In short, he will know how to preserve the human body in the condition of the highest health and activity to a hale old age. To the inexperienced nurse, this book will prove especially helpful. It is a common occurrence for the untried mother, wife, or daughter to- be called upon to care for a loved one who is suffering from a severe or dangerous disease. Unnerved by anxiety, distrustful of her own capability, and fear- ful as to the future, she seeks earnestly for every particle of information which may benefit the patient. The physician in attendance has no time to train her in all the minutiae of nursing. She turns, naturally, to her friends for advice, and they, moved by sympathy or officiousness, suggest methods and means according to their knowledge or experience. This advice, coming from so many sources, is so varied and conflicting, that the novice is bewil- dered ; and oftentimes she employs measures, with the best of intentions, which result disastrously to the sufferer. In such a time of uncertainty, it will be of the greatest value to have at hand, such a simple, reliable state- ment of the cause and course of the disease, of its dangers and complica- tions, of the treatment to be used, and the treatment to be avoided. Terror will thus be replaced by confidence, perplexity by certainty, and many lives will be saved. The plan of placing in the same volume an outline of the three recognized schools of medicine is a good one. It enables the unbiased reader to get a just idea of each, without heat or prejudice, and to choose that one which appeals most strongly to his reason and judgment. To the young man or woman who contemplates entering the medical profession, it affords a source of information from which a choice of schools can be made. The broader the scope of human knowledge, the greater should be the sum of human happiness, and this is certainly true of medicine. Knowl- edge brings health, and health is the handmaid of happiness. Let the researches of science and the education of the masses go on, hand in hand, until the time shall come when disease shall have vanished from the earth, and death shall result only as a welcome and peaceful termination to a life whose sum of usefulness is complete. EXTERNAL LOCATION OF THE ORGANS. THE NERVES. KEY TO MANIKIN. 1. Muscular system. 2. External nerves, head & face. 3. The trachea. 4. The arch of the aorta. 5. Pulmonary artery. 6. Superior vena cava. 7. External surface of the lungs. 8. The heart. 9. Right bronchus and branches, xo. The blood vessels of the lungs. 11. External of the stomach. 12. Internal of the stomach. 13* The duodenum. 14. The small intestines. 15. The large intestines or colon. 16. The cerebrum or large vein. 17. Thfe cerebellum or little brain. 18. The cervical vertebrae. 19. The oesophagus. 20. The subclavian vein. 21. The descending aorta. 22. The left lobe of the liver. 23. The gall bladder. 24. The kidney. 25. The spleen. 26. The inferior vena cava. 27. The right iliac artery. 28. The left iliac artery. 29. The right iliac vein. 30. The left iliac vein. KEY TO MANIKIN. 1. Muscular system. 2. External nerves, head & face. 3. The trachea. 4. The arch of the aorta. 5. Pulmonary artery. 6. Superior vena cava. 7. External surface of the lungs. 8. The heart. 9. Right bronchus and branches. 10. The blood vessels of the lungs. 11. External of the stomach. 12. Internal of the stomach. 13. The duodenum. 14. The small intestines. 15. The large intestines or colon. 10. The cerebrum or large vein. 17. Th£ cerebellum or little brain. 18. The cervical vertebrae. 19. The oesophagus. 20. The subclavian vein. 21. The descending aorta. 22. The left lobe of the liver. 23. The gall bladder. 24. The kidney. 25. The spleen. 26. The inferior vena cava. 27. The right iliac artery. 28. The left iliac artery. 29. The right iliac vein. 30. The left iliac vein. COPYRIGHT BY W C.KING . SPRINGFIELD, KEY TO MANIKIN. 1. Muscular system. 2. External nerves, head & face. 3. The trachea. 4. The arch of the aorta. 5. Pulmonary artery. 6. Superior vena cava. 7 . External surface of the lungs. 8. The heart. 9. Right bronchus and branches. 10. The blood vessels of the lungs. 11. External of the stomach. 12. Internal of the stomach. 13. The duodenum. 14. The small intestines. 15. The large intestines or colon. 16. The cerebrum or large vein. 17. Thfe cerebellum or little brain. 18. The cervical vertebrae. 19. The oesophagus. 20. The subclavian vein. 21. The descending aorta. 22. The left lobe of the liver. 23. The gall bladder. t 24. The kidney. 25. The spleen. 1 26. The inferior vena cava. 27. The right iliac artery. 28. The left iliac artery. 29. The right iliac vein. 30. The left iliac vein. OPYRIGH KEY TO MANIKIN. Muscular system. External nerves, head & face. The trachea. The arch of the aorta. Pulmonary artery. Superior vena cava. External surface of the lungs. The heart. Right bronchus and branches. The blood vessels of the lungs External of the stomach. Internal of the stomach. The duodenum. The small intestines. The large intestines or colon. The cerebrum or large vein. Th8 cerebellum or little brain. The cervical vertebrae. The oesophagus. The subclavian vein. The descending aorta. The left lobe of the liver. The gall bladder. The kidney. The spleen. The inferior vena cava. The right iliac artery. The left iliac artery. The le Physiology for the Home — -#««► ILLUSTRATED. The Head. — The head consists of the skull., or cranium, and the face — the former contains the brain. The skull is composed of eight bones, connected together by sutures, having tooth-like serrated margins, which fit into or overlap each other. The whole structure is marvelous for its strength and lightness. Between the interior and exterior wall of the frontal or fore- head bone are what are called the frontal sinuses, two hollow chambers, which cause those bulgings at the upper edges of the orbits, and which shelter and protect the eyes in the hollow beneath. Behind each ear there is also a bony prominence called the mastoid, to which powerful muscles are attached, especially the sterno mastoid, which is distinctly seen in the neck, and whose lower ends have their origin at the top of the sternum or breast bones. These prominences are intended to guard the entrance to the internal ear, which is placed wholly within the hollow of the temporal bones. At the center of the base of the skull is a round hole of considerable size, the fora- men magnum, through which the spinal cord passes from the brain. On either side of this opening are two smooth promi- nences, called condyles ; these rest upon the tops of the uppermost vertebrae, and allow of a nodding motion to the head. 10 anatomy of the human body, FIG. 3 . FIG. 2 . FRONT VIEW OF THE HEAD, AS SHOWN IN THE HUMAN SKELETON. 1, the frontal portion of the frontal hone ; 2, the position of the nasal prominence, the hollow within which is shown, the cartilage which supports and forms the nose being mostly removed ; 3, over the orbit refers to the supra-orbital ridge; 4, the optic foramen ; 5 and 6, the sphe- noidal and the spheno-maxillary fissures ; 7, lachrymal fossa in the lachrymal bone, where the nasal duct commences ; 4, 5, 6, and 7 refer to parts within the orbit ; 8, the opening of the anterior nares, divided into two parts by the vomer, on which the cypher is placed; 9, the infra-orbital foramen; 10, malar bone; 11, symphosis of lower jaw; 12, mental foramen; 13, ramus of lower jaw; 14, parietal bone; 15, coronal suture; 16, temporal bone; 17, squamous suture; 18, upper part of the great ala of the sphenoid bone; 19, commencement of the temporal ridge; 20, zygoma of the temporal bone, assisting to form the zygomatic arch ; 21, mastoid THE LOWER SURFACE OR BASE OF THE BRAIN. a is the cerebrum or brain proper, occupying the upper part of the cranium, and divided into two hemispheres, each of which is sub- divided into an anterior, middle, and posterior lobe ; b c, between these lobes, are fissures or boundaries termed clefts or sold, which pene- trate to the depth of about an inch. The two hemispheres of the cerebellum or little brain, which occupies the lower or back part of the cranium, are marked d. They differ in form and arrangement from the superior portion, being composed of flattened laminae or layers; e is the medulla oblongata, very much the smallest portion of the mass, which passes out of the cavity of the cranium into that of the vertebral canal, being a continuation of the spinal cord, of which the whole brain may be considered as an expansion ; g, l, f, o, mark the shape and position of certain cerebral nerves; h, olfactory nerves. THE BRAIN. 11 The Brain. — The human brain, the average weight of which is forty-nine ounces in the male, and forty-four or forty-five ounces in the female, is divided into three distinct parts, called the cere- brum, cerebellum, and medulla oblongata. Of the membranes inclosing that soft, pulpy mass, two have been called mater (mother), from the old notion that they gave rise to all the other mem- branes of the body ; these are the pia mater and dura mater — the former is a very delicate tissue, containing many minute blood vessels, which are, in fact, the nutrient arteries of the brain, before entering which they divide and subdivide upon the external surface to an extreme degree of minute- ness, so as to prevent the blood from entering the tender cerebral substance in too forcible a maimer. The dura mater is a much coarser and stronger membrane, which lines the inner portion of the skull, and forms an external cover for the brain and its appendages. It gives off several elonga- tions, which are called processes, and which descend between certain portions of the brain ; the most remarkable, on account of its size, extends verti- cally in the longitudinal fissure between the hemispheres of the brain, and on account of its shape and resemblance to a sickle is called falx cerebri. Under the microscope, the cerebral substance is found to be composed of pulp containing both fibers and cells ; the outer portion is termed the gray substance, on account of its color ; it is also termed the cortical portion, from cortex — bark — because it forms the first coat of the mass. It consists of fine cellular membrane, sustaining a complete network of small blood vessels. Larger in quantity, and firmer in consistence, is the inner substance, termed the white or medullary portion ; it consists of minute fibers, woven together like plaited straw. In man the brain is much larger than in the inferior animals ; that of an ox scarcely weighs a pound. It is upon the surface of the human brain chiefly that those great inequalities exist — those “ developments ” upon which phrenol- FIG. 4. SPINAL CORD. 12 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. ogists build their theories. Such inequalities are not found upon the brain of the hare or rabbit, nor upon the brains of rodent animals. These inequalities are neither so bold nor so deep in the ox as in the horse, nor so well marked in the horse as in the dog, seeming to in- crease or diminish very much with the ratio of intelligence, as does also the bulk of the brain. In fishes the brain is very small, and in the invertebrate animals it diminishes to mere nervous ganglia. It is curious to observe that while in the robin, among birds, the brain approaches to the proportionate size of that of the human being, in the goose it bears a very much smaller proportion to the bulk of the body. The Nose contains the organ of smell in vertebrate animals ; and in the three highest classes is connected with the respiratory function. In man, the nose, anatomically considered, consists of two large cavities called nostrils, a right and left, formed by the bones of the face, and separated from each other by a perpendicular flat partition called the septum. Each nostril is divided by the turbinated bone into the superior, middle, and inferior chambers. The upper wall of the nose is pierced by numerous foramina, through which enter the filaments of the olfactory, or nerve of smell. Besides smell, the nose has ordinary sensation, like other parts of the face, depending on filaments of the trifacial, or fifth pair of cerebral nerves. The external prominent part of the nose, which gives character to the features, is composed of several cartilages connected to the bones and to each other by strong fibrous tissue, sufficiently firm to preserve the shape of the organ, and so elastic and flexible as to permit the expansion FIG. 5. VERTICAL SECTION OF THE BRAIN. a, b, c, the cerebrum; d, the cerebellum or little brain; r„, f spinal marrow; g, pons varolii; h, , cranial bones; k, o’ptio thalamus; m, frontal sinus; p, hard palate; g, the larynx ; z, mouth of Eustachian tube. THE NERVES. 13 and contraction of the nostrils in respiration. The nose contains not only the nerves of smell, but serves also for the passage of air into the lungs, and has a considerable influence upon the voice. FIG. 6. FIG. 7. 1, part of upper jaw-bone: 2, nose bone; 3, upper side cartilage ; 4, lower do. ; 5, cellular tissue. MUSCLES OF THE NOSE. 1, pyramidal muscle of the nose ; 2, mus- cle to lift tho side cartilages; 3, com- pressor of the nose ; 4. front dilator of the nostril ; 5, small compressor of the nostril ; 7, muscle to pull down the side cartilages. FIG. 8. The Nerves. — These are the fibers and ganglia of the brain and spinal marrow, which are distributed to every part of the body. There are two kinds of nerve substance — one white in appearance, and presenting under the microscope a fibrous structure, and the other of a gray color, and consist- ing of cells filled with granular matter ; the latter kind are but sparingly dis- tributed in proportion to the former, and appear to form the apparatus by which the nervous force or energy is generated, while impressions are con- veyed through the white fibers to the points of action ; we may briefly state concerning these two kinds of nerves, that one gives rise to feeling, and the other to motion. The whole nervous system of the human body is composed of the brain and cranial THE CEREBELLUM, OK SMALL BRAIN, AS SEEN FROM THE BACK. 14 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. y/y SEPTUM OF THE NOSE AND ITS NERVES. 1, nerve of the lobe of the nose; 2, olfactory lobe; 3, nerves of the septum ; 4, nerve of the palate. nerves ; the spi- nal cord, and spi- nal and sympa- thetic nerves. Of the structure of the brain we have already spoken ; of the spinal cord or marrow we may briefly say, that it is com- posed of a white and gray sub- stance similar to that of the brain, and is covered with the dura ma- ter an dpia mater , or membrane, which extend FIG. 10. Fig. 10 represents the mesial surface of a longitudinal section of the brain. 1. Inner surface of left hemisphere. 2. Divided centre of the cerebellum, showing the arbor vitae. 3. Medulla oblongata. 4. Corpus callosum. 5. Fornix. 6. One of the crura of the fornix. 7. One of the corpora aibicantia, pea-shaped bodies between the crura cerebri. 8. Septum lucieum. 9. Velum interpositum. 10. Section of the middle commissure in the third ventri- cle. 11. Section of the anterior commissure. 12. Section of the posterior commissure. 13. Corpora quadrigemina. 14. Pineal gland. 15. Aqueduct of Sylvius. 16. Fourth ventricle. 17. Pons varolii, through which are seen pass- ing the diverging fibres of the corpora pyramidalia. 18. Crus cerebri of the left side ; the third nerve arising from it. 19. Tuber cinereum, from which projects the infundibulum, having the pituitary gland appended to its extremity. 20. One of the optic nerves. 21. The left olfactory nerve terminating anteriorly in a rounded bulb. from the former organ through the whole length of the spinal column. In Fig. 12 we have a representa- tion of the spinal cord, surrounded by its sheath, marked by the letters E E, the cord itself being represented by A; B is a spinal nerve, formed by the union of the motor root (C) and the sensitive root (D) where the knot or ganglion is seen. The sympathetic nerve consists of a se- ries of ganglia or knots, which extend down each side of the spinal column, forming a kind of chain throughout its THE NERVES. 15 SECTION OF THE BRAIN AND SPINAL CORD, SHOWING THE RELATION OF THE CRANIAL NERVES TO THESE ORGANS, AND TO THOSE OF THE SENSES TO WHICH THEY BELONG. whole length, communicating with both the cranial and spinal nerves, and distributing branches to all the internal organs. fig. ii- Nerves are undoubtedly the organs of sensation and motion of every kind, and through them the mind operates upon the body. The intelligent mind, whose seat is in the brain, wills that a certain action shall be performed, and instantly through the spinal cord the message flies, branching off here and there, according to the direction in which the work is to be done, and setting in motion the muscles which perform it. Fig. 15 will give a good idea of the way in which the nerves spread and ramify throughout the body ; it represents a back view of the brain and spinal cord. The spine contains the great channel of nervous energy, and it is the principal support of the bony frame ; this is one of the most important parts of the hu- man structure ; it is sometimes called the vertebral column, be- ing composed of a number of vertebrae, or short, single bones, so named from their peculiar construction, the term being from the latin verto , to turn. These bones turn upon each other in such a manner as to give flexibility to the spine, which is the first developed portion of the skeleton in man, and the center around which all other parts are produced. “In its earliest for- ^ mation,” says Wilson, “it is a simple cartilaginous cylinder, surrounding and protecting the primitive trace of the nervous system; but, as it advances in growth and organization, it becomes divided into distinct pieces, which constitute vertebrae.” 1, the cerebrum ; 2, the cerebellum, with Its foliated portion, sometimes termed arbor vitae; 3 is the medulla oblongata (oblong marrow), which forms the top of the spinal cord, which is represented by 4 and 5 ; the first pair, or nerves of smell, are marked by 6 ; the second pair, or nerves of sight, by 7 and 8; the third, fourth, and sixth pairs, which pass to the muscles of the eye, 9, 10, 12 ; the fifth pair, nerves of taste, which are also the sensitive nerves of the teeth, 11 ; the seventh pair, passing to the muscles of the face, 13 ; the eighth pair, nerves of hearing, 14; the ninth, tenth, eleventh, and twelfth pairs, which pass to the tongue, larynx, and neck, 15, 16, 18, 19 ; and 20 indicates two of the spinal nerves, which latter are arranged in thirty- two pairs, each arising by two roots, the one called the anterior or motor root, and the other the posterior or sensitive root. FIG. 12. 16 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIG. 13. GANGLION OF A SYMPA- THETIC NERVE. By the aid of Fig. 16 the peculiarities of construction will be best understood. The upper vertebra of the cervical region is termed the atlas , because it is the immediate support of the head. It differs somewhat from the others in shape ; so also does the second, called the axis , and the seventh or last, termed the vertebra prominens. The lumbar vertebrae are the largest pieces of the whole column ; here the body is large and broad, and thicker before than behind ; the pedicels very strong, and the laminae short, thick, and broad, as are also the spinous proc- esses. Fig. 19 represents the coccyx (Greek for cuckoo), so called from its fancied resemblance to a cuckoo’s beak ; it forms the termination of the vertebral column. If the bodies of the vertebrae rested immediately upon each other, there would be a rigid column which could not be bent in any direction without displacement of the bones ; but to provide against this, they are separated from each other by elastic “ intervertebral cartilages,” which yield to every motion of the body, and prevent that shock to the brain which would occur at every step taken, were not some such pro- vision made. Then, again, the vertebrae thus beautifully fitted into each other, and resting upon soft, yielding cushions, are held together by a series of ligaments and muscles, which, while they allow of all necessary motions, yet restrain from going too far. By means of these ligaments aided by muscles, which are attached to the posterior portions of the vertebrae, the equilibrium of the spine, and the motions of the body generally, are maintained. Each vertebra has a triangular opening corresponding to its neighbor, through which runs a canal, which is filled with nerve substance and membranes, called the spinal cord, which communicates with the brain through an opening in the base of the skull. It is scarcely necessary for us here to go more deeply into the structure of the nerve fibers and cells, else we might state many curious and interesting facts concerning this part of the animal economy. Some idea of their nature and the beauty of their arrangement may be seen by the accompanying diagrams. Like the veins and arteries, they spring from great THE NERVES, 17 main channels, which may be compared to the stem and arms of a tree, and branch out from thence in every direction, divid- ing and subdividing into the most minute ramifications — so that you cannot so much as prick any part of the surface of FIG. 15. FIG. 14. Fig. 14 represents the micro- scopic elements of the nervous structure. 1, Mode of termina- tion of white nerve-fibres in. loops; three of these loops are simple, the fourth is convoluted. The latter is found in situations where a high degree of sensation exists. 2, A white nerve-fibre from the brain, showing the varicose or knotty appearance produced by traction or pres- sure. 3, A white nerve-fibre en- larged to show its structure, a tubular envelope and a con- tained substance — neurilemma and neurine. 4, A nerve-cell showing its capsule and granu- lar contents. 5, Its nucleus con- taining a nucleolus. 6, A nerve- cell, from which several proces- ses are given off; it contains also a nucleated nucleus. THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 1, the cerebrum. 2, cerebellum. 8, spinal cord. 4, nerves of the face. 5, the brachial plexus or union of nerves. 6, 7, 8, 9, nerves of the arm. 10, those that pass under the ribs. 11, lumbar plexus. 12, sacral plexus. 13, 14, 15, 16, nerves of the lower limbs. tlie body but pain is felt, a sure evidence that a nerve has been touched ; nay, so much as a breeze cannot blow upon the body, nor the wing of an insect touch it, but the nerves give information thereof to the brain, and the mind is made aware of the cause, and takes its measures accordingly. Deli- cate fibers are these nerves, like the strings of an instrument of 18 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIG. 16. exquisite sensibility, — so delicate are they as to be sometimes in- visible to the unassisted vision, and we are only made aware of their presence by the effects which they produce. They take cognizance of the slightest sound, the faintest ray of light, the least change in the constitution of the air we breathe, and of the food we eat; they are vigilant sentinels ever watching to guard the body from danger, the con- stant ministers to its pleasure and delight. They are often abused and their fine sensibilities perverted or dead- ened, when they become subject to disease, and are likely to avenge the injury done them by a long train of suffering. FIG. 17. THE VERTEBRAL COLUMN. A CENTRAL CERVICAL VERTEBRA, SEEN IN THE UPPER SURFACE. 1 is the body, concave in the middle, and rising on each side into a sharp ridge. 2, the lamina of which there is one on each side, commencing at posterior part of the body by a pedicle (3), and expanding and arching back- ward to meet the other, the two enclosing a foramen or opening through which the spinal cord passes. 4 is the bifid spinous process ; and 5 the bifid transverse process : these are both intended for the attachment of muscles; it is the succession of the former projecting along the middle line of the back, which has given rise to the com- mon name of the vertebral column— the spine. 6 marks a vertebral foramen— there is a corresponding one on the other side, and through these pass the vertebral artery and vein, and plexus of nerves. 7 and 8 are the superior and inferior articular processes, the first looking upward and backward, the last downward and forward ; of these there are four in each vertebra ; they are designed to articulate with the vertebra above and below. THE NERVES. 19 FIG. 18. A LATERAL OR SIDE VIEW OF A DORSAL VERTEBRA. ’.the body. 2 2, articular facets for tlie heads of the ribs. 3, pedicle. 4 and 5, superior and inferior intervertebral notch. 6, the spinous process. 7 is the extremity of the transverse process, marked by an articular surface, for the extremity of a rib. 8 and 9, the two superior and two inferior verticular processes. FIG* 19. 7 7 THE COCCYX. 1, 2, 3, and 4 are the four pieces of bone composing it. 5 5, the transverse processes of the front pieces. 6, arti- cular surface for the extremity of the sacrum, which is the triangular bone composed of five false vertebra, form- ing the base of the column. 7 7, the cornua or horns which articulate with the sacral cornua. FIG. 20. NERVES OF THE PAPILLA OF THE SKIN. A very highly magnified view of the terminal loops of the sensitive nerves as they rise ' in the rows of papilla, giving sensibility to all parts of the body. 20 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY, FIG. 21. I. Frontal branch of the fifth nerve of the brain which bestows sensation alone. II. Su- perior maxillary, or that branch of the fifth nerve wh icli supplies the upper jaw, and which, like the last, arising from the sensitive root, bestows sensation alone. III. Mental or in- ferior maxillary branch of the fifth nerve. This also comes from the sensitive root. It is called mental, because it is involved in that expression which indicates the emotions of the mind. IV. Temporal branches of the same fifth nerve. They are distributed on the temples, and are for sensation. V. The only branch of the fifth nerve which arises from the smaller or motor root, and assists in the motion of those muscles which are employed in mastication or chewing. VI, VII, VIII, IX. These are spinal nerves — the first of the series which come out between the vertebra, in the whole length of the spine, to supply the body generally with motion and sensation. A. The facial nerve. It is situated in the front of the ear, and is the motor nerve of the features. It sends branches (a) to the muscles of the forehead and eyebrows. Branches ((>) to the eyelids. Branches (c) to the muscles which move the nostril and upper lip. Branches (d) to the lower lip. Branches (e) going down to the side of tho neck. Connections (/) with the spinal nerves of the neck. A nerve (g) to a portion of tho muscle that is in the back of the head, and to muscles of the ear. B. The nervus vagus, or the wander- ing nerve, so named from its extensive distribution. This is the grand respiratory nervo. C. The spinal accessory nerve. D. the ninth nerve, which is the motor nerve ojl the tongm. E. The nerve which supplies the diaphragm. F Branch of the sympathetic nerve. G. A branch of the nervus vagus, which goes to the superior portion of the larynx or windpipe. H. Another branch of the vagus, which goes to the inferior portion of tb > lary "x. I. T- nerve which goes to the tongue and upper part of the gullet called the pharynx. THE THROAT. 21 The Throat is generally understood to mean that part of the human frame in which is situated the hollow cavity which may be looked into when the mouth is wide open. The Trachea is the cartilaginous and membranous canal FIG. 22. VERTICAL SECTION OF THE HEAD, SHOWING THE RELATION OF AIR AND FOOD PASSAGES. 1, upper turbinated bone; 2, middle turbinated bone; 3, lower turbinated bone; 4, hole leading to the canal which drains the eye ; 5, Eustachian hole ; 6, palate ; 7, uvula ; 8, epi- glottis ; 9, pharynx ; 10, larynx ; 11, cricoid cartilage ; 12, thyroid cartilage ; 13, cavity of the mouth. 22 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. through which the air passes into the lungs, commonly known as the windpipe. Its upper part is called the larynx, the uppermost and smallest part of which is called the epiglottis, being placed over the glottis, or mouth of the larynx, and FIG. 23. THE PHARYNX LAID OPEN FROM BEHIND. a, tongue ; b, palate : d, e, front and back of the palate ; /, walls of the pharynx ; g, pos- terior nares, separated by the vomer; h, epiglottis; i, head of windpipe; k, oesophagus; l. Windpipe; in, under jaw. serving to close the passage to the lungs in the act of swallow- ing. From the lower end of the larynx the canal takes the name of trachea, and extends as far down as the fourth or fifth vertebra of the back, where it divides into two branches, which are the right and left bronchial tubes. Like the larynx, it is formed of cartilages, united to each other by means of very elastic ligamentous fibers. It is also furnished with mus- cular fibers, some of which pass through its whole extent longi- tudinally, while others are carried round it in a circular direc- THE THROAT. 23 tion ; and hence it may shorten or lengthen itself, or contract or dilate its passage. r o # FIO 24 The larynx is the name given to the organ of the voice, situ- ated at the entrance of the trachea, where it forms a con- siderable projection. It extends from the base of the tongue to the trachea ; is narrow and cylindrical below, but broad above, where it presents the form of a triangular box, being flattened behind and at the sides, whilst in front it is bounded by a prominent vertical ridge. It is composed of cartilages connected together by liga- ments, moved by numerous muscles, is lined by the mucous membrane, and supplied with vessels and nerves. The cartilages of the larynx are nine in number, three single and three in pairs. The upper opening of INTERIOR OF THE MOUTH. FIG. 25. FIG. 26. BACK VIEW OF THE CARTILAGES AND LIGA- MENTS OF THE LARYNX. a, ligament of the tongue; b, epiglottis; c, the lateral ligaments connecting the os hyoides and the thyroid cartilage ; d, cricoid cartilage; e, arytenoid cartilages; g, the windpipe. BIDE VIEW OF THE LARYNX. a, ligaments of the tongue, with the epiglottis at the back ; b, thyroid carti- lage ; c, cricoid cartilage ; /, g , the vocal cords. the larynx is termed the glottis. The vocal ligaments are two narrow bands of dense, fibrous, and highly elastic tissue, stretched between the anterior angle of the thyroid and the anterior surface of the arytenoid cartilages. 24 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY, The (Esophagus is a membranous canal leading from the pharynx to the stomach, and forming the passage through which FIG. 27. BACK VIEW OF THE HEAT/ OF THE PHARYNX, CESOPHAGCS, AND TRACHEA. a, the skull; b, cerebellum; r, cephalic artery ; d, nasal organs ; e, vomer;/, uvula; g, tongue; h, parotid glands; i. epiglottis; k, larynx; /, head of the pharynx; m, oesophagus ; n, trachea; p, left branch; q, right branch of the trachea: r, large artery; s, the heart; u, lower vena cava; v, the lungs. FIG. 28. MOUTH OF THE WTNDPIPE. a, glottis ; b, c, d, the vocal cord*. FIG. 29. 1, vertebras, or joints of the great spinal column; 2, the oesophagus, or gullet, somewhat flattened, as in a state of rest; 3, the windpipe; 4, 4, the carotid arte- ries; 5, 5, the internal jugular veins. These, with the nerves, glands, the ex- ternal jugular veins, and muscles of the neck, are enclosed within the skin marked by the double line and figures 6, 6 ; in front of the windpipe lies the thy- roid gland, 7. the food descends from the mouth to the latter organ. It com- mences at the cricoid cartilage, opposite the fifth cervical verte- bra, and, descending along the front of the spine, passes through THE THROAT. 25 the diaphragm opposite the ninth dorsal vertebra, and there ends by opening at the cardiac orifice of the stomach. Its length is about nine inches, and its direction nearly straight, having only two or three slight curvatures. In the neck, the oesopha- gus lies immediately behind the trachea. The Pharynx is a muscular funnel-shaped cavity at the back part of the mouth, which receives the masticated food, and conveys it to the oesophagus. It is broadest about the middle, being constricted at either end, more particularly below, where it terminates in the oesophagus. The Tonsils are the round or oval-shaped glands situated between the arches of the palate. In their natural state they can easily be discerned slightly projecting on each side of the fauces ; but when swollen and inflamed, as they often are in weakly and scrofulous persons, they are very noticeable, being bright red, and often hanging down so as to nearly fill the throat, and render swallowing very difficult. FIG. 30. FRONT VIEW OF THE CAVITY OF THE CHEST. «, b, e, npper, lower, and middle lobe of the right lung ; d, e. upper and lower lobe of the left lung; /, heart; g , pulmonary artery, — this artery rises from the right ventricle of the hea rt, and divides into two branches, one going to each lung; i, the aorta, or large artery of the heart; k, vena cava; l. diaphragm; m, chest bone; ft, windpipe; o, p, right and left lobe of the liver; q, stomach. 26 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. The Lungs are the respiratory organs situated in the thorax or chest, and, with the heart and larger blood vessels, they nearly fill up the chest cavity, so that when its walls are compressed, the air is forced out of the minute air-cells of the lungs into the several elastic tubes (the bronchi) connected with them. These bronchial passages afterwards unite, and form one tube, the trachea or windpipe, through which the air passes upwards and downwards in the act of respiration. A reference to Fig. 80 will show this more clearly. Here it will be seen how each division of the lungs occupies its own side of the chest; the left is the smaller of the two, because the heart, whose place is between the lungs, takes up more room on that side than on the other. FIG. 31 . THE LUNGS. a, the larynx; b, the windpipe; c, d, right and left branches of the windpipe ; e, e , the bronchial tubes ; /, /, pulmonary vesicles. At the top of the wind- pipe or trachea is situated the larynx or organ of voice ; while the lower ex- tremity divides into two branches or bronchi, one for each lung. The bron- chi divide and subdivide into extremely minute tubes which terminate in the air cells, small mem- \ branous cavities, on the walls of which the blood circulates in a network of veins in such a way that it is brought into immediate connection with the atmos- pheric air drawn in by each inspiration, from which it obtains a supply of oxy- con tains make their way gen. Other gases which the air through the extremely thin membrane of the air-cells, and thus noxious as well as healthful vapors, or gases, are liable to be introduced into the circulation, and persons are sometimes poisoned by breathing, as well as by eating and drinking, dele- terious substances. If we examine the structure of the lungs, we find it porous like a sponge. When by the action of certain muscles, the capacity of the chest is increased, the air rushes in to fill the vacuum, and expansion of the lungs takes place ; then the muscular movement ceases, the ribs, by their weight THE LUNGS. 27 FIG. 32. and elasticity, contract and force out the air, and this alternate expansion and contraction constitutes breathing, in the act of which we may see the chest rise and fall. The tubes, air cells, and blood vessels of the lungs are held together by what is called cellular tissue. The lungs are enveloped in a membrane which covers their surface, and also the surface of the chest walls, for which latter purpose it is reflected back. This membrane is called the pleura. The action of the lungs may be increased by an exercise of the will. From fifteen to twenty-two is the average number of respirations in a minute, under ordinary circumstances; but this number may be very greatly increased by excitement, exercise, or disease. The average weight of the lungs in a healthy condition is about forty ounces. They are of a conical shape, and internally concave to give a place for the heart, and externally convex to suit the concavity of the chest. In their narrow part up- ward they extend a little above the first rib, their broad and slightly concave bases resting upon the diaphragm, and extending further down behind than before. Their color is dark slate, mottled with black. They hang free in the chest, except where they are attached to the roots, consisting of the pulmonary arteries, veins, the bronchial tubes and other tissue. The areo- la or cellular tissue which connects together the arteries, veins, and air- cells, together with the lobulus, or parenchyma , of the lungs, constitutes the second distinct tissue of which they are composed, — the first, or outer, being the pleura, and the third, or inner, the mucous MAGNIFIED VIEW OF A SECTION OF THE LUNG. Showing the arrangement of some of the lobules, the communication of the air-cells in one lobule, and their separation from those of the adjoining lobule. The ramifications of the blood-vessels in the texture of the lung, and their course through the air-cells are also seen. 1. 1, branches of the pulmonary veins; 2, 2, branches of the pulmonary artery. 28 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. lining of the air passages and of the air-cells or alveoli, into which the air enters when we breathe. So great is their number that they have been calculated to amount to 170,000,000, forming a surface thirty times greater than the human body Every one of these cells is provided with a net- work of blood-vessels, by means of which the blood is brought into immediate contact with the air over every portion of their surface. The lungs of an infant before birth are dark red, and con- tracted into a small space within the cavity of the chest. They are firm and specifically heavier than water, in which therefore they sink, whether entire or cut into pieces. They also give out little or no blood, and no air-bubbles arise from them. This, therefore, is considered a good test as to whether a newly- born infant found dead under suspicious circumstances was born dead or alive. If it has ever breathed the lungs will be expanded with air and float on water ; they will be of a pale red color, have a loose spongy texture, fill the cavity of the chest, and cover the heart, as we see them in the diagram of that organ above referred to. Many of the diseases to which the lungs are liable are, in their first stages, of an inflammatory character, and it is impor- tant to ascertain, as soon as they are attacked, in which of the various tissues the mischief resides. The condition of the lungs can generally be ascertained with tolerable certainty by means of auscultation ; the passage of the air into and through them gives rise to certain definite sounds well understood by the practiced ear, when applied to the outside of the chest, either with or without a stethoscope. When the lungs are not affected these sounds vary but slightly in different individuals, so that any deviation from their ordinary and natural tone or compass is easily detected as an indication of disease. In pneumonia por- tions of the lungs are solidified so that air penetrates the cells with difficulty, and in pleurisy the lung may be surrounded with fluid. In either case percussion gives a dull, heavy sound. The power of conducting sound varies according to the con- dition of the lung structure, so that percussion is sure to pro- duce such a response from within as gives the skilled physician all the information which he requires. The Heart is the great central organ of circulation. Its form is that of a cone, having its base directed backward towards the spine, and its apex forward and downward towards the left side, so that with each beat it may be felt striking THE HEART. 29 between the fifth and sixth ribs, about four inches to the left of the median line. In its natural position it rests upon the diaphragm, having the surface on which it lies somewhat flattened. FIG. 33. FRONT VIEW OF THE HEART, WITH THE WALLS OF THE RIGHT AND LEFT VENTRICLES REMOVED. a, t, right and left walls of the ventricles ; c, septum ventriculorum , d, cavity of the right ventricle; e, cavity of the left ventricle, f, valves of the right ventricie; nerves which are furnished to the muscles in order to give theui the power of movement, but from a special source ; and the branch of the nerve which is thus supplied is called the gusta- tory , on account of its being the part of the nervous system which gives the special sense of taste. Through this organiza- tion, then, the tongue is not only enabled to assist in mastica- tion, but it becomes the principal source of enjoyment in the taking of food that is agreeable to the taste. The mucous membrane, as well as the form of the tongue, are liable to considerable changes in appearance, indicative of disordered states of the system. It is on this account that the tongue is so constantly examined by the medical man in dis- eases of the body. Its form and movements will often indicate the general state of the nervous and muscular systems ; whilst the appearance of the surface is an index to the condition of the mucous membranes throughout the whole body. The Gums are the cellular and mucous membranes which cover the alveolar processes of the jaw before the growth of the teeth, the fangs of which they afterwards envelope. The Eye. — The Eyeball, is a hollow globe, or small spheri- cal chamber, about one inch in diameter, having the segment of a smaller sphere engrafted on its front surface. This is what we see projecting like a bow window, as it were, when we take a side view of the face. It is, in fact, the window of the chamber, and through it pass the rays of light which paint pictures on the retina within, of outward scenes and objects. In Fig. 44 this projection is very distinctly marked, giving to the sphere a frontal elongation. This globe is composed of in- vesting tunics, three in number, and of refracting media, called humors, of which there are also three. The lines encircling this globe represent the tunics by which the humors are kept in their proper place. Fig. 45 represents the Eyeball divested of its first tunic, so as to exhibit the second, with the beautiful distribution of the veins of the choroid, called venae vorticosae, from the pe- culiar manner of their arrangement. This is the external layer of the choroid, which is connected with the ciliary ligament. Next to it comes the middle or arterial layer, composed chiefly of the ramifications of minute arteries. It is a tunic reflected towards its junction with the ciliary liga- ment, where it forms what are called the ciliary processes already spoken of. The internal layer of this tunic is called the membrano pigmenti, which is composed of several laminae THE EYE, 39 of minute six-sided cells, which are arranged like a tessellated pavement, and contain granules of pigmentum nigra, or black paint ; this is not, however, quite black, but of a deep, choco- late color. In Fig. 44 we see it in the dark line which en- circles the globe, and thickens considerably towards the front. 1 marks the course of the outer tunic, called the sclerotic, which invests four- fifths of the globe, and gives it its peculiar form. It is a dense fibrous membrane, thicker behind than in front, where it pre- sents a bevelled edge, into which fits like a watch-glass the cornea (2), which invests the projecting portion of the globe, and is com- posed of four layers, viz., the conjunctiva, or cornea propria, consisting of thin lamellae, or scales, connected by an extremely fine areolar tissue ; the cornea elastica — an elastic and excessively transparent membrane, which lines the inner surface of the last; and the lining membrane of this front vesti- bule of the Eyeball, whose second tunic is formed by the choroid, (3), represented by the dark line ; the ciliary ligament (4), which developes from its inner surface the ciliary processes, and the iris (6), of which the open- ing at 7 represents the pupil. The third tunic, is the retina (8), which is carried for- ward to the lens (12), by the zonula ciliaris , a prolongation of its vascular layers passing along the front of the Canal of Petit (9), which en- tirely surrounds the lens. In the spaco marked 10, is contained the aqueous humor ; 11 is the posterior chamber; 12, the lens, more cc behind than before, and enclosed in its proper capsule ; 13 marks the inner area of *’.3 globe, filled with a thin membrane called the hyaloid, and containing the vitreous humor; 14 is the tubular sheath of the membrane, through which passes an artery connected with the capsule of the lens, and, at the back of the eye, with the optic nerve, as represented at 16. Of this nerve, 15 marks the neurileuma, or sheath. 1, part of the outer tunic, the sclerotic; 2, the optic nerve, communicating with the ball at the back ; 3, 3, distinguish the out- line of the choroid coat ; 4, the ciliary liga- ment, a dense white structure which sur- rounds, like a broad ring, the circumfer- ence of the iris (5). This ligament serves as a bond of union between the external and middle tunics of the Eyeball, and serves to connect the cornea and sclerotica at their lines of junction with the iris and external layer of the choroid; 6, 6, mark the verm vorticosce ; and 7, 7, the trunks of these veins at the point where they have pierced the sclerotica; 8, 8, the posterior ciliary veins, which enter the Eyeball in company with the posterior ciliary arteries, by piercing the sclerotica at 9. The course of one of the long ciliary nerves, accom- panied by a vein, is marked by 10. Our next diagram (Fig. 46) represents a front segment of a transverse section of the Globe of the Eye, and again exhibits that beautiful arrangement of parts for which this organ is so remarkable. 40 ANATOMY OP THE HUMAN BODY. We have hitherto been looking upon this wondrous little globe from without. Let us now take a view of it from within, as represented in Fig. 47. This is a posterior segment of a FIG. 46. FIG. 47. / TRANSVERSE SECTION OF THE POSTERIOR SEGMENT OF A GLOBE OF THE EYE. TRANSVERSE SECTION OF THE EYE. 1, the divided edges of the three tissues, the sclerotic (outer), choroid (middle and dark), and retina (inner), which last is com- posed of three membranous layers, the ex- ternal being serous, the middle nervous, and the internal vascular; 2, th e pupil, that central spot, which enlarges or contracts, according as more or less light is required to be admitted ; 3, the iris, so called from iris, a rainbow, on account of its variety of color in different individuals. It is com- posed of an anterior muscular layer, con- sisting of radiating fibres, which, converging from the centre toward the circumference, have the power of dilating the pupil ; and also of circular fibres, which, surrounding the pupil like a sphincter performs the duty of contracting its area. The posterior, or hinder layer, is of a deep purple tint, and is hence named uvea, from its resemblance to a ripe grape. This is the surface of the iris presented to view in the above section. 4, ciliary processes ; 5, scalloped anterior border of the retina. 1, the three outer tunics; 2, the entrance of the optic nerve, with the vein known as the anteria centralis retince piercing its centre ; 4 is the foramen of Soemmering, situated in the middle of the axis of the eye. This is a circular spot, surrounded by a yellow halo, called the limbus luteus. This halo is commonly obscured by a fold of the retina (5). transverse section of the ball. Here again we see, of course, only the divided edges of the tunics on the three outer rings from which extends the membrane covering the whole internal surface of the retina. The foramen, which signifies an opening, has been found to exist only in animals which have the axes of the eyeballs parallel with each other, as man, the quadrumania, and some saurian reptiles. The Lens, or crystalline humor, marked 12 in Fig. 44, is situated immediately behind the pupils, and surrounded by the ciliary processes which overlap its margin. It is less convex on the front than on the hinder surface, and is invested by a peculiarly transparent and elastic membrane called the Capsule, which contains a small quantity of fluid called the Liquor Morgani, and is retained in its place by its attachment to the THE EYE. 41 zonula ciliaris, already described as a prolongation of the vascu- lar layer of the retina. The lens consists of concentric layers formed upon a hard, firm nucleus, and becoming softer as they tend to the outer sur- face. These concentric lamellm are composed of minute parallel FIG. 48. fig. 49. EYE- APPENDAGES. 1, the superior or upper tarsal cartilage, along the lower border of which (2) are seen the openings of the Meibomian glands; 3, the inferior, or lower, tarsal cartilage, along the upper edges of which are also openings of the above-named glands ; 4, the superior or orbital portion of the Lachrymal gland, from which come tears; 5, its inferior or palpebral portion ; 6, the Lachrymal ducts, or channels through which the tears pass to the outer surface of the eye ; 7, the Plica semilunaris, containing a small plate of cartilage, which appears to be the rudiment of a third lid, such as is developed in some animals; 8, the Caruncula lachrymalis, the source of the whitish secre- tion which so constantly collects in the corner of the eye ; it is covered with minute hairs, which can sometimes be seen without the aid of a microscope ; 9, the Puncta lachrymalis, the point, or external commencement of the ducts, which terminate at the lachrymal sac, the position of which is marked by 12 ; as are the superior and inferior lachrymal canals by 10 and 11. The nasal duct, marked by 15, and 14 is its dilation with the lower meatus of the nose. fibres united with each other by means of scalloped borders, the convexity of one body fitting into the concavity of the other. Before leaving this part of our subject, we will give a brief summary of the uses of the several parts which we have been endeavoring to describe. The first tissue, the sclerotic, is simply one of protection; the cornea is a medium for the transmission of light ; the choroid supports the vessels, such as veins and arteries, by which the eye receives nutriment ; and also, by its inner layer of pigmentum nigrum, absorbs all scat- tered rays, by which an image impressed on the retina might be confused. The iris, by its power of expansion and contrac- tion, regulates the quantity of light admitted through the pupil. If it be thin, and the rays pass through its substance they are absorbed by the uvea; and if the power of that layer be insuffi' MEIBOMIAN GLANDS. 1, 2, the Inner sides of the eyelids; 3, 3, the Conjunctiva; 4, the apertures of the glands, along each corner of the lids ; 5, 5, 6, 6, the Papillce lachrymales and the Puncta lachrymalia ; 7, the apertures of the ducts of the Lachrymal gland. 42 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIG. 50. cient, they are taken up by the black pigment of the ciliary processes. When the body of the refracting medium is too great, owing to over-convexity of the cornea and lens, the image falls short of the retina, unless the object be brought very close, — this is near-sight. When there is an opposite condition of things, so that the image is thrown beyond the nervous membrane, we have what is called far-sight. Of the various nerves, veins, and arteries, which traverse the eye, we need not attempt a de- scription. To some of the princi- pal of them allusion has already been made; but to the appen- dages we must devote a little space. These are, first, the Eye- brows (supercilia) , two promi- nent arches of integument, cov- ered more or less with thick short hairs, and forming the upper boundary of the orbits. Their obvious utility is to shade the eyes from too vivid a light, and to protect them from parti- cles of dust and moisture from the forehead. Second, the Eye- lids (palpebrce), which have been well called the Curtains of the Eyes; when drawn open, they leave an elliptical space suffi- ciently large for the purposes of sight, and when closed, as in sleep, they effectually defend the delicate organs which they cover from injury. If we in- quire into the structure of these two valvular Eye-curtains, we find that they consist of integuments, muscles, cartilages, glands, and the mucous membrane called conjunctiva, which covers the whole of the anterior surface of the eye, and is reflected back so as to form the internal layer of the lids. On examining the inner aspect of the Eyelids, the Meibo- mian Glands can be distinctly seen, arranged like strings of MUSCLES OF THE EYE. 1, Sphenoid Bone; 2, the Optic Nerve; 3, the Globe of the Eye; 4, the Upper Muscle, called the Levator Palpebrce, the Lifter of the Eyelids : 5, the Superior Oblique, so called from the direction in which it draws the Eyeball ; we see its cartilaginous pulley (6), and the reflected portion passing down- ward to its point of connection with the ball, beyond which the Inferior Oblique has its bony origin,— the point of which is marked by the little square knob. The other four muscles are called Recti, straight ; the Superior Rectus, sometimes called the Levator Oculi, erector of the eyes, and some- times Superbus, because its action gives an expression of pride; its opposite, 13, the Inferior Rectus, sometimes called Deprimus oculi, depressor of the eye, and Humulis, as giving an expression of humility; 10, the Rectus Internus, sometimes called Adductor Oculi, from its drawing the Eyeball toward the nose, and Bibitorious, a sort of punning name, in allusion to the cup, or orbit, to- wards which it directs the glance ; 11 and 12, Rectus Externus, the one showing its two heads of origin, and the other its termina- tion; the intervening portion of muscle [having been removed] has the name of Abductor Oculi, because it turns the ball outwards; Indignabundus is another name for it, as giving an expression of scorn. In our diagram, the internal rectus passes behind the optic nerve, which partly con- ceals it; 14, the tunica albigania, or white tunic, formed by the expansion of the tendons of the four Recti muscles. THE EAR. 43 pearls, about thirty, on the cartilage of the upper lid, and some- what fewer in the lower, where also they are shorter than those above, as they correspond in length with the breadth of the cartilage. Each of these glands consists of a single lengthened follicle, or tube, into which a great number of small clustered glandular vesicles open ; and from these tubes the secretion is poured out upon the margins of the lids, which, being thus kept constantly moist inside, are in a condition to lubricate and wash the surface of the cornea, which they do in the motion of winking. The Eyelashes {cilia) are important organs of defence for the delicate surface of the eye, for whose curtains they form, as it were, a silken fringe. FIG. 51. The Ear. — The Ear, the organ of hearing, consists of three parts, — the external ear, the middle ear or tympanum, and the internal ear or labyrinth. The external ear consists of an ex- panded trumpet-shaped cartilaginous structure, called the pinna, or auricle, which collects the sounds, and a tube which conveys these sounds to the internal ear. The pinna, or auricle, consists of an uneven piece of yellow cartilage, covered with integu- 44 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. ment, and fixed to the margin of the auditory canal. This canal, or tube by which sound is conveyed from the pinna to the internal ear, or tympanum, is about one and a quarter inches in length, and is formed partly by bone and partly by cartilage and membrane. Its direction is obliquely forwards and inwards, and is somewhat bent downwards towards the middle, so that it is rather higher there than at either ex- tremity. The skin lining the auditory canal is very thin, and closely adherent to the cartilaginous and osseous portions of the tube. It is continued over the membrane of the tympanum in the form of a thin pellicle, forming its outer covering. Around the entrance of the meatus are some fine hairs ; and there are also ceruminous glands, which secrete the ear-wax, and open on the surface by separate orifices. The middle ear, tympanum, or drum of the ear, is an irregular cavity situated within the petrous bone, and interposed between the meatus auditorium and the labyrinth, or inner ear. It is filled with air, and communicates with the pharynx by the Eustachian tube. It is traversed by a chain of small movable bones, which connect the membrana tympani with the labyrinth, and serve to convey the vibrations communicated to the mem- brana tympani across the cavity of the tympanum to the in- ternal ear. The outer boundary of the cavity is formed by the membrana tympani, and by a small portion of the surround- ing bone. This membrane is a thin, semi-transparent substance, nearly oval in form, separating the cavity of the tympanum from the bottom of the auditory canal. The Eustachian Tube is the channel through which air is conveyed from the pharynx to the tympanum. The small bones, or ossicles, of the tympanum are three in number, — the malleus, incus, and stapes. These small bones are connected FIG. 52. FIG. 53. FIG. 54. together, and with the tympanum, by ligaments, and moved by small muscles. The inner and fundamental portion of the organ of hearing is called, from its complexity, the labyrinth, and consists of THE EAR. 45 three parts, — the vestibule, the semicircular canals, and the cochlea. It consists of a series of cavities channelled out of the substance of the. petrous bone, communicating externally with the cavity of the tympanum, and internally with the meatus audi- torius internus, which contains the auditory nerve. Within the osseous labyrinth is contained the membranous labyrinth, upon which the ramifications of the auditory nerve are distributed. The Vestibule is the common central cavity of the osseous labyrinth, and is placed behind the cochlea, but in front of the semicircular canals. These are three bony canals, situated above and behind the vestibule, measuring about one-twentieth of an inch in diameter, and opening at both ends into the vestibule. FIG. 55. SECTION SHOWING THE HOLLOW OF THE COCHLEA. The Cochlea, so called from its resemblance to a snaibs shell, is conical in form, and placed almost horizontally in front of the vestibule. Its length is about a quarter of an inch, and its width at the base about the same. It consists of an axis, or centre ; of a canal winding spirally round it for two turns and a half from the base to the apex; and of a delicate lamina con- tained within the canal, which follows its windings, and sub- divides it into two passages. The whole inner surface of the labyrinth, including the semicircular canals and the passages of the cochlea, is lined with a thin fibrous membrane, the outer surface of which adheres closely to the bone, while the inner is covered with a single layer of epithelium, like that on serous membranes, and secretes a thin serous fluid. The auditory nerve, which is distributed over the different parts of the laby- rinth, enters by the meatus auditorius internus, and divides into two branches, viz., an anterior for the cochlea and a posterior for the membranous labyrinth. 46 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. The Abdomen —The diaphragm. It contains the THE ABDOMEN. 1, the epigastric region; 2, the umbili- cal; 3, the hypogastric; 4, 5, the hypo- chondriac ; 6, 7, the iliac ; 8, 9, the inguinal. abdomen is situated below the stomach, intestines, liver, spleen, pancreas, and kidneys. It is lined by a membrane called the peritoneum. It is protected by the short ribs, and covered with the abdominal muscles, which, by their relaxations and con- tractions, in the act of breathing, assist digestion, and give the necessary secretive and expul- sive motions to the surrounding parts. The abdomen is bounded above by the diaphragm, and below by the pelvic bones, which form the pelvic cavity. On the front and sides are the abdominal muscles, which also extend backward to the vertebral column, or spine. This is the largest cavity of the human body, and, for conven- ience of description, it has been mapped out into three zones, the upper, middle and lower, -i . * . . FIG. 57. and nine parts, or regions. The contents of the abdomen, called the abdominal viscera (this word being the plural of viscus , which means a bowel or any internal organ which has a specific use), are situated as shown in Fig. 57. Below the chest (1), and next to the diaphragm (2), is the liver (3), extending from be- neath the right ribs across to the left, and having the largest devel- opment on the right side. Next to this is the stomach (4), the smaller end of which is situated in the epigastric and the larger in the left hypochondriac region, where it comes in contact with the spleen. Behind the stomach THE ABDOMINAL VISCERA. lies the pancreas, or sweet- THE STOMACH. 4T bread. In the middle zone lies the large bowel (5), the omentum or caul, with a portion of the small intestines (6) ; and behind these, close to the spine, are the kidneys. The small intestines also pass down the center part of the inferior zone, as do laterally the ends of the large intestines, or colon ; and there also we find, when it is distended, the upper portion of the bladder (7). Over all these viscera, cover- ing and supporting them, ex- tends a moist glistening mem- brane called the peritoneum. It also covers the rectum, and in the female a portion of the womb. The Stomach. — The stom- ach is a large hollow organ which receives the masticated food from the oesophagus ; within the stomach the food is further acted upon by the gastric juice and converted into chyme. It is situated in the left hypochondriac and epigastric regions, and when dis- tended it has the shape of an irregular cone, having a rounded base and being curved upon itself. The left extremity is the larger, and is called the greater or cardiac end of the stomach, — the right or small end being called the pyloric. The oesoph- agus terminates in the stomach, two or three inches from the great extremity, by the cardiac orifice ; while by the pyloric orifice at the other end the digested matter enters the duode- num. When moderately filled, the stomach is about ten or twelve inches in length, and its diameter at the widest part about four inches. The walls of the stomach consist of four dis- tinct coats, held together by fine areolar tissue, and named, in order from without inwards — the serous, muscular, areolar, and mucous coats. The first of these is a thin, smooth, transparent, elastic membrane, derived from the peritoneum. The muscu- lar coat is very . thick, and composed of three sets of fibers, — longitudinal, circular, and oblique, which form three layers. The areolar and fibrous coat is a tolerably distinct layer, placed between the muscular and mucous coats, and connected with FIG. 58. THE STOMACH AND SURROUNDING ORGANS. I, the under-surface of the liver; g, the gall-bladder; f, the common bile duct; o, the cardiac end of the stomach; s, under surface of the stomach; p, pylorus; d, duodenum ; h, i, the pancreas, cut across to exhibit the structure of the pancreatic duct, and its branches; r, the spleen; c, portion of the diaphragm ; a, aorta. 48 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIG. 59. both. The last is a smooth, soft, rather thick and pulpy mem- brane, loosely connected with the muscular coat, and covered with glands. At the pyloric ori- fice, leading from the stomach into the duodenum, there is a sphincter muscle which contracts the aper- ture and prevents the passage of any matter into the intestines until properly digested. The food is propelled along the oesophagus, and enters the stomach in succes- sive waves through its cardiac ori- fice. It is then subjected to a peculiar churning motion, having for its object a thorough intermix- ture of the gastric fluid with the ali- mentary mass, and a separation of that portion which has been suffi- ciently reduced from tne remain- der. This motion causes not only a constant agitation of the con- tents, but also moves them slowly along from one extremity to the other. These revolutions are com- pleted in from one to three min- utes, being slower at first than after chymifi cation has more ad- vanced. The passage of the chyme or product of the gastric digestion through the pyloric orifice into the commencement of the intestinal tube is at first slow ; but when the digestive process is nearly c o m p le t e d, it is trans- mitted in much larger quantities. DIAGRAM OF THE PRINCIPAL ORGANS ENGAGED IN THE PREPARATION OF FOOD. a, muscles of the cheek ; 6, parotid gland; c, muscles of the gullet; d, larynx; e, trachea; /, gullet; g, left ventricle of the heart; h, right auricle of the heart ; i, left auricle ; k, stomach ; l, pancreatic duct; m, gall-bladder; n, common duct ; o, duodenum ; p teric glands; q, thoracic duct. The Liver. — The liver is a se- creting organ or gland. It is situ- ated in the right hypochondriac and epigastric regions below the dia- phragm, and is of a reddish-brown color. Its form is irregular, being convex on the upper surface, irregularly concave below, very thick behind, and very thin in THE LIVER. 49 front ; and in the adult it generally weighs from three to four pounds. It is divided into two principal lobes — the right and left, the former of which is by far the larger. They are divided on the upper side by a broad ligament, and below by a con- siderable depression, or fossa. Between and below these two FIG. 60. ORGANS OF DIGESTION. a, (Bsophagus; b, diaphragm ; c, stomach ; g, duodenum; h, i, right and left lobe of the liver; k, gall-bladder; l, biliary duct; m, mesentery; q, ascending colon; r, s, t, transverse colon; v, rectum; w, bladder; y, spleen; z, left lung. lobes is a smaller lobe, called lobulus Spigelii, which is bounded on the left by the fissure for the lodgment of the ductus venosus ; on the right by the fissure for the vena cava. The lobulus 50 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. caudatus is a tail-like process of the liver, stretching down wards from the middle of the right lobe to the lobulus Spigelii. The liver, like the other viscera of the abdomen, receives an in vestment from the lining membrane of that cavity — the peri- FIG. 61. LOBUS OF THE LIVER SHOWING LOBULE SHOWING THE HEPATIC AND PORTAL VEINS. HEPATIC DUCTS. p, branches of portal vein; 1, capillaries d, <2, the hepatic ducts; b, b, minute rami- connecting hepatic and portal veins; h, fications. hepatic veins. tonenm, which, being reflected from it at different points, forms broad bands, connecting it with the surrounding parts. An in vestment of areolar tissue is also spread over the organ, extend- ing into the interior, and forming thin but dense sheaths to the vessels and canals, called the capsule of Glisson. The proper tissue of the liver is composed of a great number of granular bodies, of the size of millet, and called lobules, of a foliated ap- pearance. The blood-vessels of the liver are the hepatic artery and veins and the portal vein. The liver receives two kinds of blood : arterial, for the nourishment of the gland ; and venous, from which the bile is principally formed. The secretion of bile, though the chief and most obvious of the functions of the liver, is not the only one which it has to perform; for recent discoveries have shown that important changes are effected in certain constituents of the blood, in its transit through this gland, whereby they are rendered more fit for their subsequent purposes in the animal economy. The excretory apparatus of the liver consists of the hepatic, common, and cystic ducts, and the gall-bladder. The biliary ducts commence by small twigs in each lobule, and join, forming, where they emerge from the gland, the he- matic duct. This duct, after passing down for a short distance, is joined at an angle by the cystic duct from the gall-bladder. The common duct thus formed empties itself into the duodenum. The retention of the materials of the bile in the blood acts THE GALL-BLADDER. — THE SPLEEN. — THE INTESTINES. 51 like a poison upon the nervous system, and, if the suspension of secretion is complete, death soon takes place. The Gall-Bladder. — The gall-bladder is an oblong mem- branous receptacle, situated on the concave side of the liver, under the right lobe. It is about the size of a small hen’s egg, and resembles a pear in shape. It serves as a reservoir for the bile, which, when digestion is not going on, regurgitates through the cystic duct, and is retained for future use. The Spleen. — The spleen is a spongy organ, of a livid color, oval in figure, and situated in the left hypochondriac region. It is convex externally and concave internally, and its weight in the healthy adult is from four to ten ounces. The Intestines. — The intestines form that part of the ali- FIG-. 63. FIG. 64. LONGITUDINAL SECTION OF A PORTION OF THE SMALL INTESTINE. mentary canal which extends from the stomach to the anus. They are composed of three layers, peritoneal, muscular, and mucous, united by cellular tissue. They are divided into small and large intestines, — the first has three divisions, severally distinguished as the duodenum or twelve-inch intestine, the membrane of whose inner surface presents a number of folds called valvulse conni- ventes. This begins at the pylorus or lower surface of the stomach ; it bends first backwards, then downwards, and then THE CjECUM, WITH ITS APPENDIX, AND ENTRANCE OF THE ILEUM, AND ILEO-CiECAL VALVE. 1 , caecum ; 2 , commencement of colon ; 3, ileum ; 4, aperture of entrance of the ileum into the large intestine ; 5, 5, ileo-caecal valve; 6. aperture of appendix vermifnrmis oseci ; 7, appendix ; 8. 8, sacculi of the colon, separated by valvular septa ; 9, falciform fraeuum of the appendix. 52 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIG. 65. VIEW OF THE FOLLICLES OF THE COLON MAGNIFIED ABOUT 115 TIMES. across the body, being partially covered by the peritoneum. It then takes the name of jejunum, so called from its being usually empty at this part. It then runs into the remaining por- tion called the ileum, which takes its name from its mazy folds or convolutions. The small intestine opens by the ileo- csecal valve into the large intes- tine, which has also three divisions : as it ascends into the right lumbar region, the ascend- ing colon ; as it crosses the abdo- men, the transverse arch of the colon ; and as it descends in the left lumbar region, the descend- ing colon. The junction of the small and large intestine is called the caecum or head of the colon ; it is here that a singular little blind sack is attached, called the appendix vermiformis. The termination of the large intestine is the rectum, or end of the alimentary canab — so called because it is nearly in a right line. Here the covering called the perito- neum ceases, and the intes- tine accommodates itself to the hollow of the pelvis, having its external opening in the anus, the sphincter of which, a strong circular muscle, guards it. The whole of the intes- tinal canal is a continuous tube about six times the length of the body, the first three-quarters of it comprising the small, and the last quarter the large, intestine. In the mucous coat of the alimentary canal is to be found a cribriform texture of veins, almost without an artery. The fine venous trunks of a deeper layer have their originating FIG. 66. VIEW OF THE VILLI AND FOLLICLES OF THE ILEUM, HIGHLY MAGNIFIED. THE PANCREAS. 53 extremities directed vertically toward the cavity of the gut, and the meshes of the venous intertexture are exceedingly minute, producing in the FIG. 67. re- colon an appearance sembling a plate of metal pierced with round holes closely bordering on each other! These holes are the follicles of Lieber- kuhn, are gaping orifices, the edges of which are rounded off, and their depth is that of the thickness of the venous anastomosis. The aggre- gate number of these follicles in the colon, is estimated at nine millions six hundred and twenty thousand. The villi (shown in Fig. 66) are bent in, or concave; but there is, in variety MESENTERIC CIRCULATION. curved, with their edges FIG. 68. the whole canal, every of shape, from oblong, curved, and serpentine ridges, to the laterally flattened cone standing on its base. Fig. 67 shows a distended in- testine, with its arteries, veins, and lymphatics, or lacteals, with three glands (5), through which the absorbed matter passes, and in which it is believed that it is vitalized. The Pancreas— The pan- creas is a single glandular organ, situated transversely across the upper part of the abdomen. It is of an irregular elongated form, from six to eight inches in length, an inch and a half in breadth, and from half an inch to an inch thick. In structure, the pancreas closely resembles the salivary glands, but it is looser and softer in texture ; and the fluid secreted is almost identical with saliva. Its object is believed to be to reduce fatty matters to the state PAROTID GLAND OF A SHEEP, EXHIBITING THE BRANCHED AND LOBULATED CHARAC- TER OF THE GLANDS OF THE HUMAN STOMACH, AND OTHER PARTS. 54 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. of an emulsion, and thereby promote absorption by the lac- teals. The amount daily secreted by man is from five to seven ounces, and it is most abundant at the commencement of digestion. The Kidneys. — These are two glandular bodies situated in the lumbar region, whose office it is to secrete waste products from the blood. Their exact posi- tion is on either side of the spine, in what is usually called the small of the back, where they lie imbedded in fat; each of them is supplied with blood by a direct branch of the aorta, and from each of them issues a duct called the ureter, which conveys the urine to the bladder. The kidneys are composed of two very different structural arrange- ments — the outer or cortical portion being, as it were, granulated, and the inner being fibrous, arranged in pyramids or cones, with their bases resting upon the cortical substance, and their apices or points opening into a central cavity — the pelvis, or, as it has been called, the brain of the kidney, which may be regarded as an expansion of the upper portion of the ureter. The ureter is about the diameter of a goose quill, eighteen inches long, passing behind the bladder, and entering that organ at its lower part. Each kidney as a whole forms a firm, fleshy mass, which is inclosed in a fibrous capsule, the outer and tougher membrane being lined with a soft and smooth membrane which forms a continuation of that which lines the ureter and the bladder; the shape is about that of a French bean. The Urine is a highly complex fluid secreted from the blood by the kidneys, containing many solid matters in solution which are no longer of service in the body and which if retained would act as poisons ! In a healthy person when recently voided it is a clear, limpid fluid of a pale yellow or amber color, with a peculiar faint aromatic odor, which becomes pungent and ammoniacal when decomposition takes place. Often, however, as it cools, it becomes opaque and turbid from the deposition of part of its constituents previously held in solution ; and this THE BLADDER. — THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. 55 may be consistent with health. The quantity secreted in twenty-four hours depends upon the amount of fluid drank and the quantity of fluid secreted by the skin ; but generally it is from about thirty to forty fluid ounces. In 1000 parts of ordinary urine there are 933 parts of water and 6T parts of solid matter. The Bladder is a thin, membranous sack, a receptacle for the urine secreted by the kidneys, until it is voided through the urethra. It is situated in the pelvis and is kept in its place by ligaments, which are usually divided into .true and false, the latter being formed of folds of the peritoneum. It is composed of three coats or membranes — the external, or fibrous membrane ; the middle, or mus- cular membrane ; and the internal, or mucous membrane. On each side, rather below its middle, it receives the two ducts called ureters, which convey the urine from the kidneys into the bladder. Generative Organs. — The organs of generation in the male are — 1. The testes and their envelopes, namely, the scrotum ; the dartos, which corrugates or ridges the scrotum ; and the fibrous tunics by which they are invested. We must also here include the epididymis, the vas deferens or excretory duct, the spermatic cord and spermatic artery. 2. The vesiculse seminales, forming a re- ceptacle or reservoir situated beneath the bladder for holding the seminal fluid secreted by the testicles. 3. The prostate gland, surrounding the neck of the bladder and the commence- ment of the urethra. 4. Cowper’s glands, a pair situated below the prostate. 5. The ejaculatory ducts. 6. The penis, which consists of the corpus cavernosum, the urethra, the corpus spongiosum, which terminates in the glans penis ; then there are the vessels, nerves, and a cutaneous investment. The principal female organs of generation are — 1. The ovaries. 2. The Fallopian tubes. 3. The uterus and its ligaments. 4. The vagina. 5. The vessels and nerves. 6. The external organs of generation which it is needless to describe. The process of generation consists in an egg furnished by FIG. 70. THE URINARY BLADDER, SHOWING ITS MUSCULAR FIBRES 8, Left Ureter; 9, Left por- tion of Seminal Vesicles; 11, 11, Lateral Lobes of the Pros- tate Gland; 14, Urethra,. tied with a cord. 56 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. the ovary of the female ; this must be vitalized by coming in contact with the secretion of the male in its passage to the uterus. Wlion the egg is thus made fruitful changes at once take place in the egg ; it becomes attached to the walls of the uterus. When the egg is thus impregnated conception takes .place and the development of a living being follows. The Perinseum is the space between the anus and the external parts of the generative organs and is named thus from being frequently moist. The operation of cutting for stone in males is usually performed here, and here it is that serious injury sometimes occurs, when persons fall with their legs astride of any object, or get a bruise while in that position, as on horse- back ; bloody urine, or complete stoppage, may be the conse- quence, arising from inflammation of the bladder or urethra. Rest and warm fomentations and the use of the catheter, if necessary, must in this case be resorted to ; with low diet, aperients, and cooling medicines, to keep down any tendency to fever or inflammation. In all complicated cases we advise consulting a reputable physician. We abstain from giving cuts of these several parts and organs for sufficiently obvious reasons ; in a book intended for family use they would be objectionable. With regard to the diseases which more immediately affect them, a few simple remarks will be made under their several heads ; but we would here impress upon our readers the necessity of at once seeking medical advice for all affections of the genital organs. It is in the treatment of this peculiar class of diseases that advertising quacks reap their richest harvest, often entailing great present suffer- ings, and fearful after-consequences. There is no class of men so dangerous to the masses as the self-styled “ Doctor” who travels about the country advertising to cure all ailments of mankind. The Bones. — The number of bones in the human body is variable ; but in the adult they are reckoned at about two hundred. They are divided into long, flat, and irregular; long, as in the thigh and leg ; flat, as in the skull and pelvis ; irregu- lar, as in the hands and feet. Bones are covered with a peculiar membrane, called the periosteum, which serves to conduct the blood vessels and nerves. The osseous skeleton is divided into the head, the trunk, and upper and lower extremities. The trunk is divided into the spine, thorax, and pelvis. The thorax contains the principal organs of circulation and respiration and is the largest of these three great cavities. It THE BONES. 57 via. 7i. is formed by the sternum and costal cartilages in front, the twelve ribs on each side and the dorsal vertebrae behind. The sternum is a flat, narrow bone, situated in the anterior part of the thorax, and connected with the ribs by means of the costal cartilages. The ribs are twenty-four in number, twelve on each side. The pelvis, or lower cavity of the trunk, con- sists of four bones. The coccyx, which forms the terminal bone of the spine, is sometimes regarded, like the sacrum, as composed of four vertebrae, which are at first distinct, but afterward become united. The innominate bones are irregularly shaped bones, situated one on each side of the pelvis, and consisting of three parts — the ilium, ischium, and pubis, firmly united in the adult, but distinct in the young subject. Each of the two upper ex- tremities is composed of the bones of the arm, the forearm, and tfie hand, and is united to the trunk by means of the scapu- la and clavicle, which form the shoulder. The scapula is a flat, triangularly-shaped bone, placed upon the upper and back part of the thorax. The clavicle, or collar bone, is a long bone, some- thing in the form of the italic letter f. The arm has only one bone, the humerus, which extends from the scapula to the bones of the forearm. The forearm contains two bones, the radius and ulna, which are parallel, and play upon each other, thus admitting of freer motion in that part. The radius is situated on the outer side of the forearm. Its upper end is small and forms only a small part of the elbow joint, while its lower extremity is large, and forms the chief part of the wrist joint. The ulna is placed at the inner side of 58 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. the forearm, and differs from the radius in being larger at the upper than at the lower extremity. The bones of the hand are divided into the carpus, the metacarpus, and phalanges. The bones of the carpus, or wrist, are eight small bones, arranged in two rows, the upper row comprising the scaphoid, semilunar, cuneiform, and pisiform ; the lower row com- prising the trapezium, trapezoid, os magnum, and unciform. The metacarpal bones, or bones cf the palm, are five in number, and corre- spond to the fingers. The pha- langes, or bones of the fingers, are fourteen in number, each finger, with the exception of the thumb (which has only two), having three of them. The upper and lower ex- tremities bear a great resemblance to each other in the nature and form of their bones. Like the upper, each of the lower extremi- ties consists of three distinct parts — the thigh, leg, and foot. The thigh is composed of a single bone — the femur, — which is the longest and largest in the body. The leg consists of three bones — the patella, tibia, and fibula. The patella, or knee- pan, is a small, flat, triangular bone, of a spongy texture, situ- ated at the anterior part of the knee-joint, between the femur and the tibia. The tibia and fib- ula in the leg resemble the radius and the ulna in the forearm : the tibia is next to the femur, the largest bone in the body. It is situate at the anterior and inner side of the leg, articu- lating with the femur above and the astragalus below. The fibula is considerably smaller than the tibia. Its upper extremity is small, and placed below the level of the knee-joint, but the lower extremity projects below the tibia, and forms the outer ankle. The foot, like the hand, is FIG. 73. THE PELVIS. a, os sacrum ; 6, the iliac; c, fossa?, form- ing the lateral boundaries of the false pelvis; g, the acetabulum; d, os pubis; e, ischium; /, tuberosity of the ischium. FIG. 72. THE THORAX. THE BONES. 59 composed of three classes of bones — the tarsus, the metatarsus, and the phalanges. The tarsus is composed of seven bones. The metatarsal bones are long small bones, five in number, con- nected at the one extremity with the tarsal, at the other with the phalangeal bones: these last go to form the toes, each of which has three, except the great toe, which has only two. The different bones of the skele- ton are connected together in various ways, and such cone ct ions are termed articula- ligaments. The references are not given, as difficult and . . rr,. needless to remember. tions. 1 hey are of various kinds, but are usually divided into immovable, mova- ble, and mixed. Immovable articulations exist where flat and broad bones are united to inclose important organs, as in the cranium and pelvis. In some parts the edges indent or inter- lock each other; in others they are brought into close contact, or are united together by a thin layer of cartilage. The mova- ble articulations are of various kinds, according to the kind of motion required. In such cases, the bony surfaces brought into contact are covered with cartilage, bound together by ligaments, and lined by synovial membrane. Mixed articulation prevails where only a slight degree of motion is required, combined with great strength, as in the vertebras. Bone is a highly organized and complex substance. It con- sists of animal and earthy, and saline materials, in the propor- tion of about one-third of the former to two-thirds of the latter ; or, to speak more strictly, according to chemical analysis, we may say that in 100*00 parts there are 33*30 of cartilage and blood-vessels, 51*04 phosphate of lime, 11*30 carbonate of lime, 2*00 fluate of lime, and 2*36 magnesia and soda. In the human frame the bones are of various forms and de- grees of density, or hardness. Thus, in the limbs, they are hollow cylinders, combining lightness with strength ; in the body and head they are chiefly flattened and arched, forming cases for the internal viscera; in the spine and extremities, they fig. u. VERTICAL. SECTION OF THE ANKLE-JOINT AND FOOT OF THE RIGHT SIDE, 3howing the formation of joints, the synovial capsules, and 60 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIG. 76. FIG. 75. are in many pieces, to facilitate the bending of the numerous joints. Their connections with each other are accomplished and preserved in many ways. In all bones, whether hollow or solid, the outer portion is harder than the inner; many of them are spongy, or, as it is scien- tifically termed, cancellated , and most of them have minute irregu- lar cells scattered through their texture. At those extremities, where a smooth and elastic sub- stance is required for the joints, most bones have a covering of cartilage. Bones are first de- veloped in a gelatinous form, which hardens into cartilage, and then receives the deposit of lime, by which they are ren- dered firm ; sometimes there is a deficiency of the earthy de- posit, and thus the bones are bent and yielding. When there is too much lime the bones are too brittle and easily broken. One of the principal diseases to which the bones are subject is Caries. It acts on the perios- teum like ulceration on the soft parts of the body. fig 77 Another disease of the bones is Ne- crosis. It is, as its name implies, the actual death of the bone. Both these diseases are characterized by a constant gnawing ^ pain in the bone. Swelling and red- ness over the seat of the disease ensues ; there is a formation of matter and a dis- charge of a foul, foetid character, communicating a dark stain BONES OF THE ARM. BONES OF THE LEG. BONES OF THE FOOT. THE MUSCLES. ft! to the dressings. Several openings in the skin may occur along the course of the diseased bone, of which occasionally small pieces may come away with the dis- charge. Many minute blood-vessels pass into and fhrough the porous tissues of the bones, and hence they are liable to inflammation and congestion , both acute and chronic, resulting in softening, and ulceration or mortification, pass- ing thus into caries and necrosis. That which is commonly called a White Swelling is a result of chronic inflam- mation. It ends in caries of the spongy texture of the ends of the bone, and destruction of their carti- laginous lining. Abscess of hone some- times results from inflammation, and especially after ‘acute disease, such as small-pox. A prominent symptom is a fixed pain in one spot, in addition to inflammatory enlargement. Exfoliation is the death of the outer bony layer only. It is generally caused by some injury to the bone from a blow or a graze, or the ampu- tating-knife. In this case the shell dies, and is replaced by fresh osse- ous matter coming up from beneath by granulations pushing the dead bone from its place in thin flakes or exfoliations. The Muscles. — The muscles are the moving organs of the animal frame. They constitute, by their size and number, the great bulk of the body, upon which they bestow form and symmetry. In the limbs, they are situated around the bone, which they invest and defend, while (hey form to some of the joints a DIAGRAM SHOWING THE RELATION OF THE BONES TO THE FLESH. a, The Skull ; b, the Face ; c, Cervi cal Vertebra, or Neck-Bones; d, Breast Vertigo; e, Lumbar Verte- bra, or Spine; /, Os Sacrum, or Rump-Bone; g. Coccyx; h. Ilium, or Haunch-Bone; i, Sternum, or Breast Bone ; k, Ribs ; l. Clavicle, or Collar-Bone; m, Scapula, or Blade-Bone; n, Humerus, or Arm-Bone ; o, Radius, or Circular- Cone of Forearm; », Ulna, or large Bone of the Forearm; 7, Carpus, or Hand-Bones; r, Khalan jes, or Fingers; s, Femur, or Thigh-Bone; t. Patella, or Knee-bone; u. Tibia, or Shin- Bone: > Fibula, or Small Bone of the Leg; u, w. Tarsus, or Foot Bone; x, Calcium, or Heel- W 1 0 fi \z, Phalanges, or Toes. 62 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. FIG. 79. principal protection. In the trunk, they are spread out to en- close cavities and constitute a defensive wall, capable of yield- ing to internal pressures and again returning to its original position. Muscle is composed of a number of parallel fibres placed side by side, and supported and held to- gether by a delicate web of areo- lar tissue ; so that, if it were possi- ble to remove the muscular sub- stance, we should have remaining a beautiful reticular framework, possessing the exact form and size of the muscle, without its color and solidity. Towards the extremity of the organ the mus- cular fibre ceases, and the fibrous structure becomes aggregated and modified, so as to constitute those glistening fibres and cords by which the muscle is tied to the surface of bone, and which are called tendons. Many mus- cles of the body are connected with bone, either by tendinous fibres, or by an aggregation of these fibres constituting a tendon, and the union is so firm, that, under extreme violence, the bone itself breaks rather than permit the separation of the tendon from its attachment. It may be interesting, as well as useful, to enter a little more fully into the structure of muscle, which, as before stated, is composed of bundles of fibres enclosed in an investment or sheath of areolar membrane, which is continuous with the framework of the mus- cular fibres, each bundle of which, termed a fascicvlus, is com- posed of a number of smaller bundles, and these of single fibres, which, from their minute size, and independent appearance, THE MUSCULAB SYSTEM. a, Muscles of the Head; b, Visual Mus- cles; c, Cervical Muscles ; d, Combination of the Cervical Muscles; e, Pectoral Mus- cles; /, Dorsal Muscles; g, Abdominal Muscles; h, Muscles of the Pelvis; i. Shoulder Muscles; l. Muscles of the Upper Arm; m, Anterior Muscles of the Forearm. D . — Cevator la Dll superior! s, B. — Temi>oral. A. — Frontalis. K . — Anterior portion of tra- pezius. G. — Platysma myoides. /.— Clavicle. . I/.— Deltoid. H. — Pectoralis major. .V.— Serratus magnus. Obliquus externus. $.— Biceps. O.— External oblique. U. — Pronator radii teres. TV— Supinator longus. S . — Flexor carpi radialis. A".— Tensor vaginae femoris. V. —Abductor longus. V. — Sartorlus. If'. — Rectus. ^.—Rectus vastus externus. Z .— Vastus internus. are a pair of nertes called the right an- left pneumo- gastric ; 11 is the left cor' ion carotid, and 12 the left subclavian, beaming auxiliary and brachial in its course, liko its fellow on the opposite side; all theso belong to the greater systemic cir •, lation , as do also 21, intercostal arteries, and the branches from the front of the aorta above and below 3, which are pericardine and cesophagial, per- taining to the pericardium and the asso- phagus, and abdomen. We now go back on the diagram to No. 3, the trunk of the pulmonary artery, which emanating from the right ventricle of the heart conveys the impure blood, returned there by the veins to the lungs for aera- tion. This is the main channel of the lesser or pulmonary circulation, it is con- nected with the concavity of the arch of the aorta by a fibrous cord, called the ductus arteriosus. 14, the left pulmonary artery, and 15 the right; 16 the trachea, or windpipe, the passage which communicates with the lungs, will serve to show the relative positions of these arteries; 17 and 18 are the right and left bronchus, and 19 are the pulmonary veins ; the rest of the numbers indicate the roots of the lungs. The arteries do not, as was at one time supposed, run im- mediately into the veins, but are connected with them by what are called the capillaries, a hair-like network of vessels so minute that it requires a microscope to make them out ; these are, it is said, about l-3000th of an inch in diameter, and they are distributed through every part of the body so thickly as to render it impossible to pass a small needle into the flesh without wounding several of them ; hence the flow of blood from a prick ; it is through this medium that all the phenomena of nutrition and secretion are performed; they are all small alike, and are joined on the one h^nd with the terminal ramifications of the arteries, and on the oth^r with the minute radicles of the Veins. The capillary vessels have but one coat, which is transparent 56 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. and fibreless ; as they approach the arteries and veins this coat becomes thicker, and, in accordance with the substance thereof, they are distinguished as fine or coarse ; the latter gradually FIG. 85. FIG. 86. THE SUPERIOR MESENTERIC ARTERY. 1. Minute artery. 2. Transitional capillary. 3. Coarse capillary, the thick coat being represented by the double lines of contour. 4. Fine capillary, the black marks indicate the position of certain nuclei dis- persed over the inner surfaces of capillaries, transitional vessels, ar- teries and veins constituting in the two latter the epithitial layer of the inner coat. A, is the descending portion of the Duodenum ; B, is a transverse section of the same; C, the Pancreas; D, Jejunum; E, Ilium; F, Coecum, and Appendix Vermiformis; G, Ascending Colon; H, Transverse Colon; I, Descending Colon; J, Su- perior Mesenteric Artery; K, Colica Media; L, the branch which Inosculates (or joins by little mouths) with the Colica Sinistra; M, Inferior Pancreatic Duodenum; N, Colica Dextra; O, Ilio Colica; P, Vasa Intestini Tenous. augmenting in size and complexity of structure become what are called transitional vessels. The capillaries are most abundant in the lungs, liver, kid neys, and other secreting glands, also in the skin, and mucus membrane ; and they are smallest and least abundant in the muscles, nerves, organs of sense, and those tissues where nu- trition only is to be accomplished ; they are large in the bones, but not numerous, interweaving, as in many parts they do, into a minute network called a Plexus. The extreme beauty of arterial arrangement will be best exhibited by Fig. 86, showing the course and distribution of the Superior Mesenteric Artery. A particular description of all the several arteries could scarcely be looked for in a work like the present. It has THE VEINS. 67 FIG. 87. already been seen that they are very numerous, although we have alluded to but few of them comparatively ; some of them lie deep amid the internal viscera; others, as the femoral, pass* ing down the thigh, the temporal, which traverses the forehead, the carotid, in the neck, and the bronchial, and other arteries of the arm, which are most likely to be wounded in the act of venesection, come very near to the surface, in some cases protected from injury only by the loose ariolo-fibrous investment which sepa- rates all arteries from the surrounding tissues. The Veins. — These are the vessels which return the blood to the auricles of the heart, after it has been circulated by the arteries through the various tissues of the body. They are much thinner in substance than the arteries, so that when emptied of their blood they are flattened and collapsed. Arteries are the channels through which blood passes from the heart to the various parts of the body. Veins are the chan- nels by which it returns to that organ, and to the lungs, to be purified, and again rendered fit for its vital purposes. These two different channels of circulation do not communicate directly with each other, but are connected by the minute branches which they each throw out, and which are called capillaries. These ramify all through the extremities, and all over the surface of the body, conveying arterial and taking up venous blood, which is passed into the smaller veins, thence into the larger, and so proceeds upward to the great fountain from which it set out, con- stantly receiving fresh accessions from the tributary veins which pour into the main channels on every side. Veins admit of a threefold division — into superficial, deep, and sinuses. Superficial Veins return the blood from the integument and superficial structures, and take their course between the layers THE PRINCIPAL VEINS IN THE FOREARM AND BEND OF THE ELBOW. 1, the Kadial Vein; 2, the Cephalic; 3, the Anterior Ulnar; 4, the Posterior Ulnar; 5, the Trunk, formed by their union; 6, the Basi- lic, which at 7 penetrates the deep fascia; 8, point of communication between the deep veins of the fore- arm and the upper part of the Median; 9, Median Cephalic; 10, Median Basi- lic; 11, a convexity of the deep fascia, formed by the Brachial Artery; 12, Ex- ternal Cutaneous Nerve, which pierces the deep fascia, and dividing into two branches, passes be- hind the Median Cephalic Vein; 13, Internal Cutane- ous Nerve, dividing into branches, and passing in front of the Median Basilic; 14, Inter cos to Humeral Nerve ; 15, Spiral Cutaneous Nerve. 68 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. of the upper fascia. They then pierce the deep fascia, in the most convenient and protected situation, and terminate in the Deep Veins , which are situated among the deeper structures of the body, and generally in close proximity with arteries. In the limbs they are enclosed in the same sheath with these vessels : these return the blood from the capillaries of the deep tissues. Sinuses differ from these veins in their structure, and also in their mode of distribution, being confined to special organs, and situated within their substances. One very remarkable feature of veins is their numerous valves , which are composed of a thin stratum of nucleated areolar tissue mingled with fine elastic fibres, and coated on the two surfaces with fine elongated cells. The segments, or flaps, of these valves are semi-lunar in form, and arranged in pairs, one on either side of the vessel generally, but sometimes there is a single flap which has a spiral direction, and occasionally there are three. The free border of the valvular flaps is con- cave, and directly forwards, so that while the current of blood is permitted to flow freely towards the heart, the valves are distended and the current intercepted, if the stream from full- ness of the veins above, or other causes, should turn back. When we consider that the course of the venous current is upward, and so opposed to the law of gravitation, we shall see at once the wisdom of such an arrangement. On page 31 will be found a cut of a valve of the heart, which will give a good idea of the general conformation of those of the veins. In those of the extremities, particularly the deeper ones, they are most numerous. In the portal and cerebral, and very small veins, and those of the viscera, they are generally absent, and alto- gether so in the large trunks. The Glands. — A gland is an organ of the body, in which secretion is carried on, and which consists of a congerie of blood-vessels, nerves, and absorbents. There are two primary divisions under which the glands are commonly placed. These are — First, those employed in secreting some particular fluid for the use of the body, such as the Liver , which secretes bile, and purifies the biood; the Kidneys , which secrete urine ; and the Salivary Glands , which secrete the saliva. Second, the Absorbent Glands , and vessels whose office is to carry off the waste materials of the machine. The Pancreas and the Spleen should also be placed in the first of these divisions, although their peculiar offices in the animal economy is somewhat obscure. THE BLOOD. 69 The Blood. — The blood is a red fluid circulating through the heart, arteries, and veins of animal bodies, serving for the nourishment of all their parts, and the support of life. This nutritive fluid consists, firstly, of water, holding, in a dissolved condition, fibrine, albumen, potassium, and sodium, together with phosphoric acid and other substances; secondly, of corpuscles, or globules, which float in the liquor sanguinis. When drawn from the body, the blood undergoes a remarkable change. By degrees it gelatinizes, and forms spontaneously coagulum and serum. Coagulum con- sists of the fibrine and the corpuscles ; serum, of water, albumen, and the various saline matters. The corpus- cles are of two kinds — red and white, the red being the more numerous. Blood is termed arterial or venous, according to the vessel in which it circulates. Arterial blood is a florid red, with a stronger odor and less specific gravity than the venous fluid. Venous blood is of a dark purple. The scarlet, or arterial blood, which is one degree warmer than venous blood, owes its color to its under- going contact with atmospheric air in the lungs. It circulates in the pulmonary veins, the left cavities of the heart, and the arteries, by which it is distributed to the different organs throughout the body. The dark purple blood circulates in the veins, in the right cavities of the heart, the pulmonary artery, and the lungs. There is, again, a difference between arterial and venous blood in respect to the gases which they contain. The first holds a supply of oxygen ; the second is rendered im- pure by the carbonic acid with which it is loaded. Blood is the product of the elaboration of chyle, and ac- quires its nutritive and life-giving qualities in respiration. By means of the arterial vessels it penetrates to all the organs, dis- tributing nutrition to every organic tissue. It is, moreover, the principal source of animal heat; from it, also, the secretive organs derive their various products, such as saliva, bile, urine, Ac. The average quantity of blood in an adult man has been calculated at twenty-eight pounds, or pints. It has been shown that the composition of the blood undergoes a change in various diseases ; and, after repeated bleedings, the number of corpuscles becomes permanently diminished. The color, as FIG. 88. CORPUSCLES OF THE BLOOD. 1, 2, 1, Blood Corpuscles, as seen on their flat surface and edge; 2, Congeries of Blood Corpuscles in columns. In coagulating, the Cor- puscles apply themselves to each other, so as to referable piles of money. 1 (below), Blood Globules, or Cells, containing smaller cells, which are set free by the dissolu- tion of the containing cell. 70 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. well as the composition of the blood, varies in different sections of the animal kingdom : red in the vertebrates and annelides ; white and transparent as water in insects and crustaceans; bluish-white in mollusca; yellowish in liolothurians and some other invertebrates. This difference in color arises from the corpuscles, which are in some cases red, and in others white or straw-colored, or bluish-white. The chemical constituents of blood, when in a healthy con- dition, are — albumen, fibrin, hsematin or coloring matter, oleic, stearic, lactic, phosphoric, sulphuric, and hydrochloric acids, in combination with soda, potash, ammonia, lime, magnesia, and a small portion of phosphorized fat. The blood also contains oxygen, nitrogen, and carbonic acid. In considering the chemi- cal constitution of the blood, it may be regarded as consisting of two parts — the liquor sanguinis and the blood corpuscles floating therein. The liquor sanguinis is composed of serum, holding a very small quantity of fibrin in solution. Taking the blood as a whole, Liebig gives its component parts as water, 80 ; solid matter, 20. The solid matter, on being icinerated, gives 1| to 1J per cent, of ash, which consists of one-half sea-salt, one-tenth of peroxide of iron, and the rest of lime, magnesia, potash, soda, phosphoric acid, and carbonic acid. The Skin. — Although apparently very simple in its struc- ture, the skin is nevertheless a very compound organ ; and when we consider the important functions it performs, and its re- lations to the rest of the body, we shall not be surprised at this. It is not only the seat of common sensation, but by means of the vapor it constantly, emits in the form of perspiration, it becomes the great regulator of the heat of the body. For these purposes it is supplied with nerves, blood-vessels, and glands. On examining a portion of skin from the palm of the hand, or sole of the foot, from without inwards, we find that ex- ternally it presents a number of furrows, or lines, which are tolerably constant in particular parts of the body. On the elevations between these lines are seen a number of minute openings ( b b) which are the terminations of the glands ( d d d ) that yield perspiration. These furrows and pores are in the upper layer of the skin, called epidermis (c c) or scarf skin. This membrane is in some parts very thin, not exceeding the one two-hundred-and-fortieth part of an inch in thickness, whilst in others, as in the sole of the foot and the palm of the hand, it is at least one-twelfth of an inch thick. It is this portion of THE SKTN. n the skin which is elevated when what are called blisters are formed. When examined with the microscope, it is found to consist of minute flat cells, which have been formed below, and are gradually thrust upwards. Below this, but for the most part continuous with it, is another series of layers of cells (c c), FIG. 89. ^TG. 90. DIAGRAM OF THE STRUCTURE OF TriE SKIN. a. Epidermis ; b b, Pores ; c e. Lay- ers of epidermis and rete mu- cosum ; f, Inhalent vessels ; g g. Papillae of the skin ; h h, Corium or true skin; d d d. Bulbs of sudo- riferous glands opening in the glands b b. PORES AND PAPILUiE OF THE SKIN. On the left isaMagnified View of the Ridges of the Cuticle, as seen in the Palm of the Hand, with the Openings of the Pores in their Furrows. On the right, the Cuticle has been removed, leaving corre- sponding rows of Papillae. and which were called, at one time, by the name rete mucosum , as it was supposed to be a separate membrane. The real nature of these layers of cells is, that they are all secreted on the sur- face of a tough fib ro- vascular membrane, called the corium or true skin ( h lc). The cells of the lower layer, called the rete mucosum, are softer and much less compressed than those which form the epidermis. 'It is amongst these cells that a certain set are found which are termed pigment cells. When separated they have a very distinct form, and are easily distinguished from all the other cells by their dark color. This dark color is dependent on the presence, in the cells, of a number of flat, rounded, or oval granules, not more than the one twenty- thousandth of an inch in diameter. Now it is found that these cells are always present in the skin of the dark-colored races of mankind, and also in those parts of the skin of fair races which are of a dark color. It is, then, to the presence or absence of these cells that the skin is indebted for its white or black color. Where they are very abundant, the skin has a black color ; and 72 ANATOMY OF THE HUMAN BODY. in proportion to their diminution are the various shades called red, yellow, brown, brunette, which are observed amongst the various races of mankind. The skin is provided with two dis- tinct sets of glands. One is destined to free the blood of a large quantity of fluid, and are named the perspiratory or sweat FIG. 91. FIG. 92. A SWEAT GLAND. VERTICAL SECTION OF THE SKIN A vertical section of the sole of the foot — a, the Cuticle or Scarf Skin, the deeper layers of which, dark in color, being called the rete mucosum ; b, the Papillce ; c, the Cutis or True Skin ; and d is the Sweat Gland in a cavity of oily globules. LARGELY MAGNIFIED. 7i, Sweat Gland ; i, a Hair enclosed in its Folli- cles, and showing its pair of Sebaceous Glands ; p, a Sebaceous Gland. glands; the other being designed to draw off a considerable amount of solid matter, and are styled sebaceous or oil glands. The watery vapor which is constantly passing off through the pores of the skin — when not, as is commonly the case, in such quantity as to be noticed — is termed insensible perspiration ; when so profuse as to collect in drops on the surface, it is sensi- ble perspiration or sweat. The fluid which thus passes off from the system consists chiefly of water, with a small proportion of muriate of soda and free acetic acid ; the quantity is at all times very considerable, but is greatly increased during violent exer* THE SKIN. 73 cise, or in hot weather. The sweat gland possesses a twisted duct which passes upward to the surface, and through this tube ascends to the surface the perspiration, sensible and insensible! It is calculated that there are no less than twenty-eight miles of this tubing on the surface of the human body, and that, on an average, from two to three pounds of water daily reach the surface through these channels, and is evaporated. It is sup- posed that at least one hundred grains of effete nitrogenous matter are daily thrown off from the skin. If this excretion be checked or arrested, it throws additional labor on the kidneys ; if it remains in the blood, it will prove fatal to life and health. Great attention, therefore, should be given to the functions of the skin, so as to keep the pores open and its action free ; and for this purpose nothing is so efficacious as bathing in cold water, followed by friction and exercise. Beside this beautiful arrangement for the perspiration, the skin is provided with another set of special organs, named sebaceous glands, whose office it is to withdraw a peculiar fatty matter from the system, while the secretion itself prevents the skin from being dried and cracked by the influence of the sun and air. These glands are distributed more or less closely over the whole surface of the body, but are most numerous in those parts which are largely supplied with hair, such as the scalp and face, and are thickly distributed about the entrances of the various passages into the body, as the anus, nose, lips, and ex- ternal ear. They are altogether absent in the palms of the hands and the soles of the feet; they appear to be made up of an aggregate of small vesicles, and these small vessels are filled with an opaque white substance, something like soft ointment. These glands are overspread with minute capillaries or blood- vessels, and their ducts open either in the surface of the skin, or, which is more usual, directly into the follicle of the hair. These hair-follicles, into which the sebaceous glands open, are, in fact, among the secretory organs of the skin, since it is only at their root or lowest part that the material produced from their walls is appropriated to the growth of hair. All the rest goes to anoint the hairs and the surface of the skin. Hence it is that this secretion is much more abundant in the inhabitants of tropical climates than in those which .inhabit cold countries. But for this benevolent provision of the great Creator, the skin would become parched and dry ; and even with this provision of nature, the natives of the warm countries are in the habit of lubricating their skin with vegetable oils of various kinds, to protect it from the scorching influence of the solar rays. How to Maintain Good Health. Sickness Prevented. * Disease Arrested Practical Information and Rules for Everyday Living. Before taking up disease and its remedies, we will give a brief summary of the rules of health, by the observance of which disease may, in a vast number of cases, be prevented. If it is asked what is meant by the term “ health ” it is appar- ently easy to answer ; but there is no one who will not lind it a difficult question. The difficulty arises from the fact that the term “health” is a relative one. Such a state of body as would be considered health in one person might not be so in another. Some persons may consider themselves healthy when the doctor knows they are not, while some may consider them- selves diseased when the doctor knows they are in good health. The true idea of health is a perfectly sound mind in a per- fectly sound body — mens sana incorpore sano , as is the well known Latin saying. A man’s body must be right, and his mind and soul must be right, or he is not a healthy man. One of the first conditions of health is to have suitable food. Our bodies are made up of certain substances which are constantly worn out by our activities, so that during our whole lives there is a constant waste, which requires a regular supply of food to replace the particles destroyed. Men do not eat simply to satisfy the appetite. The object of taking food is to keep up the size and strength of the body and to replace the waste. The animal body is warm and constantly emitting heat, and the heat so emitted must be replaced. The animal body has often been compared to a locomotive, in which, by air and water, heat is generated. Food may be considered as the fuel, but it does not serve to generate heat only, as in the locomotive ; it forms new particles for the growth of the body, and to replace those worn out. While in the engine the machine is constantly wearing out, the body, up to maturity, is not only constantly THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETC. 75 replacing the waste, but increasing the weight and strength. And here is seen the superiority of God’s arrangements over those of men. All the different articles of food may be reduced to two great groups : 1st, flesh-forming substances ; and, 2d, heat-forming substances. The flesh of men and animals shows a third class of substances, known as nutritive salts. These salts have only begun to be fully recognized during the last few years. These salts may be seen in the form of ashes when any food is burned, such as phosphoric acid, potash and other mineral salts. The flesh- forming substances are required to form the flesh and muscles, the heat-forming substances to supply fat, which may be consid- ered as the storehouse of heat; and the salts are needed for the bones. Good food must contain a certain amount of flesh-forming substances, heat substances, and nutritive salts. It was popularly stated that a certain weight of eggs was equal to the same weight of flesh, but it has long been known that eggs are not equal to meat. With flesh a carnivorous animal may support life, but it is not so with eggs. A dog may eat eggs but cannot digest them so as to live upon them. This is because the parts of the egg eaten do not contain an atom of nutritive salts. If we must eat eggs, in order to obtain full nutriment we ought also to eat the shells. An egg does not contain one particle of nutritious salts, yet when the chick comes forth it contains the due proportion of phosphate of lime. This is due to the fact that in the process of incubation the chick is able to dissolve the inner portion of the shell, and build it up into bones, and thus at the same time get the shell ready to break. There was a great argument a few years ago as to how the chick got out of the shell. True, the beak is so arranged at a certain point as to be ready to break the shell, but with all its power a chick could not break the shell but for the removal of the inner portion to build up its bones. It is much the same with meat ; if it is soaked in water it becomes worthless, hence the value of the salts. In salting meat 15 per cent, of the nutritive parts are lost in the brine, and salted pork is far more nutritive than raw or boiled ham. It is well known that a man dying of starvation cannot satisfy himself with boiled ham. It can be eaten and enjoyed, but that is because other things are taken along with it. Raw meats, and especially pork, should not be eaten, because they may contain the larvae of tapeworms. Raw pork may 76 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. contain other elements of danger. By the judicious mixing of the nutritive salts, different kinds of food may be made nutri- tious. It is this mixing of food which makes porridge and milk furnish perfect nutriment even for an adult. It is a pity that the custom of eating porridge and milk is dying out, for it is as good a food for keeping up the weight, animal heat, and strength as anything that can be eaten. It is also an ascertained fact that a dog if fed upon white bread dies, whereas his health does not suffer at all if he is fed on brown bread. The reason of this is that in preparing flour the most nutritious portion of the wheat is removed and fine white flour is less valuable and nutritious than flour of the entire wheat. What is true of the dog is true also of the man. How many more men could be fed upon brown bread than upon white at present in this country ? At least a million. We are wasting the produce of the earth to the extent of at least one-thirtieth by not using the entire wheat for bread. There is not a child but would prefer brown bread after once learning how to use it. This is a natural instinct, and these instincts are given for a wise purpose. God has so arranged it that our natural instincts lead us to select such a class of food as is fit for the body. Milk contains out of 100 parts, 4 £ of flesh-forming substances, 8 parts of heat-giving substances, and the rest is a little mineral and water. Milk is a perfect type of natural food. Butchers’ meat contains 22 parts of flesh-forming substance, 14 of heat- giving principle, £ of mineral salts, and the rest water. Bacon contains only 8 parts of flesh-forming substance, but 62 of the lreat-giving principle. The relative proportions of fish are respectively 14 flesh-forming, 7 heat-giving, 1 mineral salts, 78 water; flour, 17 flesh-forming and 66 heat-giving — it consists mainly of starch, which is essential to the heat-giving principle ; oatmeal, 13 flesh-forming, 70 heat-giving, 3 mineral salts; potatoes, 1 flesh-forming, 22 heat-giving. They consist, like flour, mainly of starch and water. Sugar has not a particle of the flesh-forming ingredient, but consists entirely of the heat- giving principle. Bread has 6 flesh-forming, 38 heat-giving, 1£ mineral salts, and 48 water ; cheese, 31 flesh-forming, 25 heat- giving, 4 mineral salts. In beer there is only 1 part of flesh- forming principle and 9 of the heat-giving, out of 100 parts. It is almost entirely water. The flesh-forming foods are charac- terized by containing nitrogen, and the heat-giving by containing carbon — flesh-forming containing a predominance of nitrogen, THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETC. 77 and the heat-giving a predominance of carbon. From these facts we can easily estimate the relative value of different kinds of food for sustaining the body. In case of illness these facts guide medical men. If a man is suffering from inflammation, and has been a great eater, they do not give him flesh-forming foods but the other kinds to let him burn it off. Milk is the standard, and to every 100 parts of nitrogen in human milk, cow’s milk contains 237 parts. Milk is intended for the nour- ishment of persons only in a state of quietude, such as babies. The practice of letting babies sit up before they can well do so, and have something of everything on the table, is not only unwise but also very harmful. Milk generally should be given to a child until it gets its teeth. Another question regarding food is, when taken, can it be digested ? One kind might be very nutritious, but might be inferior to another with not so much nourishment in it. Suppose a man were to take some highly nourishing food, which he could not digest, he would derive less benefit than from some simple food which his stomach could tolerate. There is great difference in the digestibility of food. Rice boiled soft digests in an hour ; apples, sweet and ripe, 14 hours; sago, If to 2 hours; milk, 2 hours ; cabbage, 2 hours; parsnips, 24 hours; roasted potatoes, 24 hours ; boiled potatoes, 34 hours; carrots, 34 hours; butter and bread, 3£ hours ; venison, 14 hours; oysters, 2 hours and 3 minutes; raw eggs, the same ; soft boiled, 3 hours ; hard boiled, 34 hours ; salt beef, 54 hours ; mutton, 3 hours ; pork, 34 hours ; salted pork, 4 hours and 38 minutes, etc. Not only must food be of proper quality and such as can be digested, but care must be taken that it be cooked in proper manner. Many articles are spoiled by improper cookery ; and many a cook will improve an inferior article. The French peasant lives on an amount of food which would astonish many, for the manner in which it is prepared makes it go a long way. We actually use more food than we need, and it is wasted in the system, for it is given to the stomach in such a way that the stomach cannot use it. Another point is to take care that no portion of the strength of the meat is wasted in the cooking. Not one person in five hundred knows how to make beef tea or boil a leg of mutton. If they put beef into boiling water they will be sure to leave a great deal of the nutriment in the meat, and of course so much the less in the tea. When people want to get all the strength out of beef, they should take a piece of lean meat, mince it fine, and put it into cold water, and after- ward gradually heat the water to a boiling point, but by no 78 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. means do this quickly. If they want boiled mutton to be juicy, they must put it into boiling water, which will have the effect of coagulating the albumen. Another important matter is the amount of food to be taken. This ought to be considered by the amount of work a man has to perform. The amount of food must also vary according to the climate. Foods containing fat are required for the winter, those containing starch for sum- mer. In India it is almost necessary to live on rice, in Lapland the people have to eat an enormous amount of fat to keep up the warmth of the body. People should always remember that they ought to eat to live, and not live to eat. More than half the inhab- itants of this country do not remember this maxim. It is there- fore better to get up from the table with an appetite, than to feel that you cannot take any more. Some systems need more than others, but natural instincts must guide a man on this point. There is also as much disease caused by intemperance in eating as in drinking. Food taken into the stomach and not needed is an incubus, and the system in trying to get rid of it is often deranged. It is an old saying that good eating requires good rest, and it is true ; hence the importance of not taking active exercise of body or mind after the principal meal of the day. Food when taken into the stomach requires an extra amount of blood to digest it, and, if we indulge in reading, the blood is taken away. There should be a good breakfast, a hearty meal eaten in the middle of the day, and a light supper when the work is done. There is much truth in the saying : — After dinner sit awhile, After supper walk a mile. Long fasting is objectionable. The food should be well masti- cated, and our teeth are for this purpose. Food when imper- fectly masticated takes a long time to digest, and ferments in the stomach, tainting the breath. Hence the importance of hav- ing artificial teeth when our natural ones are gone, for there can be no doubt that modern dentistry has lengthened the average duration of life in this country. Then, as to suitable bever- age ; it is evident from the very abundant supply, that God intended our drink should consist mainly of water. Everybody is agreed as to the suitability of water as a drink. In all nations, some kinds of artificial stimulants are used. Some are less injurious than others, but all of them when taken to excess are injurious to both body and mind. In moderation, at least some of them are useful, such as tea after a hard day’s work. A cup THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETC. 79 of tea is far more refreshing than a glass of spirits or wine. Perhaps a safe rule is for persons to take those articles which do not intoxicate at their own discretion, such as tea, coffee, etc., while those which are intoxicating should not be taken except under judicious advice. It must never be forgotten that good, wholesome food is the corn, while stimulants are only the whip. Another important condition of health is plenty of air. Air is as necessary to existence as food, and its total depriva- tion is still more rapidly fatal ; but the quality of the air is also of nearly equal importance, though this is not so readily proved. Nevertheless, it is an admitted fact that pure air, uncontami- nated either by decomposing animal, vegetable, or mineral products, is of the greatest consequence to the human race. Whatever renders the blood impure tends to originate dis- ease. Whatever makes the air impure tends to make the blood impure. It is the air we breathe which purifies the blood. If the water we use to wash our clothing is dirty, it is impossible to wash the clothing clean; so if the air we breathe is impure, it is impossible for it to purify the blood. What, then, are some of the more prominent things which render the air impure ? It is the nature of still water to become impure. Running water purifies itself. Air in motion purifies itself. Thus it is that the air of a close room becomes inevitably impure. Thus it is that close rooms cause headache and other disturbances. Hence all rooms should be constructed with a view to ventilation. A man of ordinary size renders a hogshead of air unfit for breathing, and consumes its blood purifying qualities every hour. Hence, sleeping in a close room, even though alone, or sitting for a very short time in a crowded vehicle or among a large assembly corrupts the blood. Close bedrooms make the graves of multitudes. The simple fact set forth by Dr. Arnott, long ago, that a canary bird suspended near the top of a cur- tained bedstead in which people are sleeping will generally be found dead in the morning, should be sufficient to show the danger of breathing a vitiated atmosphere, and the necessity of providing a constant and ample supply of fresh air in our dwell- ings. Impure air, however, cannot be seen ; its effects are not immediate ; and so it is allowed to work mischief continually. A healthy, full-grown man respires about twenty times in a minute and inhales in that period about 700 cubic inches of air. Fresh air contains twenty-three per cent, of oxygen ; by the 80 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. process of respiration the oxygen is reduced to eleven per cent., and the carbonic acid is increased to rather more than eight per cent. Three and a half per cent, of this gas renders air unfit to support life ; and this will give some idea of the large quantity of air required for the healthful occupation of a building by a number of persons, especially in sleeping rooms. It is very important upon taking a house to consider well beforehand all the advantages or disadvantages connected with the proposed residence ; for not only may the physical comfort of a family, but also its mental and moral well-being, be materi- ally affected by the selection. The primary advantage every home should possess is healthiness. Do not choose your house in a low, damp situation, however cheap it may apparently be ; houses in such situations cannot be well drained, and the consequence is, that fever or cholera often prevails in such a locality. A house built on dry, gravelly soil, on rising ground, and where the drains are in good order, should be selected as being that in which health may be best preserved. The signs of damp are moulding of the walls, paper-hanging mouldy and peeling off, and moist floors. High and dry situations, with a free circulation of air, whether in towns or in the country, are proverbially healthy, while those which are low and damp, or surrounded by confined air, are the opposite. A plentiful supply of pure water is indispensable both for drinking and cleansing ; good health cannot be expected if im- pure water is drunk, and you cannot have comfort in a dirty house or in dirty linen. Therefore, let “ cleanliness be next to godliness.” A sign of good water is, that a drop dried on a clean cloth leaves no stain behind ; it has likewise neither taste nor smell. Standing pools and wells are not unfrequently impure. River water varies according to the soil over which it runs, the influence of the weather, etc., and though commonly drunk it is never pure. Next to well and river water, rain water may be considered in the scale of preference. The water most to be preferred is that which descends from mountains or lofty hills, through flints and sands, and rolls gently over a sim- ilar bed of rocks. The selection of a temporary residence for invalids is a mat- ter of great importance ; for one class an elevated situation, and a dry bracing air, will be most proper ; a sheltered residence, with a milder air, will be suitable for another, while the seaside may perhaps be preferable for a third. THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETC. 81 Very precious time is often lost, and real injury inflicted, from want of care upon this point, and from persons acting upon their own ideas, or upon insufficient advice. The subject is too extensive to admit of profitable consideration in this work, and the decision respecting climate is so much a matter of judgment, and of such great importance, that medical opinion ought always to be taken when change of climate is determined upon. A change of residence and scene often has a beneficial influence on the health. Those persons accustomed to sedentary pursuits in town frequently derive beneficial results by resort to the country or seaside. The nervous system is braced by the change, and all the functions are brought into more vigor- ous play. Ventilation is a primary consideration. It is not possible to have too much fresh air in the house, provided only an uncomfort- able and chilly draught is not allowed to blow upon the body. Mischief from draught may be prevented by means of folding screens to turn aside. A house without sufficient windows, or without chimneys in the sleeping rooms, is by no means healthy ; a free current of air must be allowed to pass through all the apartments every day. The warmer and stiller the air is, the more difficult it becomes to secure the free ventilation of rooms. In the calm, hot nights of summer, the windows of sleeping rooms should, on this account, be left partly open. It is better to breathe air moistened with dew than it is to breathe air impregnated with poisonous vapors. The upper part of an unventilated room is always filled with foul air. The openings for the escape of foul air should be made as near the ceiling as possible. Fresh air finds its way into a room at the lower part, and, if openings for ventilation are made in the upper part, a current of air fit for breathing is always passing through the room, the foul air escaping as it becomes vitiated. A dwelling, to be healthy, must by all means be well lighted ; a dark house is not only gloomy and dispiriting, but always unhealthy. Light is as needful to health as fresh air. A plant will not flourish until it has light. Put a geranium in a cellar and its leaves will fade, its blossoms turn white, and its general look betoken sickliness. So it is with human beings. Chlorine and hydrogen gases if mixed together and kept in the dark will never unite ; the light of day causes them to min- gle slowly, but in direct sunshine they combine instantaneously, and explode with a loud report. Colors fade in a strong light, 82 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. and, as most readers know, portraits are taken by action of light. People who work in dark rooms, or in mines, are sallow in complexion and sickly, and sometimes deformed. One great cause of despondency and illness among emigrants while on board ship is want of sufficient light between decks ; and it is well known that some animals are tamed by being deprived of light. Bearing these facts in mind, we shall better comprehend the reason why dwelling houses ought to be built so as to admit plenty of light, with no dark corners to invite untidiness or sickness. A certain degree of warmth is necessary for the healthy play of the vital functions. The temperature of this climate is such as to require the aid of artificial heat. This is supplied partly by fuel and partly by clothing. Exercise warms, invigorates, and purifies the body; clothing preserves the warmth which the body generates ; fire imparts warmth externally ; therefore, to obtain and preserve warmth, exercise is preferable to fire. Within doors, where less exercise can be taken, we are depend- ent greatly for health as well as comfort on the mode of heating rooms and houses. In small rooms, the snug and cheerful fire- side is preferable to all kinds of stoves. Nature teaches us to use the materials and the amount of clothing which the climate makes necessary. In this country it is best to have some material next the skin which combines warmth with lightness, protecting from the variations of tem- perature, and absorbing the insensible perspiration. Spun silk, flannels, and lamb’s wool, of various thicknesses for different seasons, are the best materials for this purpose. By habit, many can dispense with underclothing, but it is always a great protec- tion, and not to use it is unwise. In hot climates, a stranger is apt, for momentary comfort, to throw off abruptly the under- clothing, and many a life has been lost by diseases produced from the check to perspiration, which the continued use of the article would have prevented. If thick underclothing is worn during the day, that of much thinner texture should be used at night. Children are, in many cases, most insufficiently protected from the weather ; numbers go without a single article of under- clothing, either in consequence of carelessness or poverty, or from the erroneous idea of rendering them hardy. The surface of a child, from the neck downwards, ought to be kept warm by THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETC. 83 clothing; exposed chests, bare legs, and thin coverings invite croup, inflammation of the lungs, and scrofula. The clothing of the feet is a matter of the greatest impor- tance to all who value health. They should be kept dry and warm. On the other hand, the head, especially of children, should be kept cool. Infants and small children ought to be shielded from the rays of the hot sun. Exercise comes next to air and food in its bearing upon the healthy development of the human frame, but its effects are dependent on different laws. Respiration, circulation, digestion, secretion, and all the bodily functions are assisted by it. The evil results of deficient exercise are seen in persons of indolent life and sedentary habits. Indigestion, costiveness, and a mul- titude of chronic maladies are induced, besides the general derangement and discomfort of the whole system from which nervous and hypochondriacal patients suffer. Without exercise the muscles become enfeebled, the inter- nal functions of the body deranged, and the brain is incapable of a great mental effort. With it the machinery of life goes on with vigor and regularity, and the mind is stimulated to healthy action. The benefits of exercise, therefore, to those whose occu- pation does not require physical exertion, cannot be too highly estimated. The body must undergo a certain amount of fatigue to preserve its natural strength, and maintain all the muscles and organs in proper vigor. This activity equalizes the circula- tion and distributes the blood more effectually through every part. Cold extremities indicate that the circulation is languid. The muscles during exercise stimulate the veins and urge on the blood currents by quickening every vessel into activity. When exercise is neglected, the blood gathers about the central organs, and the oppression about the heart, difficulty of breathing, lowness of spirits, anxiety, and heaviness are evidence of this stagnation. The precise amount of exercise required depends in a great measure upon a person’s strength, but under ordinary circum- stances every person should pass at least two hours daily in the open air. The delicate may take exercise within doors, select- ing the largest room with the window open. Daily exercise is necessary to preserve the healthy functions of the body ; it is a merciful provision by which the decree that man should earn his bread by the sweat of his brow be- comes a blessing ; it gives the laborer sound sleep and a good appetite. 84 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. Cleanliness has a powerful influence on the health and pres- ervation of the body. Cleanliness in our garments and person prevents the pernicious effects of dampness, bad odors, and con- tagious diseases. Cleanliness keeps up a free perspiration, renews the air, refreshes the blood, and animates and enlivens the mind. Frequent ablutions of the body in water is not only neces- sary to cleanliness and comfort, but it is also necessary to the preservation of the health. The explanation of this is, that the pores of the skin remove from the body the useless and super- fluous matter which is constantly being generated. If this refuse is suffered to accumulate upon the surface, it forms a thick, hard crust which obstructs the pores and impedes their functions. The whole body should be daily washed with water, or rubbed over with a coarse, damp towel. When it is considered that our well-being depends in a measure upon the healthy condition of the skin, the importance of bathing must be obvious ; and, for this purpose, either the cold or tepid bath may be employed. In addition to cleanliness, the cold bath, when used by persons in health, increases the tone of the stomach, strengthens the digestive organs, diminishes the sensibility of the whole system, particularly of the skin, and ren- ders the body less susceptible to atmospheric impressions, cold, wet, and sudden changes of temperature. The interval for a person to remain in a cold bath should not at any time, and in the most robust health, exceed ten minutes or a quarter of an hour ; and in the winter not more than five minutes. In the morning, before breakfast, is the best time for those in health to indulge in the bath, but those less vigorous should bathe about two hours after breakfast. The use of the tepid bath is important for the purposes of cleanliness, and the general preservation of health ; as a remedy for disease, it is occasionally valuable. The proper range of temperature is from 85 to 92 degrees. The temperature may be lowered gradually in some cases, until it reaches that of the cold bath. For the purpose of ablution, the tepid water is the best, choosing the degree of warmth that is most agreeable. It is very refreshing after the fatigue of traveling, and is service- able to persons of sedentary habits. Summary and Practical Rules. — When you find a want of vigor and activity of body and mind, or when you experience depression of spirits, morbid and gloomy imaginations or perverted feelings, try to discover the cause, and whether it is THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH, ETC. 85 dependent on jour own acts. If you are sure that you have no organic disease, suspect bad condition of the blood, — to rem- edy which look first to your diet , its quality and quantity ; re- member that generally during the period of growth, deficiency is to be feared; and, in adult life, excess is the thing to be guarded against. If your appetite is defective, inquire why ; if your vocations are sedentary, see that you get exercise daily, and in the open air. Cultivate quietness of mind, and freedom from care and passion, — both of which destroy the appetite. As to the quality of your food, remember its twofold object is to produce heat and to repair waste , but also remember that iov you what you can well digest is the only proper food. If you lose weight in consequence of muscular or mental exertion, you must regain it by using a due proportion of nitrogenous or flesh pro- ducing foods; for those who work chiefly with the brain, peas and beans are less suited than for those whose labor is chiefly muscular . If you are disposed to emaciation, use abundance of farina- ceous food, and that containing starch and sugar, — especially sound bread, and take the utmost care that it be sound. If you are disposed to superfluous fat (obesity), take the diet just described, but very sparingly, and use more meat. Consider your habit of body, and also to what disorders you have a tendency, either hereditary or acquired. All scrofulous or consumptive patients require pure, dry air, but not necessarily a hot climate. It is quite a mistake to sup- pose that hot climates are favorable to consumptive invalids in all stages of the disorder; to some they prove positively hurtful. Do not neglect the care of the skin. Use frequent warm baths, soap, and friction with coarse towels. Cold baths should be used only by the robust. Exercise as much as possible, in the open air when prac- ticable ; and use sufficient exercise, at least once a day, to pro- duce sensible perspiration of the skin. When out-of-door exer- cise is impracticable, do not omit it; not only gymnastics, but reading aloud, singing, and music can be used to indoor advantage. Those who are in moderate health ought to accus- tom themselves to the open air in all weathers. Use warm clothing, but avoid as much as possible that which is impervious to perspiration. As to temperature, — let your rooms be kept at a tempera- ture not exceeding seventy-two degrees, nor falling below sixty degrees. \* hen you pass from a warm room to the open air in 86 THE CONDITIONS OF HEALTH. very cold weather, get well warmed before you expose yourself. In passing from very cold air to the house, go first into the cool- est part of the house, so as to avoid the sudden transition from cold to hot air, which is very hurtful. There is no danger, but much benefit, from the application of cold water to the skin when the latter is extremely hot, since this is just the condition in which cold affusion is useful, as in fevers. To promote proper excretion, and to avoid constipation, observe the following : Let not your diet be too concentrated, bulk as well as nutrient elements being necessary. Remember that constipation often depends upon imperfect digestion ; there- fore eat only what you can thoroughly digest. Do not use aper- ient medicines if you can possibly regulate the bowels without them. If they become needful, a few grains of rhubarb, or a teaspoonful of castor oil, are to be preferred, especially for the aged, who should avoid saline medicines, or use them very spar- ingly, as they reduce heat. As to the excretion of the urine, — if you find yourself growing fat and weak, and dropsical, with a dry skin and a scanty amount of urine, also great thirst and a pain in the back, suspect disease of the kidneys and seek advice. Never defer attention to the natural call to evacuate the urine, as trouble sometimes ensues from this cause. Take care that your clothing admits of free action of the muscles of the trunk, by which respiration is carried on. Be careful, also, to avoid all pressure which can obstruct the circu- lation of the blood, especially in the neck and in the lower limbs. Learn a lesson from the trainer, — by what means does he bring his pupil into a fit condition for a contest or a trial of his strength ? The rules are these : — 1st. Abstinence from strong drink, and from all sensual in- dulgences. 2d. Continued removal of the waste particles of the body, by means of strong exercise ; this waste being supplied by nutritious diet. 3d. Plain diet of brown meats, especially beef and mut- ton, good bread, and solid wholesome food, a very spare use only of any beverage being allowed. 4th. Active frictions of the skin. 5th. Abundant and pure air, with early hours for retiring. We see, therefore, that physical training is nothing more than the application of the laws of health to their fullest extent . HOW TO DETECT Approaching Disease Disease always sends a warning cry ahead, which, if heeded in season, will avert illness and often prevent death. The aches, pains, and physical suffering of the human family are largely due to ignorance of a few simple facts easily comprehended even by a child. A disordered system and approaching sickness may be clearly detected by the Countenance , the Eye , the Tongue , the Pulse , the Gums and Lips, the Stomach , Bowels , etc. The Countenance is the great dial plate of the internal organs. When the countenance is livid and tinged with blood, there may be impeded respiration and circulation, and probably con- gestion of the brain ; this is the case in apoplexy, disease of the heart, effusion of the lungs, etc. A pale countenance may be a sign of fainting, of anaemia, and hemorrhage, external or inter- nal. When the expression is violent and excited, there is probably the delirium of fever, inflammation of the brain, mania, or delirium tremens. In paralysis, convulsions, epilepsy, hysteria, and chorea, we have a distorted countenance ; and a flushed one is symptomatic of fever in general, and of the early stage of delirium tremens. Sometimes, in the last stage of an incurable disease, the face becomes what nurses call “ struck with death,” and to this corpse-like expression has been applied the term Facies Hippo- cratica, because it has been vividly pictured by Hippocrates himself. Here is his picture : “ The forehead wrinkled and dry, the eye sunken, the nose pointed and bordered with a dark or violet circle ; the temples sunken, hollow, and retired ; the ears sticking up, the lips hanging down, the cheeks sunken, the chin wrinkled and hard, the color of the skin leaden or violet ; the hair of the nose and eyelashes sprinkled with a yellowish white dust.” The Eye. — The expression of the eye, and of the whole countenance, affords an excellent ind-jx to the state of health or 87 88 INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. disease. When the eye is bright, but not too much so, good health is generally present ; if languid, there is a want of tone ; and, on the other hand, if excited and wandering, some affec- tion of the brain may be predicted. The Tongue is a certain indicator of the state of the sys- tem, and is always consulted by the physician as reliable author- ity. Florid redness is a sign of dyspepsia ; a livid or purple tongue shows that there is obstruction in the circulation, or lungs ; a pale or white tongue denotes a weak and impoverished state of the blood ; a furred tongue is common to some people even when in health, but, when there are bright red points per- ceptible beneath the fur, scarlet fever may be present ; a tongue with red edges and furred in the middle is a sign of intemper- ance, or brain disorder. In feverish conditions of the system the tongue becomes very dry and hot, or parched ; when the tongue is clammy and viscid, there is usually derangement of the digestive functions ; a yellow tinge on the coating of the tongue indicates a biliary disorder; a thin, creamy white, inflammatory disease in the abdomen. In sore throat, we often find the tongue of a dingy, whitish color ; in scarlatina, we have elongated papillse, appear- ing as bright red spots ; and in some forms of intestinal irrita- tion and hemorrhage, and after acute disease, it is morbidly clean and red. In anaemic patients we find this organ partaking of the general condition of the system, being pale and flaccid ; in paralysis it is drawn on one side ; in delirium tremens, and nerv- ous affections, it is tremulous ; and in typhoid stages of fever it becomes almost black, and cannot be protruded. The Pulse is one of the chief indications of disease. Walsh, in his Domestic Economy , gives the following on the pulse, gums, lips, and stomach : — When the pulse is frequent, large, and soft, it indicates the early stage of fever or of acute inflammation, as in scarlatina, erysipelas, inflammation of the lungs, etc. When very frequent, large, and hard, it accompanies the full onset of fever, of an inflammatory kind, such as rheumatic fever, small-pox, etc. A moderately frequent, large, and hard pulse may be that of mere fullness of blood. When frequent, hard, large, and thrilling, there is generally some disease of the artery, or in its close neighborhood, such as aneurism or tumor. A frequent and small pulse is often met with in consumption, INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. 89 in which the quantity of blood is diminished, and is equally impaired. A slow , laboring , large, and hard pulse is often attendant upon apoplexy, or other forms of pressure on the brain. The Gums and Lips are also useful as indicative of certain conditions of the system : — When the gums are swollen, and bleed at the slightest touch, there is reason to believe that the system is generally out of order, in a state commonly called scorbutic. A pale bluish-red gum, with a maiked line of blue at the edge, is a sign that lead has been taken into the system in some way. When the lips are parched, and cracked, with fetid breath, there is reason to suppose that fever is present in a typhoid type, though this is by no means a certain sign by itself. The Stomach. — The symptoms affecting the stomach are vomiting or nausea, flatulence, pain after eating, and in some cases eructations of a watery fluid in large quantities. Flatulency is a system of disordered stomach of a chronic character, as dyspepsia. Pain after eating is also a sign of indigestion or disordered stomach? but there is generally inflammation accompanying it. The Bowels present the following symptoms when dis- ordered : — Constipation may arise from torpor of the bowels, owing to long continued neglect, or the absence of suitable articles of diet, or from a deficient secretion of the natural stimulus, the bile. Diarrhoea consists in an increased discharge of liquid faeces, and may be caused by the irritation of food or medicine, or the presence of hardened faeces ; or sometimes from a poison dis- ease, such as cholera. The Faeces. — The faeces are the rejected residue of the food after it has served the purposes of nutrition. According to Berzelius, the normal constituents of the human faeces are as follows : — Water 73.3 Vegetable and Animal Remains 7.0 Bile 0.9 Albumen 0.9 Peculiar Extractive Matter 2.7 Salts 1.2 Slimy Matter, consisting of picromel, peculiar animal matter, and insoluble residue 14.0 100.0 90 INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. This is the composition of the faeces when the health is per- fect, and there is nothing very peculiar in the diet to render it otherwise. In diseases great changes take place, not only in the proportions, but even in the ingredients of which the faeces are composed. By the peculiarity of smell and color, the medical man is enabled to judge of the nature and progress of Certain diseases ; therefore it is of importance that they should be pre- served for his inspection. The following are a few of their most obvious indications: — Natural faeces are of a gingerbread color, slightly varying in tint and hue, and of tolerable consistency, although perfectly impressible. The smell is offensive, but has not that peculiar fetidity observed in some diseased conditions of the system. The evacuations should be daily, and at or near a certain hour ; but a deviation from this rule is no proof of ill health. We have known persons, in a perfectly healthy state, who went to stool only once in two, three, or four days, or even a week. It depends greatly upon habit, but such a habit is not good. Children should be taught to go at a certain hour every day, and the habit of a daily evacuation of the bowels once fixed, will prob- ably remain through life, except when it is interfered with by sickness, or the failing powers which are often a consequent upon old age. Mucous evacuations have a semi-transparent, jelly-like appearance. They may be tinged with brown, green, or yellow, all indicating the presence of bile ; or red with blood, when there is inflammation or congestion of the mucous membrane, as in mucous diarrhoea and dysentery. Evacuations may have a rough, shreddy, or spotty appearance. There may be little irregular round specks, like dirty white of egg, scattered through the fseces, or long pieces like shreds of lymph or dingy-colored parchment. In such cases there may be acute inflammation of the mucous membrane of the intestines, situated in any part of the bowels or rectum. Pus in the fseces indicates either ulceration of the bowels, or the breaking of an abscess into the alimentary canal. If there is much of it, the latter is most likely the case. This is a symptom of danger. Bile in the fseces indicates excessive action of the liver, the cause of which may be irritation or active congestion, — in which case the color is generally of a yellowish brown, but sometimes, es- pecial^ in children, it is of a decided green color. This, too, is often the case with grown persons, when the liver is just recover- INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. 91 mg from a torpid state and beginning to act violently. This is commonly the case, too, in hydrocephalus, when the color is a peculiarly deep green. Bilious motions may or may not be loose, although they are generally so, from the bile acting as an irritant to the lining of the bowels. Absence of bile in the fseces is shown by absence of color. The motions are clayey, sometimes as pale as pipe clay, and ranging from that shade up to the natural hue, occasionally assuming a grayish tint. They vary in substance, and when liquid are usually frothy, and float upon water on account of the quantity of gas which they contain. Loose bowels result from so many causes that we cannot take them as clear indications of any particular diseases. An irritated or inflamed state of the mucous membrane causes diarrhoea, in some stages of which the stools are fluid. If, in this state, they are rice water stools, it indicates Asiatic cholera, or the too powerful action of saline or drastic purgatives. Hard , solid fceces at unequal intervals indicate constipation. Offensive stools occur in some forms of dyspepsia. The foetor is excessive in low fevers, when the poison introduced into the system seems to render the whole of the solids and fluids thereof peculiarly liable to decomposition. Expectoration. — This is, first, the act of discharging mucus or other matter from the throat, lungs, or trachea ; and, second, the substances so discharged. The term in its first mean- ing is synonymous with coughing, and need not further occupy our attention ; but, in its second, we find so many important con- siderations connected with the diagnosis of disease, that we must pause awhile to consider it. It is by the nature of the expec- toration that the physician is enabled to judge of the character and progress of the malady with which he has to contend. If this be frothy , it indicates active bronchitis, catarrh, or influenza ; if stringy , and of a whitish or yellowish color, the bronchitis has become chronic, or spasmodic, or there may be whooping-cough present or impending ; if purulent, it may indicate the latter stages of catarrh or influenza, especially if the sputum, or matter expectorated, is mixed more or less with a tenacious mucus ; gen- uine pus, capable of being poured from one vessel to another, indi- cates the bursting of an abscess in the lungs, or of pus from the empyema having found its way into the bronchial passages; the yellow matter often expectorated in humid asthma is not truly purulent, but to a large extent mucous. If lumpy, there can be no mistake as to the nature of the disease ; pulmonary 92 INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. consumption has fairly set in, and made considerable advances ; there is sure to be a softening and breaking up of tubercles, where there are small yellowish or whitish lumps expectorated along with the clearer fluid on which they float, perfectly dis- tinct. If membranous, the sputum indicates inflammatory action of a chronic, most likely of a croupy, character. If stringy and rusty-colored , there is certainly pneumonia ; if bloody , there is hemoptysis, — either a blood-vessel of the lungs has broken, or blood has oozed through the bronchial membrane, both of which are symptoms indicative of great danger to the patient. If offensive and putrid , there may be gangrene of the lungs, but this is only a single sign and not to be relied on alone. These are the distinctive characters which expectoration assumes, and its increase or decrease in bulk or density, its varieties of tint, and other particular changes, tell to the experi- enced eye of the doctor how the case is progressing and whether it is likely to terminate in convalescence or death. The Temperaments. — In physiology temperament has been defined as a peculiar organization of the system common to several individuals, which to a certain extent influences the thoughts and actions. There is, besides, in each individual a further peculiarity of organization which serves to distinguish his temperament from that of another person, to whom, however, he may in other respects bear a great resemblance. This indi- vidual temperament is called Idiosyncrasy. Four temperaments were distinguished by the old physicians, founded on the notion of four qualities which entered into the constitution of man, and were supposed to temper each other, and influence the character, according as one or other prevailed over the rest. These qualities were, in the abstract — hot, cold, dry, moist ; in the concrete — fire, air, earth, and water ; and their highest point of development was as follows : — 1. The Sanguine Temperament , supposed to be character- ized by a full habit, soft skin, ruddy complexion, blue eyes, red or auburn hair, frequent pulse, large veins, and vivid sensations. 2. The Melancholic Temperament , described as existing in a thinner but firmer frame than the preceding, with a dark com- plexion, black hair, and a slower circulation, a nervous system less easily moved, and a character grave and meditative. 8. The Bilious Temperament , intermediate between the two preceding, marked by black, curling hair, dark eyes, a swarthy and, at the same time, ruddy complexion ; a thick, rough, hairy skin ; and a strong, full pulse. INDICATIONS OF DISEASE. 93 4. The Phlegmatic Temperament. This differs from all the rest in the laxity of the skin, the lighter color of the hair, and the greater sluggishness of the faculties. Without keeping to the old theory, modern physiologists to a certain extent adopt these terms, to which they have added — 5. The Nervous Temperament , marked by a combination of some of the above characteristics, with a quick and brilliant intellect, and great susceptibility. Not often do these temperaments occur in a pure form. We meet with the indications of two, or even three, of them mingled in one person, — whom, therefore, we must call nervous- sanguine, or nervous-bilious-sanguine, as the case may be. Viewing temperament as a predisposing cause of disease, we may say that sanguine persons are more liable to acute in- flammation than others ; nervous, to mental disorders and affec- tions of the nerves ; phlegmatic, to scrofula ; phlegmatico-san- guine, to gout; and bilious, to hypochondria, and disorders of the digestive organs. Idiosyncrasy. — In most individuals there are certain mental or bodily peculiarities which we term Idiosyncrasies ; and these, to a certain extent, shape and fashion the life and mode of thought, and greatly influence the state of health. In reference to the latter subject, when we say that a man has a predisposition to gout or gravel, we allude to one of his idiosyn- crasies, and we speak of the gouty or other state of that man as his Diathesis. What are commonly called antipathies are the peculiar result of states and conditions of the system, to which the above terms may be properly applied ; and it is impossible to affix any assignable cause for these, nor can the medical man be aware of them until he has noticed them in their effects, or been fully informed of them by the patient or his friends. To some persons a particular odor is perfectly unbearable ; others cannot abide a certain sound ; the sight of an insect, or other animal, not obnoxious to most people, will make this or that person ready to faint away, and fill the mind with a name- less dread. o' ^ K INTERNAL LOCATION OF THE ORGANS. <*. Externa] Jug- ular Vein. b. Deltoid Mus- cle. c. Pectoral Mus- cle-r- Suratus Magnus. d. Latissunus M u s c 1 e , or Diaphragm. Transversalis Muscle. f. Crest of Ilium g. Sartorius Mus- cle. h. ThyroidGland i. Trachea, o r Wind-pipe. k. Right Ventri- cle of Heart. /. Right Auricle of Heart, w. Left Auricie. ft . Outline of Per- icardium, or Sac of Heart. Left Lung. . Right Lung. .Cardiac Orifice of Stomach. s. Kidneys. t. Uretus. u. Bladder. w. x. y. First Ribs. z. SubclavianAr- tery (right and left J 1. Apex of Heart. 2. Lumbar Glands 3. Left Ventricle of Heart. 4. Coronary Ar- teries. 5. Superior Vena Cava. (Vein.) 6. Arch of Aorta. Left Pulmona- ry Artery. Right — Vena Cava, or In- nomenata. Left — Vena Cava, or In- nomenata. 10. Subclavian Vein. 11. Internal Jug- ular Vein. 12. Left Common CartoidArtery. 13. Brachial Ar- tery. 14. Pulmonary Veins. 15. Descending Aorta. 16. Inferior Vena Cava. 17. Renal Vein. .q 18. Right — Cora- ls mon IliacVein. 19. Left, Common Iliac Artery. 20. Femoral Ar- tery and Vein. 21. HepaticVeina DISEASES. REMEDIES AND TREATMENT. ABSCESS. An abscess is a collection of pus or matter, resulting from inflammation. Causes . — It is caused by inflammation of the inner surface of the skin and its surrounding parts. The pus or matter does not pass off by gradual cessation, but collects in a cavity which is formed, and is termed an abscess. Symptoms . — The inflammation of the part quickly sub- sides ; the top of the tumor becomes soft and white, while all around it is redder. Treatment . — Take a slightly cooling and gentle aperient. Foment the part with hot flannel, and apply a poultice of lin- seed meal. In parts where the poultice is difficult to retain, it must be put in a bag made of muslin with a tape attached to each corner of the bag to fasten it on and retain it in its place. The poultice should be renewed every six or eight hours. When the abscess looks white in the center, it is ripe and should be opened. After discharging pretty freely, a slip of lint should be inserted by a probe, and renewed once or twice a day, accord- ing to the nature of the discharge. After this the part should be supported by a bandage, or slips of adhesive soap or plaster, to facilitate contraction ; and the aperture should be left open to facilitate the discharge. When healed, tonic medicine and change of air should be resorted to. During the continuance of the abscess, the patient should live on food which is plain and nutritious, without being stimulating, avoiding at the same time, except under extraordinary circumstances, wine, spirits, and beer. ABSCESS IN THE EAR. Apply warm fomentations ; syringe the ear with warm water. When the abscess has broken and discharged freely, the 96 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. m ear must be kept clean, and a syringeful of slightly astringent lotion, such as ten grains of sulphate of zinc to a quarter of a pint of rose water, should be injected lukewarm twice a day. Or this will be found beneficial : When there is much discharge, injections of warm soap and water should be used to , cleanse the ear, and a little fine boric acid blown into it with a quill or powder blower. This treatment should be followed twice a day until the discharge ceases. ANEURISM. Aneurism has been defined as a pulsating tumor, containing blood, and communicating with an artery. Aneurisms may be internal or external, — in the former case, being so situated in the cavities of the body, like those of the abdomen, chest, or cranium, as to render the nature of the disease often very obscure ; in the latter, they are so placed in the limbs that access may be easily had to them. Causes . — The whole arterial system is liable to aneurisms ; but they occur much more frequently internally than externally; and oftener in those main trunks near the heart than elsewhere. They usually occur in persons of advanced age, such being most liable to calcareous degeneration of the coats of the arteries, which is one of their predisposing causes. The exciting causes are violent contusions, abuse of spirituous liquors, fits of anger, straining, and violent exertion of any kind. Gunshot, and other wounds, often cause aneurisms. Symptoms . — In the early stage there is a small tumor, pulsating very strongly, more or less evident to the sight and touch, according to the depth at which it is seated. Sometimes its presence is only known by the rapid pulsation, and pain, and tenderness of the part. Sometimes it interferes with the func- tions of some important organ, producing impeded respiration, cough, and other distressing symptoms, and ending in death; for which, without a post mortem examination, the physician can assign no adequate cause. For the internal form of the disease no remedial measures are advised. They depend so much upon situation, and other varying circumstances, that only the medical practitioner can judge of the means to be employed. Treatment of external aneurisms. — This must depend very much on circumstances ; constant pressure over the tumor has cured some cases. A surgical operation offers the best chance of cure in the majority of cases ; this consists in tying the artery on which the aneurismal tumor is situated, both above DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 97 and below the tumor. It should be attempted by no unprofes- sional person. No external irritant or friction must be applied in aneurism ; neither fomentations nor other hot applications. Active exer- tion must be avoided, both mental and physical. APOPLEXY. This is deprivation of motion by a sudden stroke ; it is one of the most common modes of sudden death ; in an instant a healthful and vigorous man is smitten down, one who has exhib- ited no signs of disease, who has perhaps received no premoni- tory warning, lies before us motionless. Apoplexy may be either cerebral — proceeding from conges- tion or rupture of the brain — or pulmonary — proceeding from hemorrhage of the parenchyma of the lungs. The first is its more common form, and this may be spoken of under two heads : first, when it is sudden and violent; second, when it is compara- tively slight at the commencement, and increases in severity. Causes . — The causes of apoplexy are either predisposing or exciting ; among the former may be named, first : Sex — men are more liable to it than women, because they are more subject to its exciting causes, of which we shall presently speak ; sec- ond : Age — it is very rare in childhood, rare also in youth, most common between the ages of forty and seventy — rare much beyond the latter age ; third : Bodily conformation — the man of sanguine and plethoric temperament, with large head, short neck, and full chest, is most liable to its attack, although one of the opposite condition is sometimes smitten down with it ; fourth : Mode of life — persons of sedentary habits, who live luxuriously, are its frequent victims ; fifth : Mental anxiety — such as a long continuance of harassing fears, business perplexi- ties, grief, or any violent emotions or passions. All these are predisposing causes of apoplexy. The history of lawyers, judges, and philosophers, ancient and modern, proves that the studious are not more liable than others. Persons of advanced age, who take rich and stimulating food in excessive quantity, and whose intellectual faculties are exercised but little, are those most fre- quently carried off by this disease formerly designated as the “ skeleton at a feast.” The exciting causes of apoplexy are intemperance, whether in eating or drinking, violent exertions of the mind and body — in short, whatever tends to determine the blood with an undue impetus to the brain, or impedes its return, is an invitation to this dreadful destroyer to step in and 98 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. arrest the vital current in its flow, as the breath of frost stays the water of the river. Symptoms. — Apoplexy may be known by the patient falling down in a state of insensibility or stupor, out of which it is impossible to arouse him by any of the ordinary means ; the face is generally flushed, the breathing difficult and stertorous ; the upper lip-margin is projected at each expiration; the veins of the head and temples protrude as though overfilled, the skin is covered with perspiration, and the eyes are fixed and bloodshot ; sometimes, however, the face is pale, with a look of misery and dejection ; and the pulse, instead of being full and hard, is weak and intermitting. We have said that apoplexy comes without warning, but this is not strictly true. However sudden the attack itself may be, there are certain premonitory symptoms which no prudent man will disregard. Among these may be named a sense of fullness in the veins of the head, and a feeling of pressure in the head itself, with occasional darting pains, giddiness, vertigo, partial loss of memory, and the powers of vision and speech ; numbness of the extremities, drowsiness, and a dread of falling down ; irregularity in the action of the bowels, and involuntary passage of urine. These all indicate that some internal changes are going on, and if their warning is attended to the threatened attack may, perhaps, be avoided. Persons whose full habit of body and modes of life predispose them to this disease, should, when such warnings reach them, live sparingly, avoid stimulants, especially fermented and spirituous liquors, take regular and moderate exercise, sleep on a firm pillow and harsh mattress with the head elevated, and nothing round the neck to impede the act of breathing; the mind should be in a cheerful condition, and free from excitement ; sexual indulgence and late suppers should be avoided. Keep the bowels regulated by an occasional dose of saline purgatives. Those of a spare habit should take a light, although nourishing diet. Spirituous liquors and hot spices should be avoided, also excessive bodily fatigue and nervous excitement. Treatment. — This, of course, must vary considerable in accordance with the pathological condition of the brain of the person attacked, and with other circumstances which only those accustomed to the treatment of disease can judge of. The im- mediate measures to be adopted when a fit of apoplexy comes on are the following: Place the patient in a reclining position, with the head elevated ; remove everything about the neck, and DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 99 let the air be freely admitted ; apply cold wet cloths to the head, and mustard plasters to the soles of the feet ; if the patient be old and the pulse weak and feeble, the skin bloodless, and the countenance pinched, warm flannels and hot bricks should be used, strong spirits of ammonia applied to the nostrils, the feet put into a warm bath with a little mustard, and every means taken to improve the patient’s condition. As soon as this is so far effected that the patient can swallow, give i dram of aro- matic spirits of ammonia in 1£ ounces of camphor mixture, as a stimulant draught ; but it is only when the pulse is feeble and fluttering that the stimulants should be administered. If unable to swallow, one or two drops of croton oil may be rubbed on the back of the tongue, and an injection composed of a tablespoonful of common salt, with a pint of warm water. Other means of relief may be taken should these fail ; should the head be very hot let it be shaved, and a cold lotion of water and vinegar applied to it. Should the attack be soon after a full meal, administer an emetic. In all cases, after the crisis of the disease is over, and when the patient has become convalescent, it behooves him to be very careful, as a slight indiscretion may bring on a fresh attack. J Eclectic Treatment for Apoplexy . The great object is to draw the blood from the head and equalize the circulation. To do this apply cold water to the head, face, and neck, and place the feet in warm water to which has been added some powdered mustard or cayenne. An injec- tion must be used if the patient shows no symptoms of rapid recovery, the same as in the regular treatment, and also the croton oil. It is desirable to promote perspiration, which may be done by using composition powder, pennyroyal or catnip tea. After recovery, observe the rules regarding diet, etc., as before directed, and take abundance of exercise in the open air. ASTHMA. This is a disease of the lungs, whose main characteristic is laborious breathing, which comes in paroxysms, and is accom- panied by a wheezing noise. Humid asthma is that in which the attack terminates in expectoration; when it does not, this is called dry asthma. Persons so afflicted have generally disease of the heart or lungs. When they have not, it is called spas- 100 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. modic asthma, and to this persons are sometimes subject, who, when the attack is passed, may appear quite vigorous and healthy. Causes. — Hereditary predisposition ; dwelling in a cold or moist atmosphere, or being subject to sudden changes of tem- perature ; gout, intense study, great mental anxiety ; suppression of perspiration ; irritation of the air-cells and lungs by atmos- pheric impurities; irritation of the stomach, uterus, or other viscera. Symptoms. — The attack commonly occurs in the night, the patient having gone to bed in a listless, drowsy state, with a troublesome cough, oppression at the chest, and symptoms of flatulence ; towards midnight probably the breathing becomes more labored, the wheezing sounds louder, and the patient is obliged to assume an erect posture to prevent suffocation. Sometimes he starts out of bed, and rushes to the window for air, or he sits with his body bent forward, his arms resting on his knees, with a flushed or livid face, or deadly pale, gasping and struggling for breath, in a Qondition painful to be- hold ; the pulse is weak and intermittent, with palpitation of the heart ; sometimes there is vomiting, with involuntary emission of the urine, which is of a pale color, and relaxed bowels. The attack will probably last for a couple of hours or more, when the severe symptoms will gradually remit, with an expectoration of frothy mucus, and a tranquil sleep follows. For some days there will be felt a tightness of the chest, and the slightest exertion brings on a difficulty of breathing ; there will be slighter paroxysms, and after a longer or shorter period another severe one. Treatment. — The objects to be attained in this are, first, to moderate the violence of the paroxysm ; second, to prevent its recurrence. Gentle aperients should be administered, and anti-spasmodic mixtures ; a mustard plaster on the chest will often afford much relief. Castor oil, given in peppermint, or weak brandy and water, is a suitable aperient. Where there is reason to suppose the stomach is overloaded, an emetic should be given. Tincture of lobelia inflata is good in obstinate cases, dose one dram. Inhaling the fumes of stramonium is some- times of service, and the good effect will be assisted by a cup of hot coffee, putting the feet in warm water, or using the warm bath. To prevent the return of a paroxysm of asthma, avoid the exciting causes, keep the bowels open with some mild aperient, DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 101 and strengthen the system by bitter infusions, such as camomile or gentian. If there is tightness of the chest, put on a poultice, and take an expectorant now and then to clear out the phlegm from the bronchial passages. Take a light nourishing diet, avoiding everything difficult of digestion ; wear warm clothing, as flannel next to the skin ; take regular and moderate exercise ; change of climate if possible, should the situation occupied be damp, or bleak and exposed. Do not indulge in sensual or intemperate habits. j Eclectic Treatment for Asthma. When the symptoms appear, at once place the feet in warm water, and take a decoction of catnip or pennyroyal, to produce a gentle perspiration. If the attack still continues, take a tablespoonful of the tincture of lobelia in a cup of warm tea, every half hour. The following remedy has produced marked results in severe cases : Take a half ounce of well-bruised seneca snake- root; immerse in one pint of water, and boil over a slow fire till reduced to a half pint. Dose, a tablespoonful every ten or fifteen minutes. A teaspoonful of mustard-seed, taken in tea or soup, morning and evening, has cured many severe cases. Damp houses and damp air must be carefully avoided. Let the food be light and nutritious ; sleep on a hard mattress ; and frequently take the country air. PAINS IN THE BACK. Pains in the back are of many kinds, and may result from a variety of causes. Treatment. — If weakness be the cause, cold bathing, the shower bath, and squeezing a sponge repeatedly down the back, together with vigorous rubbing with a rough towel, will be found efficacious. Rest, in a recumbent or semi-recumbent position, will also alleviate the pain and contribute to its removal. BALDNESS. This is caused by disorganization of the root or bulb of the hair, and may proceed from age, general derangement of the functions, or local disease. When baldness proceeds from age, the hair can never be restored. Treatment. — Mix well together liquor of ammonia, one ounce ; camphorated alcohol, one and a half drams ; bay salt, 102 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. half ounce ; water, one pint. With this mixture bathe the head three times a day. Afterwards, rub well into the scalp a poma- tum made of fresh lard, four parts, and camphor, one part. The action of the sedative water restores the capillary circu- lation which forms the bulb of the hair, and imparts new life to the organ. The pomatum assists and favors the growth. Or, use either of the following : Castor oil, one and a half ounces; tincture of cantharides, half an ounce. Mix well together, and rub the bald part with it night and morning. Or, use lard, made to a thin consistence with rum, rubbed in night and morning. One of the most successful remedies ever used is prepared as follows ; Glycerine, 4 ounces ; tannin, 1 dram ; tincture of cantharides, 2 drams ; oil of capsicum, 10 drops. Apply to the bald spots morning and evening. BARBER’S ITCH. It is communicated by an unclean razor or brush in shaving, or may be sometimes caused by a dull razor. Symptoms . — It appears on the hairy part of the face — the chin, upper lip, the region of the whiskers, the eyebrows, and nape of the neck. It consists in little conical elevations, which maturate at the top, and have the shaft of a hair passing through them. These pimples are of a pale yellowish color. In a few days they burst, and the matter, running out, forms into hard, brownish crusts. These crusts fall off in one or two weeks, leaving purplish, sluggish pimples behind, which disappear very slowly. Treatment . — The most important part of the treatment is the removal of the cause. The beard must not be pulled with a dull razor, and the shaving had better be discontinued alto- gether, the beard being simply cropped off close with the scissors. All intemperance in eating or drinking must be avoided, as well as exposing the face to heat. A light, cool diet will do much toward a cure. Nitrate of mercury ointment and a solution of oxalic acid are the best applications. BED SORES. The constant pressure of certain portions of the body upon the bed or mattress frequently produces in invalids, excoriations which are known by the above name. Treatment . — When the skin becomes red and inflamed, DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 103 and painful to the touch, immediate steps should be taken to prevent if possible an abrasion of the skin. Mix two teaspoon- fuls of brandy in a wineglassful of hot water, with thirty drops of tincture of arnica. Bathe the part with this, and dry with violet powder. Or, either before or after the skin breaks, dip a camel’s-hair brush into collodion, and brush the inflamed surface over, repeating the operation from time to time until the part is healed. BLEAR EYE. A term given to an inflammatory appearance of the eyelids and corners of the eye itself. Causes. — Advancing age, cold, or temporary weakness. It is also caused by hereditary taint, and resolves itself into a constitutional defect. Treatment. — Where it is not constitutional, use the following lotion : Mix five grains of sulphate of zinc in two tablespoonfuls of water. Moisten the eye frequently with a linen cloth. Another good remedy is to take an active aperient of calo- mel and rhubarb, and bathe the eye with poppy- water. If the eye should feel weak after the inflammation has subsided, bathe it frequently during the day with a lotion composed of one grain of sugar of lead to a large tablespoonful of water. BLEEDING FROM THE BLADDER. (. Bloody Urine.') Causes. — Falls, blows, bruises, or some violent exertion, such as jumping or the like ; sometimes from small stones in the kidneys, ureter, or bladder, which wound those parts. Symptoms . — The blood is somewhat coagulated, and deposits a dark brown sediment resembling coffee grounds. When the blood is from the kidneys or ureter, it is commonly attended by acute pain, and sense of weight in the back, and some difficulty in voiding the urine. When the blood is from the bladder immediately, it is usually accompanied by a sense of heat, and pain at the lower part of the body, and the blood is not so much coagulated. Treatment . — Empty the bowels with cooling purges, and take the following astringent tonic mixture : Tincture of iron, three drams ; infusion of roses, six ounces ; mix, take two 104 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. tablespoonfuls every three hours ; and physicians generally recommend that the drink should be thick barley water, solution of gum arabic, or a decoction of mallows sweetened with honey. The following is a mild aperient draught : Bitartrate of potash, one dram ; tincture of senna, one dram ; manna, half an ounce ; warm water, one and. a half ounces; mix, and take at once. BLEEDING AT THE NOSE. Persons of a sanguine temperament and full habit of body are often subject to this disease. It ought to be regarded as beneficial, unless excessive. Those who are troubled with ver- tigo and headache, arising from a fullness of the veins and a tendency of blood to the head, are often relieved by bleeding from the nose ; and there can be no doubt that many a fit of apoplexy has been averted by it, and many an attack of inflam- matory fever, or congestion of the brain, thus relieved. Causes . — Violent exercise, great heat, blows on the nose, the long continuance of a stooping posture, and disease of the vessels which convey the blood to the brain, rendering them liable to rupture. It may come on without any previous warn- ing, or be preceded by headache and a sense of heaviness, sing- ing noises in the ears, heat and itching of the nostrils, throbbing of the temporal artery, and accelerated pulse. Treatment . — When it comes on frequently and continues long, so as to cause faintness, and especially if the person sub- ject to it be weak or advanced in years, it should be stopped as soon as possible. This may sometimes be effected by immersing the head in cold water, free exposure to cool air, and drinking cool acidulous liquids. The body of the patient should maintain an erect position, with the head thrown somewhat back, a cold piece of metal or ice applied to the neck over the spinal cord, vinegar snuffed up the nostrils, or an astringent wash injected into them with a syringe. It may be composed as follows : Alum and acetic acid, of each two drams ; water, six ounces. Or, three drams of the muriate tincture of iron in the same quantity of water. Or, if these fail, the nostrils may be plugged with lint dipped in a strong solution of the sulphate of copper. When the bleeding has stopped there should be no haste to remove the clotted blood from the nostrils. Do not blow the nose violently, nor take stimulants, unless there be excessive faintness, in which case a little cold brandy and water may be taken. Where there is a full habit of body, cooling medicines and light diet may be safely advised. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 105 BLEEDING FROM THE LUNGS. (. Hemoptysis .) This denotes in general the spitting of blood, and is generally used by pathologists to signify the expectoration of blood from the lungs and air tubes. It is important to ascertain the source of the blood which escapes from the mouth, and, if determined to be from the lungs, to ascertain whether it is symptomatic of disease of these organs, or merely vicarious in its character. It is not so much dangerous in itself as an indica- tion of some other dangerous disease, being most frequently connected with tubercular consumption. Causes . — Bleeding from the lungs may occur without organic disease, in plethoric and robust individuals living a life of excitement and excess, and in nervous, irritable individuals, weakened by mental or bodily fatigue, and leading sedentary lives. It is often hereditary, and may be brought on by violent muscular effort, paroxysms of cough, blows or pressure on the chest, inspiration of irritating vapors, or of rarefied air on high mountains. The blood may be exuded from the tracheal or bronchial membranes, or it may proceed from capillaries com- municating with the air passages in any part of their extent. The amount varies from a dram to a pint at a time, and is generally florid, and more or less mixed with air, differing from the dark, coagulated blood which comes from the stomach. Symptoms . — An attack is frequently announced by a feeling of heat and oppression in the chest behind the sternum, followed by a cough which brings up the blood. When the quantity is very great it pours forth without a cough, and almost by an act of vomiting, with considerable spasmodic effort. Treatment. — Elevating the breast and shoulders, admit- ting plenty of fresh air, with spare diet and perfect quiet, are among the most useful measures to be adopted. The chest should be sponged with vinegar and cold water, and a dessertspoonful of the former in half a wineglassful of the latter will be a useful accompaniment to any other medicines which may be thought necessary. The oil of turpentine, ten to thirty drops in a glass of water ; or gallic acid, in doses of ten to fifteen grains, every three or four hours, have been found of great value. Cold liquids, and the sucking of pieces of ice, will be of service. Nauseating medicines, as tartar emetic and ipecacuanha, are also frequently employed. A teaspoonful of common salt, taken frequently, is an excellent popular remedy. In all cases, calm- 106 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. ness of mind, rest, silence, erect position, cool air, and freeness of the bowels should be enjoined. When the attack proceeds from congestion, blood-letting is recommended in certain cases. If cough be present, it should be allayed by narcotics. After the attack, astringent tonics, as iron and quinine, may be given ; and the return of the bleeding is to be guarded against by avoiding the exciting causes, and attending to the general health. BLINDNESS. Deprivation of sight may proceed from various causes, such as one of the diseases which affect the eyeball, or deficiency of power in the optic nerve, local or general paralysis, or any disease whose seat is in the brain or the nervous system ; the formation of a speck on the cornea, or of a film over the lens. Sometimes the affection of the brain or nerves, from which loss of sight proceeds, is sympathetic, arising from a disordered stomach. In this case, as in many others, it is but transient ; and matters may be set right by a blue pill and senna draught, with low diet, and avoidance of the exciting causes of the disorder. If these do not have the desired effect, a surgeon should be consulted, as there is reason to suspect some organic mischief. Proceeding, as blindness does, from such a variety of causes, few general directions can be given for its treatment. When it is owing to a change in the structure of the eye itself, its ap- proaches will be very gradual, unless this change is the result of active inflammation. Temporary loss of sight is a frequent symptom of apoplexy. It also results from diseases of exhaus- tion, and sometimes occurs after copious bleeding ; its total loss may be effected by a blow on or about the region of the eye. For the blind from birth there is no hope of recovery. ACUTE INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS. This is an inflammation of the mucous membrane lining them, which extends till all the tissue is involved. Symptoms . — The disease may begin with a chill, and with uneasiness and slight griping pains, which increase in severity. Pre-ssure aggravates the pain, which is greatest about the navel, but extends over the whole bowel. There is sickness at the stomach, and sometimes vomiting; loss of strength, costive- ness, great anxiety, thirst, heat, and fever ; dry, furred, and red tongue, and but little urine, with pain in passing it. The stools DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 107 are dark and fetid, and the whole abdomen is sore to the touch. The pulse is quick, hard, and small. If the stomach sympa- thizes but little with the disease, it indicates the seat of it to be in the lower portion of the bowels. The length of time, also, before drink and medicine are vomited up after being swallowed is a pretty sure indication of the distance of the disease from the stomach. To discriminate this disease from colic, it is necessary to know that pressure produces pain, which it does not in colic ; the pain never wholly ceases, as it does in colic ; the knees are drawn up and the breathing short, or altered. Treatment . — Hot fomentations, turpentine stupes, mus- tard poultices, soothing and quieting injections, cooling drinks, such as slippery elm or flaxseed tea, are beneficial. Tincture of veratrum viride in doses of three drops every hour, to keep up a free perspiration, may be tried. If relief is not soon obtained, employ a competent physician without delay. If the disease has been occasioned by the strangulation of a gut, or by hernia, it is very unmanageable. The gut may be -disentangled by applying a large dry cup, or, what is better, a number of small ones, but the tenderness of the abdomen makes this difficult. CHRONIC INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS. The signs of this disease are a dull pain in the abdomen, the tongue bordered with red, abdomen either swelled or flat, skin dry and husky, cold extremities, small, frequent pulse, thirst, loss of flesh, low spirits, scanty urine, and slimy discharges from the bowels from one to four times a day. Treatment . — The treatment commences with mustard poultices and hot fomentations. The body should be well covered with flannel, if the bowels are very feverish, and the warm bath may be used, taking care not to take cold. The diet must be very simple and unstimulating, — beginning with gum water, rice or barley water, sago or arrowroot gruel, and grad- ually raising it to chicken broth, beef tea, or tender beefsteak. Gentle carriage exercise, as soon as the patient is able, will prove beneficial. A very mild laxative should be given when the inflammation subsides. BRONCHITIS. Bronchitis may be described as inflammation of the lining membrane of the throat. It will be evident that an inflamed 108 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. state of these passages must interfere with the vital functions. Bronchitis is either acute or chronic. Causes . — The exciting causes are exposure to cold and moist air, against which people cannot too carefully guard. In- haling irritating substances or vapors will also cause it. Symptoms . — The acute stage may commence immedi- ately after exposure to cold. Most usually the lining membrane of the eyelids, nostrils, and throat are first affected, and then the inflammation extends downwards into the chest. The earlier symptoms are running at the nose, watering of the eyes, frequent sneezing, and all the distressing symptoms of what is generally known as influenza. The fever generally runs high ; there is extreme lassitude, with headache, and probably a troublesome cough, with expectoration of mucus. With adults the most active stage of the disease frequently assumes a dangerous character, and prompt measures are required to arrest its prog- ress. If the febrile symptoms continue to increase in intensity, and the breathing becomes difficult from the clogging of the tubes with mucus, there is great reason for apprehension. Treatment. — The patient should be confined to the bed, and the treatment consist of warm diluent drinks, such as flax- seed tea, or barley water, with a slice or two of lemon in it ; gentle aperients, if required ; foot-baths, and hot poultices to the chest. One teaspoonful of the syrup of ipecac every hour, until vomiting is produced, may be necessary to aid in removing the accumulations of thick mucus. Sometimes it is necessary to give stimulants ; carbonate of ammonia in five-grain doses, or sal volatile, half a teaspoonful about every hour. These are pref- erable to alcoholic stimulants ; but should they not succeed, brandy may be tried, with strong beef tea. When the urgency of the symptoms yields, a milder treatment may be followed out. 1 The following is a good mixture: Wine of ipecac, one dram; aromatic spirits of ammonia, two drams ; water, four ounces ; one teaspoonful to be given every four hours. If the cough is troublesome, add a grain of acetate of morphine to the mixture. The diet should be light and nourishing, and all exposure to cold must be carefully avoided. In children, acute bronchitis does not commonly produce such marked effects as in adults, although sometimes it is extremely rapid and fatal, allowing little time for the action of remedies, which should be much the same as those above recommended, with proper regard, of course, to difference of age. Great attention must be paid to the bowels, and. also to the temperature of the air breathed by the little suf- DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 109 ferer. A blister on the chest, about as big as a copper cent, may- be sometimes applied to advantage if the hot poultice does not give the desired relief. Winter coughs, catarrh, and asthma are very common forms of chronic bronchitis. For the cough, give as follows : Paregoric, half an ounce; syrup of ipecac, one ounce ; syrup of tolu, two ounces ; anise water, one ounce ; mix, and give one teaspoonful every two or four hours. If there are febrile symptoms, give fif- teen minims of sweet spirits of niter every two or four hours. It is especially during the spring months, and when there is a prevalence of east wind, that bronchitis attacks young and old, with frequency. With aged people, in such cases, there is commonly a great accumulation of mucus in the bronchial tubes, which causes continued and violent coughing in the efforts to expel it. The respiration is impeded ; the blood, from want of proper oxygenation, becomes unfit for the purposes of vitality, and death is often sudden in consequence. Such patients must be carefully treated, no debilitating measures will do, also a warm and generous diet should be used to maintain the strength ; warm flannel next to the skin, a genial atmosphere, inhala- tion of steam — if medicated with turpentine or balsam of Peru, so much the better. CANCER. A cancer is a tumor of the worst kind. When fully devel- oped it spreads in a very rapid manner, discharges a thin, acri- monious matter, and has a very fetid smell. It is found that persons of scrofulous constitutions are more liable to this complaint ; it arises frequently from some external injury, but now and then from previous inflamma- tion. In most cases it is difficult to determine the cause. Women about the change of life are more liable to it than men. Symptoms, — A cancer develops usually in the glands or glandular structure, as the breasts, or in the stomach, the liver, and womb. It is also frequent about the nose and lips. It first appears as a hard tumor, about the size of a hazelnut, which remains stationary for a while ; then it begins to enlarge, the color of the skin begins to change, first red, afterwards purple, then livid, and at last black ; the place enlarges until at last it bursts, then a little ease is felt ; but if the disease is not arrested the place extends until it bursts some blood-vessels, or reaches some vital part and destroys life. Therefore immediate means should be taken to cure, wherever the cancer is found to exist, 110 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. even in the most incipient form. The disease is usually attended by severe shooting pains. Treatment, — The diet should be light but nourishing, avoiding salted or highly seasoned food or strong liquors. No treatment could be suggested that would be satisfactory or safe for domestic use. The following has been well spoken of: Hydriodate of potash, one dram; fresh lard, three ounces. Mix well; rub on the size of a hazelnut twice a day for a fortnight; then cease for a week, and apply a poultice of tigs boiled in milk, for three or four days ; then apply the ointment again, and con- tinue doing so. This has disposed of many conspicuous tumors. CANCRUM ORIS OR GANGRENOUS STOMATITIS. This is a gangrenous inflammation which chiefly affects the cheeks and gums of children of a weakly, scrofulous habit, with debilitated constitution. Unwholesome food, impure air, and all the bad influences of poverty and wretchedness, which sur- round so many of the poorer classes, are favorable to the development of this disease. Causes, — It is very often attributed to the action of medi- cine which has nothing to do with its development. Its most frequent causes are weakness and debility, combined with a scrofulous constitution. Sometimes, but rarely, the disease show itself after measles, scarlet fever, or other acute inflam- matory affections. Symptoms. — Its first symptom is usually a hard, red spot on the cheek, which spreads and opens into a shallow ulcer on the inside, discharging matter of a peculiarly offensive character. As the disease progresses, the cheek swells, the breath becomes fetid, there is a great flow of saliva, which is often tinged with blood ; there is mortification of the surrounding parts, including the gums ; the teeth drop out, typhoid symptoms show them- selves. and, finally, the patient sinks exhausted, death coming like a happy release from its sufferings. This is the usual course, if early efforts are not made to arrest the progress of the disease. The disease must not be mistaken for canker sore mouth, which is an affliction of mild character and yields to simple astringent washes, and remedies to aid digestion. Treatment . — As soon as the red spot in the cheek gives warning of its commencement, the constitution should be strengthened with good nourishing diet, such as beef tea, milk, and eggs ; wine, if there is extreme debility, and no great amount of fever ; quinine, in half-grain doses three times a day, DISEASES AND THEItt REMEDIES. Ill in infusion of gentian or decoction of bark may be given, or some preparation of iron with a warm stomachic, as the following: Wine of iron, two drams ; compound tincture of valerian, two drams ; made up to eight ounces with cinnamon or mint water ; one or two tablespoonfuls twice or thrice a day. Change of air, sea bathing, and anything which is likely to invigorate the consti- tution should also be tried. Chlorate of potash, one dram, with twenty drops of muriatic acid, in six ounces of water, sweetened with a little syrup of orange-peel, is a pleasant and serviceable mixture. It may be given to a child six years of age, a table- spoonful every four hours. For local treatment, lunar caustic, or sulphate of copper, rubbed along the edges of the wound, are recommended. The mouth should be frequently washed with a lotion made of chloride of soda and water, in the propor- tion of two drams of the former to half a pint of the latter ; or it may be, one dram of chloric ether to the same quantity. By this means the unpleasant foetor is diminished so as to be endur- able. When extensive ulceration and sloughing takes place outwardly, poultices must be applied. CATALEPSY OR TRANCE. A spasmodic seizure, which causes a rigidity of the limbs, retaining them in a certain position, however inconvenient or painful. Causes . — The causes of this disease are seldom local, but such as affect the whole system ; catamenia, worms, and painful emotions of the mind, or impaired digestion, may be mentioned as among the most frequent; women are more subject to these attacks than men ; and sometimes they result in apoplexy, epi- lepsy, or melancholia. Symptoms . — The symptoms are a sudden deprivation of all power of motion and sensation ; the patient remaining in pre- cisely the same position as he was when seized ; the attack comes on suddenly, without any warning, except, it may be, a slight languor of body and mind, and lasts for several minutes, or perhaps hours, although the longer period is rare ; if during the fit the position of the limbs is altered, they will remain as placed, and, when the paroxysm is over, there will generally be no consciousness of what has transpired while it lasted ; in this respect it resembles the mesmeric sleep, or the state of insensi- bility produced by the inhalation of ether or chloroform. Treatment . — The treatment must depend upon the prob- able cause ; if the patient is of a plethoric habit, give cathartics ; 112 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES, if debilitated, tonics and anti-spasmodics must be given. During the attack apply mustard plasters to the palms of the hands and soles of the feet, pit of the stomach and spine ; if the fit continue long, ammonia may be carefully applied to the nostrils ; a mix- ture of ether, fetid spirits of ammonia, and tincture of musk, two drams of each to eight ounces of peppermint water, should be ad- ministered in ounce doses every quarter of an hour or so. On recovery, the system should be strengthened as much as possible with good diet, gentle exercise, sea bathing, or the cold shower bath ; chalybeate waters may also be drunk with advantage, or preparations of iron, bitter infusion, or cascarilla with aromatic spirits of ammonia. CATARACT. A disease of the eyes, causing opacity of the crystalline lens, which prevents the passage of the rays of light, and so produces blindness. Symptoms . — A dimness of vision, which may generally be noticed before any opacity can be perceived on the lens itself. Then there are optical illusions, like specks or motes floating before the eye. Sometimes the progress of the disease is slow and gradual, but frequently it is rapid, especially in the latter stages. Persons who have passed the middle age are most likely to be affected by it, and sometimes it has made consider- able progress in one eye before the patient, by some accidental circumstance, has discovered its approach. Treatment . — There is no remedy that is known to have much effect upon this disease ; nor is it at all likely, from the structure of the parts, that any such remedy exists. All pal- liative measures, therefore, are confined to attention to the general health of the patient, and the removal of any inflamma- tory symptoms that may exist along with it. The only mode of cure is actual removal by an operation ; but so long as one eye remains unaffected, the operation may be delayed. CATARRH. Catarrh, or cold in the head, is the most common of all the disorders to which the human body is subject, more par- ticularly in variable climates, like our own. There are two kinds of this disease, — the one, a common cold ; the other, influ- enza or epidemic cold. A common catarrh is an inflammatory state of the mucous membranes of the head, or chest; in the DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 113 former case.it is called cold in the head, or coryza; in the latter, cold on the chest, or bronchitis. Causes . — The common cause of this disease is exposure to cold or damp atmosphere, or to draughts, especially when the surface of the body is warm or perspiring. It is frequently occasioned by passing from a warm into a cold atmosphere, and, we believe, even more frequently by passing immediately from a cold into a warm atmosphere. Indeed, any sudden atmos- pheric change is apt, in delicate persons, to produce cold ; but in passing from a warm room to the cold air, people generally take some care, while they are not generally aware that like danger attends passing from the cold air into a heated room, and hence do not provide against it. Symptoms . — The symptoms of a cold in the head are a sense of uneasiness, heat, and stuffiness in the nostrils, diminution or loss of smell, dull, heavy pain in the forehead, inflamed eyes, sneezing, and a slight impediment in breathing. Generally, it extends to the throat and chest, and occasions hoarseness, cough, and difficulty of breathing. Frequently there is also a general derangement of the system, loss of appetite, lassitude, chilliness, succeeded by fever, and stiffness of the joints. The nostrils discharge a fluid, at first thin and acrid, afterwards thicker, and often purulent. Treatment . — The treatment of a common cold is usually a simple matter. Confinement to the house for a day or two, a warm footbath, diluent drinks, abstinence from animal food and fermented liquors, and a dose or tw T o of some gentle laxa- tive, are usually sufficient to remove the disease. There is also what is called the dry method of cure, which has the advantage of not requiring confinement to the house, though otherwise some might be inclined to regard the cure as worse than the disease. It consists simply in abstinence from every kind of drink, until the disease is gone. Dr. Williams, its inventor, states that the necessary privation is not hard to bear, and that a cure is effected, on an average, in forty-eight hours. He allows a tablespoonful of tea or milk for the morning and evening meals, and a wineglassful of water at bedtime. The principle acted upon is that of cutting off the supply of watery materials to the blood, and thus leaving nothing to feed the secretion from the inflamed mucous membrane. The best preventive against cold is the daily use of the cold bath, and this is the best means that can be adopted by those who have an habitual tendency to this disease. It should, however, be begun in summer, and the 114 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. water ought to be at first tepid ; but, after being begun, the practice may be continued throughout the winter. CHRONIC CATARRH. ( Ulceration of the Nose.') This is usually the result of neglected common catarrh, and is exceedingly troublesome, lasting sometimes for years. Symptoms. — When the inflammation has continued, and ulceration taken place, matter is secreted, which falls down into the throat. This is one of the worst features of this disease, as the matter often finds its way into the stomach, causing a general derangement of the system. In the morning, on rising, great difficulty is experienced in clearing the head and throat. The smell is impaired, and sometimes destroyed. Loss of ap- petite and general emaciation frequently occur. Treatment. — The treatment consists chiefly of local washes or injections. If no syringe or douche is at hand, they may be snuffed up the nose. A solution of chloride of potassa, or lime, is highly recommended, where the discharge is offen- sive. An injection composed of acetate of lead, sulphate of zinc, sulphate of copper, or nitrate of silver, has been found very beneficial, as has also the inhalation of the vapor of creosote, tar, and vinegar. Common salt is also a good remedy. Alum has been known to arrest the most violent attack in a few minutes. Place about half a dram in the mouth and let it dis- solve gradually ; swallowing a little occasionally. Eclectic or Herbal Treatment for Catarrh. Promote a free perspiration, by taking every night warm hoarhound or boneset tea, which may be drunk cold during the day ; if the cough is troublesome, take a tea made of slippery - elm bark, or flaxseed. Add a little lemon juice, and sweeten. The following is also an excellent remedy for a cough: Take the yolk of two fresh eggs ; beat them up well in a basin; then add quarter pound of moist sugar, and beat them together. Take another vessel ; mix a wineglassful of white-wine vinegar and the juice of two large lemons. Stir all these ingredients up ; mix them and put the whole into a bottle and cork it close. It is fit for use at once. Take a tablespoonful when the cough is troublesome. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 115 CHAPPED OR CRACKED LIPS. The lips are often chapped and cracked by exposure to cold, and it is sometimes a difficult matter to heal them. The following is a good form for lip-salve to be used in such a case : White wax, two and one-half ounces ; spermaceti, one-half ounce ; almond oil, three ounces. Melt together, stir well, and put by to cool ; apply to the lips on going to bed at night. It may be made of a pretty pink color first by tint- ing the oil with a small piece of alkanet root, which should be taken out before the other ingredients are introduced. When the lips heat and burn much, a little cold cream will be found a pleasant and serviceable application. CHILBLAINS. Chilblains are an inflammatory affection of the skin, gener- ally confined to the extremities, and especially to the fingers and toes. Exposure to sudden alternations of heat and cold usually gives rise to these troublesome visitations, which are rather characterized by itching and irritation than pain. Per- sons of scrofulous habit and languid circulation are most subject to them, as children and aged persons. It is a popular fallacy, that to keep the surface of the skin in a state of unnatural warmth, by hot bottles and woolen socks by night, and fur lin- ings and feet-warmers by day, is the best way to prevent chil- blains ; but this only serves to keep up a constant perspiration, and so weakens the tone of the system, and increases the liability to them. A nightly footbath of cold, or — for aged persons — of tepid salt and water, with plenty of friction with a rough towel, and exercise during the day, will be most likely to keep chil- blains from the feet; and for the hands, a careful rubbing so as to get them carefully dry after every washing or dipping in water, and an avoidance of all unnecessary exposure to severe cold, are the best preventive measures. It is a good plan to have a pan of oatmeal always at hand, and to rub them well over with that after they have been wetted, and wiped as dry as possible. This will absorb any moisture left by the towel, and have a softening and cooling effect. Bathing the feet and hands every night in warm water in which a small quantity of salt is dissolved is one of the best preventives against chilblains. Treatment • — Should chilblains come, as sometimes they will, in spite of ail precautions, let them be gently rubbed every night and morning with some stimulating application ; alco 116 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. hol, spirits of turpentine, or camphorated spirits of wine are all good for this purpose ; but the application which we have found most efficacious is a lotion made of alum and sulphate of zinc — two drams of each to half a pint of water, rubbed in warm ; it may be made more stimulating by the addition of one ounce of camphorated spirits. When the chilblains are broken there must be a different course of treatment ; the ulcers formed are often difficult to heal, especially in weakly and ill-conditioned persons ; there is generally a great deal of inflammation, which must be subdued by means of bread and water poultices applied cold, and afterwards by cooling ointments, such as the cerate of acetate of lead, or spermaceti ointment, with forty drops of Goulard’s extract added to the ounce ; should there be a dispo- sition to form proud flesh, the ointment of red precipitate should be used. CHICKEN POX. ( Varicella.') Chicken-pox is a very mild form of eruptive disease, which affects a person but once in a lifetime, and can generally be traced to specific contagion or infection ; it is a children’s dis- ease. Symptoms . — It is preceded usually by slight fever, which lasts for one or two days before the eruption appears, which is in the form of conical pimples with a white head, mostly on the shoulders, breast, and neck, and more sparingly over the face and body generally. Then vesicles appear on the second day, like little globular blisters, but with little or no surrounding inflammation ; they now become filled with a watery fluid, which is not converted into pus, as in small-pox (to which this disease bears some resemblance), and, about the fifth day, the vesicles shrivel up and dry away, leaving only crusts or scales. The main distinctions between chicken-pox and small-pox are the absence or extreme mildness of the premonitory fever in the former dis- ease, and the form and contents of the vesicles ; those of the latter eruption being filled with dark matter, and having, in- variably, a depression in the center. Treatment. — On the first appearance of the eruption, the patient should be put upon spare diet, and given a dose or two of some cooling aperient, as rhubarb or magnesia. Should the febrile symptoms run high, give a saline draught, as the follow- ing : Carbonate of potash, one scruple ; citric or tartaric acid, DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 117 fifteen grains ; essence of cinnamon, one-half a dram ; syrup of orange peel, one dram ; water, ten ounces. Shake, and drink while sparkling a wineglassful as a refrigerant. To make it effervescing, add the acid after the draught is poured out. Give plenty of cooling drink, and, if the bowels are at all obstinate, emollient injections. Care must be taken that the skin is not irritated by scratching — as painful and troublesome sores may be produced — and also that the patient does not take a chill. If these precautions are observed, little or no danger is to be appre- hended from chicken-pox. ASIATIC CHOLERA. The Asiatic, malignant, or pestilential cholera is a very vio- lent form of disease. It commonly comes on without any warn- ing, and the patient is frequently a corpse in a few hours. Causes . — It depends upon a peculiar contagion in the atmosphere. Crowded towns and cities are the most liable to its ravages, also low and damp situations. Its ravages are fa- vored by eating improper food, intoxication, sensual habits, or anything that undermines the general health. Fear of this dis- ease often depresses the vitality and was once thought to be sufficient to cause it. Symptoms . — The attack usually begins with sickness and purging ; the discharge in this case not being bilious, but a thin, colorless fluid, like rice water, accompanied with great pros- tration of strength and cold, clammy sweats. In a short time dreadful cramps assail the extremities, and afterwards the ab- domen and other parts of the body. The body becomes bent, the limbs twisted, the countenance cadaverous, the pulse almost imperceptible, the eyes sunken and surrounded by a dark cir- cle ; the patient sinks into a state of apathy, and, unless a fa- vorable change speedily takes place, he soon expires. When reaction does take place, the pulse gradually returns, the natu- ral warmth of the body is restored, and the spasms and difficulty of breathing give way. Frequently, however, the reaction is ac- companied by fever, closely resembling typhus, and which often terminates fatally, in from four to eight days. Treatment , — In regard to the treatment of cholera the views of medical men have of late somewhat changed. Watson, who has recently modified the views expressed in the last edition of his lectures, says, that “one important and guiding rule of treatment is not to attempt by opiates or by other di- rectly repressive means to arrest a diarrhoea while there is 118 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. reason to believe that the bowel contains a considerable amount of morbid and offensive materials. The purging is the natural way of gettingrid of the irritant cause. We may favor the re- covery by directing the patient to drink copiously any simple diluent liquid, as toast water, barley water, or weak tea ; and we may often accelerate the recovery by sweeping out the alimentary canal by some safe purgative, and then, if necessary, soothing it by an opiate.” A tablespoonful of castor oil may be given for this purpose, and after the oil has acted freely, “ a tablespoonful of brandy may be taken in some thin arrowroot or gruel, and if there be much feeling of irritation, with a sense of sinking, from five to ten drops of laudanum may be given in cold water. The brandy and laudanum may be repeated as the necessity of the case requires. These means will suffice for the speedy arrest of most cases of choleraic diarrhoea. If the diarrhoea has continued for some hours, the stools having been copious and liquid ; if there be no griping pain in the bowels, no feeling or appearance of distension of the intestines, the ab- domen being flaccid and empty, and the tongue clean, we may conclude that the morbid agent has already purged itself away,” and there will be no need for any purgative, but the brandy and laudanum may be given immediately as above. “The rule in all cases is not to give the opiate until the morbid poison and its products have for the most part escaped, not to close the door until the 4 enemy ’ has been expelled. In some cases of severe and prolonged diarrhoea it may be necessary to repeat the oil and the laudanum alternately for more than once at intervals of three or four hours.” If the diarrhoea be associated with vomit- ing, this should be encouraged, and assisted by copious draughts of tepid water. If there be nausea without vomiting an emetic may be given. The following preparation lias been found very useful : Chalk mixture, one ounce ; aromatic confection, ten to fifteen grains; tincture of opium, ten to fifteen drops. To be taken every three or four hours until looseness ceases. Eclectic Treatment for Cholera . Dr. Annesley, who had much experience in India with this epidemic, states that, if taken at its commencement or within an hour after its attack, it is as manageable as any other acute disease ; but the alarming rapidity with which it runs its course demands the most active treatment. The loss of an hour may prove fatal to life. Put the patient quietly into a warm bed. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 119 Mustard plasters should be applied to the feet, and brandy or other spirits should be administered to stimulate the system. The body should be frequently rubbed with a warm flannel sprinkled with a little starch or camphorated oil. If the stomach is too weak to bear spirits, give a strong decoction of cloves or cinnamon, or of ginger, or cayenne pepper, a teaspoonful every half hour. The following has been very effectual in curing severe cases of virulent cholera : Tincture of opium, tincture of camphor, and spirits of turpentine, of each three drams; oil of peppermint, thirty drops ; mix. Dose, one teaspoonful in brandy and water, for the mild form of cholera ; and one tablespoonful for the more virulent. As a preventive the following may be taken in cholera times : Bicarbonate of soda, one scruple ; ginger, eight grains. Take in a glass of water, after breakfast and supper. CHOLERA MORBUS. This is a disease prevalent in hot, damp weather. From the great amount of bile secreted, it is also called Bilious Cholera. Causes . — Excessive heat, sudden atmospheric changes, wet feet, indigestible food, and unripe fruits. Symptoms . — This disease begins with sickness and dis- tress at the stomach, succeeded by violent gripings with vomit- ing of thin, dirty yellowish, whitish, or greenish fluid. The contents of the upper bowels may be vomited. The nausea and distress continue between the vomiting and purging, and the pain at times is intense. The pulse is rapid, soon becoming small and feeble, the tongue dry, the urine high colored, and there is much thirst, though no drink can be retained on the stomach. Treatment . — Apply a large mustard poultice over the stomach and liver. Give large draughts of warm teas, by which means the stomach will be cleansed of all its solid contents. Warm injections must be given frequently, and hot bricks applied to the feet, while the whole body should be swathed in* warm flannels. To get up a warmth of the body and the stomach is, in fact, the most important thing in this disease. Hot brandy, in which is a dose of cayenne, is excellent to quiet the vomiting and griping. A few drops of laudanum in the injections may be given, if the pain is excessive. If these remedies do not bring immediate relief, call a physician without 120 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. delay, as a continuation of the pain soon produces cramps and fatal results. Eclectic Treatment for Cholera Morbus . No time must be lost in treating the severe stages of this disease. Give the patient copious drinks of whey, warm barley water, thin water gruel, or weak chicken broth. Bathe the feet and legs in warm saleratus water, and apply warm fomentations of hops and vinegar to the bowels. In addition to these, apply a\warm poultice of well stewed garden mint, or a poultice of mustard and strong vinegar will be found of much service. The vomiting and purging may be stopped by the following: Ground black pepper, one tablespoon ful ; table salt, one table- spoonful ; warm water, one-half tumblerful ; cider vinegar, one- half tumblerful. Dose, a tablespoonful every few minutes. Stir and mix each time until the whole is taken. Nourishing diet should be taken by the patient. A wine- glassful of cold camomile tea, once or twice a day, would be very beneficial, as would ten drops of elixir of vitriol, three or four times a day, or a tea made of black or Virginia snake-root. Flannel should be worn next the skin, and the warm bath should be frequently resorted to. INFLAMMATION OF THE PHARYNX. Clergyman 9 s Sore Throat . (. Pharyngitis .) This is an inflammation of the back part of the throat, as seen when the mouth is stretched open. There is also an inflamed condition of the vocal cords, and other portions of the larynx. Causes. — Overexertion of the voice, imhaling impure air, exposure to cold winds when heated will also produce it. Symptoms. — Spitting, hoarseness, coughing, sometimes loss of voice, difficulty of swallowing, etc. Treatment. — Avoid the night air, and loud talking or singing in the open air when walking. Let the diet be nourish- ing, but abstain from all spicy and acid foods that irritate the mucous membrane. Spirituous liquors, strong beer, and other heating liquids must be entirely avoided. The local treatment consists of applying solutions of nitrate of silver, alum, or car- bolic acid, to the diseased parts, by means of a sponge or brush. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 121 COLIC. Colic is a name given to several varieties of disease charac- terized by severe pain of the bowels, with distention or flatulence, but without looseness or diarrhoea. Physicians distinguish sev- eral varieties of this complaint: Spasmodic, in which the princi- pal symptoms are sharp and spasmodic pains about the navel ; that occasioned by indigestible food, gas, or acrid matter in the intestines;, bilious, when accompanied by vomiting of bile, or by obstinate costiveness ; lead or Devonshire colic, which is due to the poison of lead. Causes . — Among the most frequent causes may be named worms, poisonous or unwholesome substances, indigestible food, gout, rheumatism, intense cold, acid fruits, and unripe vege- tables. Symptoms . — The symptoms of colic, in general, are a pain- ful distention of the lower region of the belly, with a twisting pain, and very commonly vomiting, costiveness, and spasms. PAINTERS’ COLIC. Lead or painters’ colic is characterized by obstinate costive- ness, and vomiting of bile. The pain comes on in paroxysms. The spasms gradually become more violent, and, if not alleviated, become unbearable. Treatment . — Give immediately from thirty to forty drops of laudanum and apply heat over the abdomen. Hot drinks containing peppermint, spearmint, and composition tea generally afford relief. For the treatment of paralysis, or palsy arising from the ab- sorption of lead, which is generally confined to the wrists, use galvanism, friction, and shampooing, with chalybeate waters. Those engaged in the manufacture of lead, or in occupations in which one or other of its preparations are frequently handled, may generally escape its baneful effects by strict attention to cleanliness. They should never take their meals where they work, or with unwashed hands. Let them eat fat meat, and butter, and take acidulous drinks, especially those rendered so by sulphuric acid. The men employed at the Birmingham white lead works have been almost free from this disease, to which they were much subject before, since they have mixed a little of the above acid with their molasses beer. From the first attack of lead colic patients generally recover; but unless they change their occupations, or observe the above precautions 122 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. with scrupulous care, the attacks are repeated, each time with greater violence, and they will become, eventually, miserable cripples. WIND COLIC. Wind colic is a severe and distressing pain in the bowels; sometimes a stoppage, and swelling about the pit of the stomach and the navel. The complaint may be caused by weakness in the digestive organs, by indigestible food, unripe fruit, or cos- tiveness. Treatment . — If the pain is caused by having eaten any- thing indigestible, an emetic should be immediately taken. If this does not bring relief, a dose of s<s, or sweet tincture of rhubarb, may. If there is no sickness at the stomach, a little essence of peppermint in water, or brandy, or gin in hot water, may be sufficient to expel the wind and give relief. If there be costive- ness, and continued pain, a stimulating injection should be given. BILIOUS COLIC. Bilious colic is a painful disease. There is griping, twist- ing, tearing pain about the navel, or sometimes over the whole abdomen. Causes. — It is caused by irritating articles taken into the stomach, the presence of bile in the stomach, long exposure to cold, torpid liver and skin, great unnatural heat, etc. Symptoms. — It comes and goes by paroxysms. Some- times the abdomen is contracted, at other times enlarged, and stretched like a drumhead. At first the pain is relieved b} r pressure, but after a time the abdomen grows tender to the touch. There is thirst and heat, and vomiting of bilious matter from the stomach. In the worst cases, the pulse is small, the face pale, the features are shrunk, and the whole body is covered with a cold sweat. Treatment. — Administer an active cathartic immedi- ately. Give a mixture of pulverized, camphor, four grains ; cayenne, one grain ; white sugar, one scruple. This, divided into eight powders, and given once in fifteen minutes, will relieve the pain, at the same time a mustard poultice should be laid upon the abdomen. If the pain does not yield, give a teaspoonful of paregoric. The sickness of stomach may be al- layed by hot draughts over the stomach in which are a few drops of laudanum ; one drop of croton oil in a crumb of bread will often purge successfully ; or castor oil and spirits of turpentine, equal DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 123 parts, in two tablespoonful doses, may be used before trying the other. A warm bath is good, and bottles filled with hot water, placed at the feet and sides, to promote perspiration. Eclectic Treatment for Colic . A decoction of equal parts of skullcap and high cranberry bark, to which is added a tablespoonful of the compound tinc- ture of Virginia snakeroot, has been found very useful. Apply over the stomach and bowels hot fomentations of wormwood and boneset, or hops, stramonium leaves, or hops and lobelia. In flatulent colic the legs should be bathed in warm water, and poultices of mustard or hot salt placed over the bowels and stomach. The bowels may be opened with a dose of castor oil, and ginger or peppermint tea may be drunk freely. To ease the pain, from thirty to sixty drops of paregoric may be given. In very severe cases, a mixture compounded of equal parts of laudanum, tincture of camphor, and essence of peppermint, in teaspoonful doses, may be given. In some cases a teaspoonful of spirits of turpentine, taken with a teaspoonful of castor oil, has been found to give immediate relief. For painters’ or lead colic, the following is highly recommended : Sulphate of magnesia, one-half pound ; powdered alum, one ounce ; sulphuric acid, one and one-half drams; boiling water, one and one-half pints. Mix. Dose, a tablespoonful in a wineglassful of water ; repeat every hour until it operates upon the bowels. To prevent the acid from injuring the teeth, the solution may be sucked through a quill or a glass tube. After the bowels have been freely opened, the medicine should be continued for weeks or months, in doses sufficient to produce one or two passages every twenty-four hours. The sulphuric acid, by uniting with the oxide of lead in the system, forms the sulphate of lead, which is a harmless salt. The following is recommended to be taken by persons who are exposed to the bad influence of lead: Elixir vitriol, one-half ounce ; tincture of prickly ash berries, one ounce. Dose, a tea- spoonful in a gill of water, and repeat three or four times a day. CLOUDED, THICK, OR DARK-COLORED URINE. Take the following antacid diuretic mixture : Liquor potash, two drams ; tincture of cubebs, two ounces ; infusion of buchu leaves, thirteen ounces ; mix, take two tablespoonfuls four times a day. The following will usually effect a cure : Dilute nitric acid. 124 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. two drams ; syrup of lemon, four drams ; water, eight ounces ; mix, take one tablespoonful three times a day ; or take half a teaspoonful of citric acid in water four times a day. CONCUSSION OR INFLAMMATION OF THE BRAIN Is nearly always produced by a blow or a fall ; it is one of the most frequent injuries to which the brain is exposed ; it may be either slight or severe, in proportion to the severity of the exciting cause ; in the former case the effect is but momentary — the patient is stunned, but very soon recovers consciousness, and perhaps feels no more of it, except a little tenderness of the part struck ; in the latter case he remains unconscious, without the power to move or speak ; the pulse is slow and feeble, the breathing difficult, frequently there is vomiting, and an unnat- ural contraction or dilation of the pupils of the eyes ; in this case but little can be done beyond putting the patient to bed, and keeping the surface of the skin warm by frictions and hot applications; when there is extreme depression, a little brandy or sal volatile may be given, but very sparingly, because, if death does not ensue, there will be reaction, with an inflamed state of the organ. If it is simple concussion, a fatal termina- tion is not likely ; but sometimes the shock causes rupture of the substance of the brain itself, or its inclosing membranes, or of one or more of its blood-vessels, causing effusion ; in this case the patient may never rally from his state of stupor, or, if he does, it will be but for a short time ; there will probably be convul- sions, paralysis, and other symptoms resembling apoplexy. All these are characteristic of inflammation. In so sensitive an organ as the brain, it must be evident that an inflamed state of the tissues is by all means to be avoided; hence, when reaction sets in after the stunning and depressing effects of concussion have passed off, keep the head cool and the patient quiet. If a physician is not within reach, and the alarming symp- toms increase in intensity, the hair of the head should be cut or shaved off, and towels wet with cold water applied ; if iced, so much the better. A thorough cathartic should be given. To reduce the pulse and cause perspiration, give four drops of tinc- ture of veratrum, in a little sweetened water, every, hour, till the desired results are produced. Among the symptoms of inflammation of the brain, or its investing tissues, may be mentioned as prominent : Shivering, succeeded by heat in the skin ; great thirst ; tongue furred ; DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 125 pain in the head ; intolerance of light ; bloodshot eyes, with a wild, wandering look ; sickness, and delirium. There may be violent and obstinate vomiting, as a first symptom, followed after a time by others. It should be borne in mind that concussion of the brain is not always the result of a blow ; it may be pro- duced by a violent shock to the nervous system, such as that caused by doming down heavily on the feet from a leap. CONGESTION. Congestion is the term applied to undue fullness of the blood-vessels ; those of the brain are most usually so affected, owing to the unyielding nature of the bones of the cranium, which do not admit of sufficient expansion for a greatly increased quan- tity of blood. Most of the other important viscera are contained in cavities with yielding walls, and in them a greater fullness of the veins than usual is not attended with such dangerous effects. Causes . — Congestion may be caused by anything which impedes the circulation so as to increase the action of the heart ; any pressure on the veins which obstructs the passage of the blood through them ; a dilation of the coats of the veins from debility ; cold applied to the surface of the body, or a dry state of the skin ; a blocking up of the small secreting tubules of the kidneys with epithelium causing local congestion, which, if not relieved, may lead to congestion of the whole system. It is caused by an excessive accumulation of blood in the vessels due to various causes. Persons of a plethoric habit are most sub- ject to it. Treatment, — Quiet both of mind and body, with cooling aperient medicines, abstinence from all rich and stimulating food and drink, is the proper treatment; in those of spare habit, it is sometimes owing to want of vital energy, and in this case the diet should be rich and stimulating ; and the aperients, if re- quired, must be of a tonic nature ; but all this should be left to the medical practitioner ; the disease too nearly affects the issues of life and death to be tampered with. CONVULSIONS OR FITS. Involuntary contractions of the muscles of a part or the whole of the body, generally with corresponding relaxations. When the contractions and relaxations alternate, they are called clonic spasms, as in hysteria. When the contractions are con- stant, they are called tonic spasms, as in lockjaw ; when the convulsions are slight and rapid, they are called trenjors. They 126 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. are universal when they affect all the limbs and muscles, as in epilepsy, and partial when they affect only some of the muscles irregularly, as in chorea or St. Vitus dance. Causes. — Convulsions in children are generally caused by some disturbance of the stomach, intestines, or brain, as teething, worms, water on the brain, the striking in of a rash, or the ac- cession of some disease, such as small-pox, scarlatina, etc. A very trifling, functional derangement will often be sufficient to produce them, and the younger and more irritable the child, the more liable will it be to attacks. Symptoms. — Convulsions are violent, spasmodic affec- tions, with or without intermission. Previous to their coming on there is generally giddiness, coldness of the extremities, dimness of vision, tremblings, and a creeping chill up the spine. There are also, particularly in adults, anxiety of mind and dejection of spirits, nausea, and a sense of faintness, yawning, stretching, dizziness, and palpitation of the heart. When the fit is on, the teeth chatter, the tongue is protruded and often bitten, there is foaming at the mouth, the eyes roll wildly, there is a struggle for breath, and a clutching of the hands, which are often clenched so that the nails enter into the flesh ; sometimes the lips and cheeks and the whole surface of the face and arms be- come purple, and the veins stand out as though they would burst ; and so great is the muscular force exerted that several attendants are required to keep the patient from bodily injury. A violent paroxysm may last but a few minutes only, or for several hours, and may have longer or shorter intermissions. It is followed by extreme languor, frequently by headache and gid- diness, but these often pass off very quickly, and leave no symp- toms of constitutional derangement whatever. Treatment. — Treatment will depend greatly on the cause. If it be worms, give vermifuges and anthelmintics; if teething, scarification of the gums; if improper food and indi- gestion, a gentle emetic and afterward an aperient ; if acrid matter in the bowels, a laxative clyster and aperient ; if flatu- lency, carminatives; if eruptions that fail to appear, the warm bath; if effusion on the brain, cold lotions to the head, and small doses of calomel, frequently repeated, with purgatives, if the bowels are sluggish; hot applications to the extremities. In all cases of infantile'convulsions, and in some of adults, the warm bath is advisable ; the temperature should be about ninety- eight degrees, and in most cases opening medicines, with at least one dose of calomel put on the tongue. DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 127 In adults, convulsions may be apoplectic, epileptic, hyster- ical, or puerperal, as the case may be. Some narcotic poisons pro- duce them, such as opium, prussic acid, some kinds of fungi, ardent spirits, and indigestible substances. In all these cases, emetics should be the first remedies, or the stomach pump ; then volatiles and stimulants, as ammonia, valerian, and a stream of cold water poured upon the head from a considerable height. Convulsions may be caused by • excessive mental emotion, and sometimes by long continued diseases, such as dropsy, jaundice, and fever. When a person is taken. with a fit, loosen any part of the clothing which may appear tight, especially about the neck and chest; sprinkle cold water on the face and apply volatile stimu- lants to the nostrils ; rub the temples with eau de cologne, ether, or strong spirits of some kind, and blow upon them ; and as soon as the patient can swallow, give thirty drops of sal volatile in water, or the same of ether, or, if neither are at hand, a little cold brandy and water. When the fit is over, a gentle aperient should be taken, to be followed by cold bathing, exercise, and, if possible, by a change of air. CONSUMPTION. Phthisis, or consumption, is a disease which, unfortunately, is but too prevalent and fatal, in this country, as in most others. It spares neither age nor sex, and its attacks, at first so insidious as almost to escape notice, too frequently lead to a fatal issue. It is the result of the formation and development of tubercles in the lungs. These first appear in the form of small, gray, semi- transparent granulations, which gradually enlarge and become opaque, and after a time empty themselves into the bronchial tubes, and thus the substance of the lung is gradually destroyed. Causes . — Recent discoveries prove that very little was known of the real cause of consumption, even a decade ago.. Great progress has been made recently in the study of this disease by means of the microscope. Consumption was formerly regarded by all medical writers as more distinctly hereditary in origin than any other disease except syphilis. It is now believed that consumption is not hereditary, that what is inherited is simply a constitution feeble in its ability to resist disease, and a vitality more or less impaired. It may b§ regarded as well proved that the real cause of 128 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. consumption is a specific disease germ known as the tubercle bacillus, the micro-organism discovered by Koch of Berlin. In all cases of tubercular lungs, this bacillus is found in the expectoration, and a suspected case in which it is not found is not true consumption. Symptoms. — The earliest symptom of consumption that usually manifests itself is a short, dry cough, exciting no partic- ular attention, being attributed to a slight cold. It, however, continues, and after a time increases in frequency. The breath- ing is more easily hurried by bodily motion, and the pulse be- comes more frequent, particularly after meals and towards even- ing. Towards evening there is also frequently experienced a slight degree of chilliness, followed by heat and nocturnal per- spirations. This is commonly called night sweats. The patient becomes languid and indolent, and gradually loses strength. After a time the cough becomes more frequent, and is particu- larly troublesome during the night, accompanied by an expec- toration of a clear, frothy substance, which afterwards becomes more copious, viscid, and opaque, and is most abundant in the morning ; the sputum is often tinged with blood ; or hemoptysis occurs in a more marked form, and to a greater extent. As the disease advances, the breathing and pulse become more hurried ; the fever is greater, and the perspirations more regular and profuse. The emaciation and weakness go on increasing ; pain is felt in some part of the thorax, which is increased by coughing, and sometimes becomes so acute as to prevent the patient from lying on the affected side. All the symptoms increase toward evening : the face is flushed ; the palms of the hands and soles of the feet are affected with a burning heat ; the feet and ankles begin to swell, and, in the last stage of consumption, there is nearly always profuse diarrhoea. The emaciation is extreme ; the countenance assumes a cadaverous appearance, the cheeks are prominent, the eyes hollow and languid. Usually the appe- tite remains good to the end, and the patient flatters himself with the hope of a speedy recovery, often vainly forming distant projects of interest or amusement, when death puts a period to his existence. Tubercular deposits are also usually found in other organs of the body : the liver is enlarged and changes in appearance, and ulcerations occur in the intestines, the larynx, and trachea. These are so frequent and uniform as to lead to the belief that the} r form part of the disease. Treatment. — It is of the utmost importance to be able to meet and counteract the earliest approach of this disease. The DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 129 constitutions that are most liable to its attack are generally characterized either by a fair, delicate, rosy complexion, fair hair, clear skin, and great sensibility, or by dark complexion, large features, thick and sallow skin, and heavy general expres- sion. The development of the disease is preceded by a peculiar form of indigestion, known as “strumous dyspepsia.” It is specially characterized by a dislike of fatty food, sometimes also of sugar and alcohol, and is accompanied with heartburn and acid eructations after taking food. Unlike inflammation, tubercles almost invariably commence at the apex of the lungs, and it is here that they are usually most advanced. It is here, then, that the skillful physician, by means of auscultation and percussion, is able to detect the first direct symptoms of the incipient disease. The treatment of this disease is of two kinds, the one directed to strengthening the system for its prevention in those predisposed to it, or overcoming it in its incipient stages ; the other to arresting its progress after the tubercles have mani- fested themselves. The treatment comprises a proper attention to the digestive organs, with wholesome diet, exercise in the open air, regular habits, attention to the skin, and, if necessary, change of air. The diet should be nutritious, but not stimulant, and the exercise not violent nor too prolonged. Sea voyages, and residence at the seaside, are generally found to be very beneficial ; and, as a general rule, those places that are least subject to variations of temperature are recommended. The practice, however, of sending patients in the last stage of consumption away from home — to Minnesota, Florida, or else- where — cannot be too strongly reprobated. Of the more directly curative remedies unqpestionably the most valuable is cod-liver oil with creosote. It should be taken in small quantities at first, probably a teaspoonful of the oil with one drop of creosote thoroughly mixed three times a day, during or immediately after meals, and the effect is greatly to improve the appearance of the patient, and to counteract the progress of the disease. If taken early the tuberculous deposit may be arrested, and the patient restored to a state of health ; and, even where this is not the case, the progress of the disease will at least be retarded. Tonic medicines, such as bark, sarsaparilla, iron, and iodine, are also very beneficial in the treatment of phthisis : at least in those cases where inflammation or much febrile excitement does not exist. Where inflammation already exists, it may be subdued by counter-irritants to the upper parts of the chest. 130 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. These are the general remedies to be employed ; the more prominent special features of the disease require particular medi- cines. One of the most distressing and harassing of these is the cough, which may be alleviated by the application of sinapisms or stimulating plasters to the chest, or by the internal use of mucilaginous mixtures, squills, conium, opium, ether, etc. The night perspirations, when very copious, are best checked by the use of mineral acids, as sulphuric acid given with quinine, or nitric acid in a decoction of sarsaparilla. Diarrhoea commonly subsides by a strict regulation of the diet, and the avoidance of all stimulating food and medicine ; otherwise, small doses of chalk and opium, or rhubarb and opium, may be administered. When the pulse is very frequent and the palpitation distressing, digitalis may be used. The duration of this disease depends upon a great variety of circumstances, and varies from a few months up to four, five, or more years ; the average, however, may be taken at about two years ; but many of the cases terminate fatally between the fourth and ninth month. The question as to whether consumption be contagious has often been discussed, and medical men are by no means unanimous on the subject. The majority are probably in favor of its being non-contagious ; though there are not wanting weight and numbers on the other side. At all events, no one should be allowed to sleep with a consumptive patient after the disease has fully manifested itself. The contagious principle is found not in the breath, but in the sputum which is raised from the lungs ; this should be destroyed. Eclectic Treatment for Consumption . Abundance of fresh air, light, nutritious food, and correct personal habits are the best remedies to rely on. All others will be useless if these matters are neglected. There can be no substitute for air and exercise. Let the exercise be gentle, so as not to cause fatigue, and take special care after exercising not to get cool too quickly by standing still or sitting in a draught of cold air, by an open window, or in a cold room. The cold or tepid bath should be used frequently. Inhaling the fumes of tar made warm in a teapot is very useful. It will ease the violence of the cough, and produce a free discharge of the mucous matter. For night sweats, take sulphuric acid and nitric acid, of each one dram ; mix in a cup of water ; dose, a teaspoonful in a pint of sage tea. During the day, a strong DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 131 camomile tea is very useful ; as is a decoction of common mullein leaves and liverwort, drunk freely during the day. A tablespoonful each of tar and honey beat up with the yolk of an egg and mixed with milk, and taken once or twice a day, is very good. For females, especially when the menses are stopped, a wineglassful of decoction of elecampane, once a day, has been found very useful. The diarrhoea may be checked by infusion of blackberry root. CONSTIPATION. When there is an undue retention of the contents of the bowels, their contents become hard and are expelled with diffi- culty and sometimes with pain. Causes . — Neglect of the usual time of going to stool, extraordinary heat of the body, copious sweats, taking food that is dry, heating, and difficult of digestion ; sedentary life, or a diseased state of the liver or spleen, sometimes from stricture in the rectum. Treatment . — The first thing to be done is to establish the habit of trying to evacuate the bowels every day at a certain hour ; the best time for most people is just after breakfast. It matters not if the bowels do not act ; the practice of attempting should be persisted in, and in time it will break up the confined state of the bowels. Adopt a diet free from all astringents, taking care especially that there is no alum in the bread, and using a coarser kind. Let the food consist of a due admixture of meat and vegetables for dinner; the beverage, water. For breakfast stale bread or dry toast, with a moderate quantity of butter, honey, fish, or bacon ; cocoa is, perhaps, preferable to tea or coffee ; and porridge made of Scotch oatmeal, probably better still. Regular exercise, either by walking or on horseback, should be taken. Roasted or boiled apples, pears, stewed prunes, raisins, gruel with currants, broths with spinach, leeks, and other soft pot-herbs are excellent laxatives. If the above mode of living fail to relax the bowels, inject warm water by means of an enema. If there be an objection to the use of the foregoing, take of castor oil four parts, and of tincture of jalap, aloes, or rhubarb, one part ; mix, and diligently rub over the region of the stomach every morning before rising ; it should be done under the bedclothes, lest the unpleasant odor should sicken the stomach. Or take either of the following: Take from half a dram to a dram of dilute nitric acid in a cupful of 132 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. weak ginger or dandelion tea, twice or thrice a day. Epsom salts, half an ounce; powdered niter, one scruple; infusion of senna, four ounces ; peppermint water, four ounces. Dose, two tablespoonfuls every morning. Where the bowels are weak, uneasy, torpid, and where there is a general sense of coldness, and some aperient is ab- solutely required, have recourse to the following : Tincture of rhubarb, two drams ; tincture of senna, two drams ; potash water, or sal volatile, one-half dram. Mix in a wineglassful of camomile tea, and take it every day at noon, or an hour before dinner, gradually reducing the dose, or leaving it off by degrees. The habitual use of purgative medicines is very injurious, and increases the evil it is intended to cure. CORNS. In the treatment of corns, the first object should be to re- move the exciting cause ; comfortable, well-fitting boots or shoes should be substituted for those of an opposite character, and the corn, after the foot has been soaked in warm water to soften it, should be pared carefully away, particular care being taken not to wound the more sensitive part. When the outer surface is re- moved, there will be perceived in the center a small white spot, which should be carefully dug out with a pointed knife or other sharp instrument. When this too is removed, cover the seat of the corn with a small circular piece of thick, soft leather spread with soap or diachylon plaster, and leaving a small hole in the center, corresponding with that from whence the root of the corn has been taken. Should any of this latter remain, so as to cause irritation, apply to it, every second or third day, a piece of lunar caustic, scraped to a point, and slightly moistened. Some persons apply strong acetic or other acid ; but this is not so effectual, and more likely to cause inflammation, which will be best allayed by a warm poultice of bread crumbs, moistened with Goulard’s extract, the foot being held up as much as possi- ble, and the system kept in a cool state with saline aper- ients, etc. Soft corns, which form chiefly between the toes, are often very painful and troublesome ; let them be cut away as close as possible with a pair of scissors, and then dressed with rags wet with Goulard’s extract, or a solution of sugar of lead ; ivy leaves form, for such, a cool, pleasant protection from friction ; they should be put on fresh every day. Beneath the corner of the nail of the great toe a peculiar DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 133 kind of corn sometimes occurs ; it should be cut or scraped out with the finger-nail, and caustic applied as above directed. Mere callosities of the skin on the hands and fingers are not corns, although often called so ; they have no roots and are not painful, therefore it is best not to interfere with them ; for if removed, others would come in their places, while the friction is kept up in which they originate. ULCERATION OF THE CORNEA. To relieve pain, bathe with a solution of the pith of sassa- fras. Dissolve two grains of sulphate of zinc in an ounce of rose water and use for an eyewash two or three times a day. Give attention to the bowels until aid can be obtained. CORPULENCE. This, when it reaches a certain degree, becomes a real dis- ease. The accumulation of fat about the kidneys and mesentery swells the abdomen, and prevents the free motion of the dia- phragm, which causes a difficulty of breathing. Causes . — A free indulgence in good living, with an easy mind, indolent or sedentary life, are the causes of corpulence in anyone whose constitution predisposes them to over feed. Symptoms. — The muscles of the body gradually enlarge, and the person is not so active as heretofore ; is exhausted or out of breath on less exertion than previously ; and the circula- tion is impeded through the accumulations of fatty matter. Treatment. — Gradually reduce the quantity of aliment ; take less nutritious substances for food ; drink sparingly, espe- cially of malt liquors ; use regular and daily active exercise, — bicycle riding is an excellent exercise for reducing weight, — abstain from suppers, take short rest, sleep but few hours, and rise early every morning. By a rigid pursuance of these means, for a due length of time, the most corpulent and unwieldy man or woman will be reduced within moderate bounds, with an ac- quisition of health, strength, and vigor. In addition to active exercise, the body should be rubbed with a pomatum made of lard, three and a quarter ounces, and camphor, one ounce. This is to be heated and mixed over the fire, and afterwards suffered to cool. Afterwards take five grains of aloes every four days, and employ the following clyster every morning : Linseed, one ounce ; rose leaves, one and one-half drams : bay salt, three drams. Boil the ingredients for twenty minutes in a quart of 134 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. water. Just before taking the decoction off the fire, add to it camphorated oil, one and one-half drams. COUGHS. A cough may be the result of various conditions, but one of the most common causes is a severe cold upon the lungs. The air passages are lined by a thin, delicate mucous membrane which contains secreting glands, that in health secrete a small amount of fluid mucus to assist the air in passing in and out of the alveoli of the lungs without annoyance or friction. If for any reason, as taking a sudden cold, this secretion is checked, the air passages become dry and inflamed, and produce a disa- greeable sensation which patients sometimes call a smarting of the lungs. This state of dryness lasts usually but a short time, and is followed by a secretion many times more abundant than natural. This increased secretion, owing to inflammation of the mucous glands, is catarrhal in character, and acts as a constant irritation. It is often thick, yellowish in color, and raised with difficulty. A persistent cough is nature’s desperate remedy to expel the hardened, thick, offending mucus, just as if a bread crumb or some other foreign substance was in the windpipe. By fits of coughing nature endeavors to obtain relief. This offend- ing substance must be removed, and nature has only two meth- ods, one to throw it up by coughing, the other to absorb it into the circulation ; the former method is much more desirable than the latter. When a catarrhal cold is yielding to treatment, the mucus becomes loose, is easily detached and readily expelled, all the symptoms become more favoring, and the cough less racking and severe. As the secretion is gradually reduced to the nor- mal, the inflammation and irritation subside, the cough more and more disappears. When the mucous secretions are tough and raised with great difficulty, the cough is distressing, and loosening remedies or expectorants should be administered. The following are serviceable : Syrup of ipecac, one teaspoonful as needed, for adults, or syrup of senega, one teaspoonful, or the compound syrup of squill, dose one-fourth to one teaspoonful. Of the latter, eight drops are sufficient to give an infant ; should these remedies produce vomiting, diminish the dose. Great harm may be done by suppressing a cough when nature is striv- ing to free the air passages from an overload of mucous secretions. Giving opium or morphine, cough drops, troches, or any anodyne remedies to a young child whose air passages are loaded with catarrhal debris is bad practice, and has cost many a little suf- DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 135 ferer his life. In no instance must the cough be quieted in an infant suffering from catarrhal diseases, no matter how much the mother and others are annoyed by the persistent coughing. In capillary bronchitis the cough is the child’s safety, and must not be suppressed, else the lungs will fill up and the child will die. Coughs due to irritation and a dry inflammation of the bronchi may be safely quieted, and this can be done with positive benefit to the patient. An excellent remedy for a dry, hard cough without expectoration is muriate of ammonia, one dram ; spirits of chloroform, two drams ; syrup of ipecac, one ounce ; syrup of senega, one ounce ; syrup of tolu, one ounce ; water sufficient to make four ounces. Mix and give one teaspoonful every four hours for an adult, less for children. When a remedy is indi- cated to relieve a dry, irritating cough of a child, with no load of mucus upon the chest, chloral is the best remedy in small doses. It favors secretion and expectoration, and quiets a cough when it is spasmodic or debilitating. It may be given in the follow- ing prescription to a child two or three years old : Chloral hy- drate, thirty grains; syrup of ipecac, half an ounce; syrup of squill compound, two drams; syrup of tolu, two ounces ; anise water sufficient to make four ounces. Dose, one teaspoonful every four hours. For some cases of debility and protracted cough in children, cod liver oil is a reliable and efficient remedy. Any druggist can provide the pure oil, or make a palatable emulsion. It softens the cough, aids nutrition, and counteracts debility. Coughs should not be neglected, they are frequently symp- tomatic of organic disease. If they do not yield to simple remedies, seek medical advice without delay, whether the patient be old or young. CRAMP. Cramp is an affection usually caused by exposure to cold or damp. Treatment. — Foment the part affected with warm water, with a little mustard mixed in it. Drink nothing cold, and take a little brandy and water ; put the feet in warm water, and en- deavor to produce a perspiration ; take, two or three times a day, a dose of Peruvian bark in a little wine, or a little ginger and water; or the following: Water of ammonia, or spirits of hartshorn, one ounce ; olive oil, two ounces. Shake them to- gether till they unite, and rub it on the affected part with the hand. In severe cases use the following : Strong liniment of 136 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. ammonia, one and one-half ounces ; oil of turpentine, one ounce ; spirits of camphor, one ounce ; hard soap, four drams. Mix the whole well together, and apply it to the part on flannels heated and moistened. When the cause of cramp is constitutional, the best preventives are warm tonics, such as the essence of ginger and camomile, Jamaica ginger in powder, etc., avoiding fermented liquor and green vegetables, particularly for supper, and wearing flannel next the skin. CRAMP OR SPASM IN THE STOMACH. A violent pain, but generally of short duration. Treatment. — Give a strong purgative injection. The sweet tincture of rhubarb and soda, four ounces of the first to two drams of the last, with a few drops of cayenne tincture mixed with it, will often give relief. Dose, from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful. A mustard poultice on the stomach is very good. Drink copious draughts of hot water, brandy and water, ether, or laudanum ; apply hot flannels moistened with compound cam- phor liniment and turpentine ; bathe the feet in warm water, or apply mustard poultices to them. DEAFNESS. QSurditas.') Deafness may proceed from any injury inflicted on the delicate organs of the ear, as loud noises, violent colds, inflam- mation or ulceration of the membrane or drum, or of the audi- tory passages ; hard wax, or other substances interrupting the transmission of sounds ; either over dryness, or excessive mois- ture in the parts, want of tone in the general system from debility. Among one of its frequent causes is some defect in the structure of the organ itself, which no medical treatment can obviate ; in this case the patient is generally dumb. Treatment. — In all cases of deafness consult a competent physician. The treatment depends to a considerable extent on the cause. If there is an accumulation of hardened wax, or any defective or diseased action in the secreting glands of that substance, a few drops of a saturated solution of common salt, or of ox-gall and balsam of tolu, one part of the former to three of the latter, may be dropped into the ear, while the head is held on one side, night and morning ; or applied on a piece of wadding inserted by means of a probe. Before each application, the ear should be syringed out with warm milk and water, or DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 137 soap and water. If there is a thin acrid discharge accompany- ing the deafness, syringe the ear with warm decoction of poppies. When deafness proceeds from cold in the head, diaphoretics, the warm footbath, and flannel wrappers must be the remedies ; if from debility and consequent loss of tone, drop stimulants into the ear, electrify or galvanize, and give tonics ; this will be the treatment, also, if it proceeds from defective energy of the optic nerve. DEBILITY. General debility is manifested by a failure of the individual to perform those exertions in which he has been habitually engaged. Treatment . — Nourishing food, change of air, careful regu- lation of diet, cold shower bath, and the following forms of medi- cine : Sulphate of magnesia, four ounces ; sulphate of iron, eight grains ; sulphate of quinine, ten grains ; diluted sulphuric acid, one dram ; infusion of gentian root, eight ounces. Dose, two tablespoonfuls twice or thrice a day ; or the following : Com- pound tincture of bark, one ounce ; carbonate of ammonia, two scruples ; water, eight ounces. Dose, two tablespoonfuls three times a day. DEFECTIVE APPETITE. The loss of appetite may arise from a variety of causes, as the excessive use of wines and spirits, the partaking immoder- ately of warm fluids, sedentary occupation, overanxiety, excess of mental labor, impure air, etc. Treatment . — Regulation of diet and change of air will be frequently found more beneficial than medicine. But to restore the tone of the stomach, which is the chief aim, the following decoction may be taken : Peruvian bark, six drams ; cascarilla bark, two drams. Bruise them in a mortar, and boil them in a pint and a half of water for a few minutes ; strain off the liquor while hot, then add tincture of bark, two ounces; diluted nitric acid, one and a half drams. Dose, four tablespoonfuls to be taken thrice daily. Bitter tonics are also advantageous. Rhu- barb chewed an hour before dinner time is also advantageous. One or two four grain compound aloe pills may be taken at noon with beneficial effect. DELIRIUM TREMENS. Delirium tremens, or mania a potu, is a disease of the brain, usually caused by an abuse of spirituous liquors, but sometimes 138 DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. also by great mental anxiety and loss of sleep. Delirium some- times makes its appearance in consequence of a single debauch ; but more frequently it is the result of protracted or long-con- tinued intemperance. It usually supervenes on a fit of intoxica- tion ; but it not unfrequently occurs, also, when the habitual drunkard omits his accustomed draught. Symptoms . — The approach of an attack is almost invari- ably preceded by the patient being remarkably irritable, with fretfulness of mind and mobility of body. He becomes very nervous and uneasy ; is startled by any sudden noise, the open- ing of a door or the entrance of a visitor ; is restless ; the hands and tongue are tremulous ; he complains of inability to sleep, and, if he dozes for a moment, he is awakened by frightful dreams. Soon delirium manifests itself; if questioned, the pa- tient often answers rightly enough ; but if left to himself he begins to talk or mutter ; he is surrounded by frightful or loath- some animals ; is pursued by some one who has a design upon his life ; has terrible and ghastly visions. Though most com- monly of a frightful or terrifying character, the delirium is not always so ; occasionally the appearances are droll and ludicrous, and the patient seems amused by them; at other times it turns on some matter of business, as settling of accounts or telling of money, and the patient is in a perpetual bustle, and his hands are constantly full of business. The predominant emotion with a delirious patient is fear, and in his efforts to escape from an imaginary enemy he may be guilty of a murderous assault, or, as is more frequently the case, may take his own life ; and hence he requires to be very carefully watched. The delirium continues until the patient sinks into a sleep, from which he awakes com- paratively rational, or dies from exhaustion. In such cases death is often sudden. The patient rises for some trivial purpose, and falls in a faint, from which he never recovers ; or at length, after passing many nights without sleep, he sinks into a state of coma, which terminates in death. This disease, however, is rarely fatal, unless where the strength of the patient has been seriously impaired by long-continued excesses. Treatment.— The great remedy is sleep, and the best means of inducing this is by chloral, which is to be given in large doses, and frequently repeated, until the desired effect follows. Sometimes it is necessary, in order to procure sleep, if the patient is in a very exhausted state, or if the disease has been brought on by the cessation of an accustomed stimulus, to allow the patient a certain quantity of his ordinary beverage ; DISEASES AND THEIR REMEDIES. 139 but this should not be continued longer than he can do without it. Chloroform has also been recommended as a means of pro- curing sleep when opium fails ; or better probably than either will be found to be the hydrate of chloral, in doses of from five to fifteen grains. Some medical men recommend large doses of digitalis, but the nature of this remedy renders it unadvisable in the hands of any but a medical man. If these efforts are successful and the nervous excitement is subdued, there will be great prostration of strength. The great object will then be to restore the tone of the stomach, and to enable the patient to overcome that craving for alcoholic stimu- lants which is sure to send him back into the paths of intem- perance if it is indulged. Strychnia in doses of one-sixtieth of a grain three times a day combined with elixir of calisaya makes an excellent tonic for these cases. A cold shower bath affords great relief. This disease is to be carefully distinguished from inflam- mation of the brain, with which it has many symptoms in com- mon ; for bleeding, which is resorted to in the latter disease, would be of the utmost danger in this. DIABETES. An immoderate flow of urine, distinguished as first insipidus (tasteless), when the urine retains its usual taste ; and, second, melitus (honeyed), when it is characterized by a saccharine taste. Generally speaking, these may be considered as two stages of the disease, the urine being at first clear and in large amount, and afterward becoming less abundant but containing a large amount of sugar. Causes . — The chief causes of diabetes are intemperate liv- ing, excess of venery, copious evacuations of the bowels, frequent use of diuretics and acrid drinks, or it may be hard labor and poor living, or whatever tends to impoverish the blood. The best physicians consider it “an impaired action, or morbid change, in the natural powers of assimilation and digestion, which forms the proximate cause of the disease.” Symptoms. — Frequent and copious discharge of urine, containing eventually, if not at first, a large proportion of sac- charine and other matter. There is gradual emaciation, vora- cious appetite, great thirst, weakness, and disinclination to motion ; the alimentary process is improperly performed, an, great depression; col- lapse ; chilly most of the time ; violent vomiting and purging, give early in the disease. Arsenicum , 3 x, excoriating discharges ; bright red tongue, with burning of stomach and bowels ; patient wild and restless, useful in all stages of the disease. Veratrum Alb., 1 x, cold sweat ; violent vomiting and purging ; cramps of different muscles of the body. Cuprum Aceticum, 30, also for cramps with empty retching : also >d be used as a prophylactic. The diet should be milk with a little brandy added. Cholera Morbus. (119) — Same remedies as Asiatic cholera, idding Colocynth, 2 x, for violent, griping pain in the bowels. Colic. (Pain in the abdomen.) — Colocynth , 2 x, the first remedy usually thought of, griping, tearing, twisting pain in the bowels ; much gas in bowels. For Painter’s Colic. (121) — Opium must be administered in one grain doses, every two hours, until better. Kali Hydroidicum , 1 x, useful to eradicate the lead from the sys- tem. 364 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Concussion of the Brain. (124) — Keep the patient quiet; apply cold cloths to the head and give Arnica, 3 x, every hour or two, for a few days. Congestion of the Brain. (125) — Belladonna, 1 x, full, beat- ing blood vessels ; full pulse ; red, flushed face ; mild delirium ; dilated pupils. Bromide of Potash, five grains, every hour, to an adult, until bet- ter. Veratrum Vir., 1 x, full, bounding pulse ; nausea with terrible pain in the head. Convulsions. (125) (Fits.) — Belladonna, 3 x, flushed face; throbbing of the blood vessels going to the head. Cicuta Vir os a, 6 x, twitching and jerking of the muscles all over the body ; movement of the muscles about the mouth causing a chewing motion. Gelseminum, 1 x, violent fever; full compressible pulse. The whole body is convulsed. Hysterical Convulsions. Nux Vomica, 3 x, violent drawing backward of the head, and feet toward each other. Convulsions from passion, Chamomilla, 30 : injury, Hypericum , 1 x : worms, Cina, 3 x, Cicuta , 6 x : fright, Ignatia, 30. Consumption. (127) (Phthisis.) — One-fifth of the population die of this disease. The only safeguard against the disease is to keep one’s weight up to a normal standard. This is to be accomplished by any and all means. The Compound Syrup of Hypophosphites is one of the best reme- dies to accomplish this. The remedies are mostly Bryonia, 3 x, Calc . Carh., 30, Phos., 30, Pulsatilla, 3 x, Sulphur, 30. (See Cough, for in- dications.) Costiveness. (131) (Constipation.) — Nux Vomica , 3 x or 30, useful after using much cathartic medicine ; persons of sedentary habits, no desire for stool, and if there is, it cannot be accomplished. Plumbum , 30, stools of hard, small balls, frequent attacks of colic. Sulphur , cc, remedies do not give desired effect ; piles, with bum- ing pain in the rectum. Drink a glass of oatmeal water, every morning, on rising. Cornea, Ulceration of. (133) — Merc . Cor., 3 x, and Hehar Sulph ., 3 x. Employ an oculist. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 365 Corpulence. (133) — A dose of Nux Vomica , 3 x, at night, is a good remedy. Cough. (134) — Aconite , 1 x, croupy cough ; spasmodic cough. Bryonia , 3 x, hard, dry cough, with pain in head and chest. Belladonna , short, dry, hollow, convulsive cough, worse at night ; flushed face and cerebral congestion. Hepar Sulph., 3 x, irritating cough ; hoarseness, excited by expos- ure to cold. Rattling of mucous in the throat ; croup. Kali Bichro., 3 x, cough, with tough, stringy expectoration. Phosphorus , 30, dry cough with tickling in the throat. Worse from talking or reading aloud. Spongia, 1 x, dry, hoarse, croupy cough, with pain in the larynx. Alternate with Aconite , in croup, every fifteen minutes. Castanea Vesca, 1 x, five drops, every two hours, in whooping-cough. Cuprum Aceticum , 30, also useful in whooping-cough so violent as to often throw the patient into convulsions. (See also Asthma.) Cramp. (135) — Cuprum Aceticum , 30, a very useful remedy. Cramp or Spasm of the Stomach. (136) (Gastralgia.) — Di- pscorea, 1 x, five drops every fifteen minutes. Nux Vom., 3 x, and even , five drops, three times daily, will gen- erally cure the disposition to cramp of the stomach. Bryonia, 3 x, useful if the cramp comes on immediately after eat- ing. Lactopeptine , ten grains after each meal. Deafness, (136) from catarrh, of the middle ear, most often cured by Pulsatilla, 3 x. If from ear-wax, a few drops of Glycerine dropped in the ear, on going to bed, for a few times. Defective Appetite. (137) — Bryonia, 3 x, if caused by a tor- pid liver, also China, 6 x. Nux Vom., 1 x, from anxiety; overworked nervous systems and constipation. Apply to a physician to ascertain cause. Delirium Tremens. (137) — Hyoscyamus Nig., 1 x, ten drops every half hour until better. Nux Vom., 1 x, five drops every three hours for three or four days, following the abnormal illusions. Keep the patient under close observa- tion and send at once for a physician. 366 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Diabetes. (139) — Uva Ursa , 1 x, ten drops every three hours in Diabetes Insipidus. Diabetes Mellitus. Arsenicum , 3 x, very hungry and thirsty; pale skin ; loss of strength ; dryness of mouth and throat ; excessive urination ; watery diarrhoea. Phosphoric Acid, 1 x, loss of nerve force, with frequent urination. Diet must be free from starch and sugar. Exclusive milk diet of- ten benefits. Gluten bread must be substituted for that of wheat flour. Avoid vegetables, arrow-root, asparagus, bread, biscuit, beans, beets, crackers, carrots, macaroni, oat-meal, pastry, potatoes, peas, rice, sago, sugar, tapioca, vermicelli ; fruit, apples, grapes, pears, bananas, peaches, plums, pine-apples, raspberries and other sweet fruits ; beverages, wine, beer, brandy, also cider and all alcoholic and sweet drinks. Allowable vegetables, artichokes, cabbage, celery, cresses, cucum- bers, olives, greens, lettuce, pickles, mushrooms ; fruits, lemons, sour cherries, currants, gooseberries, strawberries and acid fruits, generally; meats, beef, mutton, poultry, game, fish, oysters, cheese, eggs, etc. Gratify the thirst by an abundance of good water or skim-milk. The diabetic should be warmly clad. Diarrhoea. (140) — Camphor , sudden diarrhoea with chilliness. Dulcamara , 3 x, diarrhoea caused from getting wet ; worse at night , bilious stools. China , 1 x, painless, summer diarrhoea. Chamomilla , 30, diarrhoea in children, accompanying teething. Arsenicum, 3 x, chronic diarrhoea ; red, burning tongue ; vomits — even a small amount of water, in fact, everything taken into the stom- ach. Ipecac, 1 x, diarrhoea and dysentery accompanied by much nausea. Veratrum Alb., 1 x, vomiting and diarrhoea attended with cold sweating ; cholera morbus ; cholera infantum. Avoid all animal food during an attack of diarrhoea. A little bran- dy may be added to milk with benefit. Dilation of the Heart. (142) — Digitaline, 3 x, will strengthen a weak heart. Phosphorus, 3 x, valuable as a tonic, giving tone to the system. Diphtheria. (143) — Call your physician. Apis Mel., 3 x, in diphtheria with much swelling of the throat, internally, and a stinging pain. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 367 Phytolacca Dec., i x, violent fever, with much stiffness of the neck, early in the disease. Mercurius Cor., 3 x, much swelling of the throat externally ; the membrane is very offensive. Kali Bichromictim, 3 x, croupous diphtheria, with tough, stringy mucus. In connection with the Kali Bich., 3 x, use a spray of a solution of Chloride of Lime and hot water : one part of the solution to ten parts of hot water. Use a steam atomizer. Diphtheria is easily controlled by proper treatment, but exceedingly fatal when mismanaged. Feed the patient well on beef-steak, eggs, milk, etc. Stimulants and beef-tea of very little account. Never swab the throat, but use gargles of alcohol and water. Dizziness. (144) (Vertigo.) — Digitaline , 3 x, for dizziness caused by an enfeebled heart which has produced anema of the brain. China, 1 x, caused by loss of blood or severe diarrhoea. Many other remedies are indicated from special causes which can only be located by a physician. Dropsy. (146) — Arsenicum, 3 x, a very useful remedy in dropsy with much debility ; red tongue and much thirst for cold water, but a small amount satisfies. Digitaline, 3 x, heart dropsy, more particularly, but ^useful in any kind, from whatever cause. Helleborus Nig., 3 x, dropsy of the brain ; after scarlatina, etc. Skim-milk diet useful in dropsy from kidney disease. Dysentery. (147) — Aconite, 1 x, very feverish ; quick, wiry pulse at the commencement of the trouble ; if the discharges are principally of blood, alternate with Merc . Cor., 3 x, every half hour. Ipecac, 1 x, nausea and vomiting, with bloody, greenish stools ; it also quiets tenesmus. Arnica, 3 x, dysentery, attended by much urging to go to stool. Injections of very hot water, after each stool, will relieve. Avoid all an- imal food ; cold milk best article of diet. Dyspepsia (15 1) (Indigestion.) — Arsenicum, 3 x, caused by ice- cream ; burning in stomach ; red tongue ; thirst ; the least swallow of food or drink causes pain. Bryonia , 3 x, sense of pressure as from a hard lump in the stom ach ; bitter taste with headache. Carbo Veg., 3 x, much gas in stomach. 368 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Hydrastis , i x, for pain coming in two or three hours after meals. Lactopeptine , five to ten grains after each meal, is useful to help the stomach until it regains its functions. Eat slowly, masticating the food thoroughly. Avoid such articles of food as are known to disagree. Ear-ache. (153) (Otalgia.) — Aconite, 1 x, from cold; patient very restless. Puls., 3 x, steady pain, but does not drive the patient about as Aconite does. Aconite, (f>, two or three drops on cotton, in the ear, very useful. Tobacco smoke, blown into the ear, will quiet the pain. Enlargement of the Uvula, (154) which is relaxed, Hyoscya- mus, 1 x, every two hours. A tea of Gold-thread useful as a gargle. Epilepsy. (155) (Falling Fits.) — To ward off an attack use Nitrate of Amyl, by inhalation. Bell., 3 x, holds a high place in chronic epilepsy of young and full blooded subjects. Cuprum Acet., 30, violent convulsions ; pale face. Nux Vom., 3 x, useful as a tonic to the nervous system. Erysipelas. (158) — Aconite, 1 x, erysipelas of the face, with a quick, wiry pulse. Belladonna, 3 x, intense redness of the skin; high fever; smooth surface ; violent headache ; delirium. Rhus Tox, 3 x, vesicular, purplish colored skin. Powder with dry starch or flour. In the phlegmonous variety, call a physician. Exhaustion. (161) — If caused by hemorrhage, diarrhoea, etc., nothing is better than China, 1 x. If from non-assimilation of food, give Calc. Phos., 3 x. Arsenicum, 3 x, useful for indigestion, with burning of the stomach, also from the effects of typhoid fever. Phosphoric Acid, 1 x, nervous exhaustion from excesses. Beef-tea is useful ; use also milk. Eyes. (161) — Tor simple inflammation of the eyes, the white of the eye being red, give Bell., 3 x, every two hours. For hot, scalding, watery discharge from the eyes, Kali Hydroidicum, 3 x. A cinder or any foreign body in the eye should be early removed. Any trouble causing severe pain in the eye is serious, and an oculist or good surgeon should be consulted. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 369 Fainting. (162) (Syncope.) — Aconite , 30, the best remedy to prevent its frequent occurrence. Aqua Ammonia or Spirits of Camphor , by inhalation, are restoratives ; also sprinkling water in the face. Prolapse of the Rectum. (163) — Nux Vom., 3 x, three times daily, will help it, also Podophyllum , 3 x, in the same way. It is often nec- essary to wear an instrument for a time. Go to a surgeon. Felons. (164) — Belladonna , 3 x, for redness of the finger, with throbbing pains after suppuration has taken place. Hepar Sulph., 3 x. will hasten a cure. Have it opened, early ; by so doing you will save much suffering, and, possibly, the loss of a finger. Fevers, in general. (164) — Aconite, 1 x, give the remedy when you find a quick, firm, hard, wiry pulse. Baptisia Tinct., 1 x, give this for a quick, fine, soft, compressible pulse ; typhoid fever ; diarrhoea etc. Gelseminum , 1 x, give for a full, bounding pulse, that is compres- sible and does not resist the finger. Veratrum Vir., 1 x, full, hard, incompressible pulse and resists the finger. Fever and Ague. (165) (Intermittent or Malaria.) — China, Quinine, in recent ague, never in chronic cases, all the stages are well marked, the chill is usually in the morning from nine to ten. Arsenicum, 3 x, chronic ague ; one stage runs into another, often one stage is left out ; very thirsty ; rapid and excessive prostration ; dropsical swellings. Eupatorium Perf., 1 x, thirsty several hours before a chill and con- tinues through it ; short chilly stage ; long hot stage and slight sweating. Phos. Acid , 1 x, very profuse sweat. Gels., 1 x, severe nervous symptoms. Natrum Mur., 30, chronic ague. Arsenicum, 30, Ipecac, 3 x, Ce- dron, 3 x, Sulph., 30, for dumb ague. Bilious or Remittent Fever. (166) — Gelseminum, 1 x, the leading remedy for remittent fever ; pain in the head on the left side. Bryonia, pain on the right side of the head, extending to its base ; yellow coated tongue ; sallow complexion ; constipation or alternate con- stipation and diarrhoea. Merc. Protoide, 3 x, jaundice during the fever. Phosphorus, 3 x, may be given if there is a cough at the same time of the jaundice. Simple Inflammatory Fever (167) rarely requires anything more than Aeon., 3 x. 370 HOMCEOPATH1C TREATMENT. Slow or Nervous Fever. (168) Bryonia, 3 x, yellow coating on tongue ; constipation ; pain in the right side of the head ; lips dry and cracked. Nitric Acid, 3 x, torpid, sluggish liver ; sallow complexion ; acid or bitter taste in the mouth, when the fever has continued thirty or thirty- five days without recovery. Hyoscyamus Nig., 1 x, for sleeplessness during nervous fever. Bathe the patient with a solution of Bicarbonate of Soda and hot water, once daily. Typhus Fever. (168) (Ship Fever.) — See Typhoid Fever. Typhoid Fever. (169) — Baptisia, 1 x, alternating with Gel- seminum, 1 x, will abort a Typhoid Fever, if given soon enough. Bry., 3 x, violent headache ; restless sleep ; tongue coated yellow, with dry, parched lips ; great thirst for large quantities of water. Should not be used after diarrhoea sets in. Mercurius, 3 x. Tongue loaded with a thick, moist, creamy coat- ing ; painful sensibility of the whole abdomen ; bloody stools ; sweating without relief. Rhus Tox., 3 x. Temperature high ; tongue dry ; dark coating on tongue and teeth ; delirium ; headache ; nose bleed ; debility and pros- tration ; pulse weak and slow ; abdomen bloated ; frequent diarrhoea. Arsenicum, 3 x, hot, dry skin ; thirst ; red tongue ; yellow diarrhoea ; great prostration ; face pale and shrunken ; falling of the lower jaw ; bed sores ; picking at the bed clothes ; distended abdomen ; will restore a pa- tient, oft times, when considered beyond help. Muriatic Acid, 1 x, extreme prostration ; patient stupid and uncon- scious ; sliding down in bed ; low, muttering delirium ; inability to pro- trude the tongue ; depression of the lower jaw ; turning up of the eyes ; involuntary stool and urine, Hyoscyamus , 1 x, violent headache ; delirium ; wild, and tries to un- cover himself and get out of bed. Give all the milk the patient can drink. Beef-tea is admissible un- less there be diarrhoea. No solid food can be allowed. Haw oysters may be taken, also ice-cream. Yellow Fever. (170) — Camphor <£, violent chills, with prostra- tion. Aeon., 1 x, fever, burning heat, with quick, wiry pulse ; restlessness and great anxiety. HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 371 Bell ., 3 x, congestion of the brain , throbbing of the blood vessels in the neck ; red face ; red eyes, which are sparkling ; delirium ; pain in the stomach, with nausea and vomiting. Bryonia , 3 x, splitting headache ; eyes red ; tongue coated yellow ; parched lips ; great irritability and vomiting. Argentum Nit., 4 x, dark colored vomiting, caused by hemorrhage from the mucous membranes of the stomach. Arsenicum, 3 x, face yellowish and livid ; eyes dull and sunken ; lips and tongue brown or black ; burning pain in the stomach ; suppres- sion of urine ; short, anxious breathing ; pulse small and tremulous ; cold, clammy perspiration ; great prostration and black vomiting. Hyoscyamus, 1 x, Veratrum Alb., 1 x, Crotalus, 30, Canthari- des, 3 x, and Ipecac, 1 x, may also be called for. The diet should consist of milk, beef-tea etc., as in typhoid fever. Isolate the patient, and use disinfectants freely. Fistula, Rectal. (17 1) — Go to a good surgeon. Silicea, 30, and Hepar Sulph., 3 x, will assist in the healing. Foetid Breath. (1 7 1) — Salicylic Acid , 3 x, a powder, three times daily, will correct it, when the stomach is at fault. Decayed teeth should be filled or removed. Gall Stones. (172) — Where a person is known to suffer from these concretions, give six tablespoonfuls of Olive Oil, at bed-time, re- peated in two days, at the same time give China, 6 x, a dose three times daily, and it will rarely fail to cure. An anaesthetic will give the only relief while they are passing through the gall duct. Gangrene, Mortification. (173) — Remove it when possible by amputation, if it be of a limb, from injury. A superficial slough can be treated by a flax-seed meal poultice, to which add charcoal. A poultice made from crushed, boiled carrots, is also a good one. Internally, give Arsenicum , 3 x, every two hours, if there is much burning about the slough. Secale, 3 x, for dry gangrene of the toes. A weak solution of Car- bolic Acid, ten drops to one pint of hot water, should be used as a wash. Glandular Swellings. (174) — When as a result of diphtheria, £>ut on salt pork, and give Merc. Protoide, 3 x. internally. When from a cold, Hepar Sulph., 3 x, is generally the remedy. If from scrofula, Calc. Phos. 3 x, and Calc. Iodide, 3 x, are the best remedies. Gonorrhoea. (174) — Bell., 3 x, if there is much swelling of the parts, and at the same time use it by injection. Later on when the dis- 372 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. charge is thick and creamy, give Cannabis Sativa, 3 x, every three hours, and use a solution of Calendula and water one tenth. Sulphur , cc, may be needed to cure the case. Camphor is very useful for painful night erections. Cantharis , 3 x, if the bladder becomes involved. Avoid highly spiced food, liquors and cigars. Gout. (180) — The leading remedy is Colchicum , 1 x, five drops every three hours ; avoid highly seasoned and animal food, liquors of all kinds. Gum Boil. (181) — Bell., 1 x, will often remove the inflamma- tion that leads to a gum boil. Merc. Viv., 3 x, when caused by a decayed tooth. Open as soon as pus forms. Falling off of the Hair. (18 1) — Silicea, 30, will stop the hair from falling off after a severe sickness, which has caused debility. At the same time a wash of Bay Rum and water, two ounces of each and Aqua Ammonia, one drachm, will be found useful. Hay Fever. (182) (Asthma.) — Arsenicum, 30, is the chief rem- edy. Sanguinaria Nitrate, 3 x, will often help when there is severe sneezing and a watery condition of the eyes. Headache. (182) — Bilious or sick headache will call for Iris Vers., 3 x, or Cocculus , 30, at the time of the pain, taking China, 30, or Nux Vom., 3 x, twice a day at other times. Congestive headache re- quires Bell., 3 x, if without vomiting ; if with vomiting, Veratrum Vir., 1 x, at the time. During the interval, taking Sanguinaria, 30, or Pulsa- tilla, 30. Rheumatic Headache (185) calls for Bry., 3 x, if worse by moving about and better at rest, but if better moving about and worse at rest, Rhus Tox., 3 x. Salicine, five grains every two hours, may be given with one of the other remedies. Periodic Headache (185) (Malarial.) may require Quinine to break it up : one dose of five, ten or fifteen grains, the night before an expected attack, followed by Ars., 30, once daily for a month or so. At the time of pain no remedy can equal Gelseminum, 1 x. Headache from a diseased condition of the brain will require Zinc Phos., 3 x, and sedatives prescribed by a physician. Headache of young persons of sedentary habits, free indulgers at the table, can be promptly helped by Nux Vom., 3 x, one dose daily, at bed time. Nearly all forms are curable by homoeopathic treatment. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 373 Diseases of the Heart. (186) — Inflammatory diseases require Aeon., i x*for fever; quick wiry pulse ; pain and anguish, and with this may be alternated Bry., 3 x, if caused by rheumatic poison. Arsenicum , 30, burning pain, with effusion in the sack ; suffocative attacks ; coldness of the surface ; anxious and fears death. Cactus , 2 x, a feeling in the heart as though grasped by an iron hand. Veratrum Vir., 1 x, strong, loud beat of the heart, with difficult breathing; bronchitis. For Palpitation. (187) — Moschus , 3 x, to quiet an attack. Agaricus, 3 x, if due from excessive use of tobacco. China , 3 x, if from tea drinking. Neuralgia of the Heart. (>87) (Angina Pectoris.) — Inhalation of Amyl Nitrate , to stop the spasm, Arsenicum , 3 x, three times a day. Hiccough. (187) (Spasm of the Diaphragm.) — A few drops of vinegar on sugar will generally control it. Moschus , 3 x, is the homoeo- pathic remedy. If occurring during the course of a severe illness, a tight bandage across the chest oftentimes prevents its reappearance. Hip Joint Disease. (188) (Coxalgia.) — Bell ’ 3 x, when there is soreness about the joint discovered by pressure. Calc. Carb ., 30, twice daily ; should be given steadily to correct the strumous condition. Calc. lod., 3 x, and Calc. Phos., 3 x, for the same condition. If from an injury, Arnica , 3 x, may be the most useful remedy. The joint should be placed at rest by patent splints, and the child placed under the care of a reputable surgeon. Hoarseness. (188) — Causticum , 30, from singing and over-use of the voice. Spongia , 3 x, or Kali Bich., 3 x, when caused by croup. Phos., 30, from the effects of a cold, always worse in the evening. Hydrophobia. (188) (Rabies.) — The paroxysms must be con- trolled by anaesthetics, the patient placed in a straight jacket, so that he cannot injure himself or others. Medication has little effect. Hypochondria. (190) (See Hysteria.) — Nux Vom., 3 x, the most useful remedy. Incontinence of Urine. (19 1) — Cina, 30, if the child is troubled with worms. 374 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Equisetum Hyemale , i x, where the child has been in the habit of wetting the bed every night. Give a small amount of liquid*foo I to the child at supper time. Digitaline , 3 x, is often useful in old people. Inflammation of the Liver. (193) — Aeon., 1 x, pain in the region of the liver, with high fever ; quick, wiry pulse ; restlessness. Bryonia , 3 x, pain in the liver, worse upon movement ; nausea and vomiting ; yellow coating on tongue. China , 6 x, one of the most frequent remedies called for in con- gestion of the liver. Podophyllum , 1 x, chronic diarrhoea, worse in the morning, caused by an inactive liver. Merc. Prot., 3 x, jaundice ; yellow coated tongue ; nausea, and often vomiting. Phosphorus , 3 x, loathing of food, which, if swallowed, creates dis- turbances and is vomited after a few minutes. Inflammation of the Spleen. (193) — Quinine , 1 x, is the only remedy usually called for. Inflammation of the Stomach. (194) (Gastritis.) — Arseni- cum, 3 x or 30, inflammation of the mucous membrane of the stomach, known by violently red tongue ; burning pain in the stomach, and vom- iting as quickly as any food enters the stomach. Argentum Nit., 3 x, inflammation of the stomach, caused by ulcer of the stomach. Much gas in the stomach, with violent pain after eat- ing. The diet should be of the simplest ; milk, or milk and lime water. Inflammation of the Kidneys. (194 s ) — Aeon., 1 x, feverish; quick, wiry pulse ; restlessness. Turpentine, 1 x, high colored urine, scanty, sometimes bloody. Pain over region of the kidney. Aconite, 1 x, alternating with Turpentine, 1 x, are generally all that are called for in acute inflammation of the kidneys. Inflammation of the Bladder. • (195) (Cystitis.) — Aconite, 1 x, acute pain, with fever, alternating with Cantharides, 3 x, which has constant or frequent desire to urinate, followed by severe pain. Apis Mel., 3 x, stinging pain, when passing water, in the bladder. If the inflammation is caused by Spanish-fly blister, with severe strangury give Camphor (j), ten drops, every quarter hour, until better. Hot ap- plications over the lower part of the abdomen should be made. Inflammation of the Peritoneum. (196) (Peritonitis.^ — A very dangerous disease ; call your physician eai ly. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 375 Aconite , i x, from cold febrile symptoms with quick, firm pulse. Veratrum Vir., i x, full, hard, bounding pulse ; vomiting and often diarrhoea. Belladonna , 3 x, sharp, cutting pains in the bowels, which come quickly, and disappear as rapidly as they come. Bry., 3 x, second stage, exudation ; pain in the bowels, aggravated from motion ; tongue coated and dry ; great thirst. Colocynth , 2 x, severe, griping pain in the bowels. Ars., 3 x, sud- den sinking and prostration ; restlessness ; great thirst ; tongue red. Keep the patient at rest, and use hot fomentations over the bowels. For intense thirst and vomiting, small bits of ice are useful. Inflammation of the Eye. (197) (Ophthalmia.) — Aeon., 1 x, from cold ; feverishness. Bell., 3 x, acute redness of the conjunctiva or white of the eye. Keep hot compress on the eye, to which may be added Bell. , ten drops to a teacupful of hot water ; compress to be wet in this solution. Use no eye washes. If not better in a few days, call your physician, for if the deeper tissues are affected, you cannot diagnose it. Inflammation of the Larynx. (197) (Laryngitis.) — Aconite, 1 x, for fever with croupy cough ; restlessness. Kali Bich., 3 x, if the Aconite does not succeed, this remedy gen- erally will. Its use will be needed if there is an expectoration of stringy mucus. This is the remedy, par excellence, for membranous croup. Spongia, 1 x, may be given alternately with Aconite at first. Hepar Sulph., 3 x, a powder every four hours, very useful when the violence of the attack has subsided, leaving a rough, hoarse cough. Tracheotomy may be called for where there is fear of suffocation ; but when homoeopathic remedies are given this is rarely essential. The steam atomizer may be called for also. Inflammation of the Tonsils. (198) (Tonsilitis, Quinsy.) Bell., 1 x, the first remedy thought of in quinsy. It may be followed by Merc. Prot ., 3 x, if the inflammation does not subside in forty-eight hours. Should the tonsil suppurate, give Hepar Sulph., 3 x. Gargle the throat with hot water frequently. Inflammation of the Ear. (199) (Otitis.) — Aeon., 1 x, fever caused by cold. Puls., 3 x, alternately with the Aeon. Hepar Sulph., 3 x, should an abscess develop. Inflammation of the Tongue. (200) (Glossitis.) — Bell. 1 x, painful swelling of the tongue. m HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. This should be followed in forty- eight hours by Merc . Viv ., 3 x, if not better. Inflamed or Ulcerated Nose. (200 ) — Kali Hyd., 3 x, the only remedy usually called for. Inflammatory Blush. (200) (Erythema.) — Bell., 3 x, all the remedy required generally. Itch. (202) (Scabies .) — Sulphur Ointment, externally, use a week, every night on going to bed, at the same time take Sulphur, cc, internally. Irritation of the Skin, Itching. (203) (Prurigo.) — It may call for a variety of remedies. Rhus Tox., if it is a burning itching, worse in bed. Urtica Urens, 3 x, stinging, burning itching, which comes and goes frequently ; nettle rash. Arsenicum, 3 x, chronic itching of the skin, which is scabby and dry. See a physician. Influenza. (203) — Aconite, 1 x, alternating with Eupatorium Perfolatum, 3 x, for lameness and stiffness of all the muscles, joints, etc. Bry., 3 x, will be called for later, where there is pain in the head ; dry cough and pain in the chest. Bell., 3 x, violent headache ; red face ; sore throat ; redness of the eyes, etc. Insanity. (204) — A terrible disease, and you cannot trifle with it. Hyoscyamus, 1 x, should be given frequently, until a physician is called. About fifty per cent, of cases are cured under homoeopathic treatment. Bell., 3 x, Stramonium, 3 x, Cannabis Indica, 3 x, Cimici- fuga, 3 x, and many others may be called for. Irritation of the Spine. (206) — Unless the result of an injury, is generally complicated by some uterine disorder. Gels., 1 x, very useful where the patient is extremely nervous and sleepless ; full pulse. Nux Vom., 3 x, stiffness and rigidity of the spine ; indigestion ; constipation ; pain in the back of the head and neck. Dry cupping and wet compresses to the spine are often most useful. Go to your physic- ian and find the cause, and treat it from that point. Irritation of the Bladder. (206) — Most frequent in women who have uterine displacements, and congestion of the neck of the womb. This should be corrected before any remedy will help, then give Canth., 3 x, for frequent calls to urinate. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 377 Sepia , 30, pain after urinating, with uterine congestion. Hot vagi- nal injections very good. Jaundice. (207) — Aconite , 1 x, feverish and restless. Bry., 3 x, congestion of the liver ; yellow, thick coated tongue ; thirst and headache. China , 6 x, result of gall stones, or a thickened condition of the bile ; obstruction of the gall duct, very useful in malarious climates. Phos., 3 x, indigestion ; vomiting of food about ten minutes after it is taken. Merc., 3 x, and Pod., 1 x, may be called for later, if the trouble does not respond to the other remedies. Jaundice is generally caused by some organic disease of the liver. Lice. (214) — Apply oil of Bergamot to the scalp. Lumbago. (214) — Rhus Tox., 3 x, if from getting wet or a strain. Galvanism is very successful and should be used where the disease persists any length of time, and applied by an educated physician, and not by the usual “electric doctor.” Lock-Jaw. (215) (Tetanus.) — The result generally of an injury to a nerve. The wound should be opened, and if the nerve can be found it should be divided. Gels., (f) and Veratrum Vir., , sixty drops of each added to two glasses each half full of water, and giving a teaspoonful every quarter hour, has relaxed the muscles and cured many cases. The disease is fatal in a large per cent, of cases. Masturbation. (216) (Onanism.) — A moral lecture often the best remedy. Allow some judicious and proper person to sleep with the offender. Bromide of Camphor, 1 x, said to overcome the desire. Phosphoric Acid, 1 x, used to overcome the ill effects. Mumps. (218) (Parotitis.) — Aeon., 1 x, Puls., 3 x and Merc., 3 x, are the remedies. Avoid taking cold and other remedies will not be needed. Nausea. (218) — Ipecac, 1 x, is generally all the remedy needed. Violent nausea and vomiting, when not controllable by ipecac, mav find a remedy in Antimony Tart., 3 x. Neuralgia. (219) — Aeon., 1 x, from cold, with fever, in teeth and face. 378 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Bell., 3 x, pain in the teeth and face, more particularly on the right side ; red, flushed face. Colocynth , 2 x, severe pain on left side of face. Airs., 3 x, pain as of hot needles piercing through the skin ; cases of a chronic nature. Cheledonium Maj ., 3 x, pain in right shoulder and side. Phos ., 3 x, severe, long- continued neuralgia of any part of the body. The application of heat is very beneficial. Galvanism will often hasten the cure of the remedies. Neuralgia of the Heart. (221). (Angina Pectoris .) — Amyl Nitrate , by inhalation at time of attack. Ars., 3 x, a very useful remedy to prevent the recurrence of an at- tack. Smoking should be stopped by those who suffer from the disease. Night-Mare. (221)' — A dose of Nux Vom., 3 x, at bed-time will usually overcome the trouble. Nocturnal Emissions. (222) Gels., 1 x, will generally over- come the nervous depression accompanying this trouble. Nux Vom., 1 x, three times daily as a nerve tonic. Camphor Bromide , 1 x, at bed-time, to prevent the dreams leading to such a result. The organs should be bathed with cold water at bed- time, nightly. Noises in the Ear. (222) (Tinnitus Aurium.) — One of the best remedies is Puls., 3 x, for this trouble. China, 1 x, for noises in the ear as a result of losing a large amount of blood. Ear wax should be removed by putting a few drops of glycerine in the ear at night, for two or three times. Offensive Breath. (223 ) — Salycilic Acid, 3 x, after each meal, is the best corrective known. Pains in the Side, (223) relieved by Aeon., 1 x, and Bryonia, 3 x. Palpitation of the Heart. (224) — Aeon., 3 x, when the result of fright ; severe and prolonged anxiety. Cactus Grand., 3 x, when due from fatty heart. Coffea , 3 x, nervous palpitation. Moschus, 3 x, severe and acute attacks. Palsy. (225) (Paralysis.) — When acute, following an attack of apoplexy, Arnica, 3 x, will hasten the absorption of the blood in the brain. Nux Vom., 3 x, and Gels., 1 x, will restore the nerve stimulus to the affected muscles in many cases. Faradization is very useful. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT'. 379 Paralysis, Agitans. (225) (Shaking Palsy.) — Should be treated by a physician, as well as Paraplegia , (paralysis of the lower extrem* ities) , as they are generally caused by some deep seated disease of tht nerve centers. Papulous Scall. (259) (Eczema.) — The remedies most gener- ally used are Croton Tig., 30, for ulcerating skin. Rhus Tox ., 3 x, severe itching, with thickened, red skin. Canth., 3 x, vesicular (watery) blisters on the skin. Graph., 30, dry, cracked skin. Ars., 3 x, old, chronic cases ; dry, fish scaly skin. Sulphur, cc, will benefit cases which have become chronic and do not respond to the other remedies. Ointments generally aggravate the trouble. Piles. (227) (Haemorrhoids.) — AELsculus Hip., 3 x, pain in the back ; constipation and piles. Collinsonia, 1 x, very useful for piles that protrude, with constipa- tion. Hamamelis , 1 x, bleeding piles, both internal and external. Nux Vom., 3 x, and Sulphur, 30, have cured many cases, in alter- nation, Sulph. in the morning and Nux at night. Suppositories made from the above remedies are also very useful. Pleurisy. (228) (Pleuritis.) — Aconite, 1 x, and Bry., 3 x, alter- nately. Aeon., 1 x, during the first two or three days, with fever, fol- lowed by Bry., 3 x, for four or five days, and later, Sulphur , cc, to fin- ish up the case. Hot poultices should be applied to the chest. Purulent Ophthalmia. (232) — Merc. Sol., 3 x, and Sulph., cc, will be all the remedies needed, generally. An eye wash of Nitrate of Silver, one-half grain to the ounce of water, should be used twice daily, until better. A towel used by a person suffering from this disease should not be used by others, as the disease is infectious. Quinsy. — (See Tonsilitis.) Prickly Heat. (232) (Nettle Rash.) — (See Urticaria.) Polypus of the Ear, (232) Nose, Womb, Etc. — All should be removed by a surgical operation. Teucrium, 1 x, and Sanguinaria Nit., 3 x, are the homoeopathic remedies. Rheumatism. (236) — Aconite, 1 x, characteristic fever, caused by cold ; pain and restlessness. Bry., 3 x, swelling of the joints, which are very painful and worse from moving about. 380 HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Merc. Viv., 3 x, obstinate inflammation of single joints, worse at night ; deep pain, as if it were in the bones ; profuse perspiration, but not relieved by it. Puls., 3 x, sub-acute cases with little fever ; pains shift rapidly from one joint to another. Rhus Tox ., fever ; parts red and swollen ; pains drawing, tearing, burning, feels worse when at rest and better from continued motion. Worse damp or wet weather. Wrapping the swollen joints with cotton batting relieves the pain very much. A solution of Bicarbonate of Soda and hot water, for bath- ing, is also useful. Ring- Worm. (237) (Herpes Circinatis.) — Sepia , 30, one dose daily, for a week, will cure. Cantharides locally, also will cure. Nettle Rash. (235) — (See Urticaria.) Scarlet Fever or Scarlatina. (238) — Simple scarlet fever should be treated by Aeon., 1 x, if there be much fever, with wiry pulse ; restlessness, etc. Bell., 3 x, is almost a specific for this form. It has red face ; sore throat ; slight delirium. Rhus Tox., 3 x, much itching of the skin in connection with the symptoms under Aeon, and Bell. Scarlatina Anginosa. (239) — Apis. Mel., 3 x, great swelling of the throat, so much so that the blood cannot flow properly to and from the brain, which causes a comatose condition. Merc. Iod ., 3 x, great swelling of the glands about the throat ex- ternally ; ulceration of the throat. Scarlatina Maligna. (240) — Ailanthus , 1 x, very malignant cases, violent vomiting ; severe headache ; dark, red face ; rapid, small pulse ; high temperature ; muttering delirium ; dark, livid, miliary rash. Cuprum Acet, 30, sudden retrocession of eruption, followed by vomiting ; convulsions ; rolling of eyes ; distortion of face ; stupor and delirium ; brain severely affected. Muriatic Acid., 1 x, severe ulceration of the throat. For Nephritis and Dropsy, following scarlet fever, Ars., 3 x, Ascle- pius Syrica, 3 x, Apis Mel., 3 x, and Terebinth., 1 x, are the remedies. Give all other children in the house Bell., 3 x, who have been ex- posed to the disease. The diet should be principally milk. All acids should be excluded. Keep a careful watch of the patient for a month or more and the child should not be allowed to return to school for, at least, six weeks. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 381 Sciatica. (242) — Aeon., 1 x, fever, with restlessness, caused by a cold. Bry., 3 x, pain is increased or brought on by movement. Cimicifuga, 1 x, drawing, tearing pain over the course of the sciatic nerve. Rhus Tox., 3 x, pain is better from warmth and worse during stormy and wet weather, better from shifting one’s position. Bry. and Rhus are the chief remedies. Galvanism should be resorted to if the trouble does not yield read- ily to medicine. Scrofula. (243) (King’s Evil.) — Calc. Carb., 30, Calc. Iod., 7 , x, Iodine , 3 x, Kali Hydroid., 3 x, Sulphur, cc. Calc. Carb., 30, for fair skinned, plump, waxy children ; teeth de- layed ; swollen glands ; discharges from eyes, ears, nose, etc. Calc. Iodide, 3 x, same as Calc. Carb., when the latter does not succeed. Iodine , 3 x, glandular enlargements, with wasting of the muscular tissue. Child is very thin in flesh. Mesentiric glands enlarged. Kali Hydroid., 1 x, little nodules under the skin ; lymphatic system involved deeply ; disease of the bones, etc. Cod-liver oil is often useful in those cases that are especially emaci- ated, and who do not seem to assimilate food, yet plenty is taken ; it should not be taken if fever is present. Scurvy. (245) — Citric Acid, 1 x,‘ or lemon juice, the best rem- edies. Kali Bich ., 3 x, salivation with sore gums and hemorrhage under the skin. Acid Sulphuric , dilute, five drops every three hours, for hemor- rhage from mouth, stomach or bowels. The diet should consist of fresh meat, vegetables and milk. Sea-Sickness. (246) — Cocculus , 30, the great remedy for sea- sickness, either from vessel sailing, car or carriage riding. Small Pox. (247) (Variola.) — Bell., 3 x, high fever; severe lo- cal symptoms ; throbbing of the blood-vessels about the neck and face ; red eyes ; sore throat ; severe pain in back ; starting and jumping in sleep ; delirium. Antimonium Tart., one of the most useful remedies, keeping sup- puration from being too severe, corrects disarrangements of the stomach and bronchial and lung symptoms. 382 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Merc . Viv ., 3 x, suppurative fever ; moist, swollen tongue ; ulcerated throat ; foetid breath ; profuse flow of saliva. Many other remedies are used, under the guidance of a physician, such as Baptisia , Verat. Vir ., Bryonia, Phosphorus , Hepar Sulph., Stramonium , Camphora . .SW- phur, etc. Allow a liberal liquid diet, and feed as often as every three hours. Keep the pustules covered with cosmoline. Sore Mouth. (252) (Aphtha.) — Ars., 3 x, and Merc., 3 x, are the remedies, internally. Use a wash of Golden Seal, fluid extract, one part to ten of water. Sore Tongue. (252) — (See Sore Mouth.) Diseases of the Spinal Cord. (252) — Seek professional ad- vice at once. Aeon., 1 x, for the fever and anxiety. Gels., 1 x, patient is very nervous with convulsions. Cicuta Virosa, 6 x, violent convulsions from irritability of the spi- nal cord. Stiff Neck. (253) — If caused from sitting in a draft, give Aeon., 1 x. Rhus Tox., 3 x, from getting wet. Lachnanthus, 3 x, stiff neck, following diphtheria. Faradization will promptly relieve. Sore Throat. (253) — (See Diphtheria.) Tonsilitis. (198) — (See Quinsy.) Ulcerated Sore Throat. (262) — Aeon., 1 x, or Bell., 3 x, sim- ple sore throat from cold. Merc., 3 x, and, Kali Bich., 3 x, for inflammation of the follicles of the throat, commonly, but very improperly called “ diphtheritic sore throat.” Stitch in the Side. (254) — Aeon., 1 x, effects of a cold; rheumatism of the muscles of the chest. Bry., 3 x, dry cough, with stitches in the chest. St. Vitus’ Dance. (255) (Chorea.) — The leading remedies are Ignatia, 30, Cimicifuga, 3 x, Arsenicum , 3 x, Ferrum, 1 x, Cuprum, 30, Zinc, 30. If the result of a fright, give Ignatia, 30 : if from debili- ty, Ferrum : if from rheumatism, Cimicif., 3 x : if from brain and spinal lesions, Cuprum, 30, and Zinc , 30. Galvanism should be used at the same time. Styes. (Hordeolem.) — Puls., 3 x, will generally stop them. A course of Sulphur, cc, will prevent a recurrence. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 383 Squinting. (257) — If from brain irritation, Cimic ., 3 x, and Zinc , 30, will benefit. From contracted muscle, a surgical operation. Suppression of Urine. (257) — Apply hot applications over the region of the kidneys, and give Aeon., 1 x, and Terebin ., 3 x, alter- nately. The hot pack will be useful also. Syphilis. (258) — Put yourself under an able surgeon’s care. The remedies are Nitric Acid , 3 x, Merc., 3 x, Kali Iod., 1 x, Stillingia , 1 x, Thuja Oc., 1 x. Medicine should be continued from one to two years. Tetter. (259) — (See Urticaria.) Toothache. (261) — Aeon., 1 x, when from cold. Bell., 1 x, with red, flushed face, and pressure of blood to the brain. Merc., 3 x, tendency of the tooth root to ulcerate. Ulceration of the Bones. (261) — Silicea, 3 x, suppuration following an injury, also Calc. Fhos., 3 x. When the ulceration is the result of syphilis, give Kali Iod., 1 x, or Nitric Acid. Dead bone should be removed, and the diseased part washed out with a solution of Calendula, one part to eight of hot water. A surgeon should have the care of the case. Ulcers of the Leg. Ars., 3 x, burning pain in the ulcer; low state ^f the blood. Silicea , 30, deep, excavating ulceration ; varicose veins. Use a wash of Calendula, one part to ten of water, and bandage with rubber. After they have healed, wear an elastic stocking. Vomiting. (262) — Ipecac, 1 x, nausea and vomiting; yellow coated tongue. Arsenicum, 30, red tongue ; everything is vomited as soon as taken ; burning pain in stomach ; thirst. Antimony Tart., 6 x, vomiting, caused by irritation at the base of the brain. Verat. Alb., vomiting, attending diarrhoea. Small pieces of ice held in the mouth or swallowed, will often arrest vomiting. A mustard paste over the stomach will help. Warts. (263) — Thuja Oc., 3 x, internally, and c/> locally. Wasting. (263) (Emaciation, Atrophy.) — Calc. Iod., 3 x, where the trouble is with the lymphatic system ; scrofulous. Calc. Fhos., 3 x, children with large heads, where the bones have not properly closed. 384 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Iodine , 3 x, one of the best remedies in Atrophy. Cod-liver oil. when without fever, the system does not seem to appropriate food taken. Water Brash. (264 ) — Nux Vom ., 3 x, will generally remove the troublesome symptom. Watery Eyes. (264) — After opening the lacrymal ducts, give Silicea, 30, twice daily. White Swelling. (265) — Give the remedies recommended un der Scrofula. An elastic knee cap will help to remove the effusion. Running of the Ear. (199) — Apply to a surgeon. Merc., 3 x, and Hepar Sulph., 3 x, internally. Wax in the Ear. (265) — A few drops of glycerine dropped into the ear for a few nights will soften the wax. Give Stavisagria, 30, once daily. Worms. (265) — Cina, 30, will remove symptoms occasioned by worms. Artemisia Vulgaris, 1 x, convulsive and nervous irritation caused by worms. The Diseases Peculiar to Women. (267) — Many of the dis- eases peculiar to the sex, are not known until after they have become moth- ers. From this, then you will infer, arises many of the ills to which par- turient woman is subject. Why should they arise at this time, as child- birth, is “a purely physiological process?” In its normal and natural condition it is, but too often, that the processes of nature are interfered with by wearing corsets, lack of exercise, nerve tire, stimulants, etc. These artificial means help to produce a complicated labor, and from that we may have ruptures, that in the future (unless repaired by the surgeon) will be sure to entail a life-long misery. Too often women keep such troubles to themselves, instead of going to a physician and seeking his aid. A physician who has had special training in this de- partment should be sought, for too often the general practitioners cannot make a diagnosis of these cases, and their treatment will be ineffective, while the specialist, from special training, rarely fails to find the cause of trouble and applies the proper remedy. When a woman feels that she is growing more discontented with life, that it is a burden, and she is very nervous and irritable, she should con- sult her physician, and nine times out of ten the whole trouble will be with the womb. It is not necessary that she should have pain in the womb or the pelvis, for she rarely will at this point. Nervous headaches, sick headaches, neuralgia, etc., as a rule, have their exciting cause in the womb. HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 385 Ruptures of the neck of the womb, during child-birth, and of the perineum, are the most frequent causes of ulceration and displacements of the womb. The specialist, to-day, is able to cure these cases perma- nently, and that without caustics, which too often increase the nervous symptoms without giving relief. Do not hesitate to seek the physician, and insist upon it that he fully understands your case. He can only be versant with it through an examination. What would you think of a physician who would treat your throat without looking at it ; do you think he would be able to diagnose a case of diphtheria from inflamma- tion of the follicles? No, he could not; and while one is a very fatal disease, the other never is. Shun the physician who will go on, week in and week out, without examining your case properly, unless you are sat- isfied his prescriptions are having the desired effect. In unmarried ladies this is not always necessary, or even in the married, but if the case progresses without benefit, a local examination becomes necessary, and when such seems justified, do not hesitate to have it done, for many a malignant disease could be cured in the beginning, that later becomes rooted and cannot be removed. Ladies, believe this, and teach it to your daughters. Menstruation should be free from pain, and occur every twenty-eight days ; any deviation from this is abnormal. Delayed Menstruation. (270) — If caused by a cold or wet- ting the feet at a previous period, give Aeon., 1 x, particularly if the pa- tient is feverish and has congestion of the head, also in young girls who are away from home, at school, etc. Puls., 3 x, will generally restore the menses or bring them on when suppressed. Sanguinaria, 3 x, when delayed menses are accompanied by a cough, neuralgia of the head, bleeding from the nose and cramp in the stomach, etc. Senecin, 3 x, cough with suppression of the menses. Obstructed Menses. (270) — May be malformation and need the care of a surgeon. When caused by congestion, Bell., 3 x, is the proper remedy. Hot vaginal injections, containing a few drops of Fluid Extract of Belladonna, may also be used. Painful Menstruation. (272) (Dysmenorrhoea.) — A very com- mon trouble in flexions of the womb and disease of itself or its appen- dages. If acute and caused by a cold, Aeon., 3 x, will be the remedy. Puls., 30, will be found to be an admirable remedy at the time of the pain, when ovarian. 386 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Thuja Oc ., i x, once a day during the intervals ; congestion of the ovaries ; a flexion should be overcome ; a narrow canal should be en- larged. Profuse Menstruation. (2 72) (Menorrhagia.) — Calc.Carb., 30, the remedy most useful in the large majority of cases. Never take iron in such cases. If the above does not help, go to a physician for exami- nation. One of the most frequent symptoms of polypus , fibroid tumors , granular degeneration of the mucous membrane of the womb, and even cancer , is the profuse menses. When the flow continues all the time, and stops for a day or two and again returns, (Metorrgia.) depend upon it, your case needs the attendance of a specially trained physician. Cessation of Menses. (273) — At this time women are subject to “hot flashes.” ( Lachesis , 30.) profuse menses from granular trouble of the mucous membrane and other troubles. At this time woman needs the care of an able physician, and should consult him frequently, if everything is not perfectly normal. Falling of the Womb. (274) — A result of either a ruptured perineum or an increased weight from above, (tumors, enlargement, etc.) The treatment is principally mechanical and surgical. Lilium Tig., 30, much used in these troubles. Inflammation of the Ovaries. (275) (Ovaritis.) — Aeon., 1 x, and Puls., 3 x, alternately. Hot applicatir ^s externally, and very hot vaginal injections. Apis Mel., 3 x, if the pain is stinging, worse on the right side. Clematis, 30, a deathlike, sickening pain. Lack., 30, left sided pain. Inflammation of the Womb. (275) — A doubtful process, except in the parturient state ; congestion frequent. Aeon., 1 x, Gels., 1 x, and Bell., 3 x. Use hot vaginal injections freely, medicated with Bell. cf). Ulceration of the Womb. (276) — The result, generally, of a rupture and should be repaired. Use hot vaginal injections of Calendu- la, one part to ten of water. Golden Seal in the place of Calendula is often useful. Take same remedies as for congestion. Flooding. (See Profuse Menstruation, Menorrhagia, etc.) Polypus of the Womb. (277) — Prompt removal. Give Chi- na, 3 x, to restore the strength. Cancer of the Womb. (276) — A dangerous and too often fatal disease. This disease gains a firm hold of a patient, often because she will not go to a physician and have an examination. A simple, curable ulceration will often become cancerous if allowed to continue. HOMCEOPATHIC TREATMENT. 387 A rupture of the uterine neck, which can be repaired as easily as a tooth can be filled, will be allowed to go on, and at the change of life a cancer may find a resting place in the laceration, which would never have occurred, had proper surgical means been employed. I have written thus fully, so that you may understand how much easier these troubles may be prevented, than cured when once seated. When it first commences, it can often be removed, and with proper after treatment, under the eye of a surgeon, homoeopathic remedies can offer much as preventions and comforting remedies. Cures made by any medicine are doubtful. Such remedies as Ars., Condurango and Lachesis are useful. Whites. (277) (Leucorrhoea.) — This is only a symptom of some disease of the womb, and can only be cured by giving such remedies as will cure the primary trouble. Ars., 3 x, will be useful if the discharge causes a burning in the vagina, is profuse and watery. Merc., 3 x, the discharge makes the skin sore, is thick and yellow or greenish. Kreasotum , 4 x, discharge offensive, of any consistency. Nux Vom., 3 x, debility ; menses too soon ; constipation, etc. Calc. Carb., 30, profuse menses ; yellow, profuse leucorrhoea. Sepia, 30. relaxed mucous membrane ; sick and nervous headaches ; delaying menses ; chronic uterine troubles. Sulphur, cc, useful where any of the other remedies seem to be in- dicated but do not help. Calendula solution by injection, also Golden Seal. Diseases Occurring During Pregnancy. (282) — Morning Sickness (Nausea.) This is generally relieved by Nux, 3 x, and to be given for faintness and nausea with constipation. Bry., 3 x, is also a valuable remedy, where the nausea begins or is made worse by moving about ; must lie in bed or she will vomit. This is a reflex action of the sympathetic nerves, the real cause being con- gestion and often ulceration of the uterine neck. A small amount of hot water (one pint) may be used by vaginal injection once daily, to which may be added Hamamelis or Borax. Constipation. (282) — Often a troublesome complaint and gen- erally relieved by Nux Vom., 3 x. Heartburn, Lactic Acid, cc, is an admirable remedy. Irritable Bladder. (283) (Frequent Desire to Make Water.) Cantharis, 3 x, will generally relieve. If the pain is stinging, give Apis Mel., 3 x. 388 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Cramp of the Legs. — Relieved by Cuprum Acet ., 6 x. Varicose Veins. — Hamamelis , i x, internally, a good remedy. The extract may also be used externally. Pruritus. (283) (Itching.) — Merc. Cor., 3 x, internally and ex- ternally. Melancholy, Despondency, etc. (283) — Aeon., 30, will over- come the fear and consequent nervous depression under which many pregnant women labor. Inflammation of the Breast. (284) (Mammitis.) — This should be prevented. ; first, by not allowing the patient a liquid diet for the first five days. The breasts should not be squeezed or rubbed, but the milk should be fully removed by the child or a breast pump. At the first indication of inflammation, hot applications should be used and Bell., 3 x, given internally. If this is not done and the breasts become very hard, besides the hot applicaflons give Phytolacca , 1 x, alternately with Bell. Should abscess result, it should be opened early, and Hepar Sulph., 3 x, given internally. Sore Nipples. (285) — Give Silicea , 30, internally, and apply Calendula , summer, painless diarrhoea. Ars., 3 x, vomiting and diarrhoea; red tongue, with burning pain in the bowels. Coloc., 3 x, diarrhoea with colic. Verat. Alb., 1 x, vomiting ana diarrhoea; cold sweats; cramps, cholera morbus. Bell., 3 x, hot head, burning, red face, with diarrhoea. Helleborus, 3 x, tendency to water on the brain, during a diarrhoea ; cholera infantum. Summer Complaint. (311) (Cholera Infantum.) — (See Diar- rhoea.) The diet of the child is generally at fault and should be changed or corrected. Worms. (313 )—Santonine, 1 x, for stomach worms. Ratanhia , 1 x, pinworms. Sore Eyes. (313) — (See Ophthalmia.) Croup, (314) — Aeon., 1 x, and Spongia , 3 x, alternately, for spasmodic croup. Membranous Croup. Kali Pick., 3 x, the best remedy. A Solution of Chloride of Lime, by inhalation. It often becomes neces- sary to perform tracheotomy. Spasm of the Glottis. (315)- — Aeon., 1 x, is all the remedy needed generally. Snuffles, or Cold in the Head. (315 ) — Aeon., 3 x, and Pry., 3 x, are the remedies most generally useful. Kali Iod., 3 x, also an ad- mirable remedy. Whooping Cough. (3*6) — Bell., 3 x, flushed face, with vio- lent spasm. Ipecac , 1 x, vomiting accompanying the cough. 392 HOMOEOPATHIC TREATMENT. Cuprum Acet. , 30, violent whooping which is constant. Corralium Rubum , 30, will cure many cases as though by magic Verat. Vir ., 1 x, may be useful if the chest becomes congested. Vio* lent attacks of whooping cough can be controlled by Kali Bromide , Bell . and Castanea Vesica , and they should be used under the special direction of the physician. Convulsions, Fits, Spasms. (317) — Send for a physician and give Bell., 3 x, every ten minutes if the face is flushed, if not. Gels., 1 x, will be a more useful remedy. Measles. (318) — Usually a very mild disease; particularly so under homoeopathic treatment. Aeon., 3 x, during the first two or three days. Sneezing ; hackmg cough ; fever and restlessness. Bell., 3 x, much pressure of blood to the brain ; mild delirium. Cuprum Acet., 30, sudden disappearance of the eruption when only partially out. Puls., 3 x, much running of a watery fluid from the eyes and nose ; cough ; diarrhoea, etc., one of the best remedies in this disease. Sambucus, 1 x, if there is much bronchitis, give this remedy. Hepar Sulph., 3 x, toward the end of the disease, to prevent sequela. The same remedies are used in malignant or Black Measles, (319) but a physician should be called, for any remedy may become necessary in the Materia Medica. Rickets. (319) — Calc. Carb., 30, and Calc. Iod., 3 x, Kali lod., 3 x, Iodine, 3 x, are the principal remedies for this defect of osseus nu- trition. HOMOEOPATHIC REMEDIES. KEY TO PRESCRIPTIONS. * SCIENTIFIC NAME. ABBREVIATION. COMMON NAME. Acid, Benzoic, Acid Benz., Acid, Phosphoric, “ Phos., Acid, Sulphuric, Dilute, “ Sulph. Dil., Aconitum Napellus, Aeon., Wolfs Bane. Antimonium Tartaricum, Ant. Tart., Tartar Emetic. Apis Mellifica, Apis, Poison of Honey Bee. Apocynum Cannabicum, Apoc. C., Indian Hemp. Argentum Nitricum, Arg. Nit., Nitrate of Silver. Arnica Montana, Arn., Leopard’s-Bane. Arsenicum Album, Ars., Arsenious Acid. Baptisia Tinctora, Bapt., Wild Indigo. Belladonna, Bell., Deadly Nightshade. Bryonia Alba, Bry., White Bryonia. Cactus Grandiflorus, Cact. G., Night Blooming Cereus. Calcarea Carbonica, Calc. Carb., Carbonate of Lime. Calcarea Phosphorica, Calc. Phos., Phosphate of Lime. Calendula Officinalis, Calendula, Common Eng. Marigold Camphora, Camph., Laurus Camphor. Cantharides, Canth., Spanish Fly. Carbo Vegetabilis, Carbo. Veg., Vegetable Charcoal. Caulophyllum Thalictroides, Caul., Blue Cohosh. Chamomilla, Cham., Matricuria Chamomilla. China Cinchona, China, Peruvian Bark. Coffea Cruda, Coffea, Arabian Coffee. Colocynthis, Col., Bitter Cucumber. Cuprum Aceticum, Cup. Acet., Acetate of Copper. Digitalis Purpurea, Dig., Purple Foxglove. Dulcamara, Dulc., Bitter-Sweet. Gelseminum Sempervirens, Gels., Yellow Jessamine. Glonoine, Glon., Nitro-Glycerine. Hamamelis Virginica, Hama., Witch Hazel. Helleborus Niger, Hell., Christmas Rose. 393 394 HOMCEOPATHIC REMEDIES SCIENTIFIC NAME. ABBREVIATION. COMMON NAME. Hepar Sulphuris Calcareum, Hepar Sulph., Sulphide of Calcium. Hyoscyamus Niger, Hyos., Henbane. Hypericum Perforatum, Hyper., St. John’s Wort. Ignatia Amara, Ign., St. Ignatius’ Bean. Ipecacuanha, Ipecac., Cephselis Ipecacuanha. Kali Bichromicum, Kali Bich., Bichromate of Potash. Kreosotum, Kreo., Creosote. [is. Lachesis, Lach., Trigonocephalis Laches- Lycopodium Clavatum, Lycop., Club Moss. Lilium Tigrinum, Lil. Tig., Tiger Lily. Mercurius Vivus, Merc. Viv., Quicksilver. [cury. Mercurius Protoide, Merc. Prot., Yellow Iodide of Mer- Moschus, Mosc., Musk. Natrum Muriaticum, Natr. Mur., Chloride of Sodium. Nux Vomica, Nux V., Strychnos Nux Vomica. Opium, Opi., Poppy. Phosphorus, Phos., An Element. Podophyllum Peltatum, Podo., Mandrake. Pulsatilla Nigricans, Puls., Wind Flower. Ratanhia, Rumex Crispus. Rumex, Yellow Dock. Rhus Toxicodendron, Rhus Tox., Poison Oak. Sabina, Sabina, Common Savine. Secale Coruntum, Secale Cor., Smut of Rye. Sepia, Sepia, Cuttle-Fish Juice. Silicea, Silicea, Quartz. Spongia Tosta, Spongia, Toasted Sponge. Sulphur, Sulph., Flowers of Sulphur. Thuja Occidentalis. Thuja., Arbor-Vitse. Veratrum Album, Verat. Alb., White Hellebore. Veratrum Viride, Verat. Vir., Green Hellebore. Zincum, Zinc., Zinc. HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICINES. # HOW THEY ACT UPON THE SYSTEM. Aconite (. Monkshood ). Chiefly affects the circulatory system. Useful in inflammatory fever, fever heat, with dry skin, and restlessness. The pulse is fine, quick and wiry ; dry cough, or croupy cough ; rous- ing from sleep ; pleurisy ; spitting of blood and nose-bleed ; neuralgia and rheumatism, with stinging pains ; complaints from dry, cold air, and fright ; pains aggravated at night, relieved by sitting up. Apis Mel. (Poison of the Honey Bee). Shortness of breath from dropsy ; dropsical affections ; swellings, especially when attended with biting, gnawing, stinging, and itching ; swellings resembling those arising from the sting of a bee ; useful in urinary troubles, when the urine is scanty and its emissions attended by a scalding, burning sensa- tion. Arnica Montana. For complaints of nervous individuals ; full plethoric habit; rheumatic pains; apoplexy and paralysis; bloodshot spots from bruises ; effects of sprains, strains and contusions ; painful and excessive sensitiveness of the whole body ; convulsions and tetanic spasms from injuries. Arsenicum (Arsenious Acid). Chiefly affects the alimentary canal, respiratory organs, and skin. Burning pains in the stomach, bowels and elsewhere, relieved by hot applications ; vomiting, cramp in the stomach, diarrhoea ; asthma ; scaly eruptions, burning ulcers all worse soon after midnight ; great restlessness and prostration ; great thirst, with drinking frequently, but little at a time ; complaints from ice cream, ice water, tobacco. Belladonna (Deadly Nightshade ). Chiefly affects the brain, nerves and glands. Fever heat with ?noist skin, drowsy sleep or inabil- ity to go to sleep ; starting in sleep ; congestion of blood to -head, eyes and face ; throbbing headache ; neuralgia of the face ; throbbing tooth- ache ; dentition, with jerking in the sleep or convulsions ; sore throat ; barking cough ; erysipelas. 395 396 HOMCEOPATHIC MATERIA MEDICA. Bryonia Alb. ( White Bryonia). Chiefly affects the muscles, fibrous tissues of joints, lung, liver and respiratory organs. Biliousness, with thick white coating of the tongue ; bitter tastes ; chilliness ; burst- ing headache ; stitches in the chest ; dry, painful cough, worse on enter- ing a warm room, with stitch-pain, all worse from motion. Pleurisy ; peritonitis. Calcarea Carb. ( Prepai'ed Oyster Shell). Ailments connected with scrofulous and rickety children, especially when there is a predom- inant disposition to fluent coryza, cold and diarrhoea, or it is particu- larly adapted to frail individuals being poorly fed, also to such as have in their youth a marked disposition for growing fat and stout. It is also of benefit in ailments arising from teething, and in slow, protracted denti- tion. Sour smelling diarrhoea during dentition. Cantharis ( Spanish Fly). In affections of the urinary organs, as in inflammation of the bladder and kidneys, in retention of urine, also where there is strangury and discharge of blood. Vesicular eruptions of the skin. Carbo Veg. ( Charcoal ). Ailments arising from abuse of mer- cury, as in offensive breath, bleeding of the gums and canker in the mouth. Ailments arising from derangements of the digestive organs caused by eating fat meats, pork, etc., or in waterbrash, sour eructations, raising of air or bitter eructations, also in spasms of the stomach, with burning, aching, and contractive pains. Chamomilla ( Chamomile ). Chiefly affects the stomach and the bowels, and is' adapted to conditions of irritation and excitability of the nervous system. Cross, peevish ; pain makes frantic ; hot sweat about the head ; one cheek red, the other pale ; teething, with green stools ; the child wants to be carried about ; jerking of limbs ; convul- sions ; inflammation of eyes after birth ; colic of infants ; bad effects from opium. China {Red Cinchona Bark) . Chiefly affects the vital powers and nervous system. Irritability and sensitiveness of the whole system ; languor ; inertia ; heaviness of the limbs ; weakness from loss of animal fluids, and in weakness after severe acute diseases. In dyspepsia, bil- ious and gastric affections, when there is impaired appetite with great weakness of digestion, flatulency, bitter taste in the mouth and heart- burn ; flatulent colic ; atrophy, emaciation, particularly in children ; the pains of china are darting and lacerating, or lacerating with pressure and are aggravated by contact, also at night. HOMOEOPATHIC MATERIA MEDICA. 39 ? Cina ( Wormseed) . In worm affections, with sleeplessness, db lated pupils ; picking, and disposition to bore in the nose ; stoppage of the nose ; paleness of the face ; hollow-eyed, or dark streaks beneath the eyes, circumscribed flush of the cheek ; loss of appetite or voracious- ness ; nocturnal incontinence of urine, bloated abdomen. Cocculus ( Indian Cockle). Chiefly affects the brain and spi- nal nerves. Gastric and bilious affections ; vomiting and nausea, from riding in the cars, carriage or on the sea. Constrictive, spasmodic pains in the abdomen, relieved by emission of wind, as in colic and cramps of the stomach ; nervous weakness ; fainting fits ; emaciation and general weaknesses ; difficult and painful menstruation. Coffea ( Coffee) . Chiefly affects the nervous system ; is useful in ailments characterized by excessive nervous excitability as in nervous headache, sleeplessness, also sleeplessness of infants ; mental fatigue and nefvous excitement ; excessive painfulness of the affected part, and great irritability of body and mind. Colocynthis {Wild Cucumber). Chiefly affects the nervous system. Neuralgia with crampy pain, nausea and vomiting; colic with violent pains in the umbilical region, causing the patient to cry out and bend double ; the pain comes every few minutes and leaves the ab- dominal walls so sensitive that the pain is felt at every step ; yellow diarrhoea, excited by eating or drinking ever so little ; vomiting and diarrhoea after a fit of chagrin. Drosera {Sundew). Chiefly affects the bronchia. Whooping cough ; spasmodic cough. Dulcamara {Bitter Sweet). Chiefly affects the skin, mucous membrane and glands. Useful in diarrhoea with Coloc. after taking cold ; swelling and induration of the glands ; catarrhal ailments ; small, hard, dry warts ; suppurating herpes or dry scaly tetter ; cough with expecto- ration of tenacious mucus, and stitches in the side of the chest ; also in ailments such as diarrhoea, headache, cough, etc., caused by cold, wet weather. Glonoine {Nitro Glycerine). Sunstroke, headache, pain as if the skull was being pressed asunder ; violent rush of blood to the head ; throbbing in the forehead, extending to the nape of the neck ; oppres- sion of the chest ; throbbing of the carotids ; pain, heat and chills down the back ; numbness and weakness in the left arm and leg ; vertigo when walking. 398 HOMCEOPATHIC MATERIA MEDICA. Graphites (Black Lead). Useful in unhealthy condition of the skin, chronic eruptions, ulcers and erysipelas, cracks and excoriations, tetter, humid and scaly, eruptions on the head, eruptions around and in the ears, discharge of blood or pus from the ear, sore, cracked and ul- cerated nostrils, constipation with large and knotty stools, coexisting with a dry harsh skin. Hepar Sulphur (Sulphide of Calcium). Chiefly affects the glands, mucous membranes, skin and windpipe. Ulcerations and suppurations, favoring and promoting the suppurative process, as in ab- scess, boils, sty, gumboil and whitlow (felon) , catarrhal affections ; loose cough and rattling of mucus ; croup ; also in chronic hoarseness ; ill effects of mercury ; dyspepsia and weakness of digestion in persons who have taken much mercury. Hyoscyamus Niger (Henbane). Useful in convulsions, spas- modic affections and other derangements of the nervous system ; sleep- lessness, hydrocephalus and other affections of the brain ; headache ; dry spasmodic cough, particularly at night, as if occasioned by tickling of the throat, especially when lying down, with redness of the face ; diffi- culty of breathing ; spasms of the chest ; wild delirium ; insanity. Ignatia Amara (St. Ignatius Bean). Chiefly affects the mind, brain and nervous system. Useful in hysteric affections, also convulsive and spasmodic disorders, especially when occasioned by fright or grief ; nervous affections of infants ; great excitability of the nervous system, pain from the least touch ; headache as if a nail were driven into the head, better from eating. Trembling of the body. Ipecacuanha. Chiefly affects the mucous membranes ; useful in paroxysms of suffocation as in asthma, with feeling of constriction and rattling of mucus in the chest ; whooping cough, with bluish face and accumulation of phlegm in the chest ; vomiting and diarrhoea, especially in summer after unripe fruits or acids ; stools fermented, like yeast, or green. Convulsions after eating oranges or raisins, pound cake, etc., profuse menstruation with constant nausea. Lycopodium ( Wolf's Foot) . Chiefly affects the digestive or- gans and kidneys. All food eaten seems to be transformed into gas, which keeps up a rolling and rumbling in the bowels. Sandy, red, brick dust deposit in the urine. False membrane on the right side of the throat. Mercurius (Quicksilver). Useful in ailments connected with the mucous membrane, the glands and the liver ; catarrhal and inflam- HOMOEOPATHIC MATERIA MEDICA. 399 matory affections of the respiratory organs and the lungs ; swelling, in- flammation and suppuration of the glands ; scrofulous, catarrhal, rheu- matic or syphilitic sore eyes ; rheumatic pains in the joints and limbs, especially at night ; aching in the bones ; rheumatic headache, tooth- ache and neuralgia ; emaciation ; profuse perspiration at night, especially in slow fever, without affording relief. Nux Vomica. Chiefly affects the cerebral and spinal system. Bilious affections ; derangement of the stomach and bowels ; paralytic or spasmodic affections from sedentary habits, the abuse of ardent spirits and various forms of dissipation ; gastric derangement during pregnancy, and complaints arising from chagrin or anger ; piles ; nervous prostration, caused by mental exertion and overwork ; constipation and piles. Opium. . Chiefly affects the nervous system and greatly stimulates the brain. This remedy is frequently suitable to drunkards and old peo- ple and to persons on whom other medicines are slow to act. Dreamy, stupid, sleeplessness, consequence of fright; trembling, jerking, convul- sions, beginning with rigidity of the whole body ; loud cries ; epilepsy ; tetanus ; painter’s colic and paralysis ; delirium tremens ; expectoration of frothy blood, when coughing ; constipation from torpor of the bowels. Phosphorus. Chiefly affects respiratory organs, the bronchia and cerebro-spinal system of nerves. Tuberculous affections ; catarrhal diffi- culties ; weakness from loss of animal fluids ; want of vital reaction ; chronic diarrhoea; pneumonia and other affections of the throat and lungs. Restless, unrefreshing sleep, with frightful dreams ; hectic fever, with dry heat, especially toward evening ; night sweats ; violent catarrh, with hoarseness, sometimes loss of voice ; cough with rawness, soreness, sore and excoriating pain in the chest. Pulsatilla ( Pasque Flower ). Chiefly acts on the lymphatic system and nervous bloodvessels, the mucous membranes, the urinary and sexual organs, the eye and skin. Especially adapted to female de- rangements, and to persons of gentle disposition, easily inclined to weep, with disposition to catarrh, or leucorrhoea ; chronic difficulties, arising from abuse of sulphur water, quinine, mercury ; in derangements of the stomach, produced by the use of greasy food, fat pork, pastry ; bad ef- fects from fright or shame ; measles and their secondary ailments ; lacer- ating or beating headache, sometimes with vomiting ; nausea, with dispo- sition to vomit ; uterine spasms, resembling labor pains ; derangement and irregularity of the menses, with severe pain, colic, nausea, vomiting and headache. 400 HOMOEOPATHIC MATERIA MEDICA. Rhus Tox ( Poison Oak), Chiefly affects the brain and ner- vous system, ligaments, tendons, mucous membranes and the skin. This is a great remedy in rheumatic and arthritic affections ; vesicular ery- sipelas ; excitability and derangement of the nervous system ; bad conse- quences from sprains or bruises, the pain is worse at night in bed, during rest, also in cold or damp weather. Typhoid and typhus fever. Sepia ( Cuttle Fish), Useful in affections of the skin and in female complaints ; the pains are relieved by the application of warmth and usually disappear during violent exercise. Dry and itch-like erup- tions ; ringworm ; headache, as if the eyes would fall out of the head ; falling of the womb, with bearing down pain ; acrid leucorrhoea, with itching and excoriation ; affections during pregnancy. Silicea. Useful in scrofulous affections of the bones, rachitis ; chronic affections, from abuse of mercury ; ulceration of the bones, swell- ing and curvature of the spine ; suppurating sores of various kinds ; felon ; gangrenous sores ; fistulas of various kinds, especially when bones are in- volved ; glandular swelling ; hard, painful, suppurating ulceration of big toes ; suppression of sweat on the feet ; swelling of the knee. Spongia ( Sponge ) , Chiefly affects the bronchia, that part known as the larynx ; cures croup (in alternation with Aconite) . Goitre, with pressure and tingling in the swelling ; hoarseness after singing ; hoarse- ness, cough and coryza ; difficult respiration, as if the throat were closed, with pain in the throat and chest on coughing. Sulphur. Chiefly affects the skin, and to a great extent the whole organism, rendering it susceptible to the action of other remedies. Is especially indicated if the patient has been troubled with boils or any form of suppurative disease. It is the chief remedy for herpes and erup- tions of various kinds ; rough and chapped skin ; warts ; hepatic spots ; ulcers ; felons ; boils ; intolerable itching ; continually recurring erysipelas ; inflammation and swelling of bones ; piles ; dysenteric stools, with violent tenesmus ; diarrhoea in the morning ; burning in the stomach, with sour eructations ; chronic constipation. Tartar Emetic. This is an important remedy in the first stage of influenza ; dry cough and affections of the chest, also in bilious affec- tions ; small pox ; asphyxia of new born infants. Pustular eruptions on the whole or any part of the body ; stupefying headache ; with pressure above the eyes ; nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea ; violent oppression of the stomach ; suffocative, spasmodic cough ; rattling of mucus, coughing HOMCEOPATHIC MATERIA MEDICA. 401 and sneezing ; difficulty of breathing, especially at night ; palpitation of the heart and oppression of the chest. Veratrum Album ( White Hellebore), Acts chiefly on the brain and intestinal canal. Cholera ; cramps in the limbs and bowels ; paralytic pain in the limbs ; cramps in the calf ; unquenchable thirst ; sudden prostration of strength, debility and trembling, coldness, numb- ness, and formication of the extremities, the coldness being only exter- nal, with internal heat and violent desire for water. Cholera morbus, violent vomiting, diarrhoea, cramps. V eratrum Viride ( American Hellebore ) . Violent fever with full bounding pulse. The first stage of inflammation of the lungs, periton- eum and brain. Severe beating, pressing headache, flushed face, delir- ium, even convulsions, with great fullness of the pulse. Typhoid pneu- monia. j MEDICINAL PLANTS H-H-' When to Gather ?k How to Use. ILLUSTRATED. « VERY realm of nature contributes something, fraught with healing virtues, to the human race. The root, bark, leaves and flowers of plant, shrub and tree, together with the mineral and animal kingdom are all utilized in the economy of our Divine Creator, to expel disease, re- store health, and prolong life in mankind. This department of “The Cottage Physician” affords ready reference to the properties, uses, and doses of the remedies now in use by the various schools. The most common name is given, followed by the scientific or botanical name in (parenthesis), where there are two or more common names, one or more will follow the (parenthesis). Some of the more valuable plants are faithfully represented by illustrations which were engraved for the work from photographs of the actual plants, which will enable the reader to recognize them at sight. o A few words about gathering and preserving medicinal roots, herbs, barks, etc., may be useful. All Plants (as a rule) whose leaves or stems are to be employed, should be gathered when in their fullest vigor, which is about the time of flowering. They should be dried in the shade as quickly as possible, and kept in a dry place carefully protected from insects. Flowers should be collected just before fully expanded. Seeds and Fruits when fully ripe. Roots of Annual Plants just before they bloom. Biennials after their first year’s growth has ceased. Perennials in the autumn. Barks should be gathered either in autumn or early spring, before the season’s growth has begun. Roots and Barks may be dried in the sun without injury. m MATERIA MEDICA. 403 Decoctions are made by boiling the medicinal properties in water. Infusions by pouring on boiling water and allowed to cool. Sometimes, as in case of wild cherry bark, it is necessary to infuse in cold water. The average proportion is an ounce of the drug to a pint of water. Tinctures are made by macerating drugs in alcohol. In cases of resinous substances, strong alcohol is used, otherwise, dilute with equal quantity of water. In many cases good whiskey may be used in place of diluted alcohol. In preparing tinctures from dried roots, barks and seeds, these should first be reduced to a coarse powder by grinding or bruising in a mortar. Fresh drugs generally make the best tinctures. Pills are made by accurately weighing the substances to be used, and then mixing them with water, alcohol, syrup, bread, molasses or some other mild substance. The mass after having been thoroughly mixed should be rolled into a long stick and then cut off into equal por- tions, according to number of pills required. Each pill should be rolled into round shape with thumb and finger. o Absinthe {Artemisia Absinthium) Wormwood. See illustration, Wormwood. Acid, Carbolic. Made from coal tar, the odor and taste resembles creosote. Is sometimes given internally, but generally employed exter- nally. When diluted with water it forms a splendid application for wounds. An excellent disinfectant and aids in healing. Much used in skin diseases of a parisitic nature. Acid, Carbonic. Dissolved in water forms the so called “pDm soda,” is useful as a refrigerant drink, quieting to an irritated stomach. Acid, Citric. Prepared from lemon juice. Often used in the treatment of scurvy. Acid, Gallic. A powerful astringent. Much used to check pas- sive hemorrhages of the nose, lungs, stomach and womb. Dose five to twenty grains. Acid, Muriatic {Hydrochloric Acid). Sometimes used as a caustic. In dyspepsia characterized by sour stomach, this acid can be used with good effect, take ten to fifteen drops in a wineglass full of water, after meals. Is also used in low fevers. Dose three to five drops ; given in water every two or three hours. 404 MATERIA MEDICA. Acid, Nitric ( Aqua Fortis). Often used as a caustic, when diluted is used for the same purpose as muriatic acid. Has been used successfully in diseases of the liver. Acid, Oxalic. Seldom used medicinally, closely resembles Epsom Salts. Very poisonous. Acid, Sulphuric {Oil of Vitro/). Sometimes used as a caus- tic. Acid, Tannic {Tannin). Obtained from nutgalls. A most powerful vegetable astringent. Acid, Tartaric. Used in the preparation of Seidlitz powders . Also in inflammatory affections, fevers and scurvy. Aconite {Aconitum Napellus), Monkshood. See illustration, page 409. Leaves and root are used. In the formation of acute inflamma- tions, such as quinsy, pneumonia, pleurisy, rheumatism, erysipelas, acon- ite is of great value. A tincture made from the root is the best way to prepare for ordinary use. In ordinary cases one or two drops may be given every hour or two, until the pulse is lowered and sweating pro- duced. This remedy has become very popular and is extensively used by all physicians. For breaking up colds and fevers it probably has no superior. Agrimony {Agrimonia Eupatoria). Possesses mild, astringent, qualities. Both leaves and root are used. A cupful of the decoction taken two or three times daily, produces a relaxation of the bowels. Useful also as a gargle for sore throat. Alcohol {Spirit of Wine). The result of the fermentation of many vegetables. A wonderful preservative agent. Used in the prepa- ration of tinctures of substances containing a large proportion of resinous properties. Good whiskey which contains fifty per cent, alcohol, is often used instead of diluted alcohol. Ailanthus {Ailanthus Glandulosa) Chinese Tree of Heaven. Prepared in decoction, infusion, or tincture. Useful in atonic dyspepsia, loss of appetite, etc. Alkekenge {Physalis Alkekengi) Winter Cherry, Strawberry Tomato. Diuretic and tonic. Useful in jaundice, gravel and dropsy. Allspice {Eugenia Pimento). Aromatic, stimulating, often used to relieve flatulence. Almond Sweet {Amygdala Dulcis). The pulp is sometimes used in place of wheat flour, in the preparation of bread for persons suf- fering from diabetes. Bitter almonds are very poisonous. YELLOW PUCCOON, GROUND RASP- BERRY, TURMERIE ROOT. A perennial plant, growing throughout the U. S, and Canada. The root is the me- dicinal part. It is a tonic, having especial action upon diseased mucous tissues, and is particularly beneficial during recovery from exhausting diseases. It is used in dyspepsia, chronic affections of the ner- vous coats of the stomach, erysipelas, and remittent, intermittent, and typhoid fevers. With geranium or cranebill, it produces good results in chronic diarrhoea and dys- entery. Dose. — Of the powder from ten to thirty grains; of the tincture, from one to two fluid drams. YELLOW DOCK. Yellow Dock is an alterative, tonic and detergent, and is very valuable in scorbutic, cutaneous, scrofulous and syphilitic affec- tions, and all impurities of the blood. The root is used. SCULLCAP. BLUE SCULLCAP, MAD DOG WEED SIDE FLOWERING SCULLCAP, AND HOOD-WORT. An indigenous herb. The whole plant Is used. It is a valuable nervine, tonic, and antispasmodic; it gives support to the nerves, and imparts strength and quietness to the whole system, and does not, like some nervines, leave the patient excited and irritable. It is used in neuralgia, chor- ea, convulsions, lockjaw, and most other diseases of the nervoi s system. Dose. — Fluid extract, from half to a spoonful; tincture, four ounces to a pint of diluted alcohol, one to two teaspoonsfuls. infusion, a wineglassful, three times a day’ POISON HEMLOCK. The seeds and leaves are used. It is anodyne, narcotic, antispasmodic and de- obstruent, and is used in chronic rheuma- tism, neuralgia, asthma, syphiles, &c. 406 MATERIA MEDICA. Aloes {Aloe Vulgaris). An excellent purgative, does not produce watery stools, nor create wind in the bowels, rarely disagrees with the stomach. In small doses assists digestion. Often used in cases of ha- bitual costiveness in connection with indigestion. Aloes act principally on the lower intestines and will irritate if given too frequently or in too large doses. Should not be used in cases of piles, except in very small doses, nor when there is inflammation in the bowels and should be care- fully avoided by females who are subject to immoderate flowing of the menses, and carefully avoided during pregnancy. Alum. Astringent. Useful in checking the flow of blood from the nose, gums , after extraction of teeth, slight wounds and sometimes in cases of piles. In nose bleed, powder and blow into the nostrils through a quill. A solution of alum is useful in chronic discharges from the nose , ear and female genital organs. In these cases use a teaspoonful alum to a pint of water. A gargle of alum water is beneficial in many cases of sore throat, especially when the parts are relaxed and “palate down.” Burnt alum will remove proud flesh. Alum is sometimes used inter- nally, for diarrhoea and dysentery. Two or three grains dissolved in aromatic syrup taken three or four times daily, will often do much good in the later stages of whooping cough. Alum is also a splendid emetic in spasmodic croup. Dose, teaspoonful of powdered alum mixed with same amount of molasses and water, give one-third of this quantity every three to five minutes until the desired result is produced. Ammonia {Hartshor?i) . A gasseous body, soluble in cold water forming water ammonia (aqua ammonia). A powerful diffusible stim- ulant, often used to restore persons in a fainting condition. Great care should be exercised in its use. Anise {Pimpinella Anisum). Very stimulating to the stomach and relieves pain in the bowels. Much used in flavoring liquids and in making cordial. A decoction is very useful, relieving colic pains in young children. Dose in powder twenty grains, oil two to four drops. Aqua Fortis. See Acid Nitric. Areca Nut ( Areca Catechu) Betel-nut. Astringent. Principally used to expel tapeworms. Arnica {Arnica Montana) Leopard’s Bane. A European plant. The flowers alone are used in this country. Useful in cuts, bruises and internal injuries. An infusion or decoction of half ounce of the flower in a pint of water is the best preparation for external use. For internal injuries the tincture may be given in five or ten drop doses every two hours. FOXGLOVE. A biennial plant. The leaves of this, are sedative and diuretic, reducing 1 the pulse, and increasing the urine. In large doses, they are a narcotic poison. Dose. — Of the powdered leaves of fox- glove, from one to three grains; of the tinct- ure, from eight to twelve drops. VIRGINIA SNAKE ROOT, A perennial herb of the Middle and Southern States. The root is stimulant, tonic, and diaphoretic. It is used in typhoid fevers when the system needs support, but cannot bear active stimulation. Combined with Peruvian bark, it is also used in inter- mittent fevers. An infusion is employed in dyspepsia; and as a gargle in malignant sore throat. WILD INDIGO. RATTLE BUSH, HORSE FLY WEED. STAR GRASS. This shrub grows in most parts of the U. S. The bark of the root is purgative, emetic, stimulant, astringent, and antisep- tic. It is chiefly used for its antiseptic prop- erties. For external use, it is valuable as awash or gargle for all kinds of sores and ulcerations. The decoction is made by put- ting one ounce of powdered bark into two pints of water and boiling till reduced to one pint. Dose.— O ne tablespoonful every two or four hours as required. COLIC WEED, AGUE ROOT, CROW CORN, UNICORN ROOT. The root is the part used, and in decoc- tion or tincture is of great utility in dyspep- sia, general and local debility, flatulent colic, hysteria, etc. It greatly strengthens the female generative organs, and affords protection against miscarriage. Dose.— O f the powdered root, from five to ten grains, three times a day; of the satura- ted tincture five to fifteen drops. 408 MATERIA MEDICA. Arrow Root (Maranta Arundinacea) . Often used as an article of diet for invalids. Take a tablespoonful, add water enough to form a paste then gradually add a pint of boiling milk. Arsenic ( Arsenious Acid). This is a powerful and poisonous sub- stance and should be used only by the skilled physician. Assafoetida ( Narthex Assa/cetida ). A powerful stimulating an- tispasmodic. Often used in treating nervous diseases of females, epi- lepsy, St. Vitus dance, convulsions of infants, etc. Atropine ( Atropia ) . Prepared from the root of belladonna ; yel- lowish white crystals. Balm (. Melissa Officinalis). Belongs to the mint family. Has i pleasant odor but possesses no decided medicinal qualities. Balm of Gilead. A common shade tree. The buds in the spring are covered with a resinous substance from which an ointment is prepared, useful for burns, bruises, etc. Balmony ( Chelone Glabra) Snake Head. Grows freely in swam- py places. Leaves are bitter and said to be tonic and to act upon the liver. Balsam of Peru. Applied externally as a stimulant for ulcers, etc. Balsam of Tolu. A stimulating expectorant, agreeable flavor and much used in cough mixtures. Baneberry ( Actcea Spicata). Medicinal properties very similar to Black Cohosh. Barberry ( Barberis Vulgaris). Native of Europe but now grows in the United States. The bark of the root is generally used. In small doses it acts as a tonic, large cathartic. Bayberry ( Myrica Cirifera) Wax Myrtle. See illustration. Bearberry ( Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi). See illustration. Belladonna (. Atropa Belladonna) Deadly Night-shade. See il- lustration. Birch Bark {Betula Alba). A decoction of the bark and twigs are often used in treating skin diseases, rheumatism , gout and disorders of the bladder. Bitter Root ( Apocynum Cannabinum) Indian Hemp. See illus- tration. Blackberry ( Rubus Villosus) Dewberry. The root acts pleas- antly upon the bowels, as in cases of diarrhoea, dysentery and in summer. POKE. PIGEON-BERRY, GARGET, SCORE. COAKUM, ETC. This plant is common in most parts of the country. Poke is emetic, cathartic, altera- tive and slightly narcotic. The root ex- cites the whole glandular system, and is very useful in syphilitic, scrofulous, rhuma- tic. and cutaneous diseases. It is an excel- lent remedy for the removal of mercurio- syphilitic affections. Dose. — Of the powdered root, as an eme- tic, twelve grains to half a dram; as an al- terative, from two to six grains. BLUE FLAG. A perennial plant, growing in damp places throughout the United States. The root is the part used for medicinal purposes. It iscathartic, alterative, sialagogue, and diuretic. It acts particularly on the gland- ular system; in large doses, it evacuates and exhausts the system, acting on the liv- er, and fulfilling the purposes of mercury. Dose.— Powdered root, five to ten grains; Iridin, one grain. MONKSHOOD. WOLFSBANE. This is a perennial herb. All parts of the plant contain powerfully poisonous proper- ties; but the root is the part most generally employed for medical purposes. Dose.— Fluid extract, dose, two to six drops; solid extract, dose, one quarter of a grain to a grain; tincture, eight ounces of the root to a pint of alcohol; dose, three to eight drops. PIPSISSEWA. WINTERGREEN, PRINCES PINE, GROUND HOLLY. A small evergreen growing in the U. S. and other countries. The whole plant is tonic, diuretic, and astringent, and has proved itself useful in dropsy, general de- bility, rheumatism, chronic disorders of th* kidneys, bladder, urethra, etc. Dose.— Of the infusion, two ounces. 410 materia medica. complaint of children. To prepare, take a heaping tablespoonful of small roots, or both of the large ones, to one and one-half pints water, boil down to one pint. Dose two tablespoonfulls three times per day. Black Cohosh ( Cimicifuga Racemosa) Black Snake Root. See illustration Black Oak Bark ( Quercus Tinctoria). The species termed white and black oak are the kinds used. White is preferable, when ad- ministered internally being milder, and less acute than the black. The bark is often used in cases of fever and ague , obstinate, chronic diarrhoea and hemorrhage of the lungs. The acorns roasted and made into a cof- fee is good for scrofula in its early stages. Blood Root ( Sanguinaria Canadensis). See illustration. Blue Flag (Iris Versicolor). See illustration. Boneset (Eupatorium Perfoliatum) Thoroughwort. See illus- tration. Buckthorn (Rhamnus Frangula). The bark possesses cathartic properties resembling rhubarb, but more severe. Bugle Weed (Lycopus Virginicus) Water Horehound. See il- lustration. Burdock (Lajfa Minor). The root is the medical portion. Pre- pared in the form of tea, take a handful of the freshly bruised root to three pints of water, boil to two pints. It acts upon the skin and mod- erately upon the bowels. When all other medicines fail, this will some- times cure skin diseases and scrofulous conditions of the system. Bur- dock is a splendid purifier of the blood. Butternut ( Juglans Cinerea). Inner bark mildly cathartic, often used in cases of habitual constipation. Prepare in form of a decoction. Caffeine, Caffeina or Caffeia. Much used in nervous diseases such as spasmodic asthma, nervous headache, etc. Calamus (Acorus Calamus) Sweet Flag. The root is the part used, and abounds in low and swampy places. It is widely known by by its pungent, aromatic taste. Is especially good in relieving pain or uneasiness of the stomach and bowels, and where there is weakness of these organs. Calomel. See mercury, mild chloride of. Camphor ( Camphora Officinorum) . The camphor tree is found in the East Indies. Physicians differ as to the medical action and value of camphor. Some ignore it entirely while others esteem it highly. It BLUE COHOSH. PAPOOSE ROOT, SQUAW ROOT. A perennial plant growing in all parts of the U. S. The root is the part used. It is antispasmodic, diuretic, diaphoretic, alter- ative, emmenagogue, anthelmintic, partu- rient and tonic. It is used in rheumatism, dropsy, epilepsy, hysterics, cramps, amen- orrhoea, dysmenorrhoea, chorea, leucorr- hoea, hiccough, to hasten delivery, and to relieve after-pains. Dose. — Of the infusion, one to four fluid ounces three or four times a day. STONEROOT. HEALALL, HARDHACK, HORSEWEED, RICHWEED, OXBALM. This plant is common in the U. S. It is tonic and astringent, and is very valuable in whites, chronic diarrhoea, cholera infan- tum, etc. It agrees well with the stomach, and is a good remedy in summer complaints of children. Dose.— Fluid extract, four to twenty drops. It is much used in the form of in- fusion. The green herb boiled in milk is a valuable remedy in chronic diarrhoea, when attended with much debility. BONESET. THOROUGHWORT. Grows on low grounds throughout the U . S. The cold infusion or extract is tonic and aperientj the warm infusion, diaphore- tic and emetic. As a tonic it is useful in remittent, intermittent and typhoid fevers, dyspepsia and general debility. Dose. — Of the powder, ten to twenty grains; of the extract, from two to four grains: of the infusion, from two to four wtneglassfuls. BITTER-ROOT. dog’s bane, milk weed. A plant growing in the United States and Canada. The root is the part used ,and is lax- ative, tonic, diaphoretic, and alterative. It is used in chronic affections of the liver, syphilis, scrofula, intermittents, and the low stage of typhoid fevers. Forty to sixty grains will cause vomiting without much nausea. Dose. — Solid extract, two to eight grains; tincture, two to three drams; infusion, a wineglassful three times a day. 412 MATERIA MEDICA. is certain however that camphor exerts a quieting influence upon a dis- ordered nervous system. Is often used successfully in cases of diarrhoea of children. It is also used in external applications of bruises and sprains , but Arnica is better. Caraway, Seeds of ( Carum Carui). Native of Europe, but now grows abundantly in the United States. A pleasant aromatic and carminative. Carrot (. Daucu Carota ) . The seeds and root of the wild plant are moderately excitant and diuretic, sometimes used in dropsy and chronic kidney troubles. Castor Oil (. Ricinus Communis). The plant is a native of Eu- rope, but now cultivated in this country. In the commencement of diarrhoea when there is reason to suppose that it is being caused by indigestible food, castor oil should always be given. If there is much griping add a little laudanum or paregoric to it. There is no better laxative than castor oil for children, and for females during pregnancy and after delivery. Various plans can be adopted to cover up its nauseous taste. Catnep (. Nepeta Cataria) Catmint. Stimulating and slightly tonic. Much used in the flatulent colic of infants. Cayenne Pepper ( Capsicum Fostigiatum) . Used more as a condiment than as a medicine. It promotes digestion and prevents flatulence. Taken freely it sometimes cures piles. In obstinate cases of chills and fever it adds to the efficiency of quinine. It forms a splendid gargle for malignant sore throat, and also for sore throat with relaxation of the palate. Centaury, American, {Sabbatia Angularis). A beautiful na- tive plant of the United States, all parts of it are bitter. A cold infu- sion is beneficial in debilitated conditions of the stomach, and has been successfully used as a tonic in fevers. Cerium, Oxalate of. Used chiefly to relieve vomiting in preg- nancy. Chalk, Prepared. Used principally in medicine for the purpose of checking purging, from acidity of the stomach and bowels. It is mild in action and suited to children. Chamomile Flowers ( Anthemis Nobilis). A cold chamomile tea is a splendid remedy for heartburn, flatulency, loss of appetite, and other symptoms of indigestion. Cold infusion, which is the most agree- able form to use as a tonic, is made with half ounce of the flowers to a PINK HOOT. CAROLINA PINK OR WORM GRASS. This perennial herb grows in rich soils in the Southern States. The root is the medi- cinal part. It is a powerful vermifuge. Dose. — Fluid extract of Pink Root and Sc'na, dose half a dram to a dram. Infu- sion, half ounce to a pint of water, dose two to six ounces. PENNYROYAL. An indigenous annual plant. It is a gently stimulant aromatic ;it relieves wind colic and sick stomach, and when given as a warm infusion it promotes perspiration and excites the menses. In recent suppres- sion, it may be given at bed-time as a warm tea, first bathing the feet in warm water. The oil of pennyroyal has the properties of the herb. SLIPPERY ELM. The inner bark of this tree is nutritive, demulcent, emollient, and diuretic. It makes a valuable demulcent drink in inflam- mations of the lungs, stomach, bowels, bladder, and kidneys; also, for coughs, strangury, dysentery, and the summer com- plaints of infants. It also makes a valuable poultice. BLOOD-ROOT OR RED PTJCCOON. It grows throughout the United States in rich soils. In small doses it stimulates the digestive organs, acting as a stimulant and tonic. In large doses it is an arterialseda tive. It is useful in bronchitis, laryngitis, whooping cough, and other affections of the respiratory organs. It excites the energies of a torpid liver, and has proved beneficial in scrofula, amenbrohata and dysentery. Applied to fungous growths, ulcers, fleshy excrescences, cancerousaffections, the pow- der acts as an escharotic, and the infusion is often applied with benefit to skin diseases. Dose. — Of the powder as an emetic, ten to twenty grains; as a stimulate and expec- torate, three to five grains; as an alterative, half a grain to two grains. Tincture, twen- ty to sixty drops. 414 MATERIA MEDICA. pint of cold water. If preferred warm, care should be exercised in preparing not to allow the flowers to remain in the water longer than ten minutes. Charcoal {Carbo Ligni). Wood charcoal, finely powdered and taken into the stomach, absorbs the gasses, and is of great value for dyspepsia, characterized by flatulence. Dose, one to two tablespoonfuls. The powder is frequently mixed with flaxseed poultices and applied to gangrenous sores with cleansing results. Foul water may be rendered pure by filtering through charcoal. Chestnut Leaves ( Castanea Vesca). Made into an infusion is much used for whooping cough. Chiccory (Chicorium Intybus). Medicinally used has a similar effect to dandelion. Much cheap ground coffee is adulterated with chiccory. Chloral, Hydrate of. This is a medicine of recent discovery, and is popular as a quieting agent. Like opium it quiets pain and pro- duces sleep, and is not attended with unpleasant after effects. In cases of nervousness, from care, anxiety, or pain of no violent character, a small dose of chloral may be taken with almost absolute certainty of sleep, rest and refreshment. Dose for an adult, ten to thirty grains. It has also been used successfuly in cases of delirium tremens. Chlorate of Potash. See Potash. Cinchona Bark ( Cinchona Flava ). This bark was formally giv- en in substance, but this practice became obsolete with the discovery of the alkaloids to which it owes its medicinal effects, chief among which is quinine. It is well known that quinine is one of the very best of all the vegetable tonics. No other medicine compares with it for controlling intermittent fevers . It also has a wonderful power of redu- cing the temperature of acute diseases when dangerously high. Some persons are prejudiced against quinine, but their prejudice is without substantial foundation. In pneumonia , pleurisy , all the fevers, diphther- ia , rheumatism , erysipelas , dysentery, etc., etc., quinine is one of the most reliable agents in supporting the patient. When taken as a tonic, one to three grains is a dose. Intermittent fever, or neuralgia of a peri- odical type, take from five to ten grains, three to four times per day, one of the doses being taken an hour before an anticipated chill. Cinnamon (Cinnamomum Aromaticum) . Seldom given alone, but is much used with other remedies, on account of its aromatic and stimulating qualities. Three or four drops of the oil of cinnamon on a lump of sugar will often relieve pains in the stomach and flatulent colic. BAYBERRY. WAX MYRTLE. This shrub is found in woods and fields from Canada to Florida. The bark of the root is the medicinal part. It is astringent and stimulant. Pulverized and combined with powdered blood-root, it forms an ex- cellent application to indolent ulcers. In the form of poultice, combined with pow- dered slippery elm, it is a valuable applica- tion to scrofulous tumors or ulcers. The decoction is a good wash for sore mouth, and spongy, bleeding gums. It is chiefly used in the form of tincture. Dose.— T incture half an ounce; fluid ex tract, one to two drams. DOGWOOD. BOXWOOD, FLOWERING CORNEL, GREEN OZIER. This is a small tree growing in various parts of the United States. The bark is used as a medicine. It is tonic, astringent, antiperiodic, and stimulant. It increases the pulse, and raises the temperature of the body. It has been substituted for peruvian bark in intermittent fevers. Dose.— O f the powdered bark, from ten to sixty grains. MEADOW CABBAGE. SKUNK CABBAGE, SKUNK WEED, POLE CAT WEED. A perennial plant, growing in moist places throughout the U. S. The root is stimulant, expectoraut, antispasmodic, and slightly narcotic. It is given for pulmonary and bronchial affections, epilepsy, hysterics, asthma, hooping-cough, and irritable nerves. Dose.— Fluid extract, twenty to eighty rops; tincture, three ounces to a pint of alcohol; half a dram to a dram; infusion, one to two ounces; syrup, two to three drams. GINSENG. A plant growingin the Middleand South- ern States. It is a mild tonic and stimulant, it is useful for poor appetite, nervous debil- ity, weak stomach, etc. Dose. — Of the powdered root, from ten to sixty grains; of the infusion, from two to four fluid ounces. 416 MATERIA MEDICA. Cloves ( Caryophyllus Aromaticus) . Stimulating and often used to relieve colic and expel wind. The oil of cloves is often used locally to relieve toothache and earache. Cod-Liver Oil ( Oleum Morrhuce). Obtained from the livers ot the common cod-fish. There are three varieties according to mode of extraction, known as pale , light brown and dark brown. The first named is the purest and most palatable ; as a remedy for consumption and other constitutional diseases of an exhausting nature, cod-liver oil takes high rank. It is really more of a food than a remedy, its power of producing fat is well known. In scrofulous diseases generally, hip- joint diseases, white swelling of the knee , caries of the spine , lumbar and psoas abscesses , rickets , etc., cod-liver oil will nearly always do good. It is also useful in skin diseases , some forms of eye troubles and syphilis. Young children who have grown very weak from diarrhoea in summer, and who seem unable to assimilate the food given them, can often be saved by rubbing cod-liver oil into their skin. Common dose of cod-liver oil is from one to two tablespoonfuls, three times daily. Coltsfoot ( Tussilago Farfara ). Native of Europe, now natural- ized in the United States. Useful in chronic bronchitis as a demulcent and expectorant. Given in infusion, one ounce of dried leaves to a pint of boiling water. Compound Spirit of Ether (Hoffmann's Anodyne). Stimu- lant and anti-spasmodic, very useful in hysterical paroxysms. Copperas. See Iron, Sulphate of. Cranesbill ( Geranium Maculatum) Spotted Geranium. See il- lustration. Creasote. Sometimes used internally to check vomiting. Sea- sickness and cholera infantum frequently yield to its influence. Dose, one or two drops. In an overdose it is a violent poison. When ap- plied to the cavities of decayed teeth it will often relieve the pain. Cubebs ( Cubeba Officinalis). Chiefly used in inflammation of the urinary passages. It is also used in cases of chronic bronchitis , ca- tarrh, and in certain throat troubles. Dandelion ( Taraxacum Dens-leonis). Has long been used for dyspepsia associated with congestion of the liver. Fluid extract is prob- ably the best form of preparation. Dogwood (Cornus Florida). See illustration. Dover’s Powder. This powder is composed of one gram opi- um, one grain ipecac., and eight grains sulphate of potash. PLEURISY ROOT. BUTTERFLY WEED, WIND ROOT, TUBER ROOT. An indigenious plant. The root is the medicinal part. It is of great value in uter- ine difficulties. It’s chief value is in bron- chial and pulmonary complaints. Dose. — Of the Powder twenty to sixty grains, three or four times a day . Of Tinct- ure one or two wineglasses full four or five times a day until perspiration is produced. HENBANE. This plant is narcotic, gently accelera- ting the circulation, increasing the general warmth, causing a sense of heat in the throat, and after a time inducing sleep. It is often used in the place of opium; it does not produce constipation. It is used in rheumatism, gout, bronchitis, asthma, con- sumption, hooping-cough, hysterics, and spasmodic affections. BELLADONNA, A perennial plant, growing in Europe and this country, it has a faint odor, and a sweet, nauseous taste. It is narcotic, diaphoretic, and diuretic, and is a valuable remedy in convulsions, neuralgia, rheumatism, gout, paralysis, and many diseases having their seat in the nervous system. It is used as a reventive of scarlet fever and as a cure for ooping-cough. BUGLEWEED. WATER HOREHOUND. The whole herb is used. It is a mild nar- cotic, sedative, sub-astringent, and styptic. It is a valusble remedy in bleeding from the lungs, incipient consumption, and pneu- monia. It quiets irritation, and allays cough, and nervous excitement. Dose, — Fluid extract, one to two drams; infusion, two to four ounces. 418 MATERIA MEDICA. This celebrated powder was introduced by Dr. Dover, during the reign of Geo. II. While under the influence of this powder, the pa- tient should remain in bed, and as soon as perspiration begins drink freely of barley water, toast water flavored with lemon peel or any other mild drink ; this is to keep up the discharge from the skin. Elderberries and Bark ( Sambucus Canadensis') . The medici- nal virtue is found in the flowers, berries and inner or second bark of the branches and roots. An ointment made by stirring the fresh flowers or inner bark into clean melted lard, then strained, has a high reputa- tion for slight burns, scalds, wounds and in dressing old sores. The ber- ries are rather laxative and also act upon the skin. They are often used in treating rheumatism , gout , scrofula and habitual constipation. Elecampane ( Inula Helenium ) . Useful in many chronic diseases, bronchitis , dyspepsia, etc., and in some forms of skin diseases. Epsom Salts. See Magnesia, Sulphate of. Fennel Seed ( Foeniculum Vulgare). A pleasant aromatic, fre- quently used to reduce the harsh and griping operations of other medi- cines. Feverfew ( Pyrethium Parthenium ). A bitter tonic, very similar to chamomile in its action, and often used for the same purpose. Fever-Root ( Troisteum Perfoliatum) Tinker-Weed, Wild Ipe- cac. A good cathartic, acts much like jalap. Large doses emetic. The dried root impaired by age. Fig ( Ficus Passa) . Slightly laxative. Flaxseed ( Linum Usitatissimum) . Often used in the form of poultices. Infusion used as a demulcent. Fleabane (Erigeron Canadense) Horseweed, Stoneroot. See illustration. Foxglove (Digitalis Purpuera) Digitalis. See illustration. Garlic (Allium Sativum). The Gallic leek and onion all possess similar qualities. Stimulating when applied to the skin. Their odor is both stimulant and anti-spasmodic. Useful in hysterical paroxisms and catarrhal troubles of children. Germander (Teucrium Canadense) Woodsage. Tonic, stimu- lant, diaphoretic, diuretic. The infusion is used in bronchitis , leucor - rhcea and amenorrheea. Ginger (Zingiber Officinale). An excellent stimulant and carmin- ative. Much used in dyspepsia, flatulence, and to correct other medi- cines. WITCH HAZEL. WINTERBLOOM, SNAPPING HAZEL NUT, SPOTTED ALDER. This shrub grows in damp woods in most parts of the U. S. The bark and leaves are tonic, astringent, and sedative. A decoc- tion of the bark is very useful in bleeding from the lungs and stomach, and in diarr- hoea, dysentery, and excessive mur ous dis- charges. It is also used in incipi< nt con- sumption, and for sore mouth, etc. Dose. — Of the decoction, a wineglassful to a teacupful three or four times a day. BLACK COHOSH. RATTLEROOT, SQUAW ROOT. BLACK SNAKE ROOT. A native of the U. S. The root is the medicinal part. It is narcotic, sedative, an- tispasmodic. It is useful in cholera, fits, epilepsy, nervousness and many spasmod- ic affections. It is also valuable in men- strual and uterine affections. Dose.— F luid extract one half a dram to two drams; solid extract, four to eight grains; of the tincture, from one to three teaspoonsfuL LOBELIA. INDIAN TOBACCO, WILD TOBACCO. This plant grows in nearly all parts of the U. S. ; both its seeds and leaves are used in medicine. It is emetic, expectorant, seda- tive, and antispasmodic. _ As an emetic it is generally used in combination with other articles. It is of great advantage in spas- modic asthma, as well as in bronchitis, croup, hooping-cough, and other throat and chest affections. A poultice of lobelia, elm bark, with weak lye, relieves sprains, bruises, rheumatic pains, erysipelatous in- flammations, and poison from ivy or dog- wood. WORMWOOD. A perennial plant growing nearly over the whole world. The tops and leaves are ton- ic and anthelmintic; used in intermittent fever, jaundice, and worms. It restores the appetite and is also useful in amenorrhcea. It is excellent applied as a tincture, or as a fomentation, to bruises, sprains, and local inflammations. Dose.— O f the powder, ten to twenty grains; infusion, one or two ounces. 420 MATERIA MEDICA. Ginseng ( Aralia Quinquefolia) . See illustration. Glycerine. Often used in mixing medicines where it is not de- sirable to employ syrups or sugar. Externally applied in skin diseases, alone or with carbolic acid , tannin , gallic acid ’ starch , etc. Many other uses readily suggest themselves. Golden-Rod ( Solidago Odora). The golden-rod family is a nu- merous one, and nearly all of the species have a disagreeable odor. The above mentioned is the only one entitled to the name “sweet scent- ed.” It is a pleasant aromatic and carminative. Golden Seal ( Hydrastis Canadensis ) Orange Root, Yellow Root, Yellow Puccoon. See illustration. Grindelia ( Grindelia Bobusta). A splendid remedy for whoop- ing cough , bronchitis and asthma. The fluid extract is perhaps the best form to use it. Dose from ten to thirty drops every two or three hours. Ground Ivy ( Nepeta Glechoma). Used in chronic bronchitis , catarrh of the bladder , and in some cases of dyspepsia. Infusion may be given in doses of a wineglassful. Ground Laurel. See May Flower. Guarana ( Paullinia Gorbilis). Very useful in cases of nervous headache. Dose of the powder, fifteen to fifty grains. Gum Arabic ( Acacia Vera). Dissolved in water it makes a common demulcent drink ; it is also used in the composition of various mixtures and lozenges used to allay coughing. Hardhack Root ( Spircea Tomentosa) Meadow Sweet. The root, leaves and bark are all tonic and astringent. Used in diarrhoea , cholera infantum , dyspepsia , etc. A decoction is made by boiling an ounce of the root, leaves or bark in a pint of water. Dose two ounces, three times daily. See illustration. Hellebore, Black, (. Helleborus Niger) Christmas Rose. A powerful cathartic. Used in dropsy, also in promoting the monthly dis- charge of females for which it is highly esteemed. It is sometimes used in brain and skin diseases. Dose five to fifteen grains of the powder, decoction, one ounce every two or three hours, until it operates. Hemlock, Poison, ( Conium Maculatum). See illustration. Henbane (Hyoscyamus Niger). See illustration. Hops (yHumulus Lupulus). The fruit of the hop vine is sprinkled over with a yellow powder, which is called lupulin , to which belong all the medicinal qualities of the hops. Lupulin is tonic and narcotic. It LADIES’ SLIPPER. AMERICAN VALERIAN, UMBEL NERVE ROOT, YELLOW MOCCASIN FLOW- ER, NOAH’S ARK. The fibrous roots are the parts used in medicine. It is tonic, nervine, and anti- spasmodic and is employed in nervous headache, and other nervous affections, as excitability, hysterics, neuralgia, etc. Dose.— Fluid extract, half a dram to a dram; solid extract, five to fifteen grains; tincture, two ounces to a pint of diluted al- cohol, half an ounce to an ounce. Take this preparation for producing sleep in wakeful and nervousconditions: fluid extract ladies slipper, one ounce; fluid extract pleurisy root, one ounce; fluid extract skunk cab- bage, one ounce; fluid extract scullcap, one ounce; mix; take half a dram to a dram, three times a day. For sick and nervous head- ache, caused by acid stomach, use the fol- lowing; fluid extract ladies, slipper, half an ounce; fluid extract catnip, half an ounce; fluid extract scullcap, half an ounce, water, one pint; mix; dose, one and a halt to three drams. BEAR-BERRY. THE UPLAND CRANBERRY. The leaves are the medicinal parts. It is astringent and tonic, and acts particularly upon the urinary organs, for complaints of which it is particulary used. It is special- ly valued as an antilithic in gravel, and as a remedy for chronic inflammation of the kidneys, and ulceration of the bladder, etc. Dose.— F luid extract, one third of a dram to a dram; solid extract, five to fifteen grains; tincture, one to two ounces. PRICKLEY ASH. YELLOW WOOD, TOOTHACHE BUSH, ETC. The bark and berries are used. The bark is stimulant, tonic, alterative, and siala- gogue. It is used to excite and stimulate the system, when in a languid state, and for derangements of the liver, rheumatism, and chronic syphilis. It strengthens mu- cous membranes, and is a useful tonic in low typhoid fever. Applied externally, it improves indolent and malignant ulcers. Dose.— Of the powdered bark, from ten to thirty grains, three times a day. The berries are carminative, antispas- modic, and stimulant. The tincture is val- uable in nervous diseases, spasms of the bowels, flatulency, and diarrhoea; and com- bined with the tincture of poke berries, is. very useful in chronic rheumatism and sy- philis. It has been used with great success in Asiatic cholera. Dose. — Of the tincture, from ten drops to a fluid dram, in sweetened water; of the oil of prickly ash berries, from two to ten drops, on sugar. MARSHMALLOW. A European perennial plant. The root is used. Adecoction is found useful in inflam- mation of the bladder, lungs, bowels and stomach, also in kidney diseases. MA ' ERIA MEDICA. 4 22 is often usea to control the nocturnal pains of gonorrhoea , and for checking nocturnal seminal emissions and incontmence of urine . Dose five to ten grains or more. A tincture is also employed. Hop fermen- tations, hop pillows, etc., are too common to require further mention. Horehound ( Marrubium Vulgar e). A stimulant, expectorant and carminative. Much used in cases of dyspepsia , chronic bronchitis and many other diseases. Given generally in infusion. Horse-Balm (Collin sonia Canadensis) Stone- Root. See illus- tration. Hyssop (Hyssopus Officinalis). Tonic and carminative. Used in dyspepsia , chronic bronchitis , scanty menstruation and is also applied externally to bruises and muscular rheumatism. Infusion made with a dram of the leaf to a pin t of water. Dose, wineglassful. Ipecac ( Cephcelis Ipecacuanha) . The root is the part used ; di- aphoretic, expectorant ?nd emetic. It is a standard medicine in the treatment of croup , bc\h membranous and spasmodic. Taken in doses (one drop) it has received much praise as a remedy in vomiting of pregnancy. As an < metic , ipecac is one of the very best for common use. Iron. T^i/c. Of all the metals iron is the most useful in medi- cine. It is ^ne of the natural constituents of the blood. To give a de- tailed description of all conditions in which iron is servicable would re- quire many pages of this book. There are more than twenty prepara- tions of iron, the use of which the reader is referred to some more ex- haustive treatise on Materia Medica. Jamestown Weed. See illustration. Juniper Berries ( funiperus Communis). Annual plant and grows in many parts of the United States. It acts decidedly upon the kidneys and skin and is valuable in cases of suppressed urine and in gravel. Prepared in the form of a tea, take a handful of the herb, add a quart of water, boil twenty minutes. Dose, tumblerful three times a day. Kerosene Oil. See Petroleum. Ladies’ Slipper ( Cypripedium Pubesceus). Slightly narcotic and anti-spasmodic. Laudanum. See Opium, Tincture of. Lead (Plumbum). There are many preparations of this metal used in medicines. Lime (Calcium). Like iron and lead, lime comes to is as a medicine in many forms. CRANES BILL. DOVES FOOT, CROW FOOT, ALUM ROOT, SPOTTED GERANIUM. A native plant, growing in the open woods. The root is the medicinal part. It is a powerful astringent. It forms an excel- lent gargle in sore throats and ulcerations of the mouth, and is valuable for treating those discharges arising from debility, after the excitingcauses are removed. It isa valu- able astringent wash for sore mouth, etc., and as an injection in leucorrhcea, etc., is made by uniting fluid extract of cranesbill, half an ounce; fluid extract of black cohosh, half an ounce; fluid extract of golden seal, half an ounce; fluid extract of witch-haze’ half an ounce; and water, one quart. MOUNTAIN LAUREL. CALICO BUSH, SHEEP LAUREL, SPOON- WOOD, LAMBKILL. This plant grows on highlands inmost parts of the U. S. The leaves are used in medicine, and causes, when taken in large doses, vertigo, dimness of sight, etc. In proper doses they are sedative and astrin- gent. 1 he saturated tincture is the best form of administration; it is given in ten to twenty drops, every two or three hours, for syphilis, active hemorrhages, hypertro- phy of the heart, and jaundice. MANDRAKE. MAY-APPLE, WILD-LEMON, RACCOON BERRY, WILD MANDRAKE. It is found throughout the U. S. , and flow- ers in May and June. The root is the medi- cinal part. It iscathartic, alterative, anthel- mintic, hydragogue, sialagogue, and, in large doses, emetic. It stimulates and quickens the action of the liver and kidneys, promotes expectoration, and determines the blood to the surface. Combined with cream of tartar it produces watery stools, and is useful in dropsy. It is used in jaun- dice, dysentery, diarrhoea, bilious, remitt- ent, and intermittent fevers, puerperal fe- ver, typhoid fever, and all glandular en- largements. But it has a more particular action upon the liver, and is especially use- ful in derangements of that organ. Doss. — Of the powdered root, as a cath- artic, from ten to thirty grains; of the tinct- ure, from ten to forty drops. JAMESTOWN WEED. THORN APPLE, STINKWEED, APPLE- PERU, STRAMONIUM. This well known weed grows In most parts of the U. S. The leavesand seeds are medicinal. It is a powerful narcotic; it is also antispasmodic, anodyne, and sedative. It is used in various nervous affections, as chorea, epilepsy, palsy, tetanus, and ma- nia. It is much used for relieving acute pains, etc. Taken in large doses, it is a powerful poison. 424 MATERIA MEDICA. Licorice {Glycyrrhizu Glabra). Excites the secretions of the throat and is therefore beneficial in sore throat , bronchitis , and laryngi- tis. Frequently used to cover up the taste of other medicines. Lobelia ( Lobelia Infiata) Indian Tobacco, Emetic Herb. See illustration. Logwood (. Hoematoxylon Campechianum) . Pleasant astringent. Used in chronic diarrhoea , chronic dysentery and chronic bowel com- plaints of children. Decoction made of one ounce rasped logwood, two pints of water boiled to one pint. Dose for an adult, four table- spoonfuls ; child, two teaspoonfuls several times daily. Lovage ( Levisticum Officinale). Carminative and diuretic. Use- ful in flatulent dyspepsia , suppression of the menses and dropsy . Dose, tablespoonful of the decoction. Lunar Caustic, or Nitrate of Silver, sometimes used in cases of epilepsy, St. Vitus’ dance, angina pectoris and indigestion. Sometimes it imparts a permanent purple color to the skin. Externally applied round the inflamed surface in erysipelas, has often arrested the progress of the disease. Mandrake ( Podophyllum Peltatum ) May Apple. Cathartic, oper- ates slowly but surely and in moderate doses without violence. Admir- ably suited to habitual constipation. The following preparation made into a pill and taken every night or every alternate night, has an excel- lent effect in stubborn cases of habitual constipation : Podophyllin, 1-5 grain Ex. of Nux Vomica, 1-2 “ Com. Ex. Colocynth, 3 “ Magnesia ( Calcined Magnesia ). Prepared from Carbonate of Magnesia. It is an alkali, useful in naturalizing the acid of the stomach in cases of indigestion characterized by sour eructations , heartburn or flatulence. This remedy is however only palliative and does not remove the cause. Magnesia, Sulphate of, {Epsom Salts). This is a well known and very excellent purgative. Very useful in obstinate constipation caused by lead poisoning. Dose, from two drams to an ounce dissolved in warm water, it acts freely and without griping. Oxalic acid very much resembles epsom salts and has been mistaken for it ; the acid may however be easily detected by the acid taste when mixed with water. Male Fern {Aspidium Felix-mas) . The best known remedy for tapeworm. However it must be properly used to secure the best results. MATERIA MEDICA. 425 Move the bowels during the afternoon with castor oil or other efficient purgative, eat a light supper, at bedtime take one-half of a fluid drachm of the oil of male fern with a little mucilage or in capsules. In the morning the dose may be repeated, fasting meanwhile, before noon take a dose of castor oil, which in many cases will be followed by the expul- sion of the worm. If the remedy fails the first time, try again in a day or two, doubling the dose of the drug. Malt. During the past few years malt extracts have been largely employed for their nutritious properties. In many cases of nervous de- bility they are very beneficial. Marsh Mallow (Althcea Officinalis ). See illustration. Mercury {Hydrargyrum). This remedy in its many forms is a valuable medical agent, but is capable (if not properly used) of very great harm and should not be administered except by the skillful medi- cal man. Milkweed ( Asclepias ) Pleurisy Root. See illustration. Mountain Laurel (Kalmia Latifolia). See illustratio. , Mustard (Sinapis Alba). This common remedy is kept in al- most every household and forms an emetic which can be used at a mo- ment’s notice, or applied externally to relieve pains. Mustard has many other uses too common to need explanation. Nettle ( Urtica Dioica). The juice of nettle has long been used for hemorrhages of all kinds. Dose, ten to thirty grains. Onion (Allium Cepa). Stimulant, diuretic and expectorant. The onion is a very common, yet useful, medical agent and needs no special description. Opium (Papaver Somniferum) . Opium is the dried juice which exudes from scarifications made in the green seed capsules of the pop- py. Opium produces a soothing effect upon the body and mind, fol- lowed by a disposition to sleep. The first effect is that of a stimulant, producing fullness and frequency of pulse, with exhilaration of the mind, this is followed by depression and falling pulse, even below the normal rate. Many persons experience unpleasant after effects, as nausea, vom- iting and headache. Parsley (Petroselinum Sativum). Fresh bruised parsley leaves applied will prevent breasts from “caking.” It is also recommended in cases of scanty and painful menstruation. Take of a strong decoction a wineglassful three or four times a day. 426 MATERIA MEDICA. Pennyroyal (. Hedeoma Pulegioides) . See illustration. Peppermint (. Mentha Piperita). Stimulant and carminative. A hot infusion is useful in cases of colic, flatulence, diarrhoea, vomiting, etc. Pepsin. Prepared from the mucous membrane, lining the stom- ach of the pig, calf and sheep. Pepsin is one of our best remedies for dyspeptic ailments. Persimmon ( Diospyros Virginiana) . The persimmon is found in the more southern states and is highly prized for its fruit. The half ripe fruit has been used in cases of dysentery and diarrhoea of long standing. The bark is very bitter, a strong tea of which has been suc- cessfully used in treating cases of fever and ague and also as a gargle for sore throat of long standing. Pink- Root ( Spigelia Marilandica) Carolina Pink. See illus- tration. Pipsissewa ( Chimaphila Umbellata) Wintergreen, Prince’s Pine. See illustration. Poison Ivy {Rhus Toxicodendron) Poison Oak. This plant has become well known from its poisonous effects upon the skin and is also highly esteemed as a remedy by many physicians. The symptoms of ivy poisoning are itching, redness and swelling of the poisoned parts, in severe cases the swelling increases to an alarming extent. In such cases blisters form upon the surface, and these breaking are apt to be suc- ceeded by ulcers, both painful and intractable. The treatment of ivy poisoning is very unsatisfactory. Applications of cold water, solutions of common salt, carbonate of soda, acetate of lead, patiently applied will give greaf relief. Poison ivy may readily be distinguished from other species of ivy by having its leaves in threes. Pokeweed {Phytolacca Decandra) Scoke, Garget, Pigeonberry. See illustration. Prickly Ash {Xanthoxylum Americanum). See illustration. Pumpkin Seeds ( Cucurbita Pepo) . A remedy of reputation for expelling tapeworm, and if properly used they rarely fail. The patient should subsist entirely upon the seeds and milk for twenty-four hours. Eat freely and drink a limited quantity of milk to allay thirst, at the ex- piration of twenty-four hours take a good dose of castor oil. Quassia {Simaruba Excelsa). This wood is a simple bitter ton- ic, used chiefly in atonic dyspepsia and for loss of appetite. It simply tones and stimulates the stomach. MATERIA MEDICA. 427 Queen of the Meadow (. Eupatorium Purpureum ). Virtues al- most identical to Boneset. Queen’s Root ( Stillingia Sylvatica). This remedy was formerly much used for scrofula , syphilis , diseases of the skin and liver. Dose, decoction of an ounce of the bruised bark to a pint of boiling water. Wineglassful three times a day. Quinine, Sulphate of. See Cinchona Bark. Ragweed ( Ambrosia Artimisicefolia') . Bitter tonic properties which have recommended it in intermittent fevers. Rhubarb {Rheum Palmatum). Much used to give tone to the stomach and bowels in doses of two or three grains a day. Larger doses of twenty-five to thirty grains act as a mild purgative. Besides its cathartic property, it is slightly astringent ; thus after a purgative action the bowels are liable to become somewhat constipated, to avoid this, it may be taken with cream of tartar, or small quantity of jalap or magne- sia. When the liver is in a torpid condition, combine with calomel. When mixed with two or three times its weight of bicarbonate of soda, it is a very useful purgative for children. It is highly recommended for habitual constipation attended with piles , and for constipation of preg- nancy, in which cases chew a piece of the root at bedtime. Rochelle Salt ( Tartrate of Soda and Potash ). The best of the saline cathartics. Dose, from one to two ounces. Often used in acute rheumatism for the double purpose of relieving the bowels and render- ing the urine alkaline. Saffron ( Crocus Sativus ) . A stimulant aromatic. In domestic practice it has long been used in scarlet fever , measles , etc. It is also often used to relieve the pains of menstruation, rheumatism and neural- gia. The decoction is prepared in the proportion of two drachms to a pint of boiling water. Dryik freely. Sage ( Salva Officinalis). Stimulant, tonic and astringent. The cold infusion is useful in checking the profuse sweatings of consumption and those caused by debility alone. It is much aided by adding dilute or aromatic sulphuric acid. The decoction is beneficial as a gargle for ulcers in the mouth and sore throat. Sarsaparilla (Smilax Officinalis). A native of Central and South America and West Indies. It is an excellent restorative and es- pecially beneficial in cases of broken constitution. Sarsaparilla, False, ( Aralia Nudicaulis) . A common plant of the United States, and often substituted for true sarsaparilla. Its medi- cal properties are not valuable. 428 MATERIA MEDICA. Sassafras (Sassafras Officinale ). This aromatic tree is found in most all parts of our country. The bark of root and the pith of the extremities are the parts used. The latter is light and spongy, when dis- solved in water it forms a clear, ropy liquid. It is agreeable to the taste and possesses soothing qualities. Seidlitz Powders. These are made of rochelle salts, two drachms and bichromate of soda, forty grains (in the blue paper). In the white paper, thirty-five grains of tartaric acid. Dissolve contents of each paper in a half tumbler of water, pour together and drink while foaming. Senna (Cassia Acutifolia) . Active cathartic, tendency to gripe ; some aromatic should always be added. Infusion prepared by pouring two ounces boiling water on three drachms of the leaves, allowing it to stand half hour. May be sweetened and all taken at one dose. Skullcap (Scutellaria Lateriflora} . See illustration. Skunk Cabbage (Smyplocarpus Fcetidus) Meadow Cabbage. See illustration. Slippery Elm ( Ulmus Fulva ) . See illustration. Snakeroot, Black. See illustration. Snakeroot, Virginia, (Aristolochia Serpentaria) . See illustra- tion. Soda, Bicarbonate of. Often used as an anti-acid in acidity of the stomach and heartburn. Soda, Borate of, (Borax). Very often used for thrush, in nurs- ing infants for cracked nipples, and by injections for sores in the female genital organs. Dose, five to thirty grains; as a lotion or injection, half to a whole drachm in a pint of water. Soda, Chloride of, (Common Salt). A splendid gargle for sore throat, often used to check hemorrhage from the lungs and nose. Dose, a teaspoonful every ten minutes. Salt is very useful in many oth- er cases. Solomon’s Seal (Polygonatum Giganteum). Chiefly used inter- nally for freckles , bruises and sprains. The whole plant is used in a lo- tion. To prepare, macerate in whiskey or diluted alcohol for three weeks. Spanish Flies (Cantharides) . Often used internally for diseases of the skin , in debility and catarrh of the bladder , and acute Bright's disease , etc. The tincture is the best form for use. Dose, one to twenty drops. Care should be exercised in not giving over-doses. MATERIA MEDICA. 429 Spearmint (. Mentha Viridis). Like peppermint is stimulant and carminative, but less powerful. The oil is chiefly used. Dose, four to five drops. Spice Bush (. Lindera Benzoin). Stimulant and diaphoretic. Sometimes used in the forming stages of acute inflammatory diseases. Dose, wineglassful of the decoction made of the bark and berries. Spikenard ( Aralia Racemosa). Very similar to false sarsapar - illa f though the root is slightly more aromatic. Squill (Scilla Maritima) . A bulbous plant of Southern Europe, sometimes grown in this country. The bulb possesses the medicinal properties, diuretic and expectorant. As a diuretic is often used in dropsy. As an expectorant is useful in croup , chronic bronchitis , whoop- ing cough , etc. Dose of the bulb, powdered, one to three grains. Tincture, ten to twenty drops. Syrup, half to a teaspoonful. Staphisagria (. Delphinium Staphisagria) . An ointment made from the seeds will destroy lice on the bodies of filthy persons. Star Grass (Aletris Farinosa). See illustration. Stramonium ( Datura Stramonium) Jamestown Weed. See il- lustration. Sulphur. Internally is chiefly employed in treating piles. Take equal quantities of sulphur and cream of tartar, mix thoroughly, and take in syrup once or twice a day. The effects are generally very beneficial. Externally is much used in treatment of itch. For details see article on itch. Sulphur baths are highly recommended for various skin diseases , rheumatism and gout. Sumach {Rhus Glabra). The berries are acid and astringent. An infusion of the berries or inner bark is often used with excellent ef- fects as a gargle for sore throat. Sweet Fern ( Comptonia Asplenifolia). Stimulant and astrin- gent. Decoction sometimes used to relieve colic and check diarrhoea. Sweet Spirit of Nitre {Sweet Nitre). Diuretic and diaphoret- ic. Frequently used in febrile diseases to produce sweating, especially useful in feverish conditions of children ; as a diuretic is used in irrita- ble conditions of the bladder and in suppression of the urine. Dose, twenty to thirty drops every hour or two, taken in water. Tannin. See Acid, Tannic. Tansy ( Tanacetum Vulgar e). Tonic, stimulant properties simi- lar to wormwood. Formally much used in cases of delayed menstrua- tion, worms and dropsy. 430 MATERIA MEDICA. Tar (Pinus Palustris ) . Used extensively in a variety of skin dis- eases, and internally for pulmonary diseases . To prepare, take one part tar to ten parts water, mix, and allow to stand two or three days, then pour off the clear water. Dose, wineglassful four times a day or oftener. It has been successfully used in chronic bronchitis and consumption . Tar may also be usefully employed by inhalation for pulmonary troub- les. Stir tar in hot water and inhale the vapor. Tulip Tree ( Liriodendron Tulipifera') . The bark from the branches has simple, bitter, tonic properties, and useful when simple bit- ters are desired. Turpentine ( Oil of, Spirits of Turpentine') . Produced by distil- ling the resinous exudations of several different species of pine.' Its sphere of usefulness is great. Is successfully used in a variety of hem- orrhages, such as nose, stomach, bladder and womb, and is especially valuable in the typhoid condition, when there is bloating of the abdomen from accumulation of gas. In typhoid fever it is often used with happy results. Dose, five to twenty- five drops, in emulsion or on a lump of sugar. Turpentine is often used as a counter-irritant in intense inflam- matory diseases. Take a folded piece of flannel, dip into hot water, wring as dry as possible, then sprinkle freely with turpentine, apply to the part over the pain, cover with a dry cloth to present evaporation, renew as often as found necessary. Virginia Snake Root. See illustration. White Cedar ( Arbor Vita). The strong tincture or fluid ex- tract is highly recommended as an application to fungous growths, warts, etc. Also sometimes used internally for pulmonary catarrh and suppressed menses. Dose, ten to fifteen drops. White Walnut ( fuglans Crnera). Is often called butternut and oilnut. The medicinal portion is the inner bark of the root. It is a splendid mild purgative and especially valuable in case of habitual constipation of the bowels, or in dysentery and biliousness. It can be made into a tea, using an ounce of bark to a quart of water. Dose, a wineglassful before going to bed. White Oak Bark. See Black Oak. Wild Cherry ( Prunus Serotina). Is found in most all parts of the United States ; has a white flower with a bitter odor. The berry is black and pleasant to the taste. The medical properties are found in the berries and inner bark of the roots and branches. The berries are preserved in brandy or whiskey which extract their virtue. The bark MATERIA MEDICA. 431 is dried, made into an infusion, produced by adding a large tablespoon heaping full to a quart of cold water and allowed to stand twenty-four hours. Wild Indigo (Baptisia Tinctoria). See illustration. Willow. The willow tree has rendered valuable aid in relieving fever and ague and similar complaints. The part used is the inner bark of the trunk, and is usually taken in the form of a strong tea. It has been found to exert much power, but quinine is decidedly more ef- fective. Witch Hazel ( Hamamelis Virginica ). See illustration. Wormwood. See illustration. Yarrow (. Archillcea Millefolia). Stimulant, tonic, promotes the appetite and improves the digestion. Highly recommended for piles. delayed menstruation, leucorrhcea and flatulent colic. Administered in infusion. Yellow Dock ( Rumex Crispus). See illustration. o In the limited space devoted to this department of “The Cottage Physician” it has been impossible to compress the whole Materia Med- ica , yet it is believed that no really important remedy has been omitted. Purely Vegetable Treatment HOME MADE REMEDIES, PREPARED FROM ROOTS, HERBS, BARKS, ETC. f As many of our friends may prefer tlie treatment of disease through the medium of herbs alone, we herein give, in addition to the herbal preparations in the previous parts, many other formula; and amongst them will be found ilie principal forms used by the best eclectic physicians and botanical medicine practitioners of America and Europe. Anti-dyspeptic Powder. — Cayenne and golden seal, of each two ounces; saleratus, half an ounce — mix in powder. Dose: half a teaspoonful in hot water, fifteen minutes after a meal, in indigestion, pain in the stomach, etc. . Anti-dyspeptic Pills. — Golden seal, powdered, three ounces; cayenne, five drams; inspissated oxgall, Q. S. — mix; divide into five grain pills. Dose: two to four, three times a day. They rectify acidity and wind in the stomach, and regulate the bowels. Anti-spasmodic Tincture. — Lobelia seed, powdered, one pound; va- ierian and cayenne, of each four ounces; Holland gin, one gallon — infuse ten days, closely stopped, shake once a day, then strain for use. Dose: a teaspoon- full two or three times a day, in fits of all kinds — hysteria, hypochondria, hy- drophobia, etc. Balmony, or Snake Head — Is an excellent bitter tonic and laxative, and is useful in costiveness, indigestion, loss of appetite, jaundice, worms, etc., given in infusions and other forms. Bayberry. — A native of the New England States. The bark of the root is the part used in medicine; it is an astringent stimulant, is an excellent med- icine for canker, also for bowel complaints, and if given freely at the com. mencement, is said to be a certain cure. The powder is given in teaspoonful doses, in water, sweetened; or a strong, infusion drunk freely. Taken every two or three hours. Barberry. — The bark is the part used. It is a bitter tonic, improve? the appetite, acts on the liver. Is taken in powder or infusion, similar to golden seal. Bethroot, Wake Bobin, True Love, or Jew’s Harp.— The root is the part used. It is an astringent. Useful in all excessive discharges of the bowels, womb, or in bleedings internally of all kinds. The powdered root may be taken in infusion of one ounce to the pint for four doses. m BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. 433 Bitter Boot, or Dog’s Bane. — The bark of the root is the part used. It is a tonic, anti-spasmodic, and stimulant. A strong infusion, or decoction drunk in small teacupful doses, every two hours, till it operates. Cleanses the stomach and bowels, and frees from bile. Black Cohosh, Black Snakeroot, or Battleweed.— The root is the part used. A syrup made of its decoction is useful for coughs; and a pouh tice, made by thickening the decoction with slippery elm, is useful in all kinds of inflammation. Boneset, Thoroughwort, Feverwort, or Indian Sage. —The leaves and flowers are used. It is a relaxant, sudorific, antiseptic, stimulant, diuretic, and tonic. The infusion of two ounces in one quart of boiling water, drunk freely. A teacupful every fifteen minutes (drunk warm), till it operates, will produce vomiting; for sweating, two tablespoonful doses every hour. As a tonic and laxative, a small teacupful of the decoction every two hours. Bugle Weed, Water Hoarhound, or Betony.— Tonic, sedative and slightly astringent. It lias a marked effect on the heart, reducing the velocity of the pulse. It is useful in diabetes, and will arrest bleeding from the stomach or lungs, and also will give relief in dyspeptic and all gastric de- rangements. It may be used in an infusion of leaves or stems, or in one to three grain doses of its active principle, Ty copin. The warm infusion aids per- spiration and equalizes the circulation. It may be taken freely without pro- ducing unfavorable symptoms. Burdock. — This a common but valuable plant. The root is used. It is an excellent diuretic, and is given in dropsies and urinal diseases, in the form of decoction. Dried root of burdock, sliced, one ounce; water, two pints, boiled down to half. This is to be taken in about six doses, in twenty-four hours, for dropsy. Butternut, or White Walnut. — The inner bark or the root is used. It is a mild, efficacious, tonic purge, and is recommended for derangement of the liver, costiveness, worms, and dysentry, also in lingering fevers. It is given in decoction, extracts; pills, syrups, etc. Camomile, or Chamomile. — This well-known plant is a favorite do- mestic remedy for sick head-ache and stomach derangements. The strong infusion, drunk warm, is emetic; taken cold, in small half -teacupful doses, is stomachic. Camomile Pills. — Extract of camomile, four drams; camomile flowers, dried and powdered, two drams; extract of gentian, two drams; Turkey rhu- barb (powdered), valarian (powdered), and best ginger (powdered), of each one dram; oil of camomile, ten drops; syrup of ginger, Q. S. Mix 170 pills. Dose: three, twice a day, as a stomachic, for headache, etc. Canada Snakeroot, Wild Ginger, or Colt’s Foot.— A tonic, stimulant, diaphoretic, and Expectorant. The root is used. As a warm stimulant and nervine; useful in affections of the lungs, colds, asthma, croup, consumption, etc. The ordinary dose is a teaspoonful, in warm water, sweet- ened, thrice a day. 434 BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. Canker j Compound for. — Bay berry, one ounce; white pond lily, one ounce; cayenne, two drams; loaf sugar, lialf-a-pound — all finely powdered, sifted and mixed. Dose: lialf-a-teaspoonful in honey, or molasses, twice or three times a day; and a teaspoonful put in a teacupful of boiling water, to gargle with. Useful in all cases of canker in the mouth, etc. Cayenne Pills. — Cayenne (powdered), and best ginger (powdered), of each two drams; angelica root (powdered), one dram; syrup of ginger, Q. S. Mix 100 pills. Dose: two or three twice or thrice a day, as a warm stimulant to expel wind, warm stomach, etc. Cholera, Diarrhoea, or Dysentery, Powder for.— Bayberrv, golden seal, and rhubarb, of each one ounce; cinnamon and dried peppermint, of each half-an-ounce; saleratus, two drams; powdered myrrh, one 'dram; loaf sugar, three ounces — all well powdered, sifted, and mixed. Dose: put a teaspoonful of the powder in lialf-a-teacupful of hot water, add two teaspoonfuls of loaf sugar — when cool enough give two or three tablespoonfuls every fifteen min- utes, till the looseness, etc., is .stopped; and relief is got; or — Cholera, Diarrhoea, or Dysentery, Powder for.— Powdered catechu, six ounces; stomach bitters powder and best ginger, of each three ounces; cinchona bark and cinnamon, of each two ounces; valerian, cloves and cayenne, of each one and a-lialf ounces; bayberry, and myrrh, of each one ounce — well powdered, sifted, and mixed. Dose: a teaspoonful in a cup of ginger tea, every ten minutes till relief is got. Cholera, Diarrhoea, or Dysentery, Decoction or Syrup for.— Green peppermint, two ounces; bayberry, one ounce; white pond lily root, one ounce; water, three pints — boil down to two pints, and strain — pour the boiling liquor on the following ingredients: Powdered rhubarb, one ounce; powdered myrrh, two drams; saleratus and cayenne, of each one dram; loaf sugar, three ounces; when cold, bottle, and add best brandy, or rectified spirit of wine, four ounces. Dose: take half a wine-glassful every two hours, till relief is got. Colic, Pemedy for.— On two teaspoonfuls of composition powder, pour one pint of boiling water, stir together; wizen cool, add of tincture of myrrh and tincture of ginger, of each two drams. Give a wine-glassful of this every ten or fifteen minutes. Apply a hot bran poultice to the part where the pain is, and administer an enema. This course will mostly relieve. Composition Powder. — 1. Bayberry, two pounds; ginger, one pound; cayenne, cinnamon, and prickly ash, of each two ounces; or — 2. Bayberry, three pounds; ginger, one and a-lialf pounds; cayenne and cloves, of each three ounces; or — 3. Bayberry, six ounces; ginger, two ounces; pinus canadensis, cloves and cinnamon, of each half an ounce; cayenne, two drams; or — 4. Bay- berry, eight ounces; poplar bark and ginger, of each four ounces; cloves, one ounce; cinnamon, half an ounce, cayenne, two drams. Whichever is taken, it must be finely powdered, sifted, and well mixed. They are stimulant, carminative, tonic, and nervine. The dose is a teaspoonful in a cupful of warm water, sweetened and made to palate, with milk or cream, and taken two or three times a day. when needed. BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. 435 Comfrey.— The root is used. It should be collected in early spring or late in the fall, cut into pieces, dried, and kept from damp air, as it deteriorates by long keeping. It is useful in cough?, consumption, dysentery, soreness of bowels, etc. Given in strong infusion or powdered root, in half teaspoonful doses. Conserve Stimulating, or Bread of Life. — Golden seal, prickly ash, poplar bark, and cinnamon, of each two ounces, cayenne, one ounce; loaf sugar, four pounds — all finely powdered and well mixed, kneeded to a stiff dough with mucilage of slippery elm adding oil of pennyroyal and peppermint, of each two drams; made into cakes of convenient size, and dried. May be eaten freely. Is useful for coughs, colds, hoarseness, and as a stomachic stimulant. Consumption, Powder for. — Stomach bitters, cough powder, and diabetes powder, of each four drams. Mix. Take a teaspoonful in a teacup- ful of hot water three times a day — taking cough pills and syrup also. Cough. Drops, or Syrup. — 1. Lobelia herb, four ounces; lioarliound, comfrey, and elecampane, of each two ounces; boneset, four ounces; water, three quarts ; boil to three pints — strain ; add two pounds of loaf sugar, and one pint of Holland gin. Dose: two teaspoonfuls every hour, in asthma, croup, consumption, etc. 2. Hoarhound, hyssop, polypoddy root, coltsfoot, linseed, elecampane, and licorice, of each one ounce; aniseed, half an ounce; water, three pints, boil down to two — strain; add best molasses, two pounds; acid tincture of lobelia, four ounces. Boil slowly twenty minutes — skim — then add when cold, tincture of ginger, one ounce; oil of mint, one dram (put together these two to dissolve oil). Dose: from one teaspoonful to four tablespoonfuls four times a day, for coughs, consumption and most diseases of the lungs and bronchial tubes. Cough Pills. — Gum ammoniac, one ounce; extract of lobelia, lobelia herb, cayenne, elecampane, and an 1 leed (powdered), of each two drams — dis- solve the gum and extract in a little iot water, then add the other ingredients in powder — mass with mucilage of gum arabic, Q. S. Mix 270 pills. Dose: one to three pills twice or thrice a day, in all kinds of coughs. Cough Powders.- 1. Slippery elm, ounce; lobelia herb, prickly ash, skunk cabbage, wake robin, and valerian, of each half an ounce; cayenne, one dram — powder well, and mix. Dose: half a teaspoonful in hot water, sweet- ened, every three hours, for all coughs, consumption, etc. 2. Elecampane, licorice powder, and skull cap, of each one ounce; polypoddy, angelica, and ginger, of each two drams; lobelia herbs and aniseed, of each one dram — pow- der and mix. Dose: a teaspoonful, same as composition powders, for coughs, hoarseness, etc. Cramp of Stomach, Remedy for. — Spasmodic powder, a teaspoon- ful; pour on to it half a pint of boiling water, sweeten, let it settle, when cool, strain. Put ten drops of oil of mint into an ounce of tincture of ginger — mix with the infusion. Give a tablespoonful every ten minutes till relief is got. 436 BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. Croup, Syrup for. — Lobelia, ginger, and cayenne, of each half a dram; sugar, half a pound; boiling water, one pint — pour on, stir till sugar is dis- solved, leave to settle — mix oil of peppermint, one dram, with tincture of myrrh, one ounce — mix with the other. Dose: from a tea to a tablespoonful, according to age, half hourly, till relief is got. Curative Powder. — Composition powder, one ounce; barberry bark r half an ounce; white poplar bark, skunk cabbage, and dandelion root, of each two drams; cloves, two scruples; cayenne, one scruple — all well powdered and mixed. Useful in stomach and liver complaints'. It may be taken similarly to composition powder, two, three, or four times a day. Diabetes, Powder for. — Bistort root, two ounces; comfrey root, Peru- vian bark, and golden seal, of each one ounce; white resin and tormentil root, of each half an ounce — all well powdered and mixed. Dose: a teaspoonful three times a day, in anything convenient. Diuretic Powder. — Buchu leaves, one and a half ounces; parsley root and uva ursa, of each one ounce; kercuma and blue flag root, of each half an ounce; dandelion root and dwarf elder, inner bark, of each two drams; cayenne, one dram — powder all and mix well, then add oil of juniper, thirty drops. Taken same as composition powder, twice or thrice a day, for bladder affections, dropsy, etc. Dock Ointment. — Sharp dock root, fresh got, sliced and bruised, one pound; pinus canadensis, two ounces; mutton suet, clarified, four ounces; lard; one and a half pounds — simmer all together on a slow fire two hours — strain, stir till cold. Useful for scurvy, scrofula, itch, etc. Dropsy, Decoction for. — Blue flag root, parsley root, ginger, and juniper berries, of each one ounce; dwarf elder and buchu leaves, of each half an ounce; bruise roots and berries — boil in two quarts of water down to three pints; tben add elder and buchu — boil ten minutes longer, strain and press out. Ta^e half a wine-glassful four times a day along with the diuretic powder and gravel pills, living well on dry, stimulating food. Dropsy, Powder for. — Queen of the meadow root and parsley root, of each one and a half ounces; buchu leaves, one ounce; uva ursa, ginger and cinnamon, of each half an ounce — powder and mix well. Taken same as compo- sition powder, twice or thrice a day, in dropsy and bladder affections. Elm Poultice. — Slippery elm, two teaspoonfuls; lobelia herb and gin- ger, of each one teaspoonful — mix well with warm water. Useful in all cases of pain and inflammation. Emetic Powder. — Lobelia herb, lobelia seed, and cayenne, of each two ounces; bayberry and valerian, of each one ounce — all finely powdered and well mixed. Dose: put four teaspoonfuls in a cupful of hot water — leave to settle. Give four teaspoonfuls of the tea every ten minutes, until it operates freely as an emetic. Erysipelas, or St. Anthony’s Eire, Decoction for.— Yarrow, bone- set, figwort, wood sage, meadow sweet, and composition powder, of each half an ounce; water, two quarts, boil down to three pints — strain — sweeten with BOTANICAL MEDICAL PRACTICE. 437 coarse sugar to taste. Dose: a wine-glassful every ten minutes till the patient sweats freely, and the slippery elm poultice may be applied to the painful part — will soothe the irritation. Excess of Menstruation, or Flooding, Remedy for.— Arch- angel crane’s bill, meadow sweet, raspberry leaves, and bistort root (bruised), of each one ounce; cloves (bruised), two drams; water; three pints, boil down to one quart — strain, and add whilst hot, female restorative powder, half an ounce, and stomach bitters, two drams — boil a few minutes, strain through muslin, and add white sugar, half a pound. Take a wine glassful four times a day; half an hour before meals. Females, Cordial for. — Partridge berry vine, three ounces; high cran- berry, unicorn root, and blue cohosh, of each one ounce; water, two quarts, boil down to one — strain, and fine sugar, half a pound; best brandy, twelve ounces. Given to pregnant females about a fortnight before the expected time of confinement; it strengthens much both mother and child. Dose: from half a wine-glassful to a whole one, twice during the day, and at bed-time in a little warm water — it eases during labor. Female Corrective Pills. — Germander and tansey flowers (dried and powdered), unicorn root, myrrh, and socotrine aloes, of each two drams; cay- enne, one drams; oil of mint, pennyroyal, and thyme, of each five drops; strong infusion, or juice of mugwort, Q. S. to mix with — 165 pills. Two night and morning. Are very useful in female obstructions, or suppression of menses. Female Restorative Pills. — Kino, white resin, bistort root, myrrh, socotrine aloes and cloves, of each two drams; tincture of kino, Q. S. — mix 180 pills. Dose: two taken twice or thrice a day for profuse menstruations, whites, etc. Female Corrective Powders. — I. White poplar bark and bayberry, of each one ounce; ginger, six drams; cloves, cinnamon and golden seal, of each four drams; myrrh, two drams; cayenne, one dram — all finely powdered and well mixed. A teaspoonful taken four times a day — in pennyroyal, fever- few, tansey tea, or the like — in obstruction of menses, and similar diseases; or — II. Myrrh, tansey flowers, unicorn, and cayenne, of each four ounces; socotrine aloes, four drams — finely powdered, sifted, and well mixed. Dose: half a tea- spoonful three or four times a day, in honey or molasses, in obstructed or sup- pressed menses. Female Restorative Powders. — I. Poplar bark, comfrey root, and tormentil root, of each two ounces; marsli-mallow root, white pond lily, bal- mony, and cloves, of each one ounce; catechu and bistort root, of each four drams; cayenne, two drams — all powdered and sifted. Dose: a teaspoonful m a teacupful of hot water, sweetened, two, three, or four times a day, in whites, excessive menstruation and general debility. II. Poplar bark, eight ounces; witch hazel leaves, one and a half ounces; betliroot, one and a half ounces; cloves and cinnamon, of each one ounce; cayenne, six drams; loaf sugar, on XOr 9 ar Pi ulnaris. /{ Palmans longus. ?'~?u? aris brevis. m ~w]l duct ? r Jninim i dieiti. M.- F-lexor brevis minimi * r fbgiti. —Tendon flexor sublimis of 4th finger. *— T en don flexor sublimis or 3d finger. f '' T ^ f ^ n « flexor su blimis or 2d finger. h— Tendon flexor sublimis of 1st finger. -Flexor sublimis digitorum —Flexor carpi radialis? ’ -Opponens pollieis. -Abductor pollieis. -flexor brevis pollieis. -Adductor pollieis. -flexor longus pollieis. — Lumbncalis. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 465 if the injury be greater, the remedies must be persevered in for hours, and every attention rendered. Should the effects proceed from a blow, that is, the person be stunned, then raise the head, apply warmth to the feet, and some pungent smelling- salts to the nose. If the flesh be cut, bathe with a sponge and cold water until all the dirt be cleared away and the bleeding stop ; then bring the edges of the wound carefully together, and keep them so by strips of sticking-plaster (see Fig. 110). On the extremities, a piece of linen may be laid over the wound, and then bandaged. But should the wound be extensive, take a needle threaded with silk, dip it in oil, and enter the skin Fig. 110. Fig. 111. about one-eight of an inch deep, tie each sticn with a knot (see Fig. Ill), and about thirty hours afterwards cut the silk, and draw out the thread. If the part have a throbbing sensation, bathe it with cold water. In cases where the flesh is torn, bring the parts gently together, and lightly strap them with sticking- plaster. If a part be bruised, let it remain as much at rest as possible: but, if severe, get the person to bed, and apply a cloth dipped in cold water every few minutes. Should the part bleed, the vessel can be tied as before directed. Many persons feel themselves shaken without any positive injury; but we would advise, in this case, that at least an hour’s rest be taken on a couch or bed. Cuts. — For small and simple cuts, treat as follows : Tie it up at once with a piece of linen rag ; this is usually sufficient to stay the bleeding. The small quantity of blood which may exude quickly dries up the wound, and forms a sort of glue which effectually excludes the air. As no better dress- ing can be used, it may be left on till the cut is well. If the bleeding should be excessive, it should be checked by the use of cold water or astringents, such as turpentine or Friar’s bal- sam, and the edges of the cut surface brought firmly into con- tact by strips of sticking-plaster, and, if necessary, bandaged. 466 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. Cuts from the Flesh. — If a piece of flesh be cut out, wash it, and the part from which it was cut, without a mo- ment’s loss of time, replace it exactly in its proper place, and keep it there with a piece of sticking-plaster. If the piece can not be replaced, bath the part with cold water until the bleed- ing stops, and place over it a piece of soft linen, as directed on p. 350. Stabs. — The danger of such accidents is, that there may be some important deeply-seated part injured. They are treated as common wounds : the bleeding stopped by cold water and a sponge, then the edges brought together with strapping, and bound up. If inflammation set in, foment with cold water for a day or two, then with warm water, and apply poultices. At times, when apparently healing, there will be a painful sensation ; and matter formed below will force its way out; this may happen more than once. The patient should be kept quiet in bed for several days. Bandy Legs. — A child is sometimes born bandy, but more frequently becomes so through being suffered to walk or stand before the legs have strength sufficient to support the body. In either case, the evil may be removed or considerably amended by proper care and attention. Treatment . — Bathe the legs two or three times a day in bay-salt and water, and afterwards rub them briskly with the hand. Where sea-bathing can be obtained, it is of course the best; and where it is inconvenient to take the child to the sea, sea-water can be brought into the house for the purpose. With regard to irons, splints, bandages, etc., it is better not to apply these except under medical advice and supervision. In many cases the appliances will do more harm than good. With females, bandy legs are more serious deformities than with males, as they are connected with malformation of the pelvis, and other bones which enclose the uterus, and so inter- fere with the formation, growth, or delivery of the foetus. Proud Flesh. — This is a name applied to the red granula- tions which often appear on the surface of wounds and ulcers. If they rise above the level of the skin they may be destroyed by a caustic application, such as the nitrate of silver or sulphate of copper (blue-stone) ; a few grains of red precipitate, or a little powdered lump-sugar. The first-named of the above is the most effectual, but care should be taken, in applying it, only to touch the spots themselves. Ingrowing Nails. — It often happens that a tight or ill- made shoe, by continual pressure on one part of the nail, forces it into tfle flesh; arid then causes great pain and inconvenience. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 467 Treatment for the Toe . — First procure an easier shoe, which will allow the nail to take its natural course ; then take a piece of glass, and with it scrape the whole length of the middle of the nail persistently, and yet with a delicate hand. By this means the centre of the nail will eventually be rendered so thin, that it may be readily bent, and in this flexible condition it gives way to the upward pressure of the skin on its outward edges, readily bends, and offers no further resistance. The cause of irritation being withdrawn, the tenderness soon heals, and the proud flesh drops down. An ingrowing nail may be caused by an improper mode of cutting it. Nails should never be clipped at the corners, but cut straight across the top, if anything, slightly scopped in the middle. This leaves a sufficient amount of resistance at the corners; for wear what shoes we may, there must always be a certain degree of pressure on the nail, which should be pro- vided for. Treatment for the Finger . — Wrap the affected finger in a compress moistened with a lotion made as follows : Liquor of ammonia, one ounce ; camphorated alcohol, one drachm ; bay salt, quarter of an ounce ; water, three quarters of a pint ; mix, and shake well together. After ten minutes, remove this, and re- place it by a compress anointed with camphor pomatum, and kept in place till next dressing by a rubber finger-stall drawn over it. Then dissolve one and a quarter ounces of camphor in a .gill of brandy, wet a narrow band wbh this solution, place it round the root of the nail, and let it remain there until the next dressing. The finger-nails should be cut of an oval shape, correspond- ing with the form of the finger ; they should not be allowed to grow too long, as they thereby are rendered more liable to accident ; neither should they be too short, as they thus deprive the ends of the fingers of their protection and support. When the nails are naturally ragged or ill-formed, they should be gently scraped, afterwards rubbed with lemon, then rinsed with water, and well dried with a towel. If the nails grow more to one side than the other, they should be cut in such a manner as to make the points come as near as possible to the centre of the end of the finger. Dislocations. — By this term, we understand a displace- ment, by violence, of one part of a joint from its natural con- nection to the other. By a knowledge of the structure of the joint, we are enabled to lay down rules by which the displaced bone may be returned or reduced. The ligaments which have 468 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. been torn asunder re-unite, and the joint regains its healthy structure. The sooner this is done the better, and the easier will it be effected ; but the attempt may be made even after the expiration of three or four weeks, if in the larger joints. After this period, the displaced hone adheres to the part it is in contact with, and the attempt should not be made but by an experienced surgeon. After the reduction, inflammation of a mild character may follow, which the application of a few leeches will suffice to remove. The joint may be bound up lightly with a wet band, and cold water, or vinegar and water, applied. Dislocation of the Lower Jaw. — Symptoms. — The mouth is fixed open, pain in front of the ear, and extending up to the temples. This state of the jaw occurs suddenly, while gaping, eating, or talking, while the jaw is in motion, and is apt to recur. Treatment . — Place the patient on a low seat, cover the two thumbs with a silk pocket-handkerchief, pass the thumbs into the mouth, and press with force, slowly applied, on the last four lower teeth, and at the same time raise the chin, pushing the jaw backwards. Considerable pressure is required by the thumbs ; two pieces of wood may be employed as a substitute for the thumbs. Dislocation of the End of the Collar-Bone. — Either end of the collar-bone may be dislocated by a blow or a fall, indicated by a swelling over the joints which the bone forms either with the breast-bone or shoulder-blade, and by the sud- denness of its occurrence. The treatment is very much lik that of the fracture of the collar-bone, to which reference must be made. A pad of lint should be put on the swelling, and the arm raised high in a sling. This accident will require three weeks’ rest. Dislocation of the Shoulder. — Symptoms. — Flatness of the shoulder, compared with the roundness of the sound side; inability to move the arm ; the elbow placed at from two to three inches from the side ; the attempt to press it to the side occasioning pain in the shoulder. If the fingers be passed up under the arm to the armpit, the head of the bone will be felt out of the socket, and may be revolved to make it perceptible. Treatment . — A round or jack towel, through which the arm should be drawn; the towel carried up to the armpit and twisted over the shoulder, and the two ends thus twisted passed over the back of the neck, and fixed into a staple by a rope, or otherwise. Wash-leather, or other soft material, to be wound ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 4GD around the arm, just below the elbow ; a close liitch-knot of quarter-inch line made upon it. The patient to be placed in a chair and held firmly, or to lie down on a bed, and fixed. The arm may be drawn slowly and steadily, at an angle half way between hori- zontal and vertical, and the extension to be continued for ten minutes to a quarter of an hour, — during which, fre- quently, the surgeon or su- perintendent should raise the arm, near the upper or dislocated end, upward, with his two hands, with some force: the head will return into the socket with a sound or slight shock. If the head of the bone be thrown forward on the chest, the extension to be car- ried a little backward ; if backward, a little forward. After reduction, a sling and three weeks’ to a months’ rest. The re- duction may also be effected by laying the patient on the ground on his back, while the operator places his right heel in the left armpit (as in Fig. 112), if the dislocation occur on the left side ; and his left heel in the right armpit, if it occur on the the right side, and makes a powerful extension on the affected arm by both hands. Dislocation of the Elbow-Joint. — The elbow-joint con- sists of three bones — the bone of the arm spreading out across the joint, and the radius outside, the ulna inside. The me common dislocation is when both radius and ulna are throY backward. Fig. 113. THE elbow-joint. 1, the Humerus, or upper hone of tlk arm; 2, the Ulna; 3, the Radius;— these two being the lower bones, they are all held together by ligaments connected with both extremities of the bones, and with the shaft ; 4 marks the insertion of the external lateral ligament, which passes beneath into the orbicular ligament 5, of which the hinder part (6) is spread out at its inser- tion into the Ulna; 7 marks the situation of the anterior 1 gament, scarcely seen in this view; and 8 is the posterior ligament, thrown into folds by the extension of the joint. There are other ligaments not shown here : nor are the muscles by which the complicated movements of the joint are effected. Symptoms. — The joint motionless, a little bent; skin tight in front of the joint; a projection behind formed by the elbow, 470 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. which, with its tendon, is pushed back. The joint can neither he bent nor straightened. Treatment . — Two men will be sufficient generally, unless the patient be very muscular. Extension to be made in a straight direction by both. The force required is not gen- erally very great, and the reduction takes place commonly with a snap. Both bones may be forced forwards — when this accident occurs, the elbow is broken. The imperfect line of the joint will be readily observed when a comparison is made with the opposite joint. Reduction . — Simple extension, as before ; and, when reduced, the joint should be placed straight, and bound on to a splint. This accident will require from five to six weeks. Other acci- dents of this kind occur to the elbow-joint, but they may all be treated on the same principle, namely, forcing the bones back to their natural position, which may be ascertained on com- parison with the opposite sound limb, or the limb of another person. Dislocation of the Fingers and Toes. — Dislocation of the fingers and toes are of rare occurrence ; and, when they do happen, it is generally between the first and second joints. They may be easily known by the projection of the dislocated bones, and reduced without much difficulty, if done soon after the accident. Treatment. — Fig. 114 will show the method of reduction; the clove-hitch, made with a piece of stout tape, may be used if there is much difficulty ; the wrist during the operation should have a slight forward inclination given to it. This -will relax he flexor muscles. Dislocation of the Wrist- Joint. — The hand may be breed backward or forward, at this accident is very un- common. The nature of the case will be apparent to the slightest observation. Treatment . — The hand should be grasped firmly by a power- ful man, and drawn straight. If the hand slips, a bandage may be applied around it to aid the application of the extending force: but all that is required is full extension, by which the hand may be drawn straight. The same observation will apply to dislocation of the fingers. Dislocation of the Hip-Joint. — These dislocations are very important and very numerous, being not less than four in ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 471 iiuinber. The hip-joint consists of the head of the thigh-bone and the socket formed by the pelvis, or continuation of the haunch-bone, toward the middle of the body. These accidents generally arise from a fall from a height, or a very severe blow, and are attended with severe injury to the structure of the joint and surrounding parts, although the consequences are not generally so severe as fracture of the neck of the thigh, de- tailed above. The head may be thrown from the socket in four direc- tions: First — upward and backward. Second — backward. Third — downward and inward. Fourth — upward and inward. The most frequent is the first — upward and backward. Symptoms. — Shortening of the ieg to the extent of about two inches. The foot is turned in, and lies over the opposite foot; the ball of the great toe toward the opposite instep; the leg cannot be turned out, nor the attempt made without pain. On examining the side of the buttock where the head is thrown, it will be felt on the bone, with the great projection formed by the end of the shaft of the bone, placed in front of it. If the leg is rotated, the head and the great process, or prominence (trochanter), will be felt to revolve also. The line of the thigh is altogether too far outwards. Treatment . — A round or jack towel should be applied, as in the case of the dislocation of the shoulder, and drawn up around the thigh as high as possible, and twisted over the hip-bone somewhat tightly, and fixed behind into a staple. Wash-leather or a soft towel, to be wound around the thigh, about the knee, and around this the cord or line with two clove-hitches, one on each side of the thigh. The aid of six men will be required, who must draw very slowly and very cautiously. The patient should be placed nearly on the sound side, and the limb should be drawn a little across the other limb; and after it has begun to descend, yet a little more across the opposite leg. When the thigh is fully extended it will generally reduce itself, and may be heard to return into the socket with a snap. Should it not do so, the superintendent should take the thigh high up to- wards the trunk in his hands, and raise it, and use a round towel, passed under the limb and over his neck, and raise it, twisting it outwards at the same time. Dislocation Backward. — Symptoms. — The symptoms are nearly the same, except that the shortening is less, and the turning in of the foot less also ; but both the symptoms exist in a degree. The head of the bone lies lower down, and is less apparent to the hand when pressing on it. 472 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. Treatment . — The reduction is effected by the application of nearly the same means. The limb should, however, be drawn rather more over the opposite limb. When fully extended, it should be turned outwards, when the head will slip into the socket. Dislocation Downward and Inward— Symptoms.— The leg is a little lengthened, and is drawn forward on the trunk; or, if placed straight downward on the ground, the trunk will be bent forward as in a stooping posture ; the toe points a little outward. The line of the thigh, when compared with its fellow, is directed too much inward toward the middle of the body, and also too far backward. The thigh should be moved in all directions, slightly, to ascertain that it is fixed in this position. Treatment . — Apparatus applied as before, patient lying upon his back ; extension to be made downward and outward, and when brought down, after some minutes 7 extension, the thigh should be forced in its upper end, outwards, by the hand, or the towel being placed between the thigh and drawn in the direction opposite to that of the dislocation, namely, upwards and outwards. Dislocation Upward and Inward— This is the most formidable of all these dislocations. Symptoms. — The leg is shortened, and, like the last disloca- tion, drawn forward on the body, as though in the act of step- ping to walk. Both these last symptoms are more strongly marked than in the former. A swelling, caused by the head of the bone, is apparent at the groin, and the bone is firmly fixed. Treatment. — The same means as before, and nearly the same direction as the last accident, except that the limb should be drawn outward and more backward. These two last dis- locations may be reduced in the sitting posture of the patient, and in that position drawn round a bed-post. A month’s rest is required, or even more. Dislocation Of the Knee-pan— The knee-pan {'patella) may be forced off the end of the thigh-bone either outward or inward ; but the latter is very rare. Displacement outward is generally caused by sudden and violent action of the muscles of the thigh. Symptoms. — The appearance of the bone on the outside of the knee joint, instead of in front, attended with pain, stiffness of the^knee, and inability to walk without much pain. Treatment. — The leg must be bent forwards on the trunk, and the knee straightened as much as possible; the bone is ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 473 then to be forced back by the pressure of the hand. When it is returned, the knee should be very slightly bent, and placed over a pillow. From three weeks to a month will be required. The Ankle. — The ankle is the joint fig. 115 . which connects the foot with the leg. It is called a hinge-joint, and is formed of the extremities of the large and small bones of the latter (1, 2), and the smooth surface of the Astralagus (3), a bone of the former, articulated to- gether, and kept in their places by strong ligaments (4, 5). Dislocation of th3 foot at the Ankle-joint — The foot may be forced inward, outward, forward, and back- wards. Of these the second (outwards) is by for the most fre- quent. It is generally accompanied by fracture of the small or outer bone of the leg, about four inches above the ankle-joint. On comparing the dislocated with the opposite foot, the distor- tion will be apparent. Treatment . — The foot should be held firmly by a strong man, by the heel and by the front, and drawn steadily down- wards, and forced back into its position. A little backward and forward movement of the foot or the ankle will facilitate its return. The other dislocations may be ascertained by comparison with the opposite foot, and should all be reduced on the same principle, and by the same means, as the dislocation outwards, above described. Fractures. — One of the commonest accidents, to which all are liable, is a fracture of one or other of the bones, which is often produced by a slight fall, or some other trifling accident, especially in very cold weather, when the bones are more brit- tle than at any other time. Treatment . — The patient should be laid on a door or shutter, the limbs tied together or placed as near as possible in a natural position, and carried by two or four bearers. For a few days, a limb should not be “ put up,” but loosely bandaged in its proper posture, and an evaporating lotion applied till the swell- ing begins to abate. The consequence of a broken bone is the entire incapacity of the limb or the part to perform its func- tions in the economy, until the bone is not only united, but so firmly knit as to render it fitted for a cautious return to its duties. A bone requires for this purpose a period proportion- 474 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. ate to its size, bulk, etc., the extremes being from about three weeks to twelve — or what is termed simple fractures ; but in compound fractures — where the soft parts about the broken bone are largely torn, communicating with the external air by^ a wound of the integument — these periods must be greatly ex- tended. Fractures of the Skull— Little can be said on this sub- ject, inasmuch that the injury is essentially dangerous in its na- ture, and the aid from surgery comparatively less than in or- dinary fractures. It may be attended with deep sleep, snoring, and insensibility to pain, evidenced by pinching, Ac., it may be inferred that a portion of bone is pressing on, or into the brain. Whether the external skin be broken or not, an examina- tion should be made, provided the situation of the blow be clearly indicated by the fracture being perceptible to the touch, or by blood being effused under the skin. A cut may be made two or three inches in length down to the bone; if arteries bleed, they should be seized with a pair of forceps and tied with a piece of silk thread, the ends of which may be cut off. When the bone is exposed, by one or two incisions as may be required, the depressed bone should be raised by a chisel, or some similar instrument, to its natural level; any pieces of separated bone should be removed entirely, the surface sponged clean, and lastly, the skin or scalp brought together ; the hair around having been shaven off, the wound is to be re-united by sticking-plaster. Twenty-four hours after, when inflammation appears, give doses of five to ten drops of tincture of veratrum viride, every one or two hours, if the pulse becomes full, and the skin hot, and the brain excited. Fracture of the Finger. — After employing extension, and thus bringing the ends of the bone together, place, a small smooth piece of wood, or of gutta percha, on the under, and another on the upper side, and proceed to bandage somewhat tightly, so as to keep the finger extended ; put the arm in a sling, and keep it so for a month. If the injured part swells and becomes painful, the bandage must be loosened, and a cold lotion applied ; this is generally by no means a difficult case tc treat. Fracture of the Bones of the Hand or Finger — These bones, which intervene between the wrist and the fingers should be treated in the following manner: place in the palm of the hand, a soft, but firm, spherical body, and closing the fingers and thumb over it, in a grasping position, keep them sc with a bandage ; by this means the natural arch is preserved ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 475 which it will not be if flat splints are applied. In this case, too, the arm had better be slung, and from a month to five weeks will be required to effect a union. Fracture of the Fore-Arm. — May be either of the ulna or the radius, or of both : the former is the outer and thicker bone of the two (see Fig. 116), and the fracture of this does not much disturb the general outline of the arm ; it may be broken at any part of its length, or at the elbow process, called Ole * cranon (3), or at (4). In the first case the plan will be to bend the elbow, and bring the hand into such a position that the thumb points upwards ; use extension until no unevenness can be discovered in the course of the bone, and then apply two splints, the inner one reaching from the bend of the elbow tc the tips of the fingers, and the outer from a little beyond the elbow to the middle of the back of the hand, which should be raised well towards the chest so as to make a sharp angle and draw the ulna from the radius. When the fracture is in this latter bone (2) the same method must be adopted, only that the hand must be depressed instead of raised, in order to keep the two bones apart. When these are both fractured, the setting is, of course, more difficult, and much time has often to be spent in extension and manipulation, before the four broken ends can be brought properly together. The splints should be put on as above directed, bandaging the hand firmly to the longer one, and placing it so that it is neither raised nor depressed, but in a right line with the axis of the arm. When there is fracture of the olecranon there is little or no power of extension in the elbow, behind which a bony lump may be felt. A true osseous union in this case is scarcely to be looked for; but the injury will probably be repaired by a band of ligament. There is commonly inflammation and swelling, which must be reduced before pressure can be applied ; the arm should be kept straight, and wet with cold lotion; and apply a splint as soon as it can be borne; let it be a long one, reaching *>n the inside from the shoulder to the hand. Bandage the arm in a straight position, beginning from the top, and making, as you go, extension downward, so as to get the broken bone into its place; it is long ere the limb is in a serviceable condition after a fracture like this. When the coronoid process is broken, the 476 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. matter is more easily managed. The fore-arm must be ban- daged in a bent position, and kept so. In about a month, slight exertion of the limb may be allowed, but there must be great care taken that it is not too violent. Fracture Of the Humerus, or upper arm-bone, very commonly takes place in the shaft, or any part of which, within an inch and a half of the extremities. It is easily detected by the mobility of the limb at the seat-of the injury, and the pa* tient’s incapability of raising the elbow ; the broken ends of the bone, too, may readily be felt, and the crepitation heard, when they are rubbed together. In this case, two wooden splints will be required — one to go before and the other behind; cr. if the arm is very muscular, four may be fig. 117. necessary to embrac it properly ; they should be padded with tow, wadding, or lint, ^s here represented, and furnished with tapes, to buckle or tie, as may be most convenient. The padding should be placed upon a soft piece of cotton or linen, a little longer than the splint at each end, and three times as broad ; turn in the ends and sides, so that the pad is a little larger than the splini every way, and about half an inch thick, and make all fast by tacking ; place the turned- in ends of the cotton next the wood, so that there is a smooth surface presented to the skin. The tapes, three in number, are put on to the splints double, so that there is a loop at one end (1), through which, after it has encircled the limb, the other end is passed (2), then drawn tight and tied to remaining end (3), with a bow-knot, as shown in Fig. 118. A bandage, very easity loosened, may be made in this way of a strip of cotton or broad tape. The setting of the bone is not difficult in this case; the ends are easily brought together, and being so, the splints may be placed and made firm by the means of the looped tapes; these should not, at first, be drawn tighter than is required to keep the splints right, and prevent movement of the arm. After the first few days, when the swelling has subsided, a more permanent invest- ment of the limb may be made. First give it a pretty firm roll of bandage, then place two splints, one on each side, of stout paste-board, gutta-percha, or leather, cut so that they will come down and cover part of the fore-arm, as represented by the Fig. 118 . ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 477 dotted lines in Fig. 119. The splints should have been pre- viously shaped, or moulded, to the sound arm, and should be well fixed by more bandage, which, as it is rolled, should be brushed over with starch to pre- vent it slipping. Sometimes, where there is not much muscle, the starch bandage is alone used; but, in this case, the whole of it must be well saturated with strong starch, paste, gum, or white of egg, with strips of brown paper stuck down across the folds here and there. Care must be taken not to move the arm until all this is dry and firmly set. The hand and wrist must be supported with a sling, but the elbow had better hang free, as its weight will tend to keep the bone straight and the muscles extended. Fracture of the Neck of the Humerus is that which takes place when the upper extremity, or head, is broken off. The symptoms here are very much like those which attend dislocation of the shoulder, and the treatment must be much the same. DraAv down the shaft of the bone, and push up the head by means of a pad in the arm-pit; then bringing the arm close to the body, with the lower part at right angles with the upper, fix it to the chest by a splint on its outside, and a long bandage encircling it and the whole body, as shown in Fig. 120. Fracture of the Condyles— This is when the lower part of the humerus is the seat of the injury, the condyles being the rounded eminences which fit into the socket-like hol- lows at the head of the ulna to form the elbow-joint. Treatment . — Bend the elbow to a considerable angle, and keep it so by means of bent splints of gutta-percha, or mill- board, moulded to the shape, the first being softened by heat, the last by moisture. Bandage, and keep all quiet un- til adhesion of the bone takes place, then put the arm in a sling, and let it remain thus supported for a month or six weeks. Fracture of the Shoulder-Blade. — This commonly hap- pens near the neck, and is very likely to be confounded with Fig. 120. 478 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. dislocation of the shoulder, or fracture of the neck of the hu* merus, like which it should be treated, only that the arm, in- stead of being drawn down, must be supported. Fracture of the Collar-Bone. — This is, perhaps, one of the commonest accidents of the kind that can happen, and one of the most easily detected. It is generally occasioned by a blow on the shoulder, which falls forward, pushing the ends of fig. 121 . the broken bone one over the other. The main object in the treatment must therefore be, to keep the shoulder back until the bone has united, and become sufficiently firm to do this without artificial aid. This end is accomplished by various means, but the following plan is the most simple and successful for un- professional adoption (see Fig. 121). A wedge-shaped pad of any soft material — a pair of old stockings, for instance — is made, and put in the middle of a small shawl, or a large handkerchief ; it is then placed well under the arm, but on the injured side (1) ; the ends of the envelope are brought, back and front, over the opposite shoulder, then crossed, and tied beneath the sound arm (2) ; another broad bandage of some kind is then passed several times round the body and injured arm (3), so as to bind the latter closely to the for- mer in such a manner that the pad beneath the arm-pit acts as a fulcrum, and allows the outer end of the broken collar- bone to be pulled backward and outward during the process of binding, which, when completed, sets it fast in the right position. We have then only to envelop the whole of the fore-arm in a sling, and the apparatus is complete ; it should be worn a month at least. If the arm exhibits a tendency to swell, it must be bandaged from the fingers upwards. Sometimes the collar-bone is broken externally, near the point of attachment to the coracoid process. In this cass there is scarcely any displacement of the fractured ends, and little need be done beyond keeping the patient quiet, and slinging the arm. In any fracture withinside of this point, the arm falls down, and is drawn inward, and the above should be the plan of treatment. Fractures of the Ribs commonly result from a fall or blow, and may be complete or only partial, involving one or more of the bones. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 479 Symptoms. — A sharp pain is felt at the injured spot, especi ally in breathing and coughing ; irregularity to the touch and distinct crepitation. Treatment . — The chief risk involved is injury to the lungs, from the sharp ends of the bone and consequent inflammation. Leeches are sometimes applied to the seat of pain, and hot-bran bags. A band of stout cotton or flannel, from eight to ten inches wide, should be passed round the chest several times, beginning close under the armpits and going down to the end of the ribs. It should be drawn so tightly as to keep the ribs from rising and falling in the act of respiration. If inflamma- tion follow, the pulse must be quieted by five to eight drops of tincture of veratrum viride, every one or two hours. The patient should be kept perfectly quiet, and on low diet, for a fortnight at least, assuming the position which is found most easy, which will probably be a half-sitting one, supported by pillows. Fracture of the Lower Jaw sometimes occurs from a blow on the face, and in extracting a tooth. The nature of the mischief in this case is sufficiently evident; the grating is dis- tinct, and the fracture can be felt. Professor Fergussorfls treatment is the simplest and surest. Cut two narrow wedges of cork, an inch and a half long, a quarter thick at the base, and sloping away to an edge ; place them between the teeth, one on each side; warm a piece of gutta-percha, or soften a piece of thick pasteboard in water, and mold it to the injured jaw, and keep in its place by means of either of the head-bandages fig- ured bandage 343. This must be tight enough to prevent any motion in the jaw. The cork wedges will keep an open space between the teeth for the passage of food, which must be in a liquid form. The mouth should be rinsed frequently with a wash of tincture of myrrh and water, in the proportion of two drains of the former to half a pint of the latter. Fracture of the Leg between the Knee and the Ankle-Joints. — The leg is composed of two bones, an inner larger (the tibia), an outer smaller bone (the fibula). One or both may be broken. The tibia is more frequently broken about two-thirds of the way down. It is detected without much difficulty by passing the hand down the line of the shin, although the displacement may not be great. It is not easy to detect a fracture of the fibula, nor is it of great importance to do so. Treatment .— Extension must be made as in the other fractures, and sufficiently go to bnpg the broken surfaces together. The 480 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. old-fashioned straight splint would probably be the most readily available in domestic treatment. It is shaped as shown in Fig. 122, and should be sufficiently long to extend from a little above the knee to four inches beyond the sole of the foot. It may be quickly made out of half-inch board, planed smooth ; the breadth should be about three inches , this must be padded throughout its whole length, except the notched end, which is to project beyond the foot, with tow, lint, or other soft material, taking care to have the pad thicker at the lower part, to suit the dim- inution in the size of the leg. This splint must be carefully placed against that side of the limb from which the foot ex- hibits a tendency to turn. We will suppose that a stout cotton bandage, about two and a half inches wide, and twelve inches long, has been provided. With this, beginning at the foot, and bringing it down from the instep between the notches at the bottom of the splint, envelope the limb evenly, fold over fold (as directed on page 342) up nearly to the knee, just below which a broad piece of tape should riG . be passed, with the ends through the holes in the top of the splint, which ends are to be firmly tied at the moment when extension of the limb is made by an assistant ; the bandage is then to be carried on over the head of the splint, and made secure. In Fig. 123 we see the limb, before this process is com- pleted. When both bones are broken, it is generally necessary to apply the angular splint adapted to the ankle, of which Fig. 124 exhibits the outer and inner sides. Fracture Of the Knee-pan. — Sometimes happens from the mere muscular exertion of kicking or throwing out the leg violently. It may be at once detected by the depression in the bony plate, and separation of the broken fragments ; these cannot be kept in close apposition, and the injury is made good by a ligamentous band, which connects them. To facil itate this process, the leg should be kept in a straight position, above the level of the hip, so that the muscles of the thigh, Fig. 123. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 481 which are attached to the upper edge of the knee-pan, may be relaxed. A long splint, bound beneath the leg from the thigh to the foot, will effect this object. Over the broken patella, a piece of cotton is bound, and the knee is bandaged tightly above and below this, so as to bring the broken pieces as closely together as possible, and to keep them so. The bandage will have to remain on probably for two months, as a fracture of this kind unites very slowly. The knee is generally weak after, and it is best to support it with an elastic knee-cap. Fracture of the Thigh. — This is a very serious accident. The bone may be broken just above the knee, in the shaft, or near the neck. In the first of these cases the nature of the in- jury is sufficiently obvious, as the broken bone can be felt beneath the skin. This also is the case with the second, in which, as in the third, there is shortening of the limb, and gen- erally turning out of the foot. This accident may be readily distinguished from dislocation of the hip, by the mobility of the hip-joint. Treatment . — There is always much difficulty in keeping the ends of the bone in apposition here, in consequence of the power exerted by the muscles of the thigh, which are con- stantly pulling lengthways and causing the ends to over-lap, or, as we say, “ ride ” upon each other ; this is especially the case if the fracture is oblique. It is best to use the long straight splint first, in either of these cases, and to put it on with a light bandaging, gradually tightening it, to accustom the limb to the pressure. The splint must be made in the same way as that shown in Fig. 119, but much, longer, reaching from the hip to beyond the toes. When inflammation has subsided, and the pressure can be borne, the case had better be treated in this way: let the patient lie on a hard mattress, with the leg ex- tended and uncovered ; then commence operations by bandag- ing the leg evenly from the toes to the knee ; then place the splint, previously well padded, in its place, and make it fast with rollers to the foot, ankle and leg, taking care that the for- mer is in the position which it is to occupy — that is, pointing straight upward ; next, take a silk handkerchief, in the middle of which some wool has been rolled up, to make it of consider- able thickness, and pass it between the legs, bringing one end up behind, and one before; these ends pass through the holes at the top of the long splint, and tie them as tightly as possible, without displacing the fracture. Then after confining the splint to the waste, with a bandage, insert a short stick between the loop of the handkerchief, and give two or three turns ; this 482 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. will have the effect of shortening the handkerchief, and pulline down the splint, which will carry with it the part of the limb attached to it below, producing the necessary extension. Keep on at this until you find that the injured leg is as long as the sound one ; and when this is the case, lay a short splint along Fro. 126. the inside of the thigh, and bandage tightly and smoothly, from the knee up to the hip. When it is completed, the patient will appear as in Fig. 125. The extension must be kept up for about six weeks, at the end of which time the fracture may be suffi- ciently united to bear the strain of the muscles upon it. Fracture of the Pelvis sometimes occurs in falls from great heights, or in being run over, or having some crushing weight thrown on the body. When it occurs there is generally serious injury to the viscera of the abdomen and pelvis, indi- cated by the passage of blood from the bladder and bowels, The nature of the mischief in this case is not easily detected, and little can be done beyond enjoining perfect rest and to lowering diet, unless there are symptoms of collapse, in which case stimulants must be given. Compound Fractures. — The term compound is applied to a fracture in which the skin is broken or torn, the wound of which communicates with the broken bone. This case is more serious and much more tedious than of common fractures, espe- cially when the wound is large ; but be it ever so small, it proves great violence and injury done to the soft parts, mus- cles, etc. Some weeks after the injury elapse before the bone begins to unite, in consequence of the large formation of matter that generally takes place, and the process of union of the bone does not begin until this action has ceased. During this stage, the patient becomes often seriously ill, and his vital powers are exhausted by the large quantity of matter poured out around and among the injured parts. In young and healthy persons, ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 483 in whom the injury to the muscles, etc., is not very great, these stages are not very strongly marked, and the cure proceeds more rapidly. Treatment . — The wound must be healed, if possible, the edges being brought together by adhesive plaster. The splints, whatever bone may be affected, should be applied as in simple fracture, care being taken, however, not to press on the wound if possible, and this may be avoided by dividing the pad that lies over the wound, into two parts, leaving a space for the wound, which should be untouched; the pad should be very thick. A better method than this, however, is to divide the splint, and to connect the two parts by means of an arch of iron, so that the wound may be dressed without difficulty. This is called an interrupted splint. If the wound does not heal at once, the plaster may be removed, and a linseed-meal poultice substituted. During the stage of formation of matter (suppuration), the patient will require tonic medicines, as bark, porter, etc., and small doses of opium at night, and nourishing diet, if the stomach will bear it; but this treatment should not be carried too far. Strong purgatives are injurious. The case will continue to progress very slowly for some weeks; abscesses may form ; and, should matter collect under the skin so as to be felt on ex- amination, or the skin become red and thin, the part should be punctured, and great relief will be afforded by its escape. The splints should be removed as often as the matter ren- ders the pads foul, or the wound appears to suffer from their presence; perhaps this maybe required every other day, or even oftener. When the suppurative stage has passed, which may occupy from one month to two, the wound will look florid and healthy; and as soon as it begins to heal, the bone will begin to unite, but not until then. A month or five weeks will still be required before the union is complete, and two or three weeks yet longer before the patient is enabled to use the limb. The above periods refer to compound fracture of the thigh- bone. Compound fractures of other bones pass through these stages more readily. Injuries to Archillis Tendo. — This is the great tendon which passes from the muscles of the calf down to the heel, upon which it acts with the whole force of those muscles. It sometimes happens that by a sudden jerk, or violent exertion, the tendon gets torn across, or ruptured, and great pain or lameness is the consequence. Treatment. — On the first occurrence of the accident, if swell- 484 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. Fig. 126. ing and inflammation ensues, apply three or four leeches, and encourage the bleeding for a time with warm fomentations, or a linseed poultice. Afterward resort to cooling lotions, as the following: Liquor of acetate of lead and tincture of opium, of each two drams; common vinegar, once ounce; distilled water, fifteen ounces ; keep lint or linen rag wet with this lotion constantly ap- plied. When the inflammation has subsided, if there be still swelling and stiffness, rub in, night and morning, this liniment : strong liquor of ammonia and tincture of opium, of each, one dram ; spirits of turpentine and soap liniment, of each one ounce. If it is merely a strain of the tendon, a little rest and the above remedial measures will soon afford a cure ; but if a positive rupture , there may be much difficulty in getting the parts to unite. To accomplish this end, it is best to use a slipper with a strap attached to the heel, which, passing up and encircling the thigh, may be drawn tight and kept so, as in Fig. 126. During the process of uniting, if the patient walk at all, it should be with a crutch ; and after the cure has been effected, a high-heeled laced boot should be worn to protect the part. Foreign Substances in the Eye. — Pieces of metal and other bodies often fly into the eye, causing great pain. Draw down the lower lid with the fore finger of the left hand, as in Fig. 127, and remove by a piece of moistened paper. If the substance be under the upper lid, place a bodkin across the lid, and draw back the lid so that it is completely inverted, as Fig. 127. Fig. 128. shown in Fig. 128. Inflammation is very apt to occur after these accidents. The eye should be well bathed with warm ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 485 water several times a day, and afterwards an eye-water may be used, made of a dram of alum to a pint of water, two or three times a day. Sprains or Strains are injuries done to ligaments, ten- dons and other structures surrounding the joints. They are produced by jumping, falling, or other causes which forcibly stretch or lacerate them. The joints most liable to sprains are the wrist and ankle joints. The wrist joint becomes sprained in consequence of the arm being naturally thrown out by persons in falling to prevent their being seriously injured, by which means the whole weight of the body is thrown on the wrists, which not only sprain those joints, but sometimes fracture them. The ankle-joint is frequently sprained by jumping from a considerable height, or the foot turning under the weight of the body. Sprains are attended with great pain at the time of the accident, and also with considerable swelling and discolora- tion of the injured part; the swelling and discoloration arising from the effusion of blood into the surrounding structures. The joints at first can be easily moved, but as the swelling and inflammation increase, all motions become painful, and the pa- tient is unable to use the injured limb under any circumstance whatever. Treatment . — The injured limb must be kept in a perfect state of quietude, and in such a position as to relax the muscles in connection with the affected tendons, as well as to favor the return of the blood to the heart. The patient must be kept in a recumbent position ; evaporating lotions should be kept con- stantly applied to the injured parts, by means of linen rags wetted in the following lotion, and which should be renewed as often as they become warm : — Take of goulard water, eight ounces; gin, four ounces; camphor mixture and mindererus spirit, of each two ounces; make a lotion, which should be kept in a cool situation until re' quired for use. Tincture of arnica is an excellent application, or a poultice of arnica flowers. This practice should be continued for the first twenty-four or forty-eight hours ; after which period, should the swelling or pain increase, leeches may be freely applied to the parts affected, and the bleeding freely encouraged by means of a sponge and warm water constantly applied to the leech-bites. Hot fomentations should afterwards be applied by means of flannel wrung out of a decoction of camomile-flowers and poppy- heads, and the bowels kept in a free state by the following mix- ture: Take of epsom or rochelle salts one ounce, antimonial 486 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. wine half an ounce, mindererus spirit one ounce, syrup half an ounce, camphor mixture three ounces — mix. Two tablespoons- ful to be taken every three or four hours until the bowels are freely acted upon. By this treatment the disease will rapidly subside, and the parts will return to their usual healthy con- dition in persons of sound health. The patient should not be allowed to make use of his limb too soon, as the irritation and inflammation of the joint will be kept up, and thus he may suf- fer from it for months, or even years. When all signs of the disease have disappeared, the motions of the part may be pro- moted by gentle exercise, and the following liniment may be rubbed night and morning: — Take of soap liniment one ounce, olive oil half an ounce, tincture of French flies half an ounce, mix; the parts may be afterwards supported by a roller, or it may be found necessary to envelope them in straps of soap plaster, in addition to applying the bandage. Bites and Stings of Snakes, Insects, etc. — Bites of serpents and venomous reptiles are sometimes very trouble- some. As soon as the injury is received, tie a piece of string tightly round the part, as near as possible to the wound, and between it and the heart, to prevent the return of the blood to this organ. Wash well with warm water, and place one end of a large quill, or small tube, over the wound, and keep sucking at the other, which will produce a vacuum, and act as a cup- ping-glass. Then thoroughly suck the wound, or soak it in hot water, to encourage bleeding from it ; apply caustic, or cut out the bitten part, and give hot brandy and water, or some sal volatile in water, as a stimulant to the nervous system. The most efficacious remedy, administered internally in India, is a draught composed of thirty drops of solution of arsenic, ten drops of tincture of opium, a tablespoonful of lemon or lime juice given in a wineglassful of water, or peppermint-water, and clysters administered to purge, until the symptoms abate. If the symptoms are slight, the swollen parts may be well rubbed with a liniment of oil, turpentine, and liquid ammonia; also apply leeches and hot fomentations, with cordials to pre- vent fainting. For the bite of the rattle-snake, give large quantities of alcoholic drinks — gin or whiskey; keep the body thoroughly saturated till the symptoms decline. Bites from Insects. — Examine the parts with a magnify- ing glass, and extract the sting with a pair of pincers or for- ceps. Apply to the wound turpentine, hot vinegar, hartshorn, spirit, or eau-de-Cologne. Soap or camphor liniment may be ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 487 used to remove any swelling that remains. For the bites of bugs, fleas, gnats, musquitoes, etc., the best remedy is eau-de- Cologne, or some spirits, to convert the itching into a slight smarting ; and the application of any strong perfume, such as lavender, a bitter infusion of quassia, wormwood, or gentian, will act as a preventive against their nightly visits. There are two great classes of insects which give rise to poisoned wounds : those which sting, as bees, wasps, hornets, ichneumons ; those which suck, as the gnat, horse-fly, flea, bug, etc., and have a set of lancets at the mouth to pierce the skin. Spinal Weakness and Deformity— The weakness of the spine is generally connected with debility of constitution ; the curvature of the spine, or the “ growing out ” at the system, and sometimes, from a habit of lolling about. Treatment . — Administer such medicines as will give tone to the muscular system, and invigorate the health, such as steel, quinine, or cod-liver oil; aperients, if the bowels are confined. In the early stages other measures must consist of the shower- bath, with friction by means of a rough towel, sleeping on a mattress, exercise in the open air (short of fatigue), lying on the back after exercise, gymnastic exercise that shall bring in- to full play the weak side, and sea-bathing. If these means, steadily persevered in for some months, fail to do good, me- chanical contrivances must be had recourse to under medical advice. Wounds are either incised, lacerated, contused, or punc- tured. They are called incised wounds when they are made with a sharp cutting instrument, as when a shoemaker cuts him- self with his knife, or a carpenter with his chisel. They are called lacerated when the flesh is torn, either by machinery, hooks, or other blunt instruments. Wounds are said to be con- tused when there is an irregular breach of surface, accompanied by injury and a bruised condition of the surrounding parts ; they are generally produced by falls or blows of blunt instruments. Punctured wounds are produced by the forcible entry of sharp instruments, such as bayonets, swords, scissors, hooks, or the pointed ends of broken bones. Incised Wounds consist of a mechanical division of the parts by a cutting instrument ; all, therefore, that is necessary to be done, is to bring the edges of the wound nicely together, and maintain them in that position until union takes place. This is affected, if the wound be trifling, by means of straps of sticking-plaster, wdiich should be so applied as to preserve the ed^es of the wound in apposition. Collodion answers admira- 488 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. bly. If the wound be of considerable extent, and bleeds freely, the first thing to be done will be to arrest the hemorrhage ; this will be affected, if the bleeding vessels be small, by mak- ing pressure with a sponge for some considerable time. All extraneous matter should be cleared off, and the lips brought together; a piece of lint should be dipped in the blood and placed over its edges. This is found to be an excellent applica- tion, as the blood in drying, in consequence of its adhesive qualities, seems to maintain the union of the edges of the wound. In the course of four or five days, the parts will be found to be united, unless some accidental circumstances, such as too great a degree of inflammation or an untimely meddling with the dressings, should occur. The strappings or dressings should on no account be disturbed before the fourth, fifth, or sixth day, unless the parts should be in great pain or much swollen. If the incision takes place about the cheeks or lips, or other parts which are unsupported, and where sticking-plas- ter could not be applied, it will be necessary to put in two or three sutures, according to the extent of the wound. Should the parts swell, a cooling lotion may be applied, such as gou- lard water, and the bowels should be kept in a free state. Frequently the edges of the wound must be maintained in ap- position by means of sutures. Sutures are for the purpose of holding together the edges of a wound in soft fleshy parts that are loose and movable, where sticking-plaster would not, of itself, hold sufficiently They consist of stitches, from half to three-quarters of an inch apart, between which strips of plaster are placed, and are not drawn out for several days if they do not irritate the part much ; but if they do, then they must only be continued one or two days. The needle should be threaded with silk or hemp thread well waxed and flattened. It should always be borne in mind that the edges of wounds are never to be drawn together with any degree of strain or force to the parts, as then the process of healing will not take place. In what is technically called the interrupted suture, a stitch is taken straight through the edges of the wound, as in ordinary sewing, and then knotted. Jffh) I u the twisted suture fine steel needles, with flattened (r ' L. points, are passed through the edges of the wound ; >3) then silk is twisted in the figure of eight around them, " as a boy twists his kite twine on a stick. It is better not to cut the silk, but continue each end down to the next secure. Fig. 129. * | i ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 489 needle, and so on ; secure the ends with a small knob of wax. Fig. 129 shows the mode of making and tying sutures. Lacerated Wounds, in consequence of the great injury done to the parts, and from the fact of their not bleeding much, are very subject to active inflammation. If the wound be con- siderable and the parts much injured, the patient should enjoy perfect rest; the parts should be covered with cooling lotions (see Prescription recommended in Sprains), all dirt and extrane- ous substances being previously washed off; the bowels should be opened by the common black draught. If inflammation run high, leeches should be applied, and the bleeding encouraged by the application of hot water ; the cold lotion should now give way to fomentations and poultices ; the patient should live low. When the inflammation has subsided, the wound may be dressed with basilicon or Turner’s cerate. Erysipelas fre- quently follows lacerated wounds of the scalp ; in this case the parts should be freely fomented with hot water, and the patient should take a fever mixture. Tetanus, lock-jaw, and spasm, often arise from lacerated wounds ; in such cases opium should be administered in doses suited to the age and circumstances of the patient. One grain might be given every three or four hours until relieved. Contused Wounds will require the same treatment as that already described. Cold applications in the first instance, and if inflammations sets in, leeches and hot fomentations. They generally terminate in suppuration and sloughing, or mortifica- tion of the parts, according to the extent of the injury. In or- der to expedite these processes, poultices of bread and water, or linseed-meal, should be applied three or four times a day, and when the abscess opens or the slough is thrown off, they are to be treated as common ulcers with basilicon or some other stimulating ointment, for the purpose of promoting healthy granulations, and thus healing them. During the active stage of inflammation, the patient should live sparingly ; but tonics, such as quinine, and a generous diet should be allowed under the stage of suppuration or sloughing. Punctured Wounds. — Punctured wounds are extremely dangerous — much more so than the others already described. A punctured wound from a nail, hook, or any other pointed instrument, gives rise to inflammation of the absorbents (a set of vessels running from the wound into the neighboring glands), and is manifested by red lines taking the course of these ves- sels. Abscesses of the glands, and of other parts of the body, in their course, frequently ensue ; and if the matter be deep 490 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. seated, such a degree of irritative fever is produced as xo cause death. Lock-jaw (tetanus) and frightful convulsions are often the result of tendons or sinews receiving punctured wounds. In the first instance the puncture should be laid open with the lancet, cold lotions should then be applied, and if inflammation sets in, the parts should be covered with leeches, according to the age and strength of the patient ; the diet should be sparing, fomentations and poultices should be constantly applied, and the limb should be supported on an inclined plane, m order to favor the gravitation of the blood towards the body. All stimulating drink should be cut off. The bowels should be kept freely open, and the patient should observe perfect rest. As soon as matter has formed, it should be let out by free incisions with the lancet, after which the parts should be poulticed three or four times a day. In order to allay irritation and pain, and to procure sleep, great advantage will be derived from the ad- ministration of ten grains of Dover’s powder, at bedtime. Gunshot Wounds. — When a ball enters the body, the wound appears somewhat smaller than the ball itself; its edges are ragged and inverted, and the part around has a bluish or black color from the bruise. When it passes through the part, the aperture by which it makes its exit presents quite a differ- ent appearance. It seems somewhat larger than the ball, the edges are everted, and there is little discoloration about the wound. Treatment . — Excessive bleeding is not so common after gunshot wounds as after other kinds; but it sometimes occurs, and may be fatal if not attended to. Where it can be done, the finger should be inserted into tlo wound, and pressed upon the vessel, otherwise a handkerchief should be tied very tightly round the limb above the wound. It is well to ex- amine the wound as early as possible, in order to ascertain the amount of injury ; at least, so far as this can be done without aggravating the case. The ball or other foreign sub- stance ought to be removed, if that can be easily effected ; but otherwise, it ought, in the mean time, to be let alone. As the walls of the wound slough and suppurate, the open- ing will become larger, and it may then fall out or be easily removed. Sometimes it may remain embedded in the tissues, without producing much or any inconvenience. If, after the sloughing and suppuration, the ball remains fixed, and if much irritation continues to be excited, and abscesses form about its track, then it may be necessary to find out its seat, and ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 491 use every means to remove it. The simplest dressings should only at first be applied ; sponge and bathe well with water, to stop bleeding and cleanse the wound; then apply a piece of lint crossed by strips of plaster. The agitation of* the patient should be soothed by a few spoonfuls of wine or spirits; but, if he suffer much in his mind, an opiate may be admin* istered. Afterwards wet a few folds of linen with a simple lotion, apply it to the part, and lightly bandage. Keep the patient quiet, and let him remain in bed. A few days after, moisten the clothes with warm water, and remove them. In- flammation will now have set in ; if the patient can bear it without producing a chilly sensation, dress it with cold water. On suppuration being well established, apply mild stimulat- ing lotions, or poultices, and bandages. When matter forms beneath, it must be let out by the knife if poultices will not do it; its accumulation may often be prevented by compres sion. Low diet, purging medicine, and quiet, are great as- sistants to recovery. If the party be stout or in full habit, and the wound severe, then it must be bled. Leeches will allay the inflammation, and if there be much pain, opiates should be given at night. Pieces of clothing or wadding should be extracted from the wound. If a ball lodges in a bone, it may require a chisel to remove it. If a bone be severely splintered, then amputation becomes necessary. Thorns, &C., in the Flesh. — It is very common for the hands, feet, or legs to be pierced by the forcible intrusion of small pointed substances, as thorns of roses, thistles, etc. If such be immediately and entirely extracted, the accident is sel- dom attended with bad consequences ; but if any such pointed substance penetrates the body, or even a part of it be left in the flesh, it causes inflammation, and sometimes a considerable abscess. Treatment . — If the thorn, etc., can be taken hold of easily, remove it with a pair of forceps; if not within reach, apply a bread-and-water poultice, and continue to do so until the intruder is removed. If suppuration has not been prevented by the im- mediate extraction of the offending substance, the abscess caused thereby should be opened immediately it has formed. Sometimes the thorn, after painfully penetrating through the skin, enters directly into the fat, upon which the pain ceases, and the patient begins to congratulate himself that the cause is removed. Nevertheless, some days afterwards — or in other in- stances, some weeks — fresh pains are excited, followed by in- flammation and abscess. This condition is to be treated with bread-and-milk poultices and seasonably opened. 492 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. Crushes or Jams. — If the part be so severely injured as to threaten sloughing, or a separation of the flesh from the bone, tepid water or poppy fomentation should be applied. Tincture of benzoin, or Friar’s balsam, on lint, is highly useful, sealing up the wound, as it were, from the contact of air, and disposing it to heal. If the fingers or toes have been severely crushed so that it may seem impossible to save them, they should not be too hastily amputated, as they often recover under favorable circumstances, long-continued rest being essen- tial. In other and more simple cases, apply a bread-and-water poultice, or a piece of folded linen rag, or spongio piline dipped in cold water. If there be pain, heat, redness, swelling, or throbbing, then there is inflammation or the formation of matter; keep applying cold water fomentations for the first thirty-six hours, all bandages being lightly tied ; after that time put the part in a hot-water bath, or foment with hot-water and apply poultices. Openings are to be made, if necessary, to prevent the lodgment of putrid blood and matter. Cupping. — Cupping is the application of cupping-glasses, from which the air has been previously extracted, to the skin, with the view of attracting blood to the part, and, if necessary, abstracting it. Dry or wet cups (that is, without cutting, or after using the scarificator) are very useful means of drawing blood. If the part to which the application is to be made has hair upon it, it should be freshly shaven, and then moistened in warm water. A portable spirit lamp is to be made by a bit of sponge, or rag, wound on a piece of stick, and dipped in alcohol. The cup is to be brought near the patient, then quickly placed over the flaming sponge, and rapidly applied. After suffering the cup to remain a few minutes, it is withdrawn by depressing one edge, and the part scarified. The cup is then re-applied. If no scarificator can be had, a few cuts with a sharp lancet will answer the purpose, and the place of cups may be sup- plied with a small tumbler. Good brandy can be substituted for alcohol. After the operation, the wounds should be closed with lint and plaster, and pressure should be kept on the part for some days, in order to prevent secondary hemorrhage. Cupping is preferable to any other method of blood-letting in many kinds of inflammatory disease. Vaccination. — In the minds of many persons there is a great prejudice against this operation, and they will often risk the legal punishment due to them for evading the law, rather than submit their children to it ; but if they were better in* ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 493 formed they would not so act. The statistics of different visita- tions of smallpox show that the mortality of those attacked who have not been vaccinated is one in four, whilst those who have, it is not one in four hundred and fifty, — a strong argument this for vaccination. The operation is usually performed by mak- ing an oblique puncture through the epidermis and introducing a portion of the virus on the point of a lancet or needle. If the operation has been successful, a small inflamed spot is discern- ible about the third or fourth day. This increases in size, be- comes hard and elevated, and about the sixth day a small quantity of fluid may be distinguished in the centre. About the eighth day, when the pustule is fully formed, the constitu- tional effects begin to appear — headache, shivering, loss of ap- petite, etc., which gradually subside in one or two days. After- ward the fluid dries up, and a dark brown scab forms, which remains for about a fortnight, and on disappearing leaves a de* pression. It is a disputed point whether the effects of vaccina- tion are permanent or whether they disappear after a certain time. The majority seem to be in favor of the latter opinion, at least to the extent of recommending that persons who have been vaccinated in infancy should be re-vaccinated on attaining maturity. From the operation being imperfectly performed, or from other causes not well understood, vaccination does not in all cases afford absolute immunity from the disease ; but in those cases in which it does occur it is almost always in a very mitigated form. How to apply Leeches. — The part and the leeches also should be carefully wiped, and if to be confined to a particu- lar spot, put them in a wineglass or pill-box, and hold over the part until they bite. If they are put on by hand, hold their tails with a wet cloth; should they not bite, put them into cold water for a short period. If the part be moistened with sugar and water, cream, sweet beer, or prick slightly, so as to draw blood, will often induce them to take. When "they fall off full, put them on a plate, and sprinkle salt over them, or take them by the tail and draw them through the thumb and finger, that the blood may be thoroughly pressed out, which will squirt from them. Put them into plenty of cold water, that they may wash themselves well ; then place them in a jar with a little moss, and cover it with a piece of muslin, and keep them in a cool place. % After bleeding with leeches, sponge off the clotted blood, and put on a bread-and-water poultice, which renew every half hour, to encourage the flow of blood. Should the leech-bites not heal but continue bleeding, so that the person 494 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. become faint, and the lips and face pale, make pressure with the finger over the spot, or apply caustic. If these means fail, take a strong needle and thrust it through the skin on each side of the wound ; that is, right through the bite ; then wind a piece of thread — silk, if at hand — round and round the wound, under the ends of the needle. This will raise it up like a small spot; in twenty four hours cut the silk, and carefully draw out the needle. Try a small piece of lint, dipped in the tincture of iron, pressed on the bite for a few minutes, or a leaf of the In- dian hemp. Never put them on the eyelids. If leeches stick too long, never pull them off, but touch them with salt. How to Draw Teeth. — The single teeth may be easily extracted by grasping them firmly, and as low down on the gum as possible, with a small pair of pliers or forceps. Do not press heavily on the sides of the tooth, or it may be crushed or broken off ; give a rotatory motion at the same time. The double teeth are generally drawn with an instru- ment dentists call a key instrument; this has a claw to seize the tooth and press it against a bolster, it then acts as a lever; but with a strong and steady hand, most of the teeth may be drawn out with the forceps. After a tooth has been drawn, sometimes a severe bleeding takes place from an artery ; to arrest this try a strong solution of nitrate of silver or powder of Indian hemp ; if this be not successful, clear the hole of the clotted blood, and press into it a piece of lint, made thin at the end, so that it may reach the very bottom, fill it with lint the height of the gum, then put upon it a bit of cork, or a few folds of linen, so that when the mouth is closed the teeth opposite the hole may rest upon it, then bandage over the chin -to the top of the head, to keep it firm. Issues. — Sometimes it is necessary to create these ulcers to draw matter away from certain parts. The skin and fat are nipped up between the finger and thumb, and then divided with a lancet so as to admit a pea, instead of cutting ; the sore is sometimes made with a blister or caustic, and the pea is smeared in ointment of yellow resin. The pea is held in its place with common diachylon plaster. If inflammation appear, aperient medicines must be given, and the issue dressed with ointment of wax. How to Avoid Accidents. — Although we can not alto gether prevent accidents, yet we may, with a little ordinary prudence, lessen the chance of their occurrence, and an ob- servance of the following simple rules will assist us to do so>— ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 495 1. Be very cautious when on the water or in its vicinity; more sudden deaths occur by drowning, and more diseases orig- inate from colds caught by immersion and exposure in wet habiliments, that perhaps from all other causes put together ; therefore, be careful, if in a boat, to remain still, and so as not to destroy the equilibrium of yourself or the boat; be cautious of hoisting a sail in squally weather, and give a wide berth to any advancing vessel. Step not from one unsteady boat to an- other, or on to a floating pier, nor walk across a narrow plank without securing good hold on some support. When on land, step not too near the brink of a lake or river ; it may be loose or crumbly, or a sudden gust of wind may cause you to lose your balance. When bathing, beware of eddies in the current, especially if you can not swim ; do not venture beyond your depth in the latter case without such support as corks or bladders, and in no case attempt to bathe when in a heated state, or immediately after a full meal. 2. Do not stand beneath a tree in a thunder-storm, or by an iron palisade or spout, whether of iron, zinc, or lead ; go not very near lightning conductors, tall chimneys, or lofty erections of any kind. If in the house, keep away from the fireplace, looking-glasses, and windows, whether open or shut, as well as from doorways through which the electric fluid might escape, if it entered by the chimney. A bed in the middle of the room is the safest place, as blankets and sheets are non-conductors. 3. Loaded firearms should be put in safe places, out of the reach of children ; never play with them, and pretend to fire them at any one. Do not keep guns or pistols loaded at all, unless you have some particular occasion for it. When carry- ing a gun let the muzzle be always pointed toward the ground, and, if you have occasion to pass it through a hedge or fence, look that there is no one in line with the barrel in the direction in which it points. Do not overload a piece, nor fire it with a foul barrel. Be very careful of gunpowder, and by no means smoke a pipe or cigar when you have much about or near you. 4. Do not sleep near lime-kilns, nor lay by burning charcoal. If drowsiness should come on while in such situations, leave them, and go out into the fresh air. 5. In felling trees, keep out of the line in which they are likely to fall. 6. In severe weather, if obliged to be exposed to the cold, do not lie down to sleep, although you may feel an inclination to do so. Keep moving about while you have power, and apply friction to the numbed parts of the body ; take up some snow 4:96 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. in the hands, and rub them well together. When in a partially frozen condition, you have an opportunity of approaching a fire, do not do so too hastily, but get into a higher temperature by degrees. 7. Beware of damp beds, and of clothes damp with per- spiration, especially of sitting in them in a cold atmosphere, or in a draught of air from an open window. Clothes from the wash should always be well aired, and such as have been long out of wear, especially if kept in a room without a fire. Be- ware also of new buildings, of which the walls are not sufficiently dry; if they “ sweat, as it is technically called, they are unfit for habitation. 8. Go not into vaults or cellars that have been long closed, or wells or other confined places, until you have introduced a lighted candle therein. If the flame burns brightly, you may be sure there is no excess of carbonic acid gas ; if it goes out, or burns dimly, the air is unfit to breathe. Throw in some lime- water to neutralize the carbonic acid, and introduce fresh air as soon as possible. 9. Let all horses, draught or saddle, be secured before leav- ing them, and beware of vicious horses, some of which will bite as well as kick. Be cautious of an animal whose disposition you do not know. Bulls and boars are uncertain, and dangerous, and strange dogs are not to be trusted; the bite, and even the scratch of a cat has resulted fatally. 10. In nurseries and other places where there are children, always keep iron guards before the fires; and even then, do not leave the children bj T themselves, on account of their well-known propensity to play with fire. For the same reason leave them not alone with lamps oi lighted candles, and put lucifer matches out of their reach, and a 1 so kettles, or any vessels containing hot water. 11. Never allow open candles to be carried about the house by servants or children ; and if light is burned in the night, place it so that the flame couid not, were it to fall aside come in contact with any combustible materials. Turn off singly the taps of all gas-burners. If you smell an escape of gas, do not approach the place where it is likely to be taking place with a lighted candle until plenty of air has been admitted. 12. Put a label with the word Poison on all bottles and packets containing corrosive or other preparations of a hurtful character; and even when so labeled, do not let them be about in the way of children or ignorant persons. If there is ocn&- sion to place rat or beetle poison in the kt i f * in ouv ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 49? of-the-way places, and be careful to take it up and destroy it in short time, should it not be taken by the animals it is designed to destroy. Many other cautions might be given. We might speak of leaving trap and other doors open, and wells uncovered ; of lean- ing too far out of windows; of chopping and sawing wood, and using edged tools of any kind in a careless manner ; but it is scarcely necessary to occupy our space by mentioning these, although they all contribute to swell the chapter of accidents which forms part of the history of every life. Wens. — A wen is a tumor mostly situated on the head or neck, and containing a suetty or curd-like substance. They are usually harmless ; and except from their situation and unsight- liness, do not require interfering with. Treatment . — The most certain mode of proceeding is their being extirpated by a surgeon ; the operation is neither difficult nor dangerous. 1. Take of the compound tincture of iodine, from five to ten drops three times a day in a little water. Apply also the following ointment night and morning: iodide of potassium, one dram, to be rubbed very fine and dissolved with a few drops of water ; lard, one ounce ; camphor (finely powdered), half a dram. Mix. 2. Paint the wen over with the compound tincture of iodine for a time, and afterwards bathe it with the following lotion: muriate of ammonia, half an ounce; spirits of wine, one ounce ; elder-flower water, three ounces. Mix. 3. Dissolve forty-eight grains of iodine in one qunce of pure spirits of wine. Give to an adult ten drops of this tinc- ture in half a wineglassful of capilliare and water every morning fasting, give a second dose at ten o’clock, and a third at bed- time. At the end of the first week the dose may be increased to fifteen drops three times a day, and a week afterwards to twenty drops. Whitlows. — Whitlow is an inflammation of the extremity of the fingers, which is usually caused by a small quantity of humor being stagnant in that part, — whether this has happened in consequence of a bruise, a sting, or a bite. Treatment . — As soon as the disorder is manifest plunge the finger affected into water as warm as can be borne, and keep it there for some time, adding hot water every now and then to keep it the desired heat; also direct the steam of the hot water into it ; doing it constantly for the first day, will often dry the whitlow away. Or, apply to the whitlow compression 498 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES-. with the hand in a degree which can be easily borne, wAh the view of preventing the formation of matter, then bind it round with a narrow fillet. Repeat this three or four times in the course of two days, when in all probability the pain and swel- ling will disappear, leaving a single speck of matter at the point of the finger, immediately under the skin. If vent be given to this by the slightest touch of the needle, the wound will heal up immediately. When an abscess cannot be pre vented, a poultice of bread and milk should be applied to favor the formation of matter, and as soon as the abscess is ripe, or what is termed “ come to a head/’ it must be opened with a lancet; afterwards dress the wound with tincture of calendula. Rupture (Hernia ). — Children and old people are most liable to this, though sometimes they occur to persons of middle age. If difficult, or impossible to be returned, it is called strangulated rupture, and requires the best assistance. Causes. — In children, excessive crying, coughing, vomit- ing, or the like. In adults, it is commonly the effects of blows, or violent exertions of the strength, as leaping, carrying great weights, etc. In both, a relaxed habit, indolence, and an oily or moist diet, dispose the body to this affliction, by weaken- ing the skin. Symptoms. — The outer part of the belly cracks, or tears, and a part of the gut protrudes through the aperture. Treatment .-^- The patient must be laid on the back, the head low, and the buttocks raised ; while in this position the gut must be returned by a gentle pressure, if it does not fall back of itself. After it is returned, a piece of sticking-plas- ter may be applied over the part, and a truss, or bandage, worn for a length of time. If it has been forced down with great violence, or happens from any cause to become inflamed, it is often very difficult to return it, and sometimes impracti- cable, without an operation, a description of which is foreign to our purpose, but in those cases, until some assistance can be obtained, act as follows: foment with warm fomentations; give clysters; then when the bowels have emptied, the operator must press and guide the gut back through the aperture, if possible to do so. An adult, after being ruptured, should never neglect wearing the proper truss. Foreign Substances in the Nose —Sometimes foreign bodies, such as pieces of tobacco-pipe, etc., get pushed up the nose by children. If it is a bean, or anything which swells by absorption of moisture, the extraction is a matter of great diffi- ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 499 culty. This should not be attempted by other than a professed surgeon; yet if the assistance of such cannot be readily ob- tained, the effort may be made by means of the flat end of a probe or a silver bodkin, bent in about the eight of an inch at the end, and the instrument then introduced and passed beyond the object, so as to draw it out as with a hook, when the foreign body has not penetrated far. If the opposite nostril is closed, and the child is made to blow the nose violently, it may some- times be driven out. Foreign Bodies in the Ear. — Insects occasionally make their ,vay into the external ear, particularly in children, when lying on the grass. They sometimes produce horrible torture by irritating the drum of the ear. Treatment — Let the child recline with the opposite ear upon a pillow, and fill the affected one with sweet oil. There is no insect that will not perish, or make good its retreat, when this method is pursued. Solid substances are frequently pushed into the ear by children, where, if large, they sometimes occasion much in- flammation, and become firmly wedged by the swelling. Great danger of destruction to the drum and small bones of the ear results from awkward attempts at removing such sub- stances, by which they are driven still deeper into the canal. If the foreign body have any visible projecting point, of which a firm hold can be taken, this may be seized by forceps or pin- cers, and the body removed directly; but when the substance is rounded, or formed with many faces, or extremely smooth and cylindrical, it is very wrong even to attempt its removal by any such means. Cherry-stones, apple-seeds, common beads, garnets, bugle beads, and pieces of red coral, furnish many cases in point. If we attempt to seize them in front, they instantly slip farther in, and endanger the drum. We must get behind them and hook them out, always proceeding with great caution. Sudden and severe pain warns us when we touch the drum of the ear, and then all considerable pressure in the inward direc- tion must cease. When the foreign body is small in proportion to the size of the canal, it may generally be removed by means of the little steel ear-picker on the handle of the common pocket tweezers ; but, when larger, the eye of a fine bodkin or silver probe should be gently curved and inserted beyond the body to draw it forward. A few drops of sweet oil, previously dropped into the ear, will very much facilitate the operation. As children sometimes fancy things have got into the *ar 500 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. when they really have not, it is best to institute an examination before attempting their removal. This may be done by draw- ing the upper lobe of the ear upward and backward, which will have the effect of straightening the curved passage so that the eye can discern the drum at the bottom, unless there is an interposing object. So many substances of a poisonous nature being used in manufactures amongst farmers, and also in private houses, it will be useful to have a guide to refer to in case of accident; for, in almost every case of poisoning, the remedy must be given immediately, or we cannot expect to succeed. We give here the names in common use, and under one head we include various articles made from the same substance. For instance, to the word Mercury you find calomel, corrosive sublimate, white precipitate, vermilion, which are all mercury, but in different forms. As a general rule, in all cases of poisoning, especially if seen immediately after the poison has been swallowed, the per- son should be made to vomit. To accomplish this give a tea- spoonful of mustard in a tumbler of warm water; or two or three spoonfuls of alum in the same way. Arsenic. — ( Scheelds green, ague-drops, rat-poison, etc .) — Symptoms. — Pain and burning heat of stomach, dryness of throat, cramps, purging, vomiting. Treatment . — Give large quantities of milk, and raw eggs, lime water, or flour and water ; then castor-oil. Antimony. — ( Butter of antimony, tartar emetic, etc.) — Symptoms. — Severe vomiting, cramps, faintness, purging. Treatment . — Plenty of strong tea. If you have no common tea at hand, use an infusion of oak, elm, currant, or blackberry bark or leaves. Or for butter of antimony, use the treatment given below for Acids . Support the strength. Acids. — ( Oxalic , sulphuric (oil of vitriol), nitric (aquafortis), muriatic (spirit of salt), hut not prussic acid.) — Symptoms. — Hor- rible burning, sour pain from the mouth downwards. The skin of the lips, mouth, and throat, is dissolved. Purging of blood, great thirst. Treatment. — Put an ounce of calcined magnesia into a pint of water, and give wineglassful every two or three minutes. It the magnesia is not ready, use whiting, chalk, soda, or lime- water, or knock a piece of plaster off the wall, pound it small, and give it in milk or water. While one person attends to this, let another cut some common soap into small bits, and give a teaspoonful with water, or a tablespoonful of soft soap. Give plenty of warm water to drink. ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 501 Bad Fish. — ( Mussels , etc.) — Symptoms. — Pain in stomach, headache, flushed face, feeling of choking, perhaps scarlet erup- tion of the skin. Treatment . — Empty the stomach by an emetic (as in poison- ing by laudanum), then give a full dose of castor-oil with some warm spice. A mustard-plaster to the pit of the stomach if needful. Chloride of Tin. — {called Muriate by dyers ) — Symptoms. — Vomiting, pain in the stomach, purging, convulsive twitching. Treatment . — Give large quantities of milk, with magnesia, chalk, or whiting in it ; also raw eggs beaten up with water or milk. Chloride of Zinc. — {Burnett's disinfecting fluid , white vitriol .) — Symptoms. — Same as chloride of tin. Treatment. — Plenty of milk, with whites of eggs in it. Copper. — {blue copperas , blue verditer . , mineral green , ver- digris, food or confectionery cooked in foul copper vessels, pickles made green by copper). — Symptoms. — Coppery taste in the mouth, tongue dry and parched, very painful colic, bloody mo- tions. Treatment. — Large quantities o'f milk and whites of eggs, afterwards strong tea. Don’t give vinegar. Corrosive Sublimate. — {see Mercury.) CocuhlS Indicus. — {see Poisonous Plants.) Green Vitriol. — {sulphate of iron). — Symptoms. — Pain, sick- ness, burning heat of the stomach. Treatment. — Give an emetic, afterwards magnesia or car- bonate of soda and water. Iodine. — {iodide of potassium, or soda, or iron.) — Symptoms. — Burning pain in the throat, heartburn, vomiting, very likely salivation. Treatment. — Large quantities of cold starch and water, or flour and water. Lead — {acetate or sugar of lead, red lead, white lead.)- - Symptoms. — If taken in large quantities, metallic taste in the mouth, pain in the stomach, painful vomiting, often bloody, and hiccough. Treatment. — Put two ounces of Epsom salts into a pint of water, and give a wineglassful every ten minutes, till it oper- ates freely. Taken in small quantities, either by drinking water out of a new lead cistern, or one newly repaired with white lead, or by working amongst it, — lead produces colic, loss of power in the limbs, especially wrist-drop, and a blue line along the gums. 502 ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. Laudanum [opium, paregoric , soothing syrup , syrup of pop- pies ). — Symptoms. — Giddiness, stupor, gradually increasing into deep sleep, the pupil of the eye very small, lips blue, skin cold, heavy, slow breathing. Treatment. — Empty the stomach as quickly as possible by vomiting. For an adult give fifteen grains of sulphate of zinc in a little water; to a young person half the quantity, to an in- fant a teaspoonful of the syrup of ipecac. If you can not get drugs, use mustard and warm water, salt and water, and tickle the top of the throat. After vomiting give plenty of very strong coffee, put a mustard plaster round the calf of each leg, and ii cold and sinking give a good quantity of spirit and water. Keep the patient roused till the effect has passed off by beat- ing the soles of the feet, walking him about, or dashing cold water on the face. Remember, if the patient goes to sleep at this stage, it will be the sleep of death. Lunar Caustic [nitrate of silver). — Lunar caustic, or nit- rate of silver, has been swallowed by accident when used for touching a sore throat, etc. Symptoms. — Burning pain, similar to arsenic. Treatment. — Give a large teaspoonful of common salt in a glass of water, and repeat this every ten minutes. Then give a dose of castor-oil, and linseed-tea, or barley-water, for a drink. Mercury [calomel, corrosive sublimate , red precipitate , ver- milion, etc). — Symptoms. — Metallic taste in the mouth, burning pain in the throat, stomach, and bowels, vomiting, very painful purging, and cramps. Treatment. — Give the white of an egg in a little water, re- peat this twice more with five minutes between each time, give large quantities of milk or flour and water, then linseed-tea. Nitre, or Saltpetre. — Symptoms. — Similar to arsenic. Treatment. — Give plenty of flour and water, then linseed or sweet oil. Opium [see Laudanum ). Phosphorus [lucifer matches). — Symptoms. — Great excite- ment over the whole system ; other effects like arsenic. Treatment. — Give large, quantities of warm water with magnesia, chalk, or whiting, or even flour, stirred in it; encour- age vomiting, but give no oil or fat of any description. Poisonous Plants or Seeds. — False mushrooms, or any- thing of the kind picked up by children, but which you can not tell at the time. Treatment. — Empty the stomach by any emetic you have at hand : warm water, mustard, salt, or soap, warm chamomile ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES. 503 tea, etc. If there be no purging, give a good dose of castor- oil or olive-oil. If the patient be faint or sinking, give stimulants. Potash ( soda , ammonia , sal- volatile, salt-cake , disinfecting fluids of concentrated solutions of soda or potash ). — Symptoms. — Heat, pain in stomach, vomiting, and purging. Treatment . — Vinegar and water, oranges, lemons, sour beer or cider, or sour fruit. Afterwards, olive, linseed, or any whole- some oil. Prussic Acid ( oil of hitter almonds , laurel-water , cyanide of ; potassium , used by photographers and others). — Symptoms. — If the quantity be large, death takes place instantly, but smaller quan- tities produce giddiness, loss of sight and fainting. The peculiar smell is often perceptible about the mouth. Treatment. — Give sal-volatile and water, and apply a bottle of smelling-salts to the nose, dash cold water on the face, and give stimulants. Strychnine ( rat poison , etc., nux vomica). — Symptoms. — There is lock-jaw, twitching of the muscles, convulsions, the body is bent backward, so as to rest upon the feet and head only. Treatment . — Try to empty the stomach by an emetic ; then give linseed-tea or barley-water, and to an adult thirty drops of laudanum occasionally to relieve the spasms. There are other remedies, but not such as can be used without a doctor being present. Tartar Emetic {see Antimony). Zinc Oxide. — S ymptoms and Treatment . — As in copper. Iron {Sulphate of iron , or copperas , or green vitriol). — Symp- toms. — Colic pains; constant vomiting- and purging; violent pain in the throat, with tension of the Epigastrium ; indeed ah the symptoms of irritant poisoning. Treatment . — Magnesia or the alkaline carbonates should be given largely. Antidote. — Carbonate of soda. Ivy Poisoning. — Apply soft soap freely to the affected parts; or bathe the poisoned skin frequently with weak tinc- ture of belladonna. Hartshorn gives almost instant relief from the effects of the poisonous bites of all insects, vermin, and reptiles, by bath- ing the parts bitten very freely. Always bear in mind thac cases of poisoning admit of no delay. In many diseases and accidents an hour or two may be of no consequence, but here we must think of minutes, and the life or death of the patient will depend on how you employ them. PHYSICAL CULTURE, A WONDERFUL POWER OVER DISEASE. V-H-H It is an undisputed fact that the lack of proper exercise is the cause of much physical debility, disease, and suffering. The value of systematic exercises of various kinds as a remedial measure has for ages been recognized by both barbarous and civilized nations. The Chinese have, according to reliable authority, understood the remedial value of exercises for two thousand years. The ancient Greeks and Romans employed exercises of various sorts not only for developing the body, but for relieving many diseased conditions. We will consider briefly some of the principal remedial effects of the employment of medical gymnastics. 1. To Regulate the Circulation. — The circulation of the blood is greatly influenced by the action of the muscles. Muscular action presses the blood through the veins more rapidly, thus its progress towards the heart is greatly accelerated. In cases of muscular inactivity, the Swedish move- ments will often produce marvelous results in restoring an unbalanced circulation to its normal condition. 2. To Increase Secretion and Excretion. — Where there is a great diminution of secretion or excretion, systematic movements are of great service. They are especially useful in cases of torpid liver and inactivity of the skin. 3. To Increase Respiratory Power.— The breathing power and capacity of the lungs can in no way be so rapidly and powerfully developed as by lung gymnastics. We have known persons thus to double their breathing capacity in a few weeks. Thousands have been saved from a con- sumptive’s grave through systematic exercise. 4. To Increase Digestive Power. — In many chronic diseases of other organs as well as in functional derangement of the stomach, deficient muscular power of the stomach and intestinal canal maybe greatly benefited and in many cases completely cured by this treatment. 5. To Increase Assimilation. — Many chronic diseases owe their cause to imperfect assimilation. It is not -what we eat or what we digest that benefits us, but what we assimilate through the system. There is no means by which assimilation may be so powerfully stimulated and encour- aged as by the careful employment of Swedish movements. 6. To Increase Vital Action. — This method of treatment is of great service in cases of general debility, and all other diseases in which there is inactivity of the vital functions. 7. To Regulate Muscular Action. — No remedy is of greater value in treatment of disordered muscular activity, as in various distortions of the spine, resulting from unequal muscular action, also in many cases of displacement of the w r omb and various other disorders peculiar to women. . In cases of paralysis no othe^ remedy, unless it be electricity, will accomplish so much as systematic, skillful, physical exercise. Our limited space forbids giving; detailed directions for carrying out a course in physical culture. A complete manual with all the movements illustrated can be had for from twenty-five cents to fifty cents of Fowler & Wells Co., 775 Broadway, New York City. 504 HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. — HEALING PROPERTIES OP WATER. The utility of water as an agent in the treatment of disease is not a modern discovery. Very few to-day realize the great diversity of the uses of water and the prompt and efficient character of its effects. Water as a Tonic. — The hot bath is a very efficient stimulant. It will frequently increase the circulation from 70 to 100 or over in fifteen minutes. A short cool bath has also very beneficial results. Water as an Emetic. — In the great majority of cases, warm water is all that is needed ; the addition of a little mustard will often increase its efficiency. Water as a Sedative. — Cold water is one of the most effective sed- atives; it will lower the temperature, rapidly diminish the pulse, and restrain excessive vital action. Water as an Anodyne. — The effects of local applications of both warm and cold water in relieving pain are well known. In many other modes of application water is also effective in a very great degree in relieving pain and nervous irritability. Water as an Anaesthetic.— At a very low temperature or in the form of ice, water is a well-known anaesthetic. Water as a Dissolvent.— By cold or alternate hot and cold applica- tions, chronic swellings of the joints and other parts, enlargements of lym- phatic glands, may be successfully treated with water. Water as an Alterative. — For a long time mercury has been con- sidered the leading alterative, but time compels it to yield to water. The most mercury can do is to destroy the elements of the blood, while water not only accelerates waste, but increases construction of the same portion, accord- ing to the experiments of Prof. Liebig and other eminent observers. This effect of water results from both internal and external use. Solvent Properties of Water. — With the exception of air, water is the most transient of all the elements received into the body. It is elimi- nated by the . skin, the lungs, the kidneys, and the intestines. By its solvent action it dissolves the various poisonous products of the disintegra- tion of the tissues. The volume of the blood being increased, more water comes in contact with the debris contained in any part, and, in consequence, the same undesirable products are more perfectly removed. The increased amount of excrementitious matter in solution is brought in contact with the various depurating organs, producing, notably, the following results : — 1. An increase of the urinary excretion . — It is an important fact that this increase does not consist in the addition of water merely, or dilution, but 605 506 HYDROPATHIC TREATMENT. that there is also an increased amount of urea , the chief excrementitious principle removed from the blood by the kidneys. 2. An increase in the cutaneous excretion. — Water-drinking is one of the most efficient means of producing copious perspiration ; which, as with the urinary excretion, is not a mere elimination of water, but is a real depurating process. 3. An increase of the action of the liver . — Experiments made by the most eminent scientists and physiologists show that the drinking of water is one of the most efficient means of increasing the activity of the liver, increasing not only the quantity of bile formed, but the amount of solid matter secreted and excreted. 4. Increased action of the intestinal mucous membrane. — Elimination from the mucous membrane of the intestinal canal, which is an important organ of excretion, is also increased by drinking freely of pure water. The result of this increased action is not only to remove from the blood some of its foulest constituents, but to render more fluid the contents of the intestines, and thus tend to obviate that almost universal accompaniment of sedentary habits, constipation. The removal of clogging matters from the system in this manner allows greater freedom of vital action, so that the activities of the body are quick- ened, and both waste and repair, disintegration and assimilation, are accel- erated. BATHS. There are numerous modes of administering baths, each having its pecul- iar effect upon the system. Sponge Bath.— Persons physically reduced may have a portion of their body bathed at a time, the bathed part being thoroughly rubbed before bath- ing the rest of the body. These baths have a strengthening and * exhilarat- ing effect, and also equalize the circulation. Shower Baths. — Stimulate the nervous system and the skin ; they are recommended particularly in diseases which require repeated sweatings. Pail Douche. — This bath is highly stimulating and excites nervous action. It is also used when the temperament is sluggish. Wet Sheet Packing. — This is a valuable process to reduce the heat of the body in fevers and to remove unhealthy secretions. The Sweating Pack. — Is used in skin diseases, torpidity of the liver, indigestion, chronic rheumatism, and gout. The Vapor Bath. — Useful in skin diseases, colds, and fevers. It should not be administered to those having weak lungs. Sitz Bath. — Is used in acute inflammation of the liver, stomach, bowels, spleen, and kidneys. General Rules. — All full bathing should be taken when the body is warm. In chronic cases the bath should be followed by walking, or other active exercise, if strength will permit. No meal should be taken within an hour after bath, nor bath be taken within two hours after meal. Wetting the head and chest before bath is a useful precaution. A full treatise on Hydropathic Treatment is published at a cost of 25c. to 50c. by Fowler & Wells Co., 775 Broadway, New York. ELECTROTHERAPEUTICS. The Healing Power of Electricity, BY THE SPECIALIST, DR. W. £0. DAVIS. The principles upon which this practice is based are founded in truth, and have been so demonstrated to the satisfaction of critical investigation. The facts concerning the curative power of electricity have been realized by millions of persons in this and other countries within the last few years. It is resorted to by constantly increasing numbers as rap- idly as prejudice is made to give way. It has already been recog- nized and used by many of the leading physicians in this country and Europe. Among those who have been conspicuous tor their advocacy of the use of elec- tricity as a healing agent are Hammond, Rockwell, Beard, Morgan, Garrett, Galloway, and Bolles, in the United States ; Althouse and Rey- nolds, in England ; DuBois, Raymond, Becquerel, Du- chenne, and Apostoli, in France; and Remark, Meyer, Benedict, Erb, and Helmholtz, in Germany. In the cure of disease by the application of electricity, a most important point to be considered is the selection of proper apparatus. 507 508 ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. The country is flooded with many kinds of electro-medical batteries of great pretentions, but, in too many instances, of doubtful utility. Discredit has been thrown on the healing powers of elec- tricity through the failure of these instruments to perform what is claimed for them, and has deterred many from seeking relief who otherwise might have been greatly benefited. Beware of such frauds as electric pads, belts, bands, brushes, garments ; also electric soaps, liniments, etc. They are made to deceive the public by men who know nothing about electricity. The galvanic battery produces the direct current upon which we rely mostly for decomposing and dispersing morbid growth, such as calcareous deposits about the joints, stone in bladder, tumors, nodes, and biliary calculi. It is our chief agent also in neutralizing morbid conditions and elements in the system by its chemical action, as also in skin diseases, cancerous, syphilitic, and scrofulous. Electro-magnetic or Faradic batteries give us the induced current, especially adapted to arouse torpid organs to their normal action, and to relieve painful conditions by the positive and negative polarities changing plus and minus conditions to normal or healthy action. After many years’ experience in a large practice as a spe- cialist in medical electricity, using various batteries, and watch- ing the effect and results on the human system, I have found the batteries made by Dr. Jerome Kidder, 820 Broadway, New York, the best. He is a scientific investigator, having spent many years in the thorough research of different qualities of electrical currents, and the laws governing the production of the same. The following are some of the reasons for using electricity : First, it is the life-giving and health-sustaining element, homo- geneous with the vital force of man. Second, its action is not dependent upon the stomach, but, being reduced to the ultimate refinement of matter, it is instantly appropriable. Third, it can be regulated to any required power, concen- trated or diffused ; by its acting and re-acting energies it will penetrate deep-seated organs and parts and remove obstruc- tions inaccessible to all other agencies. Wonderful advancement has been made in the application of electricity by the medical profession. It is a well-established ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 509 fact that electricity can now be employed, by scientifically adjusted applications, in the radical cure of disease, even where the organism is of the most delicate, weak, or nervous character. ELECTRICAL DIAGNOSIS. In treating this subject, it is well to state that no two persons are precisely alike, either in temperament or suscepti- bility to the electric currents ; neither is every part of the sys- tem in the same person equally sensitive to the current ; con- sequently, the same strength of current does not produce the same effect on different persons. Fleshy persons feel it less sensibly than lean. This being the case, we must, in our diagnosis, make due allowance for any difference which may exist. As a general rule, those parts where the bones are thinly covered with muscle and fat feel it the most, especially if prominent nerves pass over the bones ; hence, the forehead and scalp, shoulder-blades, and over the ribs and sternum, shins, hands, and internal ear are among the most sensitive parts of the body. When any part of the body is more sensitive to the current than natural, and a dull or sharp pain is produced, we infer that there is an inflammatory condition of that part or organ ; and, on the contrary, if there is a lack of natural sensibility, we con- clude that organ or part is too inactive. In treatment, one will require soothing, the other tonic and stimulating applications. Probably no single drug or medicine or no kind of treat- ment can lay claim to so many triumphs in overthrowing the ills the human race is heir to as this invaluable servant of the educated physician. Diseases which have resisted all that could be other- wise done, though every effort was skillfully made, have van- ished, and the despondent invalid again restored to a life of usefulness through the instrumentality of electricity. Arguments could be presented without number why elec- tricity should be in more general use than it now is, but a few only are offered. First, it is a pleasant method of cure. Second, it is applicable to the most varied evidences of dis- ease. Third, there is simplicity in the method of application. Fourth.* it is less expensive, when its utility is considered ; and, lastly* the relief given the stomach and organs of digestion 510 ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. in the freedom from nauseous medicines which are indispensa- ble in other methods of treatment. There are a number of methods by which electricity can be applied to the body successfully, either local, central, or general. The numerous methods by which local applications can be applied may be indefinitely extended. This applies more specifically to applications to separate organs — as the eye, the ear, the nose, the tongue, the womb, the muscles, or some particular nerve. For affections of the body, one pole (generally the negative) should be placed at the feet or base of spine, while the manipu- lations of the other pole are applied to the diseased part. For affections of the upper extremities one pole should be placed on the spine, and the other over the part diseased. For the lower extremities one pole may be placed at base of spine, while the other is manipulated over the diseased part. The poles also may be applied near each other over the body, or one be placed on the spine and the other where the affected part needs repairs. In loss of motion, sensation, or feel- ing, the general object is to pass the current through the nerves supplying the parts affected. Those who are specially skilled in electro-therapeutics for reaching decided results apply the currents to certain places known as motor points, where the nerves of the parts approach the surface, but these can only be learned by careful study and large experience. Persons of little experience should not use the current about the head, as great caution should be used with electricity about the brain. In application to the tongue, also, great care should be observed to avoid the teeth, which, being good con- ductors, permit the passage of the current. CENTRAL APPLICATIONS are made by using one pole, or electrode, over the pit of the stomach, beneath the lower end of the sternum or breast-bone. This point is a great nerve center from which radiate nerves to supply the diaphragm, stomach, spleen, liver, kid- neys, mesentery, spermatic, and uterine organs. No method of application exceeds or equals this in utility, nor can so many important organs be reached by any other process. ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. 511 The other pole can be applied according to the effect desired, as, for instance, to the side beneath the ribs, if the liver (on the right) or the spleen (on the left) be at fault. The kidneys can be reached by applying the electrode to the space just above the hip bones on either side, or in the region known as the small of the back. Also the intestines may be stimulated to increased action by using the electrode over the front and sides of the abdomen. It may be applied to the groin, to affect the ovaries ; to the pubic region, to reach the uterus or bladder. Except in cases of asphyxia, paralysis, or insensibility, never use more power than can be borne with comfort. A shock or sudden increase of power is to be avoided. In the hands of non-professional persons or in family prac- tice, intense or strong currents are to be studiously avoided. This rule should be carefully observed, and applies generally to the use of electric apparatus. General applications can be made by one electrode being applied over the entire person while the other pole is either at the soles of the feet by a foot plate, or at base of spine. For any general congestion this method of treatment will always bring relief. The chest and abdomen stand pretty strong currents as a rule, as also do the upper and lower extremities. Always begin the application with mild currents so as to avoid all shocks. In females the menstrual function is generally stimulated by electricity ; even where the application is made at a distant point, the catamenia is apt to be prematurely induced in many instances, and this fact accounts for the peculiar value of this agent in disorders of the womb and its appendages. From any irregularity thus produced no alarm need result, as the func- tions, accelerated as to time, will thereafter appear at the proper interval ; in fact, no better agent for the regulation of the function in question is available than the proper application of electricity. Electricity, in common with many other remedies which are used in the treatment of disease, possesses qualities classed under various heads. According to the method of its application it may act as a stimulant, or a sedative, a tonic which builds up the organism, or a caustic which breaks down the tissues. As a resolvent in the dispersion of tumors it means the grad- ual disappearance under treatment without suppuration. This 512 ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS. result may often be obtained in the class Known as benign or non-malignant growths. It is also an alterative agent which properly gives special value to it therapeutically. In cancerous formations it is generally advisable to dissipate or break down the tumor at the point where the specific virus is concentrated, and if this can be done before the lymphatic glands in the vicinity become involved, a cure is more certain than if means were taken to dissipate the growth throughout the system. Electricity possesses such a control over the nervous and muscular systems that it is of more value than any other agent. A current of electricity sent through the nerves of any part of the body will cause contraction of the muscles governed by these nerves. This result may be produced by electric currents of differ- ent kinds, either the Galvanic, Faradic, or Static. It follows that a method of imitating such “currents of life,” as we may term the nervous fluid, must be of great value in derangements or failure of the nervous system. Of course it is wise in electrical treatment, as in the usual domestic treatment of diseases, to seek medical aid should relief not be obtained in time or alarming symptoms be developed. When heart disease, apoplexy, fits, neuralgia, and such troubles are liable to demand immediate if not instantaneous attention, I think it will not be long before no household will be considered complete without a battery for medical purposes. In electricity we have at our command an agent, pleasant, efficient, reliable, and prompt in the relief of these derange- ments. Properly applied, it is of all remedies the most valuable and efficient in the control of abnormal conditions. It animates every part, it vitalizes every part, and har- monizes the whole ; and in every case when there is no lesion or destruction of the parts, and the system is not worn out by age or excess, and a sufficient amount of vitality remains for reaction, a speedy and permanent cure may be effected. Springfield, Mass. PROPERTIES OF MEDICINES Classified and Explained. Absorbents are medicines which destroy acidities in the stomach and bowels, such as magnesia, prepared chalk, etc. Alteratives are medicines which restore health to the consti- tution, without producing any sensible effect, such as sarsaparilla, etc. Anodynes are medicines which relieve pain, and they are divided into three kinds, paregorics, hypnotics, narcotics (see these terms) ; camphor is anodyne as well as narcotic. Aperients move the bowels gently, as dandelion root, etc. Astringents are medicines which contract the fibers of the body, diminish excessive discharges, and act indirectly as tonics. Carminatives are medicines which allay pain in the stomach and bowels, and expel flatulence, as anise seed water. Cathartics are strong purgative medicines, as jalap, etc. Cordials are warming medicines, as aromatic confection. Digestives are remedies applied to ulcers or wounds to pro- mote the formation of matter, such as ointments, poultices, etc. Diuretics act upon the kidneys and bladder, and increase the flow of urine, such as nitre, squills, etc. Emetics produce vomiting, or the discharge of the contents of the stomach, as mustard, tartar-emetic, blood-root, etc. Expectorants are medicines which increase expectoration, or discharges from the bronchial tubes, as ipecacuanha. Hypnotics relieve pain by producing sleep, as hops, etc. Laxatives are medicines which cause the bowels to act rather more than natural, such as manna, etc. Narcotics are medicines which cause sleep or stupor, and allay pain, such as opium, etc. Nutrients are remedies that nourish the body, as sago, etc. Paregorics are medicines that actually assuage pain, such as compound tincture of camphor, etc. Purgatives are medicines that promote the evacuation of the bowels, such as senna, etc. Sedatives are medicines which depress the nervous energy, and destroy sensation, so as to compose, as foxglove, etc. Stimulants increase the action of the heart and arteries, or the energy of the part to which they are applied, such as sassafras used internally, and savin used externally. Tonics give general strength to the constitution, restore the natural energies, and improve the tone of the system. 513 REMEDIES CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO EFFECTS. Medical Name. Aconite Leaves, Tincture of.. Aconite Root, Solid Extract of Aconite Root, Tincture of. . . Aloes, Socotrine, Powdered. . Alum Ammonia, Aromatic Spirits of Ammonia, Carbonate of Ammonia (Hartshorn) Ammonium, Bromide of Ammonium Chloride (Sal- / ammoniac) ) Angelica Root, Fluid Ext. of. Anise Seed, Oil of Antimonial Powder (James’) . Antimonial Wine Arsenic, Donovan’s Solution. Arsenic, Fowler’s Solution.. . Arsenic, white Asafoetida Asafoetida, Tincture of Atropia (Active Principle ) of Belladonna) f Balsam of Copaiba Balsam of Peru Balsam of Tolu, Syrup Bearberry Leaves, Decoction. Bearberry Leaves, Fluid Ext. Belladonna, Plaster Belladonna, Solid Extract . . . Belladonna, Tincture of Benzoic Acid Bismuth, Subnitrate of Bittersweet, Decoction of Black Drop. Blackberry Root Blackberry Root, Syrup Blood-root, Tincture Blue Mass Boneset, Infusion I Properties. Dose for Adult. Child’s Dose see page 350. Sedative, Narcotic Sedative and Narcotic Sedative and Narcotic Cathartic Astringent Stimulant Stimulant and Expectorant. . Stimulant Sedative 1 to 6 drops 4 times daily. A to £ grain 3 times daily. 1 to 2 drops 4 times daily. 5 to 15 grains at bedtime. 5 to 15 grains. 10 to 20 drops in water. 3 to 6 grains every 3 hours. 5 to 10 drops in water. 5 to 20 grains. Expectorant, Diuretic 5 to 20 grains. Aromatic Aromatic Diaphoretic. . . Emetic Alterative Alterative Alterative Antispasmodic. Antispasmodic. Teaspoonful 4 times daily. 5 to 10 drops on sugar. 2 to 5 grains. 2 teaspoonfuls. 5 to 10 drops. 1 to 6 drops, afo of a grain. 1 to 5 grains (in pills). 15 to 30 drops. Narcotic grain. Diuretic Expectorant Expectorant Diuretic Diuretic Anodyne Narcotic.. Narcotic Expectorant Anti-emetic Narcotic Narcotic Astringent Astringent Expectorant Alterative Diaphoretic 514 20 drops 4 times a day, 15 drops every 3 hours One teaspoonful. Wineglassful. Teaspoonful. For external use. t’b to i grain. 3 to 5 drops. 5 to 10 grains. 20 to 30 grains. Wineglassful. 6 to 10 drops. Wineglassful. Teaspoonful. 5 to 10 drops. 3 to 5 grains. Tablespoonful. ADMINISTERING MEDICINES. 515 Medical Name. Properties. Dose for Adult. Child’s Dose see page 356. Buchu, Fluid Extract Buckthorn, Fluid Extract — Caffein Calomel Calomel Camphor, Gum Camphor, Spirits of Cascara Cordial Cascarilla, Infusion Castor Oil Catechu, Powdered Catechu, Tincture Catnip, Decoction Chalk, Prepared Chamomile Flowers, Infusion. Chamomile, Fluid Extract. . . Chloral Hydrate Chloroform Colchicum Root, Fluid Ext . . Colchicum Root, Wine Colchicum Seed, Tincture Colocynth, Compound Ext. . Colombo, Tincture Cubebs, Powdered Dandelion, Fluid Extract Dover’s Powder Elaterium Elder Flowers, Decoction. . . . Epsom Salts Ergot, Fluid Extract Fennel Seed, Infusion Fever Root, Decoction Fleabane, Infusion Foxglove (Digitalis), Infusion Foxglove, Fluid Extract Foxglove, Tincture Galls, Powdered Gamboge, Powdered Gelsemium, Fluid Extract. . . Gentian, Tincture Geranium, Decoction Ginger, Powdered Glauber Salts Guaiac, Tincture Hemlock Bark, Powder Hemlock, Solid Extract Henbane, Solid Extract Henbane, Tincture Hydrastin Indian Hemp, Decoction Diuretic Cathartic Nerve stimulant Alterative Purgative Stimulant Stimulant Cathartic for habitual con- stipation Tonic Purgative Astringent Astringent Diaphoretic Astringent Tonic and Diaphoretic Tonic Narcotic Anaesthetic and Stimulant. . . Diuretic and Sedative Diuretic and Sedative Diuretic and Sedative Cathartic Tonic Diuretic Diuretic Diaphoretic... Cathartic Diaphoretic Cathartic To arrest bleeding Aromatic Cathartic and Diuretic Diuretic Stimulant and Diuretic Stimulant and Diuretic Stimulant and Diuretic Astringent Cathartic Sedative and Anodyne Tonic Astringent Aromatic and Stimulant Cathartic Diaphoretic Narcotic Narcotic Narcotic and Anodyne Narcotic and Anodyne Tonic Diuretic Teaspoonful. Teaspoonful at bedtime. 1 to 2 grains. 1 to 2 grains twice daily. 6 to 10 grains. 2 to 6 grains. 10 to 30 drops. \ to 1 teaspoonful. 2 tablespoonfuls. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls. 10 to 20 grains. £ to 1 teaspoonful. Tablespoonful. 10 to 30 grains. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls. Teaspoonful. 5 to 10 grains. 5 to 10 drops in glycerine 3 to 10 drops. 10 to 20 drops. 10 to 20 drops. 5 grains. Teaspoonful. 15 to 20 grains. One teaspoonful. 10 grains. i Ss grain. 1 to 2 tablespoonfuls. 2 teaspoonfuls. 15 to 30 drops. Tablespoonful. Tablespoonful. Wineglassful. Teaspoonful. 1 to 3 drops. 5 to 10 drops. 10 to 20 grains. 2 to 5 grains. 2 to 5 drops. \ to 1 teaspoonful. Tablespoonful. 10 to 20 grains. 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls. \ to 1 teaspoonful. 1 to 3 grains. \ to 1 grain. £ to 1 grain. 5 to 30 drops. 1 to 2 grains. Tablespoonful. 516 ADMINISTERING MEDICINES. Medical Name. Properties. Dose for Adult. Child’s Dose see page 356 External use. Ipecac, Powdered Diaphoretic and Emetic 5 to 30 grains. Ipecac, Syrup Diaphoretic and Expectorant. Teaspoonful. Ipecac, Wine Diaphoretic and Expectorant. Teaspoonful. Iron and Ammonia, Citrate. . Tonic 5 grains. Iron and Quinine, Citrate Tonic 5 grains. 1 to 2 grains. 1 to 2 grains. Iron, Carbonate Tonic Iron, Chloride, Tincture of. . . Tonic 5 to 20 drops. Tonip 5 grains. 10 to 20 drops. Iron, Iodide, Syrup Tonic Iron, Phosphate Tonic 5 grains. Jalap, Powdered Cathartic 5 to 10 grains. Juniper Berries, Infusion Diuretic Wineglassful. 10 to 15 drops, i to 2 grains. Cathartic Liverwort, Decoction Astringent Tablespoonful. Lobelia, Infusion Diaphoretic 2 teaspoonfuls. Lobelia, Tincture Expectorant . . ^ to 1 teaspoonful. \ to 1 teaspoonful. Teaspoonful. Tablespoonful. Marsh Mallow, Infusion Diuretic May-apple, Decoction Cathartic Tablespoonful. May-apple. . Antibilious i to \ grain. May-apple Root, Powdered . . Antibilious and Cathartic — 10 to 20 grains. M ftrr>iir y Alterative h to h grain. hs to h grain. Mercury, Biniodide Alterative Mercury, Iodide Alterative [ to 1 grain. TVTnrpbin* Narcotic. to i grain. Wineglassful. Mullein Leaves, Infusion Anodyne Musk Stimulant 2 to 10 grains. Teaspoonful. 10 to 20 drops. Mustard SfiP.ds, CrminJ . ... Emetic Myrrh, Tincture Expectorant Nux Vomica, Solid Extract Tonic and Stimulant h to l grain. TCnx Vomica Tincture Tonic and Stimulant 5 to 15 drops. ^ to 1 grain. Opium, Powdered Narcotic and Anodyne Opium, Tincture Narcotic and Anodyne 10 to 15 drops. Opium, Vinegar Anodyne > to 7 drops. Opinru Win p - - - Narcotic 10 to 30 drops. Paregoric . Anodyne 1 teaspoonful. Tablespoonful. Tablespoonful. Pareira Decoction Diuretic Parsley Root, Infusion Diuretic Pennyroyal, Infusion Diaphoretic Wineglassful. Peruvian Bark, Decoction. . . Tonic Wineglassful. Peruvian Bark, Powdered. . . Tonic Teaspoonful. Peruvian Bark, Tincture Tonic ^ to 1 teaspoonful. Pink Root Infusion. To remove worms Tablespoonful. Wineglassful. Pleurisy Root, Infusion Tonic and Diuretic Podophyllin Antibilious and Purgative... h to l grain. Pond Lily Root, Decoction. . . Astringent Tablespoonful. Potassium, Bromide Sedative 20 to 40 grains. ADMINISTERING MEDICINES. 517 Medical Name. Properties. Dose for Adult. Child’s Dose see page 356. Potassium, Chlorate Potassium, Citrate Potassium, Iodide Potassium, Nitrate (Saltpeter) Quassia, Infusion Quassia, Tincture Quinine, Sulphate Raspberry Leaves, Infusion... Raspberry Leaves, Syrup . . . Rhatany Root, Decoction Rhatany Root, Tincture Rhubarb, Aromatic Syrup. . . Rhubarb, Powdered Rhubarb, Tincture Rochelle Salts Rue, Decoction Saffron, Infusion Sage, Infusion Salicin Santonin Sarsaparilla, Decoction Sarsaparilla, Fluid Extract. . Sassafras, Infusion Savin Leaves, Infusion Savin, Oil Scammony, Powdered Senega Root, Decoction Senega Root, Fluid Extract. . Senna, Decoction Senna, Fluid Extract Skull-cap; Infusion Stramonium, Tincture Strychnia Sulphur, Flowers Tansy, Decoction Tansy, Oil Thornapple(See Stramonium) Thyme, Infusion Turpentine Valerian, Tincture Veratrum Viride, Tincture.. . White Oak Bark, Decoction. . Wild Cherry Bark, Infusion.. Wild Cherry Bark, Syrup Yellow Dock, Decoction Yellow Jessamine, Tincture. . Yellow Root, Decoction Expectorant Diuretic and Laxative Alterative Diuretic Tonic Tonic Tonic Astringent Astringent Astringent Astringent Cathartic and Astringent Cathartic Cathartic Laxative Emmenagogue Diaphoretic Diaphoretic Tonic To destroy Intestinal Worms- Alterative Alterative Diaphoretic Emmenagogue and Diuretic. Emmenagogue and Diuretic. Purgative Expectorant and Diuretic. . . . Expectorant and Diuretic. . . . Cathartic Cathartic Tonic Narcotic and Sedative Tonic and Stimulant Laxative Emmenagogue Emmenagogue Aromatic Stimulant and Diuretic Antispasmodic Sedative and Diaphoretic. . . . Astringent ... Sedative Sedative Alterative Nerve Tonic Tonic 10 to 20 grains. 20 to 30 grains. 5 to 15 grains. 10 to 15 grains. Tablespoonful. Teaspoonful. 1 to 5 grains. Tablespoonful. Teaspoonful. Tablespoonful. Teaspoonful. 2 teaspoonfuls. 15 to 20 grains. Teaspoonful. 2 teaspoonfuls. Tablespoonful. Tablespoonful. Wineglassful. 2 to 5 grains. 1 to 2 grains. Teacupful. Teaspoonful. Wineglassful. 2 teaspoonfuls. 1 to 5 drops. 1 to 3 grains. Tablespoonful. 15 to 30 drops. Tablespoonful. Teaspoonful. Wineglassful. 5 to 10 drops. jhv to 55 grain. 1 to 2 teaspoonfuls. Tablespoonful. 1 to 3 drops. Wineglassful. 1 or 2 teaspoonfuls. Teaspoonful. 1 to 3 drops. For external use. Tablespoonful. Teaspoonful. Wineglassful. 10 to 30 drops. Tablespoonful. KEY TO PRESCRIPTIONS SCIENTIFIC NAMES REDUCED TO COMMON ENGLISH. It is a source of great satisfaction to know what the doctor has pre- scribed. By reference to the following Table of Remedies we may learn just what our prescription is composed of. For signs and weights see page 357. Atfr LATIN. ABBREVIATION. COMMON NAME. i Abies Canadensis Abies Can Hemlock Pine 2 Aconitum Napellus Ac Monk’s Hood, Wolf’s Bane 3 HisculusGlabra Htscul G Ohio Buckeye 4 Agricus Muscarius Agar M Bug agaric, Amanita 5 Agnus Castus Agnus C Chaste-tree 6 Alnus Rubra A 1 Rub Tag Alder 7 Alumnia Alum Argilla, Clay, Ox. of Alumen 8 Ambra Grisea Ambra G Ambergris 9 Ammonium Carbonicum Amm C Carbonate of Ammonia 10 Ammonium Muriaticum Amm Mur Muriate of Ammonia 11 Anacardium Anac Mallacca Bean 12 Antimonium Crudum Ant C Crude Antimony 13 Apis Mellifica Apis Mell Honey Bee 14 Aralia Racemosa Aralia R Spikenard 15 Argentum Foliatum Arg Fol Silver Foil 16 Argentum Nitricum Arg Nit Nitrate of Silver 1 7 Arnica Montana Arn Mont Leopard’s Bane 18 Arsenicum Album Ars Alb Arsenic 19 Aristolochia Virginia Aris Virg Virginia Snake Root 20 Arum Triphylum Arum T Indian Turnip 21 Asafoetida Asa Asafoetida 22 Asarum Europseum Asarum Common Asarabacca 23 Asclepias Incarnata Asclep I Swamp Milkweed 24 Asclepias Syriaca Asclep S Common Milkweed 25 Atropin Atrop Alkaloid of Belladonna 26 Aurum Foliatum Aurum F Gold 27 Aurum Muriaticum Aur Mur Muriate of Gold 28 Baptisia Tinctoria Bap Tinct Wild Indigo 29 Baryta Carbonica Baryta Carbonate of Baryta 30 Belladonna Bell Deadly Nightshade 31 Borax Borax Biborate of Soda 32 Bovista Bov Puff-ball 618 ANTIDOTES * DISEASES. $ On this page is given, under corresponding number of opposite page, the antidote or remedy having counteracting effect of remedy (same number) on opposite page. Following the dash — is named a few of the diseases for which the remedy of same number on opposite page is used. ■ $ ANTIDOTES. * DISEASES. 1 Coffee. — Dyspepsia, palpitation of the heart. 2 Vinegar, Coffee. — Fevers, lungs, croup, heart disease, neuralgia. 3 Nux Vom. — Piles, lame back, constipation, spasms. 4 Salt, Ether. — Apoplexy, chorea, delirium tremens. 5 Wine, Coffee. — Impotence, scanty secretion of milk. 6 Sulphur. — Skin diseases. 7 Ipecac, Soda. — Leucorrhoea, lead colic, constipation. 8 Camphor. — Hysterics, hard hearing, dry cough. 9 Camphor, Lemon-juice. — Syphilis, dysmenorrhoea, epilepsy, ro Oil, Elm Bark. — Catarrh, constipation, diarrhoea. 1 1 Camphor. — Weakness of mind, heart disease. 12 Mercurius, Puls. — Weakness of digestion, scald head. 13 Arnica, Onion. — Diseases of the kidneys, dropsy. 14 Cimicifuga, Nux. — Gravel, leucorrhoea, dry cough. 15 Pulsatilla, Merc. — Mealancholy, rheumatism of joints. 16 Common Salt. — Gonorrhoea, cracked nipples, epilepsy, diarrhoea. 1 7 Vinegar, Camphor. — Bruises, swelling of the glands, lungs. 18 Iron, Ipecac. — Diarrhoea, fever and ague, obstinate skin diseases, 19 Camphor. — Sick headache, piles, dyspepsia. 20 Onion. — Salivation, inflammation of mouth and throat, asthma. 21 Camphor. — Hysterics, dyspepsia, premature menses. 22 Vinegar, Camphor. — Colic, vomiting. 23 Pulsatilla. — Asthma, pleurisy, diarrhoea, cough, catarrh. 24 Bryonia. — Headache, dropsy, influenza, rheumatism. 25 Coffee. — Neuralgia, spasms, paralysis, whooping cough. 26 Merc., White of Eggs. — Diseases of the bones, sexual organs. 27 Nitric Acid. — Chronic catarrh, dropsy, syphilis. 28 Bryonia. — Typhoid fever, diphtheria, dysentery. 29 Soda or Magnesia in Vinegar. — Scrofulous swellings, rickets. 30 Vomit, Coffee. — Diseases of brain, nerves, glands, lungs, skin. 3 1 Mercurius. — Sore mouth, menses during nursing, liver spots. 32 Camphor. — Externally to stop bleeding, headache. TABLE OF REMEDIES. 520 33 34 35 3 6 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 5 ° 5 1 5 2 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 7 1 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 LATIN. ABBREVIATION. COMMON NAME. Bromium Brom Bromine Spartium Scoparium Broom Broom Bryonia Alba Bry Alb White Bryony Chinca Chinca Chinca-root Calcarea Carbonica Cal Carb Carbonate of Lime Calcarea Caustica Cal Caus Caustic Lime Calcarea Phosphorica Cal Phos Phosphate of Lime Calendula Officinalis Calen Off Marsh Marigold Cactus Grandiflorus Cac Grand Night-blooming Cereus Camphora Camph Camphor Cannabis Sativa Cann Sat Hemp Cantharides Canth Spanish Fly Capsicum Annum Cap Ann Cayenne Pepper Carbo Animals Carbo A Animal Charcoal Carbo Vegetabilis Carbo V Vegetable Charcoal Carduus Marise Cardu Mar Common Thistle Caulophyllum Thalictroides Caul Thai Blue Berry Root Causticum Caus Caustic Tincture Cepa Cepa Common Onion Cerasus Virginica Cera Virg Wild Cherry (red) Chamomilla Vulgaris Cham Common Chamomille Cheladonium Majus Chel Maj Garden Celandine Chimaphila Umbellata Chim Um Prince’s Pine, Wintergreen China Chi Peruvian Bark Chloral Hydrate Chi Hy Chloral Cicuta virosa Cic Vir Water Hemlock Cimicifuga Racemosa Cim Rac Black Snakeroot Cina Cin Worm-seed Cistus Canadensis Cist C Rock Rose Clematis Erecta Clem Virgin’s Bower Cocculus Indicus Cocc Seeds of Cocculus Coccus Cacti Coc Cac Cochineal Coffea Cruda Coff Raw Coffee Colchicum Autumnale Colchi Au Meadow Saffron Colocynthis Col Bitter Cucumber Collinsonia Canadensis Collin Can Cure All, Richweed Conium Maculatum Con Spotted Hemlock Cornus Florida Corn Flor Dogwood, Box Tree Crocus Cro Saffron Crotalus Horridus Crotal Rattlesnake Poison Crotonius Oelum Crot Ole Croton Oil Cuprum Metallicum Cup Met Copper Cuprum Aceticum Cupr Acet Acetate of Copper Cuprum Sulph Cupr Sul Sulphate of Copper Cypripedium Pubescens Cyp Pub Bleeding Heart Daphne Indica Daph Indian Daphne ANTIDOTES AND DISEASES. 521 ANTIDOTES. DISEASES. 33 White of Egg. — Consumption, croup, dysentery. 34 Rhus Tox. — Nursing sore mouth, mercurial salivation. 35 Coffee, Camphor. — Rheumatism, pneumonia, constipation, typhus. 36 Cantharis. — Eructations, vomiting, burning urine. 37 Camphor. — Scrofula, slow teething of infants, profuse menses. 38 Bryonia. — Coughs, croup, ulcers, curvature of the spine. 39 Nitric Acid. — Herpes, discharge from ear, chronic bronchitis. 40 — Wounds, colic, cancer. 41 Verat. Viride. — Heart disease, pneumonia, fever and ague. 42 Opium, Vinegar. — Cholera, influenza, hysterics, headache. 43 Lemonade. — Gall stones, burning urine, nose bleed. 44 Camphor. — Bloody urine, dysentery, kidney diseases. 45 Camphor. — Chronic dysentery, fever and ague, dyspepsia. 46 Arsenic. — Cancer, goitre, offensive breath or discharges. 47 Arsenic. — Cardilagia, ulcers, bums, flatulence, dyspepsia. 48 Nux Vom. — Jaundice, gall stones, cough, pleurisy. 49 Pulsatilla. — False pains, tedious labor, dysmenorrhcea, colic. 50 Coffee. — Chronic hoarseness, cold feet, insanity. 5 1 Coffee. — Stings of insects, poisoned wounds, frozen parts. 52 Ammonium. — Slow fevers, dyspepsia, ulcers, whooping cough. 53 Aconite, Coffee. — Children’s diseases, spasmodic pains, neuralgia. 54 Sulphur. — Headache, warts, eruptions, jaundice. 55 Cantharis. — Dropsy from disease of the kidneys, constipation. 56 Arsenic, Verat. Alb. — For all diseases of periodic recurrence. 57 Ammonia. — Insanity, sleeplessness, neuralgia, lock-jaw. 58 Tobacco. — Epilepsy, mania, defective eyesight. 59 Coffee. — Menses too profuse, chorea, rheumatism. 60 Ipecac. — Worms, whooping cough, spasms, catarrh. 61 Belladonna. — Foul breath, chronic diarrhoea, white swelling. 62 Mercurius. — Orchitis, old foul ulcers, syphilis. 63 Camphor. — Menstrual colic, sea sickness, nausea, asthma. 64 Tea, Wine, Ipec. — Vomiting, cough, palpitation of the heart. 65 Aconite. — Nervous diseases, cardilagia, dyspepsia. 66 Vinegar, Honey. — Gout, burning urine, cramps of calves of legs. 67 Camphor, Coffee. — Colic, dysentery, costiveness, neuralgia. 68 Nux Vom. — Piles, diarrhoea, chronic constipation. 69 Coffee. — Apoplexy, amenorrhoea, catarrh. 70 Quinine. — Sour stomach, intermittent fever. 71 Aconite. — Hysteria, uterine hemorrhage. 72 Arsenic, Ammonia, Spirits. — Headache, skin diseases. 73 Opium, Mucilaginous drinks. — Constipation, eczema. 74 Emetics, White of Eggs. — Epilepsy, insanity, vomiting, asthma. 75 Milk, Iron Filings. — Jaundice, colic, croup. 76 Ipecac. — Emaciation, rage, vertigo. 77 Tea. — Excessive mental labor, St. Vitus’ dance. 78 Vinegar, Camphor. — Itching eruptions, pains in bones. 522 TABLE OF REMEDIES. LATIN. ABBREVIATION. COMMON NAME. 79 Digitalis Purpurea 80 Doryphora Ten Linae 8 1 Drosera 82 Dulcamara 83 Eucalyptus Globulus 84 Eupatorium 85 Euphorbium 86 Euphrasia 87 Ferrum Metallicum 88 Ferrum Aceticum 89 Ferrum Muriaticum 90 Filix Mas 91 Gelseminum Sempervirens 92 Graphites 93 Glonoine 94 Hamamelis Virginiana 95 Hedeoma Pulegioides 96 Helleborus Niger 97 Hepar Sulphuris 98 Hydrocyani Acidum 99 Hydrastis Canadensis 100 Hyoscyamus Niger 10 1 Hypericum Perforatum 102 Ignatia Amara 103 Indigo 104 Iodium 105 Ipecacuanha 106 Iris Versicolar 107 Jalapa 108 Juglans Cinera 109 Kali Bichromicum no Kali Carbonicum in Kali Hidiodicum 1 12 Kreasotum 1 13 Kusso 1 14 Lachesis 1 1 5 Laurocerasus 1 1 6 Ledum Palustre 1 1 7 Lilium Tigrinum 1 1 8 Lycopodium Clavatum 1 19 Lobelia 120 Magnesia Carbonica 1 2 1 Magnesia Muriatica 122 Manganum 123 Menispermum Canadense 124 Menyanthes Trifoliata Digi Fox-glove Dor T Lin Colorado Potato Bug Dros Sun- dew Dulc Bitter-sweet Euc Glob Blue Gum Tree Eup Boneset, Ague Weed Euphor Spurge Euphra Eye-bright Ferr Iron Ferr Ace Acetate of Iron Ferr Mur Muriate of Iron FilM Male Fern Gel Semp Yellow Jassamine Graph Black Lead Glo Nitro- Glycerine Hama Witch Hazel Hede Pul Penny Royal Helleb Christmas Rose Hep Sul Sulphuret of Lime Hy Acid Prussic Acid Hydras Can Golden Seal Hyos Black Henbane Hyp Perf St. John’s Wort Ign St. Ignatius’ Bean Indigo Indigo Iod Iodine IP Ipecac Iris Ver Blue Flag Jalap Jalap Jug Cin Butternut, White Walnut Kali Bi Bichromate of Potash Kali Car Carbonate of Potash Kali Hi Iodide of Potassium Krea Creasote Kusso Kusso Lach Snake Poison Laur Cherry Laurel Led Pal Marsh- tea Lil Tig Tiger-spotted Lily Lyc Club Moss Lob Indian Tobacco Mag Car Carbonate of Magnesia Mag Mur Muriate of Magnesia Mangan Manganese Menis Can Sarsaparilla Meny Buck Bean ANTIDOTES AND DISEASES. 523 ANTIDOTES. DISEASES. 79 Emetics, Wine, Ammonia. — Heart disease, bloody cough, dropsy. 8 0 Jimson Weed. — Vomiting, dysentery, night-mare. 8 1 Camphor. — Whooping cough, consumption, cough. 82 Camphor. — Salivation, hives, Bright’s disease, hoarsenes. 83 Quinine. — Intermittent fevers, asthma from heart disease. 84 Ipecac, Nux. — Fevers : intermittent, spotted, remittent. Influenza. 85 Lobelia. — Spasms, diarrhoea, cholera morbus. 86 Belladonna. — Chronic sore eyes, opthalmia, sneezing. 87 Arsenic, China. — Nursing sore mouth, diarrhoea, chlorosis. 88 Kreasote. — Consumption, dropsy, excessive menstruation. 89 Pulsatilla, Arsenicum. — Catarrh of the bladder, wetting the bed. 90 Lemon. — Tape worms. 91 Belladonna. — Headache, dumb ague, covulsions, after pains. 92 Nux., Wine. — Chronic eruptions, catarrh of the ear, salt rheum. 93 Coffee. — Sunstroke, congestive headache, nervous diseases. 94 Arnica. — Burns, scalds, bleedings, varicose veins. 95 Turpentine. — Nausea, whites, amenorrhoea from a cold. 96 Camphor. — Dropsy of the brain, scanty menses. 97 Vinegar. — Typhus, scrofula, skin, glands, profuse menses. 98 Ammonia, Cold Affusion. — Epilepsy, apoplexy, cholera, pythisis. 99 Ammonia. — Headache, constipation, leucorrhoea, catarrh. 100 Coffee, Bell. — Hysterics, hydrophobia, brain fever. 1 01 Pulsatilla. — Congestion of the blood to the head, painful menses. 102 Camphor, Lemon. — Hemicrania, spinal irritation, convulsions. 103 Belladonna. — Epilepsy, chorea, vomiting, colic. 104 Coffee, Starch. — Goitre, enlarged glands, liver complaints. 105 Coffee. — Vomiting, asthma, diarrhoea, fever and ague. 106 Veratrum Alb. — Summer complaint, morning sickness. 107 Rhubarb. — Constipation, small doses for diarrhoea of infants. 108 Mayapple Root. — Quinsy, cramp, diarrhoea, salt rheum. 109 Iodine.* — Croup, cough, bloody catarrh. no Vinegar, Wine. — Consumption, whooping cough, dyspepsia, in Tobacco. — Brain fever, sore throat, goitre, cancer. 1 12 Milk, Mucilage. — Diabetes, foul smelling discharges, burns. 1 13 Coffee. — Tape Worms. 1 14 Ammonia, Arsenic. — Fevers and convulsions. 1 15 Ammonia, Cold Affusions. — Pneumonia, gangrene, apoplexy. 1 16 Camphor. — Insect bites and stings, whooping cough, ague. 1 1 7 Sepia. — Menses too profuse and too often, sterility. 1 18 Camphor. — Excoriations of infants, gravel, bloating, ulcers. 1 19 Ipecac. — Croup, asthma, vomiting, sick headache. 120 Table Salt. — Menstrual difficulties, diarrhoea of pregnancy. 1 21 Calcarea. — Worms, leucorrhoea, uterine spasms. 122 Coffee, Ipecac. — Excoriating leucorrhoea, fall of the womb. 123 Bryonia. — Liver complaints, skin diseases, dropsy. 124 Camphor. — Malarial diseases, rheumatism. 524 TABLE OF REMEDIES. LATIN. ABBREVIATION. COMMON NAME. 125 Mephitis Putorius Meph Skunk 126 Mercurius Vivus Mer Viv Mercury, Quicksilver 127 Mercurius Solubilis Mer Sol Soluble Mercury 128 Mercurius Dulcis Mer Dul Calomel 129 Mercurius Iodide Mer Iod Iodide of Mercury 130 Mercurius Corrosivus Mer Corr Corrosive Sublimate 131 Mezereum Mez Mezereon 132 Morphium Morph Morphia 133 Moschus Mosch Musk 134 Muriatis Acidum Mur Ac Muriatic Acid 135 Natrum Carbonicum Nat Car Carbonate of Soda 136 Natrum Muriaticum Nat Mur Kitchen Salt 137 Nitri Acidum Nit Acid Nitric Acid 138 Nux Juglans Nux Jug Walnut Shell 139 Nitrum Nit Nitre, Saltpetre 140 Nux Moschata Nux Mosch Nutmeg 141 Nux Vomica Nux Vom Vomic Nut 142 Oleander Olean Oleander 143 Oleum Jecoris Ol Jec Cod Liver Oil 144 Oleum Ricini Ol Ric Castor Oil 145 Opium Op Opium 146 Petroleum Petro Rock Oil 147 Phosphori Acidum Phos Ac Phosphoric Acid 148 Phosphorus Phos Phosphorus 149 Phytolacca Decandra Phy Poke Root, Poke Berry 150 Platina Plat Platina 15 1 Plumbum Plumb Lead 152 Plumbum Aceticum Plumb Act Acetate of Lead 153 Podophyllum Pelltaum Pod Pel May Apple 154 Polygonum Punctatum Poly Pune Smartweed, Water Pepper 155 Pulsatilla Puls Wind Flower 156 Ranunculus Bulbosus Ran B Buttercup 1 c 7 Ranunculus Scelaratus Ran S Malignant Crowfoot 1C8 Rhododendron Chrysanth’m Rhod Siberian Rose 159 Rhus Toxicodendron Rhus Tox Poison Sumach 160 Rhus Glabrum Rhus Glab Common Sumach 161 Rumex Crispus Rum Cris Yellow Dock 162 Ruta Graveolens Ruta G Rue 163 Sabadilla Sabad Mexican Barley 164 Sabina Sabin Savin 165 Sambucus Nigra Samb Elder 166 Sanguinaria Canadensis Sang Blood Root 167 Scuttellaria Laterflora Scut Lat Skull Cap 168 Secale Coruntum Sec Ergot 169 Senega Sen Rattlesnake Root 170 Senecio Aurans Sen Aur Ragweed ANTIDOTES AND DISEASES. 525 ANTIDOTES. DISEASES. 125 Camphor. — Sick headache, hysterics. 126 Gold, Iodine. — Glands, ulcers, diarrhoea, flux, liver. 127 Nitric Acid. — Diseases of females, sore mouth and throat. 128 Chloride of Potash. — Putrid sore throat, biliousness, diseased bones 129 Hepar Sul. — Diphtheria, goitre, hardened glands. 130 White of Eggs. — Bloody flux, opthalmia, syphilis, bowel complaints 131 Mercurius, Milk. — Bones, skin, bowels, hectic fever. 132 Quick Emetics. — Used to produce sleep and relieve pain. 133 Camphor. — Hysterics, nervous headache, asthma. 134 Sulphur. — Scrofula, diphtheria, typhus, ulcers. 135 Vinegar. — Glandular swellings, scrofulous sores. 136 Nitrate of Silver. — Fever and ague, constipation, hemorrhage. 137 Camphor, Conium. — Syphilis, fistula, liver complaint, diabetes. 138 Arnica. — Boils, fever and ague, leucorrhoea. 139 Hepar Sul., Sulphur. — Dyspepsia, cardilagia, diarrhoeas, gravel. 140 Caraway Seed. — Hysterics, dysmenorrhoea. 14 1 Emetics, Coffee. — Cramps, convulsions, neuralgia, diabetes, ague. 142 Camphor. — Paralysis, vertigo, insanity. 143 — Wasting diseases. 144 — Is a mild cathartic. 145 Coffee. — Apoplexy, mania, lead colic, hernia, sleeplessness. 146 Nux. — Weakness of the bladder, chilblains, herpes, sore throa' 147 Camphor, Coffee. — Onanism, epilepsy, diabetes, consumption 148 Milk, Magnesia. — One of the most generally useful remedies. 149 Bloodroot. — Salt rheum, diphtheria, piles, rheumatism. 150 Pulsatilla. — Excessive menses, catalepsy, falling of the womb. 15 1 Opium, Alum. — Paralysis, colic, dysentery, sterility. 152 Vinegar and Magnesia. — Headache, convulsions, loss of sight. 153 Arnica. — Bilious headache, dyspepsia, colic, diarrhoea, piles. 154 Pulsatilla. — Dysentery, amenorrhoea, sprains, bruises. 155 Coffee. — This remedy is the woman’s friend. 156 — External applications to old sores. 157 Camphor. — Gangrene, cancer of the stomach, dandruff. 158 Lobelia. — Chronic rheumatism, asthma, opthalmia. 159 Lobelia; internal and external. — Erysipelas, pneumonia, typhus. 160 Borax. — Rheumatism, night sweats, scurvy, bleeding, piles. 1 61 Belladonna. — Epistaxis, diarrhoea, colic, itch. 162 Camphor. — Worms, uterine irregularities, weak eyes from reading. 163 Cina. — Tape worm, neuralgic rheumatism, fever. 164 Elm Bark. — Miscarriage, uterine hemorrhage, dysuria. 165 — Cold in the head of infants ; externally for burns. 166 Bryonia. — Sick headache, vomiting, jaundice, croup, pneumonia. 167 Coffee. — Delirium tremens, chorea, sunstroke. 168 Camphor. — Tedious labor, bloody diseases generally. 169 Am., Bell. — Diabetes, chronic cough. 1 70 Pulsatilla. — Hay asthma, coryza, Bright’s disease, dropsy. 526 TABLE OF REMEDIES. LATIN. ABBREVIATION, COMMON NAME. 1 71 Sepia Sep Cuttle Fish Juice 172 Silicea Sil Silica 173 Spigelia Spig Pink Root 174 Spongi Tosta Spong Burnt Sponge 175 Squilla Maratima Squi Squills 176 Stannum Stan Tin 177 Staphysagria Staph Stave’s Acre 178 Stramonium Stram Jimson Weed 179 Sulphur Sul Sulphur 180 Sulphuris Acidum Sul Ac Sulphuric Acid 1 81 Symphitum Officinale Symp Common, Comfrey 182 Tobacum Tabac Tobacco 183 Taraxicum Tarax Dandelion 184 Tartarus Emeticus Tar Em Tartar Emetic 185 Terebinthina Oleum Tereb 01 Spirits of Turpentine 186 Teucrium Marum Verum TeuM V Cat Mint 187 Thuya Occidentalis Thu Tree of Life, Arbor Vitae 188 Triosteum Perfoliatum Trios Perfo White Ginseng 1 89 Urtica Urens UrtU Nettle 190 Valeriana Officinalis Val Off Valerian 19 1 Variolin Vari Cowpox Virus 192 Verbascom Thapsus Verba Mullein 193 Veratrum Album Ver Alb White Hellebore 194 Veratrum Viride Ver Vir Black Haw 195 Viburnum Prunifolium Viburn Pru American Hellebore 196 Vinca Minor Vine Periwinkle 197 Viola Tricolor Vio Tri Pansy 198 Xanthoxylum Fraxincum Xanthoxl Prickly Ash 199 Zincum Sulphas Zin Sul Sulphate of Zinc 200 Zincum Zinc Zinc ANTIDOTES AND DISEASES. 527 ANTIDOTES. DISEASES. 1 71 Lemon Juice. — Menstrual difficulties, sick headache, ozena. 172 Camphor. — Old ulcers, diseased bones. 173 Coffee. — Nervous sick headache, neuralgia, worms, toothache. 1 74 Camphor. — Croup, hoarseness, spitting blood. 175 Camphor. — Hemopthysis, bronchitis, diabetes, cough. 176 Pulsatilla. — Cardilagia, mucous consumption. 177 Camphor. — Toothache, rheumatism of joints and muscles. 178 Lobelia. — Brain fever, spasms, hydrophobia, asthma. 1 79 Aconite, Puls. — Useful in scrofulous and skin diseases. 180 Magnesia, Lemon Juice. — Night sweats, bed sores, mercurial saliv’n 1 81 — Applied externally for old ulcers. 182 Lobelia, Coffee. — Hernia, sea sickness, renal colic. 183 Vinegar. — Torpid liver, flatulence, hives. 184 Tannin, Ipecac. — Croup, smallpox, cough, pneumonia, yellow fever 185 Coffee. — Bloody urine, rheumatism, typhus, worms. 186 Camphor. — Colic and wakefulness of infants. 187 Sassafras. — Cancer of the womb, syphilis, gonorrhoea. 188 Ipecac. — Bilious colic, asthma, rheumatism, bilious fever. 189 Belladonna. — Hives, bums, gravel, dysentery. 190 Coffee. — Nervous pains, epilepsy, rheumatism. 19 1 Smallpox. — This is the only reliable article for vaccination. 192 — Piles, varicose veins, fever sores. 193 Camphor. — Cholera, cramps, vomiting, colic. 194 Coffee. — Female diseases, fevers, use instead of aconite. 195 Pulsatilla. — Hysteria, cancer, after pains, prevents miscarriage. 196 Sulphur. — Eruptions and skin diseases. 197 — Scald head, fetid urine. 198 Ammonia. — Salivation, amenorrhoea, catarrh. 199 Hepar Sul., Ignatia. — Somnambulism, nervous diseases. 200 Hepar Sul., Ignatia. — Red eyelids, spasms, paralysis, pimples. DISINFECTANTS. $ HOW TO DESTROY GERMS OF DISEASE, Disinfectants are substances possessing the power of destroying germs of diseases, and which also, by absorbing or decomposing impure gases, purify the atmosphere. 1. Fresh Air and Sunlight. 2. Water. — Dishes of water placed in a room will absorb impure gases. Care should be taken to change the water fre- quently. A pailful of water placed in a freshly painted room will remove the disagreeable odor of the paint. 3. Charcoal. — Powdered charcoal is very efficacious in absorbing foul odors ; it should be exposed in open pans. 4. Fresh Earth. — Fine dry earth sprinkled over offen- sive matters, or placed in boxes about a room, is also effica- cious in absorbing foul odors. 5. Sulphate of Iron, or copperas, in powder alone or mixed with lime, is an excellent disinfectant for privy-wells, slaughter-houses, ditches, etc. Or, charcoal, two ounces; sul- phate of iron (copperas), forty ounces ; sulphate of lime (plaster or gypsum), fifty ounces; sulphate of zinc (white vitriol), seven ounces. Mix well and scatter dry, or mix with water. 6. Chloride of Lead. — Dissolve half a dram of nitrate of lead in a pint of boiling water, and two drams of common salt in a pail of water. Mix the two solutions and allow the sediment to settle. A cloth dipped in the liquid and hung up in an apartment is all that is required to purify the most fetid atmosphere. It also can be thrown down sinks, drains, etc. , good also to wash infected clothes in. 7. Carbolic Acid. — Impure carbolic acid, one ounce ; water, one gallon. Mix and sprinkle over the floors of privies, abou sinks, etc. 8. Red Clay mixed with a four per cent, solution of sulphuric acid, and a little carbolic acid, is also a good disin- fectant. 528 DISINFECTANTS. 529 9. Chloride of Lime is often deleterious in close dwell- ings, from the amount of chlorine gas evolved ; but it is excel- lent for drains, ditches, etc. By adding vinegar or diluted sulphuric acid with it, the amount of chlorine gas is increased. 10. Common Salt, three ounces ; black oxide of manga- nese and oil of vitriol, each one ounce ; water, two ounces. Mix in a cup, and carry it through the apartments of the sick ; but it should not be left in the room. How to fumigate Rooms. 1. Heat a common iron shovel quite hot, and pour vinegar slowly upon it. The windows and doors should be opened at the time, as the fumes of vinegar are very irritating. 2. Sulphurous Acid Gas. — Another way to fumigate rooms is with sulphur fumes. Take two ounces of sulphur and place it in a kettle, close every window, kindle the sulphur, and immediately leave the room ; the door should be locked and no one allowed to enter it for eight hours, after which time the doors and windows may be thrown open. 3. Chlorine Gas, Bromine, or nitrous-acid fumigation should only be used by persons acquainted with such gases, as they are very poisonous. 4. Another very efficacious disinfectant (in washing furni- ture, books, clothing, etc., which have remained in the room of a person suffering from infectious disease) is made by mixing one part of rectified oil of turpentine, seven parts of benzine, with the addition of five drops of the oil of verbena to each ounce. This forms the peroxide of hydrogen, a powerful oxidiz- ing agent, similar to ozone. — British Medical Journal. 5. Clothing may be disinfected by placing in a hot oven, or boiling it. 6. To remove the unpleasant odor from a room quickly, burn in it dried lavender or cascarilla bark. The window should be opened when it is done. Roasting coffee has the same effect. Precautions in Visiting Infected Rooms. Never enter an infected room on an empty stomach. Stay only as long as it is necessary. Breathe lightty while there. On returning home, take a warm bath, and rub the skin well when drying. Poisons and Their Antidotes. Act Quickly. Time is Like. First — Send for a physician. Second — Induce vomiting as speedily as possible by drinking hot water, or strong mustard and water, swallow sweet oil, or whites of eggs. Tickle the throat with a feather. Irritant Poisons are arsenic, antimony, mercury, iodine, chlorine, ammonia, cantharides, alkalies, and strong acids — cause intense burning pain in throat and stomach. Vomiting must be produced. After the stom- ach has been evacuated of a poison, take oil, cr whites of several eggs, flaxseed tea, slippery elm tea, gum arabic in solution, or gelatine. Narcotic Poisons are opium, chloral, alcohol, belladonna, aconite, strychnia, carbolic acid — produce deep sleep and insensibility, which must be counteracted by shocks to the nervous system by dashing cold water on the spine and chest, also drink strong coffee and other stimulants. Keep patient awake and moving at any cost. SPECIAL POISONS AND ANTIDOTES. POISONS. ANTIDOTES. POISONS. ANTIDOTES. Acids : Muriatic, Oxalic, Acetic, Sulphuric (Oil of Vitriol). Nitric (Aqua Fortis). Soapsuds, magnesia, lime water. Prussic Acid. Ammonia in water. Dash water in face. TflrhnliV Arid \ Flour and water ’ muci- Carbolic Acid, j laginous drinks. Alkalies : Potash, Lye, ) Vinegar or lemon Hartshorn, Ammonia, j juice in water. Bug Poison, Lead, Salt- peter, Corrosive Sub- limate, Sugar of Lead, Blue Vitriol. Whites of eggs or milk in large doses. Milk, raw eggs, sweet oil, lime water, flour and water. vmuiuiuim, i Dash cold water on head Chloral, > and chest, artificial respira- Ether. ) tion, piece of ice in rectum. Arsenic, Rat Poison, Paris Green. Carbonate of Soda, ) Soapsuds and muci- Copperas, Cobalt. j laginous drinks. Iodine, Antimony, Tartar Emetic. Starch and water, astrin- gent infusions, strong tea. Mercury and its Salts. } Sg£ LSr te Ca°u f S t?i! Ver -} Salt and water. } Mustard and water, sulphate of zinc, absolute quiet, plug the ears. Opium, Morphine, Laudanum, Paregoric, Soothing Powders or Syrups. 1 Strong coffee, hot bath, keep awake and j moving at any cost. “PATENT MEDICINES.” v-W-H The following named Compounds have been carefully ANALYZED BY EXPERT CHEMISTS, With the results as given below , and published from time to time in one or more of the following leading journals: The Medical World of Philadelphia , The Western Druggist of Chicago , The New England Druggist of Boston , and other publications. Ayer’s Sarsaparilla. Alcohol, 2 ounces ; fluid extract sarsaparilla, 3 ounces ; fluid extract yellow dock, 2 ounces; fluid extract burdock, 2 ounces; fluid extract stillingia, 2 drams ; fluid extract mandrake, 1 dram ; potassium iodide, 2 drams. Ayer’s Ague Cure. Each bottle contains six ounces of a dark red syrupy liquid, with a slight white sediment, a very bitter taste, and an odor of wintergreen oil. It consists of an alcoholic tincture of cinchona bark, with an addition of about three grains of quinoidine and three grains of sulphate of cinchonine for each fluid ounce, dissolved by the aid of sulphuric acid ; it is sweetened with sugar and flavored with oil of wintergreen. The white sediment con- sists of sulphate of lime. Ayer’s Cathartic Pills. Each box contains 30 sugar-coated pills, each weighing nearly 4 grains, and consisting of aloes, compound extract of colocynth, gamboge, Spanish pepper, and oil of peppermint. Hood’s Sarsaparilla. After a careful analysis of this remedy it is believed that it does not differ materially from similar preparations. Railway’s Regulating* Pills. Each box contains 29 to 31 sugar-coated pills of unequal size. They consist of 30 grains of aloes, 15 grains of jalap, 8 grains of gamboge, and of some inert substance. Radway’s Ready Relief. Two and one-half fluid ounces (in a 50 cent bottle) of a light brown liquid consisting of 2 ounces of soap liniment, 2 drams alcoholic tincture of Spanish pepper, and 2 drams of strong aqua ammonia (hartshorn). Himrod’s Asthma Cure. Powdered lobelia, 2 ounces ; powdered stramonium leaves, 2 ounces ; powdered saltpeter, 2 ounces ; powdered black tea, 2 ounces. Mix and sift well. 531 532 PATENT MEDICINE RECIPES. S. S. S. Swift’s Specific. Old man’s gray-beard root, 1 bushel ; prickly ash root, 16 ounces ; white and red sumac root, each 4 ounces ; sarsaparilla root, 10 ounces ; sulphate of copper, 8 scruples. Kennedy’s Medical Discovery. Sneezewort, 1 ounce ; bitter root, 4 drams ; licorice root, 4 drams ; white sugar, 4 ounces ; essence wintergreen, 1 ounce ; boiling water, 8 ounces ; proof spirits, 10 ounces. Macerate the roots with menstruum for 48 hours, filter and add sugar. Jackson’s Pectoral Syrup. Sassafras pith, 1 dram ; gum arabic, 1 ounce ; water, 1 pint. Macerate for 12 hours, then add sugar, 21 ounces, and dissolve without heat, filter and add morphine muriate, 8 grains. Dose : A teaspoonf.ul every 3 hours. It is intended that this preparation when completed shall measure 2 pints, and if it does not, the operator is to add the complement of water, so that each fluid ounce shall contain £ of a grain of muriate of morphia. Sozodont. Castile soap, 75 grains ; glycerine, 75 grains ; alcohol, 1 ounce; water, 5 drams ; oil peppermint, oil cloves, oil cinnamon, oil anise, of each sufficient. Carter’s Little Liver Pills. Podophyllin, 1^ grains ; aloes (socotrine), grains ; mucilage acacia, sufficient quantity. Mix. Divide into 12 pills, and coat with sugar. Hall’s Hair Renewer. Tea, 2 drams ; raspberry, 3 drams ; sage, 4 drams ; oil citronella, 21^ drams ; best lac sulphur, 18 drams ; white sugar lead, 2 ounces, 10 grains ; glycerine, 42 ounces ; water, sufficient quantity. Fellows’ Syrup of Hypophosphites. Hypophosphite calcium, 740 grains ; hypophosphite sodium, 256 grains ; hypophosphite potassium, 192 grains ; hypophosphite manganese, 192 grains ; strychnine, 4 grains; sulphate iron, crystallized, 370 grains; sulphate qui- nine, 128 grains ; sugar, 24 ounces ; orange flower water, 1 ounce ; water, 32 ounces. Horsford’s Acid Phosphate. Calcium carbonate, 369 grains; magnesia (calcined), 116 grains; potas- sium carbonate, 151 grains ; syrupy phosphoric acid (60 per cent.), 1,721 grains. Add sufficient water to make 1 pint. Magnolia Balm. Zinc oxide, 4 drams; glycerine, 1^ fluid ounces; water, 2 ounces; car- mine, \ grain ; oil bergamot, 1 minim ; oil lemon, 1 minim. German Cologne. Cologne spirits, 1 quart ; oil bergamot, $ ounce ; oil cedrat, \ ounce ; oil lemon, \ ounce ; water, warm, £ quart. PATENT MEDICINE RECIPES. 533 Jayne’s Expectorant. Syrup squills, 2 ounces ; tincture tolu, 12 drams; tincture camphor, 1 dram ; tincture lobelia, 1 dram ; tincture digitalis, 2 drams ; laudanum, 4 grains ; powdered ipecac, 4 grains ; tartar-emetic. Mix together. Jayne’s Agrie Mixture. Each bottle contains fluid ounces of a mixture having the odor and taste of rhubarb, dandelion, and common molasses. It contains sulphate of quinine and traces of other cinchona alkaloids, but not enough to render the mixture very bitter. Hall’s Catarrh Cure. Iodide of potassium, 1 dram ; tincture of cardamom compound, 4 ounces ; tincture of gentian compound, 12 ounces ; caramel, sufficient to color. Green’s August Flower. Rhubarb, 360 grains ; golden seal, 90 grains; cape aloes, 16 grains; peppermint leaves, 120 grains ; potassium carbonate, 120 grains ; capsicum, 5 grains ; sugar, \ pound ; alcohol, 3 ounces ; water, 10 ounces. Macerate the mixed drugs in the water and alcohol, 'filter, and pass sufficient diluted alcohol through the filter to make one pint, in which dissolve the sugar. Cuticura Resolvent. Socotrine aloes, 1 dram ; powdered rhubarb, 1 dram ; iodide potassium, 36 grains ; whisky, 1 pint. Macerate over night and filter. Warner’s Safe Cure. Add potassium nitrate to an infusion of hepatica in the proportion of 15 grains to a fluid ounce, flavoring with oil of wintergreen, adding a small amount of alcohol for preserving. Ely’s Cream Balm. White wax, 30 parts ; paraffine, 15 parts; oil of sweet almonds, 60 parts ; petrolatum, 120 parts; nitrate of sodium, 15 parts ; water, 15 parts ; oil of lemon, 5 parts ; oil of orange, 1 part. Allen’s Rung Balsam. Tincture sanguinaria, tincture lobelia, tincture opium, tincture capsi- cum, essence sassafras, essence anise, New Orleans molasses. Shilo’s Consumptive Cure. Hydrochlorate morphine, 4 grains; oil peppermint, 10 drops ; oil tar, 1 fluid dram ; dilute hydrocyanic acid, 1 fluid dram ; chloroform, 2 fluid drams ; powdered extract licorice, 2 drams ; tincture lobelia, 4 fluid drams ; alcohol, 1 fluid ounce. Syrup to make 1 pint. King’s New Discovery. Sulphate morphine, 8 grains ; fluid extract ipecac, \ dram ; chloro- form, 60 drops; tincture white pine, 2 fluid ounces; carbonate magnesia, \ ounce ; sugar, 14 ounces ; water, 7 fluid ounces. Castoria. Senna, 2 drams ; manna, £ ounce ; Rochelle salts, \ ounce ; fennel, bruised, | dram ; dissolve with 4 ounces boiling water, cool, strain, and add 4 ounces sugar ; add sufficient wintergreen to flavor. 534 PATENT MEDICINE RECIPES. Sage’s Catarrh Remedy. Half an ounce of a green powder consisting of 200 grains of finely pow- dered common salt mixed with 8 to 12 grains of powdered camphor, the same quantity of carbolic acid, and colored with a mixture of 20 grains finely powdered yellow puccoon root with 2 grains of indigo. Christie’s Ague Mixture. Each bottle contains 7 fluid ounces of a very dark, syrupy liquid, one- fourth filled with sediment, and having a very bitter and peppery taste and the odor of common molasses. The sediment is powdered Spanish pepper and a little resinous matter. The solution consists of a tincture of cinchona bark with the addition of sulphate of cinchonine and common molasses. Keating’s Cough Lozenges. Lactucarium, 2 drams ; ipecac, 1 dram ; squills, | dram ; extract licorice, 2 drams ; sugar, 6 ounces. Make in a mass with tragacanth mucilage, and divide into 20-grain lozenges. Brown’s Troches. Powdered extract licorice, 16 ounces; powdered sugar, 24 ounces; powdered cubebs, 4 ounces ; gum arabic, 4 ounces; extract hemlock, 1 ounce. Mix, and with sufficient water make troches of the proper size. Harter’s Wild Cherry Bitters. Wild cherry bark, 8 ounces ; yellow cinchona, 1 ounce ; orange peel, 2 ounces ; cardamom seed, 1 ounce ; Canada snakeroot, ^ ounce ; diluted alcohol, 6 pints ; honey, 1 pint ; syrup, 1 pint. Thompson’s Hot Drops. Myrrh, powdered, 2 ounces ; capsicum, ^ ounce ; alcohol, 1 quart. Macer- ate and filter. Clark’s Blood Mixture. Iodide potassium, 64 grains ; chloric ether, 4 drams ; liquor potassse, 30 minims ; water, 7^ ounces. Burnt sugar, sufficient to color. Tarrant’s Effervescent Seltzer Aperient consists of a mixture of powdered sugar, Epsom salt, bicarbonates of soda and potash, and tartaric acid. Kendall’s Spavin Cure. Camphor, 21 parts ; oil of turpentine, 30 parts ; oil of rosemary, 1 part ; iodine, 5 parts; alcohol, 192 parts; water, 39 parts. Dissolve the solids in the alcohol, and add remainder. St. John v s Condition Powders. Powdered fenugreek, powdered potassium bitartrate, powdered gentian, powdered potassium nitrate, powdered sulphur, powdered rosin, powdered black antimony, powdered ginger, each 1 ounce; powdered capsicum, 4 drams. Mix well. PATENT MEDICINE RECIPES. 535 Pierce’s Pleasant Purgative Pellets. Each little bottle contains 28 to 36 small sugar-coated pills of unequal size, weighing in all 18 to 22 grains. Their cathartic effect is solely due to podophyllin, the resin of the root of the May-apple. Pierce’s Golden Medical Discovery. Seven fluid ounces of a dark brown liquid consisting of a solution of 1 dram extract of lettuce, 1 ounce of honey, \ dram tincture of opium in 3 ounces of dilute alcohol, and 3 ounces of water. Pierce’s Favorite Prescription. Ten fluid ounces of a greenish-brown turbid liquid consisting of a solu- tion of i ounce of sugar and 1 dram of gum arabic in 8 ounces of a decoction made from 2 drams of savin, 2 drams of white agaric, 1£ drams of cinna- mon, and 2 drams of cinchona bark ; to this mixture are added £ dram of tincture of opium, and J dram of tincture of fox-glove, and a jlution of 8 drops of oil of anise seed in ounces of alcohol. Mrs. Winslow’s Soothing Syrup comes in vials containing If fluid ounces ; it consists of sugar syrup strongly flavored with an alcoholic tincture of fennel — anise — and a little caraway- seed, or an alcoholic solution of their essential oils, and with or without an admixture of solution of sulphate of morphine in various quantities. While recently it has been found not always to contain morphine, at times as much as one-half of a grain and more has been found contained in each fluid ounce of the syrup. In regard to the dangers of this nostrum, the Pacific Medical and Surgical Journal remarks : — “ It would be scarcely possible to estimate the number of children which it sends to the grave before they reach their second year. Another still graver question is : How much of the physical disease, drunkenness, degradation, and vice, and how many of the weak- ened intellects are due to the use of the soothing syrup in infancy?” Walker’s California Vegetable Vinegar Bitters. Each bottle contains 19 to 20 fluid ounces consisting of a decoction of aloes and a small quantity of gum guaiac, anise seed, and sassafras bark, in water slightly acidulated with acetic acid, or by subsequent fermentation, or by the use or addition of sour cider ; to this are added about 1 ounce of sul- phate of soda, i ounce of gum arabic, and i to 1 fluid ounce of alcohol. Indiana Bitters. Compound tincture of cinchona, 8 ounces ; compound tincture of gentian, 8 ounces ; tincture Colombo, 8 ounces ; fluid extract of juniper berries, 8 ounces ; alcohol, 16 ounces ; water sufficient to make one gallon. Mix and filter. Hostetter’s Bitters. Gentian, 15 grains; blessed thistle, 15 grains; calamus, 15 grains; orange peel, 60 grains ; oil orange, 1 drop ; sugar, 320 grains ; alcohol, 12 ounces ; water, 4 ounces. Stoughton Bitters. Dry orange peel, 12 pounds ; American saffron, 1 pound ; Virginia snakeroot, 2 pounds ; gentian, 16 pounds ; red saunders, 1 pound ; diluted alcohol, 20 gallons. 536 PATENT MEDICINE RECIPES. Edison’s Polyform. Hydrate of chloral, 1 ounce; alcohol, 4 ounces; chloroform, 2 ounces; camphor, 2 ounces ; oil peppermint, 2 minims ; oil cloves, 2 minims ; sali- cylic acid, 72 grains ; nitrate amyl, 72 grains ; morphia, 48 grains. Mix. For external use. Boscliee’s German Syrup. Oil tar, 4 parts ; fluid extract ipecac, 16 parts ; tincture opium, 16 parts ; fluid extract wild cherry, 24 parts ; magnesium carbonate, 12 parts ; water, 240 parts ; sugar, 420 parts. Bateman’s Pectoral Drops. Tincture opium, 64 ounces ; tincture catechu, 5 ounces, 3 drams ; spirit camphor, 4 ounces ; oil anise seed, 1 dram ; alcohol, 3^ pints ; water, pints ; caramel, 3 ounces. Aubergier’s Syrup liactucarium. Alcoholic extract lactucarium, 24 grains ; white sugar, 4 pounds ; citric acid, 12 grains ; orange flower water, 10 drams ; distilled water sufficient. Brandreth’s Pills. Powdered May-apple, 10 grains; extract May-apple, 10 grains; pokeberry juice, inspissated, 30 grains ; saffron, 10 grains ; cloves, 15 grains ; oil pep- permint, 3 drops. Mix and divide into 30 pills. Dewee’s Carminative. Carbonate magnesia, 12 drams; sugar, 3 ounces; tincture of asa- foetida, 3 fluid ounces ; laudanum, 1 fluid ounce ; water, 24 ounces. Tritu- rate until mixed. Holmes’ Frostilla. Glycerine, 6 fluid ounces ; quince seed, 60 grains ; hot water, 21 fluid ounces. Perfume as desired. Osgood’s Indian Cholagogue. Sulphate of quinine, 2 drams ; fluid Culver’s root, 1 dram ; fluid extract stillingia, 4 ounces; May-apple, 3 drams; oil sassafras, 10 drops; winter- green, 10 drops. Molasses sufficient to complete 8 fluid ounces. Zimmerman’s Decoction. Rhubarb, 1 dram ; cream tartar, 1 ounce ; barley, 1 ounce ; water, 2 pints. Boil for 15 or 20 minutes, strain, and add enough simple syrup or sugar to sweeten the decoction. Mettaner’s Aperient. Socotrine aloes, 5 drams; bicarbonate soda, 11 drams; valerian, con- tused, 1 ounce ; water, 1 pint ; compound spirit lavender, 6 fluid drams. Make an infusion by maceration of percolation. Thompson’s Eye Water. Sulphate of zinc, 20 grains ; sulphate of copper, 5 grains ; tincture of saffron, 2 drams; tincture of camphor, 1 dram; rose water, 8 ounces; dis- tilled water, 8 ounces. Mix and filter. Barker’s Pills. Compound extract May-apple, 20 grains ; extract hyoscyamus, 15 grains; powdered socotrine aloes, 10 grains; extract nux vomica, 5 grains; podo* phyllin, 1 grain ; powdered ipecac, 1 grain. Mix, and divide into 12 pills. SELECT FAMILY LINIMENTS AND PAIN RELIEVING REMEDIES. HHHH Mexican Mustang Liniment. Petroleum, 2 ounces ; crude oleic acid, ^ ounce ; ammonia water, 1 ounce ; naphtha, | ounce ; brandy, 1 dram. Choice Family Liniment. Origanum oil, 2 ounces; aqua ammonia, 1 ounce; opium, ^ ounce; tincture iodine, i ounce; spike oil, 1 ounce ; alcohol, 1 pint. The above has been in constant family use for over fifty years, and is a most excellent remedy for all general purposes, both for man and beast. St. Jacob’s Oil. Gum camphor, 1 ounce ; chloral hydrate, 1 ounce ; chloroform, 1 ounce ; sulphuric ether, 1 ounce ; tincture opium, \ ounce ; oil origanum, £ ounce ; oil sassafras, ^ ounce ; alcohol, % gallon. Hamlin’s Wizard Oil. Tincture camphor, 1 ounce ; aqua ammonia, h ounce ; oil sassafras, ^ ounce; oil cloves, 1 dram; chloroform, 2 drams; turpentine, 1 dram; alcohol, 3£ ounces. Perry Davis’s Pain Killer. Spirits camphor, 2 ounces ; tincture capsicum, 1 ounce ; tincture guaiac, ^ ounce ; tincture myrrh, ^ ounce ; alcohol, 4 ounces. Pain Relief Liniment. Oil cajeput, 2 drams ; oil sassafras, i ounce ; oil origanum, 1 dram ; oil hemlock, 1 dram ; oil cedar, 1 dram ; powdered capsicum, 80 grains ; alcohol, quantity sufficient for 1 pint. Magnetic Liniment. Tincture cantharides, 2 drams ; oil origanum, 1 ounce ; muriate ammo- nia, 2 drams ; sulphuric ether, 1 ounce ; alcohol, 1 pint. German Liniment. Oil origanum, 1 ounce ; oil sassafras, 1 ounce ; gum camphor, % ounce ; Granville’s lotion, 3 drams ; chloroform, 3£ drams ; tincture aconite, h ounce ; tincture capsicum, \ ounce ; camp, soap liniment, 1 ounce ; alcohol, £ gallon. Good Samaritan Liniment. Oil sassafras, oil hemlock, spirits turpentine, tincture cayenne, tincture guaiac, tincture opium, of each, 1 ounce ; tincture myrrh, 4 ounces ; oil origa- num, 2 ounces ; oil wintergreen, £ ounce ; gum camphor, 2 ounces ; chloro- form, 1£ ounces ; alcohol, \ gallon. 537 Choice Healing Ointments. Trask’s Magnetic Ointment. Lard, raisins, fine cut tobacco, each equal parts. Mix thoroughly. Seeley’s Pile Ointment. Sulphate morphia, 3 grains ; tannin, 48 grains ; pine tar, 72 grains ; white wax, 72 grains ; benzoated lard, 766 grains. Black Salve. Olive oil, 32 ounces ; resin (clear), 1 ounce ; beeswax, 1 ounce ; Venice turpentine, £ ounce ; red lead, 6 ounces ; gum camphor (powdered), £ ounce. Sanative Ointment. Mutton suet, 16 ounces; oil of sesame, 5 ounces; oil of origanum, 1 ounce ; camphor, 2 ounces ; resin, 2 ounces ; yellow wax, 2 ounces ; borax, powdered, | ounce ; glycerine, | ounce. Green Mountain Salve. Resin, 5 pounds ; Burgundy pitch, beeswax, mutton tallow, of each i pound; oil of hemlock, balsam fir, oil origanum, oil red cedar, Venice turpentine, of each 1 ounce ; oil wormwood, £ ounce ; verdigris (pulverized), 1 ounce. Henry’s Carbolic Healing Salve. Each tin can contains about h ounce of a whitish ointment, consisting of about I ounce of simple cerate, 5 grains of carbolic acid, and 2 drops each of oil of bergamot and lavender. Hebra’s Ointment. Lead plaster, 1 ounce ; linseed oil, 1 ounce. Mix them properly at a gentle heat. It is prepared only when wanted for dispensing. WORLD FAMED FAMILY CEMENTS. Van Stan’s Stratena. Acetic acid, 4 ounces; white glue, 3 ounces; French gelatine, 4 drams; shellac varnish, 4 fluid drains ; distilled water, 4 fluid ounces. Dissolve the glue in the acid with heat, and the gelatine in water, with heat. Mix the two solutions gradually and thoroughly, then add the varnish, and bottle tight. Le Page’s Liquid Glue. This glue is made from salt fish skins. The skins are first desalted and then boiled to dissolve the glue, then strained and evaporated to the proper consistency. A small amount of boric acid is used to keep liquid, and prevent it from souring. Another formula, said to be as good, is as follows : 8 ounces best glue, dissolved in 8 fluid ounces water, and adding small portions at a time of 2\ fluid ounces nitric acid. 538 Famous Medicated Pads. The following pads have had a very large sale and are believed by many to possess real medicinal properties. After a careful examination, expert chemists give the following prob- ably correct analyses of their compounds. Holman’s Lung Pad. Grindelia robusta, skull-cap leaves, blueberry root, bloodroot, yerba santa, gum ammoniac, white pine turpentine gum, oil of tar, oil of eucalyptus, oil of sassafras. Holman’s Liver Pad. May-apple root, \ ounce ; blackroot (leptandra virg.), \ ounce ; bayberry bark, 2 drams ; red cinchona bark, 2 ounces ; fenugreek seed, \ ounce; guaiac resin, 1| ounces ; oil eucalyptus, 2 fluid drains. Grind solids to powder, add oil, and spread upon cotton cloth forming an envelope. Day’s Kidney Pad. Black cohosh, gum benzoin (powdered), gum guaiacum (powdered), juniper berries, queen of the meadow, digitalis leaves, oil juniper. Sure Cure Liver Pad. Mandrake root, bayberry bark, blackroot, red cinchona bark, gum guaiac (powder), fenugreek seed (powder), oil eucalyptus. Stomach Pad. Bayberry, lupuline, wild ginger, sassafras bark, gum myrrh, lady’s slip- per, capsicum, oil fennel, oil cloves. Anti-Constipation Pad. Mandrake root, aloes (powdered), extract colocynth compound (pow- dered), Croton oil, oil sassafras, black root, lady’s slipper. The analysis at different times of the remedies mentioned on the foregoing pages in- dicate that in many cases the ingredients (either in variety or quantity) are changed more or less from time to time. The publishers of The Cottage Physician assume no responsi- bility as to the accuracy of these formulas, but give the result of a careful analysis of an expert. The formula given will produce a medicine probably having the exact effect of the remedy mentioned. 539 Noted Mineral Waters Medical Properties and Healing Virtues Highly Indorsed by Eminent Physicians throughout the land . XH-K The special virtues and medicinal qualities of the noted mineral waters are known throughout the civilized world. Thousands of people travel hundreds of miles at great expense to these springs and are often greatly benefited. These waters have all been carefully analyzed and found to contain the ingredients as below given. They may be prepared at home and drank with very nearly if not quite equally beneficial effects as though taken from the original spring. Hunyadi Janos Water. Sulphate of lime, 1£ ounces ; glauber salts, 24 ounces ; Epsom salt, 26 ounces ; sulphate of potassa, 1 dram ; pure spring water, 10 gallons. Vichy Water. Carbonate of ammonia, 10 grains ; bicarbonate of soda, 51 ounces ; common salt, 6 drams; phosphate of soda, 25 grains; sulphate of soda, 4 scruples ; sulphate of potassa, 2 drams ; pure spring water, 10 gallons. Congress Water. Calcined magnesia, 1 ounce ; bicarbonate soda, 20 grains ; hydrate of soda, 23 grains ; common salt, 7| ounces ; pure spring water, 10 gallons. Carlsbad Water. Sulphate of soda, 100 grains ; carbonate of soda, 25 grains ; sulphate of magnesia, 15 grains ; chloride of sodium, 16 grains ; chloride of calcium, 15 grains ; tartrate of iron and potassa, 10 grains ; pure spring water, 10 gallons. Seltzer Water. Bicarbonate of soda, 5£ ounces ; carbonate of magnesia, 7 drams ; mar- ble dust, ^ ounce ; muriatic acid (C. P.), 5f ounces ; pure spring water, 10 gallons. Kissingen Water. Bicarbonate of soda, 1 dram ; carbonate of lime, 2 drams and 2 scruples; precipitate carbonate of iron, 2 scruples ; phosphate lime, 2 drams and 2 scru- ples; phosphate soda, 13 grains; sulphate magnesia, 2 ounces; sulphate soda, 2 drams and 2 scruples ; muriate ammonia, 4 grains ; common salt, 8 ounces ; pure spring water, 10 gallons. 540 SIDE TALKS WITH YOUNG MEN AND YOUNG WOMEN. $ PLAIN FACTS MODESTLY EXPRESSED. INCLUDING SUGGESTIONS TO PARENTS AND GUARDIANS. When Pope gave utterance to the celebrated aphorism, “ The proper study of Mankind is Man,” he was doubtless fully cognizant of the fact, that the laconism embraces everything appertaining to the sexes as such, as well as to the human family generally. To a mind so astute and analytical as his, it must have been obvious that most if not all of the defects, mental and physical, peculiar to any generation or people, were attributable solely to the imperfect training of its youth, or to the indulgence of such inharmonious and incompatible mar- riage relations as disfigure the annals of the present day, and as have marked so frequently those of past ages. As in the vegetable kingdom, the selection of proper seed and soil is indispensable to the production of a perfect plant, so in the animal is the enlightened and judicious blending of sexes a sine qua non to the production of a being representing all the excellence of its species. This is an axiom the most unassailable ; and hence the vital necessity of accepting it in all its integrity, and of never transgressing it in any respect upon the exalted plane of human existence. The sentiment of love, in its highest and most divine ac- ceptation, can obtain between the sexes only. Although far from antagonistic to that of friendship or affection, it differs widely from it; inasmuch as it has more important ends to at- tain, and can never exist between individuals of the same sex. Friendship or affection for one another may characterize the intercourse of men, or of women ; but love, in its truest sense, never. This latter is the golden link which unites us at once to our opposites and to heaven, and that culminates in that holy and mysterious compact which results in the propagation of our species, and the accomplishment of our mission in this direction. While in pursuit of the study of this question, however, we must be careful not to confound or confuse the love under consideration with the mere animal passion that so often U\ 542 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. Steals its guise to gratify the cravings of lust, and that so con- stantly betrays the youth of both sexes into excesses that terminate, on one side, at least, in years of misery or shame. And here Ave would address ourselves more especially to the inexperienced maiden whose guileless heart is too often open to the deceitful blandishments of some cruel suitor who has but one object to attain, or to the sincere and ardent professions of some thoughtless youth, who, without pausing to analyze the motives which actuate him or the stability of his intentions, accomplishes her ruin, and leaves her to learn, alas! too late, that, save before the altar, no woman is justifiable in placing her character and happiness in the keeping of any man. In such instances, deceit and sincerity being alike at fault, the only safe course for the maiden who would escape the Scylla of the one or the Chary bdis of the other, is to keep watch and ward on the battlements of her prudence and virtue, and, no matter how impassioned and sincere the pleadings of any in- dividual upon whom she may have bestowed her affections, preserve both intact, as the only means of retaining his love and respect, should he be a true man, and of keeping herself unsullied in the eyes of society and of the world generally. Although delicate and difficult, the task of whispering some truths into the ears of a young maiden arrived at the years of discretion, yet, so necessary to her well-being and happiness in every possible relation is it that she should be made thoroughly aware of the untoward influences which so constantly obtrude themselves into even the purest atmosphere, we venture, although with some hesitancy, to assume the serious under- taking. And here we may observe, in the first place, that the primary elements of all that makes life worth a single hour’s purchase, are to be found in a thorough recognition of what we owe to the Creator, to ourselves, and to society; and the posses- sion of a mind free from the taint which disfigures some of the literature of the day, and from those low desires and loose ideas, which, with scarce a single exception, result from its perusal. Nothing can be more dangerous to the youthful mind than even a passing glance at the works of any of those authors who appeal to the animal passions in a manner so insiduous and ruinous, and who, before a young maiden is aware of it, destroy all her sense of delicacy, and often, alas! betray her into those dreadful excesses which, although kept the profoundest secret from every living soul save herself, invariably end in the total loss of inno- cent purity and the utter destruction of all physical beauty. We need not be more explicit wpon this subject, but may sum* OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. 543 mon on the witness-stand in proof of what we here state, the sallow and lifeless features, the dim eyes, and desponding gait, which are significant to the astute medical man, and which are to be encountered so frequently in what is termed the very best society. Any violation of the laws of the Creator in this, as in every other connection, is sure to be visited on the aggressor; and when we come to consider that the first offence in the particular relation now alluded to, leads quickly to another, and yet another, until transgressions crowd upon each other thick and fast, and seize upon the whole being, we shall be able to perceive at once how vital the necessity for every young maiden to eschew with prayerful diligence the source of such terrible dangers, and to be in a position to feel within her- self, at the period when she may be called upon to give her hand at the altar to some one worthy all the love and affection that could be bestowed upon him, that she enters the marriage state as pure in mind and body as the veriest child, and that in this relation not a cloud or a regret can obscure the sunshine of her after years. In the observance of the course which is here suggested or implied, lies the corner-stone of all the bliss that attends upon the sacred compact into which two young souls enter for life. And here we would observe, that, in this direction, a serious and solemn duty devolves upon mothers, to instruct at the proper moment, their daughters, as to the dangers that beset them, both mentally and physically, at a certain age. In this relation there should be no false delicacy felt. The truth must be told, and in a manner the most unmistakable. A life of happiness or of misery hangs on the issue, and there should therefore be no mincing of the matter. The crime of self-abuse, if we must say it, is not confined to the sterner sex only. Some of the most fearful examples of it amongst females are to be met with terrible frequency, and of a character so hopeless as to embarrass all medical interference, and to seal the doom of those who had so fallen from their natural birthright and high estate. How indispensable, then, the proper education of young girls, and how necessary to surround them with a mental and moral atmosphere the most pure and desirable. Let them begin aright, as children, and learn to think well and soberly as they advance in years, and there is nothing to be feared. Let their minds and dispositions be formed on the models of the virtuous 4 fireside rather than upon those of the gaily decorated and frivolous saloon or drawing-room. Let them be taught to 544 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. respect their own persons, as a sacred trust from heaven, and to feel that any violation of the laws appertaining to their physical being, in the sense under consideration, cannot fail to be visited with the direst results. This knowledge the judicious mother can impart by degrees, and in her own way. She has at her command various modes and opportunities of approaching the subject successfully, which do not obtain in the case of any other individual whatever. Consequently, she is, to a great extent, accountable for the future happiness or misery of those who lie nearest her heart in this matter; for it must be obvi- ous, that she, above all, can influence their conduct and habits of thought before they arrive at that period of life when they are presumed to think and act for themselves. It is surprising how often children of unusually tender years are led by bad companionship to familiarize themselves with the abominable practice which we need not again pause to particularize. It is within our own knowledge, that not long since, in this very city of New York, a young girl of great pro- minence, and most respectably connected, became a hopeless victim of this awful infatuation. And this was the more lament- able, as she promised to be as lovely as the day, and was pos- sessed of a form and figure that were of exceptional beauty. At first her mother was unaware of the cause of her gradual transformation: but when made sensible of the truth, she found, perhaps too late, that to her own criminal neglect the disaster was to be mainly attributed; for, before her unfortunate child was eleven years#of age, she had learned to make war upon her mind and body in a manner so effectual that it was pitiable to look upon her when she arrived at the age of thirteen. What has become of her since we are unable to say ; but this much we know 7 , it will take a strong hand to rescue her from the most terrible of fates, or to restore her to any degree of health or strength. To the companionship of books and children of questionable morals this whole disaster may in reality be attri- buted, for the parents of this wretched being were of them- selves of morals the most irreproachable, but not wise and watchful in their day and generation. The necessity, then, of the strictest caution on the part of mothers in the selection of books or playmates for their children becomes obvious at a glance. The child is the marble from which the woman is sculptured; and if the youthful block is disfigured, fractured, or broken, where may we find the moral, mental, or physical chisel that shall obliterate or remove the damning defects ? OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. 545 An eminent physician has justly obseived on this head: — “ We now approach £ part of our subject waich we would gladly omit, did not constant experience admonish us of our duty to speak of it in no uncertain tone* We refer to the dis- astrous consequences on soul and body to which young girls expose themselves, by exciting and indulging the morbid pas- sions. Years ago, Catherine E. Beecher sounded a note of warning to the mothers of America on this secret vice, which leads their daughters to the grave, the mad-house, or worse yet, the brothel. “ Gladly would we believe that her timely admonition had done away with the necessity for its repetition. But current medical literature, and our own observation, convince us that the habit of self-abuse has increased rather than diminished. Surgeons have recently been forced to devise painful operations to hinder young girls from ruining themselves, and we must confess that, in its worst form, it is absolutely incurable. “ The results of the constant nervous excitement which this habit produces are bodily weakness, loss of memory, low spirits, distressing nervousness, a capricious appetite, dislike of com- pany and of study, and, finally, paralysis, imbecility, or insanity. Let it not be supposed that there are many who suffer thus severely ; but, on the other hand, let it be clearly understood that any indulgence whatever in these evil courses is attended with bad effects, especially because they create impure desires and thoughts, which will prepare the girl to be a willing victim to the arts of profligacy. There is no more solemn duty resting on those who have the charge of young females than to protect them against this vice. “ But, it is exclaimed, is it not dangerous to tell them any- thing about it ? Such a course is unnecessary. Teach them that any handling of the parts, any indecent language, any im- pure thought, is degrading and hurtful. See that the servants, nurses, and companions with whom they associate, are not de- based ; and recommend scrupulous cleanliness. “ If the habit is discovered, do not scold or whip the child. It is often a result of disease, and induced by a disagreeable itching. Sometimes this is connected with a disorder of the womb, and very frequently with worms in the bowels. Let the case be submitted to a judicious, skillful medical adviser, and the girl will yet be saved. But do not shut your eyes, and re- fuse to see this fact when it exists. Mothers are too often un- willing to entertain for a moment the thought that their laughters are addicted to such a vice, when it is only too plain to the physician.” 546 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. We have it on high authority that modesty is the chief quality in the adornment of woman ; and in no case is it more grateful and becoming than on that of a young maiden who has arrived at that important and interesting period, when she may be wooed and won and made a wife. What the age of puberty is, has been made a careful study by medical men. In the tem- perate zone, fourteen years and six months is the average per- iod of its first appearance in healthy girls. If it occurs six months earlier or later, then there is probably something wrong. There is sometimes a wider deviation from the age stated here than this, and without any serious meaning ; but at no time is such a deviation to be neglected. In a vast majority of cases it is owing to some defect in constitution, health, or formation, and should be seen to and corrected at once, otherwise years of hopeless misery may be the result. “ Mothers, teachers,” ob- serves the author just quoted, “ it is with you this responsibility rests. The thousands of miserable wives who owe their wretchedness to the absence of proper attention at the turning point of their lives, warn you how serious is the re- sponsibility.” The foundation of old cige, observes a celebrated author, is laid in childhood, but the health of middle life depends upon puberty. This maxim is invaluable. The two years which change the girl into the woman, frequently seal forever her happiness or misery in this life. They decide whether she is to become a healthy, cheerful wife and mother, or the reverse, — to whom “ marriage is a curse, children an affliction, and life a burden.” Both sexes mature more early in hot climates than in temperate or cold ones. Within the tropics, marriages are usual at twelve or fourteen years of age. Such precocity, how- ever, is the precursor of early decay; for a short childhood portends a premature old age, and vice versa . It is not a favorable symptom to experience any indication of puberty before the usual average time, as it betokens a weakly and excitable frame. Let us therefore enumerate the principal causes which incline to hasten it unduly. Idleness of body, highly-seasoned food, stimulants, such as beer, wine, liquors, and in some degree, coffee, tea, and irregular habits of sleep. The mental causes are, however, still more potent in tending to premature development. What stimulates the emo- tions, leads to unnaturally early sexual life. Late hours, chil- dren^ parties, sensational novels, questionable pictorial illus- trations, love stories, the drama, the ball-room, talks of love and marriage, etc., all hasten the event which transforms the girl OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. 547 Into the woman. This becomes obvious when we compare the average of puberty in large cities and country districts, it being clearly ascertained that the females in the former mature from six to eight months sooner than those in the latter ; and the re- sult may be seen more plainly in the well-preserved farm-wife of thirty when compared with the languid and faded city-lady of the same age. During the two short years, then, that transform “ the awkward and angular girl of fourteen” into the graceful maiden of “ sweet sixteen,” the utmost caution is to be observed in every relation, moral and physical. The magic wand of the fairy is at work, and a new creature, as it were, is being re- leased from her chrysalis state, with sentiments and responsi- bilities that must be kept well in hand. The transformation goes on until at last the system acquires the requisite strength, and furnishes itself with reserved forces, when the monthly periods commence. A writer of great judgment and experience on this subject, asserts that one of the most frequent causes of disease about the age of puberty is starvation. He avers that many a girl is starved to death, from the fact of food of an improper quality being given to her, or from the circumstance of sustenance being administered to her in insufficient quantities, or at improper hours. Hence, from the want of proper nourishment, the sys- tem becomes enfeebled and subject to attacks of disease, and especially to those of consumption. The food at such periods should be abundant, varied, and simply prepared. Good fresh milk should be used daily, while tea and coffee should be thrown aside totally. Fat meats and vegetable oils, so gener- ally disliked by girls at this age, are exactly what they require at this juncture of their lives. All kinds of exercise proper to a young lady, and especi- ally those which lead into the pure open air and sunshine, are also beneficial at this momentous crisis ; and a particular kind is to be recommended for those whose chests are narrow, whose shoulders stoop, and who have a hereditary predisposi- tion to consumption. If it is systematically practised along with other means of health, we would guarantee any child, no matter how many relatives have died of this disease, against invasion. It is voluntary inspiration. Nothing is more simple. Let her stand erect, throw the shoulders well back, and the hands behind ; then let her slowly inhale pure air to the full capacity of the lungs, and retain it a few seconds by an in- creased effort; then it may be slowly exhaled. After one or two 548 OBSERVATIO NS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. natural inspirations, let her repeat the act, and so on for ten or fifteen minutes, twice daily. Not only is this simple proce- dure a safeguard against consumption, but in the opinion of some learned physicians, it can even cure it when it has already commenced. At first the monthly loss of blood exhausts the system. Therefore, plenty of food, plenty of rest, plenty of sleep, are required. That ancient prejudice in favor of early rising should be discarded now, and the girl should retire early, and if she will, sleep late. Hard study, care, or anxiety, should be spared her. This is not the time for rigid discipline. Clothing is a matter of importance, and, if we were at all sure of attention, there is much we would say about it. The thought seriously troubles us, that, so long as American women consent to deform themselves, and sacrifice their health to false ideas of beauty, it is almost hopeless to urge their fitness for, and their right to, a higher life than they now enjoy. With thoroughly healthy girls, what is usually termed the monthly period, continues to recur at regular intervals, from twenty-five to thirty days apart. This is true of something like three out of every four. In others, a long interval, occasionally six months, occurs between the first and second sickness. This latter, if the general health is perfect, need excite no apprehen- sion; but under the slightest mental or physical derangement the case must at once receive intelligent treatment. Perfectly healthy young women, have, on the other hand, been known to have been unwell every sixteen days, while others again experi- enced this change every thirty-five or thirty-six days only. This appears not easy of explanation, and may, perhaps, be attrib- uted to some inherited peculiarity of constitution. In this relation, climate seems to play a prominent part; as travelers tell us, that in Lapland this phase of woman’s physical life oc- curs but three or four times a year. “At this critical period/’ observes an able physician, “the seeds of hereditary and constitutional diseases manifest them- selves. They draw fresh malignancy from the new activity of the system. The first symptoms of tubercular consumption, of scrofula, of obstinate and disfiguring skin diseases, of heredi- tary insanity, of congenital epilepsy, of a hundred terrible maladies, which from birth have lurked in the child, biding the opportunity of attack, suddenly spring from their lairs, and hurry her to the grave or madhouse. If we ask why so many fair girls of eighteen or twenty are followed by weeping friends to an early tomb, the answer is, chiefly from diseases which OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. 549 have tlieir origin at the period of puberty. It is impossible for us to rehearse here all the minute symptoms, each almost trifling in itself, which warn the practised physician of the ap- proach of one of these fearful foes in time to allow him to make a defence. We can do little more than iterate the warning, that, whenever at this momentous epoch any disquieting change appears, be it physical or mental, let not a day be lost in summoning shilled, competent medical advice.” From what has been now said it is impossible for cuiy mother of ordinary good understanding to mistake for a moment the shoals and quicksands, both moral and physical, that sur- round her daughters, whether as mere girls or grown-up maid- ens. A careful supervision of the company they keep and the books they read — their determined exclusion from the society of either men or women of lax conversation or morals, and the careful inculcation of self-respect, which can alone be based upon proper pride and purity, will go far to obviate the dan- gers that beset their path, and so ground them, ultimately, in the principles of virtue and a correct demeanor, as to put evil thoughts to flight on their first approach. While a handsome person and excellent acquirements are always desirable on the part of any individual who pays his ad- dresses to a young maiden, yet there are other and more import- ant considerations which ought to overshadow mere physical beauty or mental attainments ; and these are a high sense of honor, and a thorough and practical conception of the duty we owe to God and man. These latter constitute the imperishable part of our nature when properly moulded, and are the staff upon which we can lean with confidence when our mere phys- ical being loses all its brightness, and totters to its fall. Hence the necessity of warning the young and untutored heart against mere outward appearance, and directing it towards a recognition of those attributes and features on the part of the sterner sex, upon which a life of true happiness can alone be founded. This is a matter of such paramount importance that we feel the necessity of impressing it, to the utmost of our ability, upon those who have arrived at the years of understanding., and whose hearts may yet be free or partially so ; and who may be induced to pause ere they commit their happiness for life to the hands of those who may not only be unworthy of a woman’s love, but who seek to obtain it under the false pretences of a comely exterior or the adventitious matter of dress, while every fibre of their nature may be selfish beyond measure, and set 550 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OP BOTH SEXES. only upon the momentary gratification of a passion that when once satisfied turns aside from the hapless and unsuspecting ob- ject that has inspired it, and leaves her to mourn in the silence of her lonely chamber, the fate she might have avoided, but that is now beyond repair. How warm soever her feelings and sentiments, every step taken in the paths of courtship by a marriageable maiden should be well observed and guarded. In her conversation or conduct there should be nothing of thoughtless levity, or any- thing that could warrant a familiarity on the part of her suitor which might not be taken in the presence of some dear friend or relative. To observe a proper and well-considered course in this relation, is to secure the increasing admiration of the being upon whom she has bestowed her affections, if he be worthy her love. And here we may observe that this is no mere speculation, but a fact as firmly established as any in hu- man experience. For although the tide of passion may run high in an unguarded moment, and set in against heaven and society, yet the terrible and painful ebb follows as surely as effect follows cause, and leaves at least one of the thoughtless culprits stranded forever on the bleak and barren shore of her earthly existence. There is, therefore, nothing so desirable as firmness and caution on the part of a young maiden in her intercourse with her accepted lover ; and both can be observed without wound- ing his susceptibility, or impressing him with the idea of either prudery or coldness on her part. Her sentiments in this rela- tion can be conveyed through a thousand different channels, and with such force and effect as to impress and influence to the proper extent any individual possessed of correct feel- ings, or of the mental and moral requisites to make a wife happy. Let us glance for a moment at the fate of the many beauti ful and warm-hearted maidens whose happiness has been wrecked, even in this city, through the fiendish machinations of perfidious suitors. Scarce a house of ill-fame in our midst but has one or more inmates of this character — poor, thought- less, and confiding creatures, that would sooner had thought an angel of light capable of deceit than those who had betrayed and ruined them. But they would not be warned, or had not been advised until the die was cast ; and hence, without a hope, their wretched downward career began apace, until at last, with their ears familiarized to the ribald song and jest, they sought refuge from the upbraidings of conscience in the intoxicating OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. 551 cup, which so completed and rendered hideous the work of de- bauch that their persons, once beautiful perhaps to intensity, became a loathsome mass, that provoked both horror and dis- gust in even the coarsest nature. And some of those unfortunates had been raised in the lap of luxury, while others had been the idols of respectable and loving households ; but the education of both classes had been neglected, as neither had been brought up by strictly moral parents, who had attended upon their footsteps with pious care while they were yet children, and who, as the approached the period of maidenhood, had not excluded every moral taint from the atmosphere they breathed, or taught them true allegiance to the divine laws and those which sustain our great social fabric. Had their guardians inculcated those moral perceptions and principles, without which a woman is the darkest stain on humanity, all would have been well; and perhaps the false suitor, regenerated, or rather transformed, through the persua- sive influence of such goodness and piety, might have been in- duced to turn from the evil of his ways and have led to the altar a happy and beloved bride, the very being who had opened up the approaches to her total ruin by overstepping the boundaries of prudence or those of modesty, without pausing to consider that a step once taken in thi a latter direction is never recovered. Although the mental and physical tendencies of mere girls may vary in no small degree, we are of the firm belief, that, under even the most unfavorable circumstances, both may, through judicious and proper treatment, be brought to har- monize with the great objects of creation. In view of the ac- complishment of this vast desideratum, then, the early inculca- tion of proper religious principles, and the example of healthy conversation and moral excellence in the family circle, are of paramount importance. And this is quite compatible with the freedom necessary to the happiness and well-being of even the lightest heart and most joyous disposition. There is not an innocent amusement or pleasure incident to the life of a young girl, that may not be heightened and sanctified, in a measure, through the adroit and loving guidance of a mother of sound observation and an ordinarily well-trained mind. Cruel and unjust as it may be, and is, in many cases, the axiom is a safe one, that the animal passions of men lead them into the blindest excesses, and that in the attempt to gratify them, they too fre- quently lose all sight of the consequences, and pause only to count the cost when a keen sense of the frailty of their victim 552 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. prevents them from making the only possible adequate atone- ment in relation to one already so fallen in their eyes. This is the true state of the case, and the results already glanced at, are, as we have seen, the most lamentable. Mothers and guardians should therefore bestir themselves, if they would do a noble and abiding work in this connection; and never relax their vigilance until those under their charge have attained the age of maturity and understanding, in the fullest sense. Here the parent plays a most important part, and must, if she would see her daughter a happy wife and mother, train her in all the paths of virtue and correct thought. The surveillance may be gentle and loving, but it must at the same time, be con- stant and inflexible. Every rock and shoal must be pointed out, and dwelt upon with force and clearness, and the guiding lights of self-respect, purity of speech, and careful demeanor, held constantly aloft and in full view. No other course can possibly succeed, or add, in such cases as now command our at- tention, to the sum of human happiness. Consequently both mother and daughter should understand each other upon an is- sue so vital; the younger and more inexperienced looking, with full confidence, for counsel and advice to her truest friend and rightful preceptor, and forming no acquaintance or friend- ship, with a view to matrimony, without her sanction and approval. In this relation the quick wit and keen eye 01 the sober and thoughtful matron will be seldom at fault. She will be able to determine with something like unerring accuracy, and speed- ily, the character of the suitor who may seek to win the affec- tions of her child, and who must not be judged on mere ex- ternal appearance, or be taken at his own estimate. Here an honest heart, industrious habits, and a good record, are of the last importance, and more desirable than gold itself. In saying so much on this head, however, it is not to be supposed that mere worldly wealth is to be disregarded, as an element in any compact between two hearts that would become one, and spend together a life of usefulness and independence. On the con- trary, we hold it indispensable, that no young maiden of sound judgment permit her affections or the solicitations of her lover to betray her into the cares and responsibilities of matrimony without the possession or prospect of sufficient means to render her home comfortable, and remove her bejmnd the probability of want. In this, both caution and prudence should be observed ; for to step into poverty and its consequent domestic embarass- ments, is often to step out of love ; and then, alas ! for the future of both parties. OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OP BOTH SEXES. 553 The vital necessity, then, of worthy male companionship, in the first instance, for any young girl whatever, must be ob- vious to even the most commonplace intelligence. If those who surround her are pure and good, and the uncompromising ene- mies of.the free-love taint and principles which are now so rife in certain quarters, her selection of a proper companion for life will be the less difficult, as fewer chances present themselves for bestowing her affections unworthily. She can take no more important step between the cradle and the grave than that which leads her to the altar. It should, therefore, be well considered and guarded, as once it is taken the die is cast forever. Let us then hope that all those most deeply concerned will ponder well the facts we have laid before them on this all-im- portant subject, and let no mother relax for a single mom*ent the vigilance that should wall out from her daughters the dan- gerous books and companionship to which we have made such distinct reference. In addition, let every young maiden who is approaching the interesting and critical period already named, look well to her footsteps, and beware of allowing her affections to be captured by a pleasing exterior only on the part of one of the opposite sex. However agreeable an attractive face and form, these do not comprise all that is necessary to the most abiding and exalted manhood, and are not unfrequently a delu- sion and a snare. There is no absolute manliness without manly principles; and no true happiness without moral rectitude and a proper sense of our duty towards heaven. These are the at- tributes and sentiments that tend to make earth a paradise, and that survive all mere physical excellence, inasmuch as they be- long to our immortal part. Let them therefore be sought after assiduously by both mother and daughter in the person of any suitor for the hand of the latter; and let there be no uncertain sound in the premises. Let those desirable features be so prom- inent in the acts and the demeanor of the man as to be obvi- ous at a glance, and let them not be simulated on certain occa- sions. True virtue and uprightness of thought and conduct soon manifest themselves in those possessed of such inestimable treasures; and whenever or wherever we see their absence verified either by word or act, we may rest assured that the transgressor is unworthy the love of any woman who values her own happiness, or who hopes to make the marriage state, under heaven, all that it ought to be, both morally and phvsic- ally. 554 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. For the Especial Perusal of Youths of Understanding, as WELL AS FOR THAT OF FATHERS AND GUARDIANS. If man is “ the noblest work of God,” most assuredly every word, thought, and act of his, ought to tend towards the eleva- tion of his mental and physical being; because this implied perfection is to be regarded in a measure as the result of his acquiescence in all the laws, moral and otherwise, appertaining to his nature. That is, if he would assume and maintain the high position accorded to him, he must not violate any of those divine precepts or rules laid down for his guidance ; but from the first moment of his responsibility to the last of his earthly existence, walk in the way of godliness, virtue, and truth, and never transgress any of the provisions relative *to the true development and important mission of his animal structure. The license accorded to boy when compared with that allowed to girls of the same age, o^ ght to engender in them a chivalrous respect for the gentler sex, and never urge them into anything savoring of egotism or tyranny. The apparent superiority is but simply the result of greater physical strength, and the freedom with which the one sex is permitted to move through the world compared with that accorded to the other. There is in reality no mental superiority in the one over the other; for in this respect it has been shown that the impress of man has been left mentally^ on the age more than that of woman, because, from some ill-judged laws or rules of society, she has been subject to restrictions which circumscribe to an unwarrantable extent her sphere of action. But while laying it down as an axiom that there is penect mental equality between the sexes, we cannot refuse to enter- tain the idea that woman is the weaker vessel physically, and that her dependence upon man, and her claims to his love and protection, arise to some extent from this cause, although the sublime mystery of her being appeals to him in a higher and more abiding sense. This taken for granted, then, and perceiv- ing, as even the most unphilosophical can, that both sexes were designed to harmonize with each other in every possible rela- tion, and that the weaker and more beautiful is obviously en- titled to greater consideration than the more robust, it behooves the latter to look well to their manhood and the perfection of their mental and physical status, for a defect in either is not only destructive of anything like love in the female bosom, but of a character which, with but few exceptions, builds up an insur- mountable barrier between the man and the woman towards whom he may be attracted. OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OP BOTH SEXES. 555 We say mental and physical status here, because the body is seldom injured through excesses of any description, without the mind suffering commensurately. And as the foundations of a healthy physical existence are laid in childhood, we would observe that this fact, in relation to boys, as we are now treat- ing on them more especially, should be recognized to the fullest extent by fathers and guardians, as upon their judgment, affec- tion, and fidelity, the character of the rising male generation must mainly depend. Although, as already observed, a greater latitude is allowed to boys than to girls, in almost every relation, yet this latitude must be circumscribed and confined to certain well-defined, healthy bounds. And here we would again dwell upon the vital necessity of good companionship and good books, where example and precept harmonize with the exalted ends to be attained in after years. Of course, the family circle is to be regarded as the true starting point, whence the earliest lessons in vice or virtue are derived, and should this prove to be lax in any of its teachings, moral or religious, the very germs of success are embarrassed or destroyed at once. It is astonishing how quickly young lads, not much more than half way to their teens, acquire bad habits and principles from impure associates, or the unguarded conversations which sometimes occur at their own fireside. From both these sources the worst consequences are to be apprehended, as they grad- ually undermine every principle of good, and so familiarize the tender ear and understanding with what is most pernicious, because of the almost indelible and fatal impress that is left upon the unreasoning susceptibilities. Whatever may be said to the contrary, there are unmistakable traces of the early hearthstone to be found in the lives of most men ; and such being the case, how indispensable it is that the atmosphere that surrounds it should be free from taint, and that the great- est caution should be observed that nothing transpires within its sacred limits that might have the slightest tendency to mar the man in the child, or thwart the beneficent designs of na- ture regarding him. In view, then, of the influences of the family circle, and that of the father upon the son, while yet a mere youth or child, that circle should be made as attractive as possible, and on a plane thoroughly comprehensible to the intelligence to which it appeals. If parents would shape their children to the no- blest ends, they must gain their confidence and affection by becoming children themselves in a measure. They can not 556 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. preach or teach to an} 7 purpose from a reserved or exalted pedestal, or through the instrumentality of the sober long-faced truths which are applicable to grave years only. The atmos- phere of youth is, in the natural order of things, bright and happy ; and if we would influence, by precept or example, those still surrounded by it, we must assume to breathe it ourselves for the time being, and sow our earliest good seeds in its tender light. Once the kind and judicious father has won the heart and confidence of his little son, the road to the fullest success lies wide open; and feet that under other circumstances would assuredly have turned aside under less benign influence from the paths of rectitude and truth, are now easily directed into that glorious upward and onward course which nev^r fails to culminate in happiness here and hereafter. Some of the most terrible evils that beset the path of so many of the young of the sterner sex, result from association with children of their age who have learned to debauch their own persons, and to indulge in those secret habits which have been long noted as fraught with disaster and death. So early the period at which unsuspecting little ones are led into this terrible snare by their seniors of two or three years, that few will be inclined to believe that this first essay in crime has been attempted at the age of eight, and continued until an actual drain on the young energies and vital forces of the system com- menced. It is, therefore, obvious that the lynx-eye of the father or guardian, or of both parents, should at this tender period of youth be brought constantly to bear upon all the acts and tendencies of their young ward or progeny, and that they should seek to inculcate those pure ideas and aspirations which are the only security against this danger. Let the playmates, the toys, and the rudimentary books of the child be carefully se- lected, and let there be for him an abiding attraction about his own door and fireside, so that he may not be necessitated to look abroad for any of those innocent pastimes or recreations that have such charms for the young. The great error of many parents, in this direction, lies in the dry and solemn homilies which they conceive ought to be forever mumbled into the ears of their children, or the long religious services to which they regard their subjection as wise and indispensable. This is a fatal mistake. The medium through which the young are to be taught successively their dependence upon heaven and their duty towards God and man, should rather consist of the green fields, fruits, and flowers, — of sunlit skies, running brooks, and balmy winds, — the song of birds, the changing seasons, and the OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. 557 summer Avoods. These and the beneficent design of the Cre- ator in calling them into existence for the benefit of man in a pre-eminent degree, should form the earliest pages presented for the study of the child ; and if each of the beauties and truths they contain be carefully explained upon the basis of that higher information which may be sought through the “ revealed word ” as the young student advances in years, the result will be the most happy, and culminate in all the perfec- tion possible of attainment in this earthly sphere. But while inculcating these salutary lessons, there must be no false delicacy on the part of the father, relative to pointing out, in the clearest possible manner, the dangers with which his inexperienced and susceptible child is assuredly surrounded. The parent is but ill versed in his duty, or the prevalence of the crime of self-abuse in the young, who fancies that by keep- ing his youthful off-spring in ignorance, so far as he knows, of the character and manner of this frightful offence, that the child must necessarily escape its taint. Let there be no mis- conception on this head ; for it may be accepted as a leading fact, that nineteen boys out of every twenty learn something of it at a ver}^ render age ; and from sources, too, but badly quali- fied to warn them of its terrible results. And be it further remembered, that no matter how innocent and unconscious of guilt the first attempt at its commission on the part of a poor unsuspecting young creature, there is something almost fatal in tampering with even the undeveloped organs of generation, or in endeavoring to excite them to undue or premature action. This fact must be dwelt upon in the plainest possible manner, and so impressed upon the youthful mind as to satisfy it that a single move made in this direction tends to speedy destruction and death to both body and soul. So soon, then, as the child is capable, in any degree, of comprehending advice and instruc- tion, this subject must be broached in the best and most im- pressive manner known to the judicious father who would acquit himself fully in the sight of God and man ; for to leave the matter to mere chance, in the hope that escape was possible through a fortuitous combination of circumstances, would be to be guilty of a crime the most heinous, and scarcely second to that of murder. To the youth of understanding, however, we may address ourselves more directly ; assuming that he may not be alto- gether free from the taint of this sin. In the first place, then, let us lay it down as an inexorable fact, that so terrific and contaminating is this practice in any degree, that it not only tends 558 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. to destroy every particle of physical beauty and manhood, but, if persisted in, results in absolute idiocy, or a premature and most horrible death. This is no over-drawn picture, but may be taken as an absolute fact, in connection with the quite as inexorable truth, that the youth addicted to this prevailing vice is as certain to render himself incapable of propagating his species or consummating the holy sacrament of matrimony, as that the sun is in the heavens at midday. In the unnatural excitement which saps his whole being, he may fancy, at the time of self-abuse, that this is not so; but should the crisis ever arrive when a loving and confiding wife is betrayed into his arms, then comes that terrible humiliation which is worse than death. There is no escape from the consequences of this monstrous offence should it be indulged in to a certain point; for then it seizes upon the whole being, and like the infatuation of the arsenic eaters, whether continued or abandoned, ends alike in the most appalling mental and physical suicide. What youth, then, of the slightest manly feeling, or intelli- gence, would so make war upon his physical being, as to render him disgusting to the pure and good of the opposite sex, and even to those who had fallen from virtue, and taRen refuge in the lowest brothel ? Can it be possible that any individual who sets the slightest store by the love of a beautiful woman, or the possession of every manly attribute and sentiment, will, after the perusal of these startling and inexorable facts, approach the edge of this shuddering abyss, or, if partially en- gulfed in it, will not struggle to extricate himself at once. There may yet be time to retrace his steps, and escape the awful depths that yawn beneath him; while the commission of a'-single offence more may hurl him irrevocably to his dreadful doom. Oh! could we but depict in adequate language the fearful and hideous wrecks that have resulted from this crying sin against nature, each particular hair of the youthful aggressor would stand on end, like the quills on “ the fretful porcupine.” But so thickly strewn around us, under a thousand loathsome forms, are the evidence of this most damning crime, that those who run may read, if they only will. And now that we have dwelt at some length on this part of our topic, let us turn for a moment to those youths who have sufficient virtue, manliness, and strength, to eschew this great evil, and say to them, that although they have escaped it, their path is still beset with other snares which lead to discomfort and misery in a lesser degree only. If not prostrated at this disgusting shrine, we have known the manhood of many to fall OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES 559 a victim to unholy and misguided passion, and who, by giving full rein to their unbridled lust, or falling into the snare of some casual circumstance, have brought woe to true and unsuspecting hearts that ioved “not wisely but too well.” And here we would observe, that when a respect and highest consideration for the opposite sex is not entertained by a man, whatever his condition, he is unworthy the recognition of society or the favor of heaven. There is something of infinite treachery and cowardice on the part of a suitor, sincere or pretended, who steals into the affections of a young maiden, with a view of betraying her, or who having once gained them on an honorable basis, takes, in an unguarded moment, advantage of the love she bears him, to humiliate her in her own eyes, if not to accom- plish her ruin beyond redemption. No true and chivalrous man or youth who respects the person or the memory of the mother who bore ,him, has ever been guilty of doing such dastardly violence to the sex, or of treading ruthlessly beneath his feet what God has made so confiding and beautiful, and what is in ever}’ relation the counterpart of his own sister. There is something here which demands attention, and which should be subjected to the strictest analysis and scrutiny. To the pro- fessional profligate, who knows no law, human or divine, we do not address ourselves. We leave him in the hands of the Living God, who is sure to call him to account when he least expects it. To such, however, as are not vitiated in this relation, and whose inexperience is beset with warm passions and suscepti- bilities, we would give a few words of caution and advice; hoping to enlist their sympathies and attention regarding a matter which effects so vitally their interest and happiness, not only in this world but in the world to come. To be succinct, then, when a yputh finds himself approach- ing the threshold of manhood, or that period of life which suc- ceeds his mere boyish days, he, in most cases, enters upon a new and charming phase of his existence, which is expressed mainly in a desire for female society, and generally for that of one be- ing beyond all others, who in his admiring eyes appears to be the best and most beautiful of her sex. Now this is nothing more or less than the first dawning of love, and before we would have its partial victim commit himself irrevocably to the over- powering passion in any individual case, we would implore him to pause on the verge of the charmed circle, and ere he become hopelessly entangled in its delicious mazes, seek advice from his natural guardians, and analyze for himself all the circum- stances surrounding the being who has awakened such strange 560 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. sensations in his bosom, and the possible result of attempting to unite his destiny to hers forever. To this end, he must endeavor to look upon things as they really exist, and not permit his enthusiasm or admiration to present them in any romantic or fanciful light. As a primary step in this direction, he must measure his own pecuniary cir- cumstances and prospects, and see how far justified he might be in endeavoring to win the affections of any young maiden with a view to making her his wife. We are, of course, aware that but few inexperienced youths pause thus practically upon the threshold of new hopes and aspirations; but then this doeu not nullify the wisdom and necessity of doing so. No honora- ble or prudent person will commit himself to a step so serious as that of marriage, without seeing, to some extent, the road before him ; nor will he tamper with the love or affections of any woman whatever, whom he considers unworthy to become his partner for life. In the fullest manliness on this point there is a chivalry the most noble and exalted. Everything like deceit must be discarded totally, and if it is found that the over-sanguine fair one has misinterpreted any word or act of kindness on the part of him who may regard her as a friend only, she must be undeceived, and at once. The safest rule to follow in this relation is for the young man to be cautious, and never inspire any hopes or confidences in any of the opposite sex, that he does not wish to exist. There are a thousand channels through which the pleasantest intercouse may flow securely, without entering upon this vital one ; and these are familiar to every person of ordinary good understanding. Where there is no intention of awaking in the female bosom a sentiment of love, there should be neither act nor word calcu- lated to provoke it; and if, as is often the case, one of the softer sex, overstepping the bounds of prudence, if not of modesty, makes advances on her part, then the only honor- able and correct course of the object of her affections, is to withdraw himself totally from her society. After becoming satisfied that he is in a position to sup- port a wife, and being free in person from such physical blemishes as have been already alluded to, the first care of the expectant bachelor should be to select from among his acquaintances a maiden of comely looks, industrious habits, and sound and pure morals. These are essentials the most important, and must underlie all the accomplishments which render a woman fascinating, if she is ever to become the light of her ov/n household. The v e can, of course, be no ob- OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OP BOTH SEXES. 561 jection to the possession of those ornamental acquirements which render a drawing-room so attractive at times, such as music, bright conversational powers, and all the agreeable phases of a polite education ; but these, desirable as they un- doubtedly are, must not be accepted as the true constituents of happiness; but rather as the agreeable guise that the more serious and abiding attributes assume, until the moment for their more active agency presents itself again. No man of moderate means has ever dined off a piano solo, or supped off a dish of fashionable gossip ; and hence the necessity of look- ing for something more substantial in the person to whom he might be induced to pay his addresses, with a view to matri- mony, and of eschewing every female, no matter what her at- tractions, who has not within herself the knowledge and ele- ments that constitute a good housewife. The freaks of fortune are often both sad and surprising; and hence it is of vital impor- tance that parents educate their children in some trade or calling that might stand their friend in the hour of adversity, when they might find themselves deprived of the last shilling. And here we may refer, briefly, to the helpless condition of some of the fashionable youths who are depending solely upon circum- stances for a life of ease and pleasure to which they devote themselves, and who, through a single turn of th# wheel of for- tune, might be reduced to beggary, from the fact of their hav- ing no positive means at the ends of their own fingers of earn- ing their daily bread. On this point we would urge the knowledge of some useful employment on the part of the young of both sexes, no matter what wealth may surround them for the time being; because by its acquisition they are, in a meas- ure, secured against fate, and have an inner and more satisfac- tory sense of independence than flows from the possession of mere perishable riches. But, now presuming that our young suitor is fairly on the carpet, and that, with the sanction of his parents or guardian, which is indispensable, he has determined to win, if possible, the heart of some fair one supposed to be possessed of all the at- tributes, and the germs of all the qualifications, adverted to, it must be apparent that his hour of danger and difficulty has arrived, and that in dealing with it, the greatest caution and prudence ought to be observed. With a view to the fullest success, then, and in furtherance of the great object upon the holiest and highest basis, the moment he perceives a being worthy all his love and affection, she must it once become sacred in his eyes and never be the subject of any familiarity 562 OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. that might shock her ears or her sense of propriety in any de- gree, or that might tend to lower her in her own estimation. The more chaste and considerate his intercourse with her, to even the most trifling word or whisper, the higher her sense of his nobility, and, consequently, the warmer and the more profound her sentiments of love towards him. It is a mistaken idea that an occasional questionable jest or brilliant double-en- tendre has any charm for the ear of a young maiden of correct perceptions; for although the circumstances of her position may often extort a smile from her as a foil for her pain and discomfiture, the shadow of the cruel though unintentional offence does not easily pass away from her, inasmuch as it is calculated to awaken in her chaste bosom doubts as to the mo- rality and purity of the being whom she may love dearly. Let there be then, on the part of the suitor, a noble consideration for the woman who has given her whole heart to him; and let him feel that the bonds which she is willing to assume, can be only made holy and happy when forged in a sense of true deli- cacy and the highest moral obligations. One impure, indeli- cate, or low word uttered in the ear of a truly chaste and vir- tuous woman may be destructive of her true happiness for all time to come ; while a single trifling act savoring of the liber- tine could not fail to estrange her from the transgressor for- ever, if faithful to her pride or sex, or else so humiliate her in her own eyes, as to cause her to feel that the love she brings to the altar is not so worthy, so fresh, or so sanctified, as it would have been had it not been soiled and dishonored, in a measure, by him who should have guarded it more jealously. The demeanor, then, to be observed by a young man, in re- lation to the maiden of his choice, must, while open, generous, and warm, be carefully studied, elevated, and free from the slightest taint of immorality. The step which he premeditates is the most serious that could possibly be undertaken by him, and as it involves a partnership for life with a being whom he is to pledge himself before God and man to love and cherish until death, it behooves him to make the compact one of the most chaste and sacred, so that it may never pall upon his sen- sibilities, but always, under heaven, bear the impress of unfad- ing youth. And now that we have been so explicit on this point, we must go farther, and warn the ardent and well-meaning suitor of another precipice that besets his path from the period of his declaration to his appearance before the altar, and that is, the great danger that attends the warm embraces which a lover OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OP BOTH SEXES. 563 sometimes bestows upon his affianced, when alone, without pre- suming for an instant that his passions may outstrip his reason, and, in a moment of intense excitement, hurry him into an ex- cess that would destroy the purity and self-respect of the being who confided so implicitly in his honor, untilgshe stood before him a guilty and injured woman. This is a matter for most serious consideration; for notwithstanding that the aggressor makes every reparation in his power and still redeem his plighted vows, the memory of this great indiscretion or crime, is likely to over-shadow all his subsequent married life. Let it then be distinctly understood, that even the ordinary embrace so frequent between two young lovers before they become united in marriage, must be indulged in with caution and reserve, where no eye but that of heaven is upon them. The passions, like tinder, often take fire from the slightest spark, and it therefore becomes a matter of the last importance, that until a man and a woman become one according to the laws of society as well as those of the Creator, the stronger vessel must keep his desires in hand with a bit and bridle the most inflexible and stern; otherwise all the charm and brightness which properly belong to the marriage state can not fail to be tarnished or perhaps ultimately extinguished in gloom. When entering upon the phase of his life which tends toward matrimony, the young and ardent suitor, once that his heart is truly engaged, should treat the object of his affections with such loving respect and consideration, as could not fail to ennoble him in her eyes, and secure her heart upon a true and abiding basis. Every maiden of modesty and womanly instincts is thoroughly conversant with what is due to her, and alive to every circumstance, however trifling, bearing upon the charac- ter of her intended. The more profound her love the keener her discrimination, and the more jealous her eye and ear. Not a single expression or act appertaining to his intercourse with her or others but is weighed unconsciously, and subjected to that subtle process of analysis which is almost instantaneous in its results. It is therefore ungenerous, and as dangerous as it is unjust and reprehensible, to wound her susceptibilities in any relation ; for notwithstanding that she may permit, without actual censure, or apparent chagrin, any slight dereliction of duty to pass in this relation, she cannot fail to feel its unworthi- ness, and the shock to her esteem and affections which it must necessarily entail. But if we have dwelt upon what may be termed the two lead- ing evils which beset the path of youth, there are yet others, 564: OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. scarcely less dangerous, which require the most careful consid- eration; and one of these is the sin of intemperance. We need not travel out of every-day common record for evidence to establish the dread consequences of this dire infatuation and its general prevalence. Like most other criminal practices, it steals through the first stages of its progress by slow and impercep- tible degrees; but at each unconscious step, so securely does it entangle its victim in its meshes, that not unfrequently he passes beyond the final point of redemption before he is thoroughly alive to his lost and hopeless state. And here, again, the influence and habits of the home circle become of the first importance. If unswerving temperance be the inexorable rule of the household — if the seductive cup, in even the most harmless aspect, be banished from it with firmness and persist- ency, there is every hope that the dangerous out-door influences which so throng the path of the inexperienced, may be met and neutralized. But if the household be tainted, to any extent, with the vice — if indulgent fathers and mothers will tempt their children with an occasional sweet spoonful of the poison, they do neither more nor less than set fire to one end of a slow fuse which is almost sure to result, one day or other, in the most fearful de- struction. But as we are speaking, as it were, to a youth of understand- ing, we must appeal to his own manhood and sense of right. And here we would observe, that next to the appalling crime of self-abuse, that of habitual intemperance is most destructive of pure love, and of the physical capacity or power to realize from the chaste passion all that heaven designed it should accord. No woman of correct feeling or judgment has ever bestowed her heart upon an habitual toper, or enjoyed his so- ciety for a moment, not to speak of his maudlin embrace. This is true beyond question, and to an extent so dreadful, that no inconsiderable portion of the infidelity which a neglected and disgusted wife visits upon her husband to-dav, may be traced simply to the vice of habitual drunkenness, on his part. No matter how warm the affections of the maiden, or how sincere the love of the wife, this curse tramples out both alike ; and hence the necessity of the utmost vigilence on the part of any youth who would win and retain the heart of a pure and beau- tiful maiden, or preserve his health and manhood intact until both, at a ripe old age, declined in the natural order of things. It may be laid down as an axiom, then, that no true love can exist between a good and pure woman and the man who ren- OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE YOUTH OF BOTH SEXES. 565 ders liis person disgusting to her, and who in a measure emascu- lates himself through the constant use of intoxicating liquors; and when we come to dwell on the fact, that the prostration of his high mission and manhood arises from tire indulgence of a loathsome, vice, whose inception is to be traced to the first fatal and seductive glass that is thoughtlessly raised to his lips, surely the individual who is yet free from the taint of this curse, or the man who is its partial victim only, should, if these few lines happen to meet his eye, never approach — or dash from him forever — the cup that has been so fraught with some of the direst crimes, heart-aches, and miseries, known to the human family. When, therefore, it is a fact beyond contradic- tion, that a persistent use of stimulants of any description tends to generate morbid and adventitious sexual desires, that are succeeded by a reaction the most depressing, inconvenient, and dangerous, and that frequently result in permanent injury, what shall we say in denunciation of the habitual use of those fiery potations that not only lead to rags and beggary, but corrupt the blood, disfigure the features, and trail the last particle of manhood in the dust? To all within reach of our warning voice, we would, then, say, beware of the first glass, and those inebriates or thoughtless persons who would tempt you to pollute your lips with it. There is danger in even looking upon it or in breathing the atmosphere inhaled by those who have passed its fearful Rubi- con, without either the wish or power to retrace their steps. Avoid such, and their social meetings or orgies, with all the strength and decision of which you are capable ; for in this re- lation also, “ wide is the gate and broad is the way that leadeth to destruction. r The vice of intemperance in youth is not unfrequently as- sociated with that of gambling, and is almost invariably wedded to that of promiscuous sexual intercourse ; and here we find another dangerous pitfall besetting the paths of the young on their way toward matrimony, and the attainment of the fullest and most perfect manhood. Fatal even as the crime of gam- bling, per se, may be, it is less terrible in its effects than the physical and moral destruction which results from the loath- some and contaminating embraces of the lost and lewd woman who sells her person to every passer by, and so poisons the life blood of her unsuspecting young victims as to entail upon them a life of disease and misery horrible to contemplate. A man may lose his money at the gaming-table, and suffer the pangs of remorse and the beggary that it involves, but criminal as the 566 ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. passion for play is, and frightful as have been the domestic disasters that have resulted and do still result from it, yet if he have escaped the vice of drink and the taint of impure and loathsome women — if his physical structure and mind are not wholly poisoned and debauched — there is hope for him, as a woman’s love can survive the one, although it dies out into ab- solute hatred and disgust under the other. There is little more to be said on this part of the subject. We have touched all its vital points, and trust that the seeds we have endeavored to plant, in all honesty and good-will, may be found to bear the sweet and abiding fruit they are so pre eminently calculated to yield. In summing up the whole case, then, we would say to fathers and guardians, form the thoughts and habits of your wards or children by a joyous and virtuous fireside. Let their earliest perceptions of right and wrong be based on no uncertain foundation. Set them examples of mo- rality, and inculcate that religion in them which is filled with innocent sunshine, and which alone is calculated to inspire their tender hearts with sentiments of true love towards their Creator and their fellow men. Warn 'them, in the plainest possible manner, of the danger of bad company, loose habits, and any and all of the evils and infamous practices that lie in wait for them, and when they grow up to be men, they will bless and appreciate the kindly care bestowed upon them, and be not only a credit to themselves, but to the human family at large. Man and Wife. — A Plain Exposition of their Duties, Moral, Mental and Physical. We now meet, as it were, two pure beings at the altar, who have profited by the advice and example of judicious par- ents or guardians, of sound morals and social views; but not- withstanding that the crowning happiness of the two lovers has been achieved in their becoming man and wife, there is yet much to be considered and accomplished on the part of both before their feet are established upon a rock. In the first moments of his matrimonial existence, then, the newly fledged husband must not suppose for a single instant the ears or the eyes of his wife are less chaste and pure than they were before she had become his in the sight of God and man. Here is a point of vital importance, and one upon which such grave issues hang, that we place it in the very first rank of our present observations. Save in one instance alone, the ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. 567 conduct and consideration evinced towards the maiden must be mainly observed towards the wife ; for through this mani- festation of respect and delicacy, the freshness and novelty of courtship may be continued for an indefinite period. Let the wife be preserved by the husband a beautiful mystery in part, — let the natural veil of modesty which shrouds every pure woman be never ruthlessly torn apart, or her sense of propriety be blunted by course or indelicate remarks, and the charm of her being will never pall upon the senses, but, on the contrary be, as Shelley has it, “ A joy forever.” It is too frequently the case that a young husband fancies the nuptial ceremony gives him the fullest power over the per- son of his wife, and that consequently the precise character of the intercourse between them, now that they are married, is not a matter of much moment; but a more grievous misappre- hension could scarcely obtain in any relation, for a wife’s sensi- bilities and person can be so abused as to be debauched in a measure, and so lessen her regard for the secrets of wedlock that they lose all their charms in her eyes, while the aggressor in the case suffers in the same direction, and precisely to a similar extent. This is a fact substantiated by the experience of tens of thousands; and, as the destruction of the fine fibre of which these sacred relations are formed, obviously leads to much in- difference in both parties, we can at once perceive of what im- portance it is to keep it intact, and ho\ T necessary to the hap- piness of wedded life to preserve to the- latest hour of its ex- istence something at least of the ^weet freshness that hung about its dawn. As we have already descanted somewhat diffusely upon the rule of conduct to be observed on the part of the youth as well as on that of the maiden who intended to become one at the altar, so now that we presume them to be man and wife, we would be equally explicit as to how they should comport them- selves as such. In addition, then, to what we have already just said, we would observe that in the first moments of wedded life the constant and unreasoning abuse of the privileges of a husband cannot but result in evil consequences to both parties, inasmuch as it tends to render commonplace that which is in- tended by an all-wise Creator to be otherwise, and is the bright- est and holiest link that unites the sexes. This privilege once familiarized through constant and inordinate indulgence, loses all its charms, while the abuse which robs it of them, not only tends to injure the young wife physically, but the husband also. 568 ON THE RELATPONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. In this vital and mysterious intercourse, there must be no false excitement or attempt to forestall nature. In this relation, the tide must flow and ebb according to the promptings of a Jaw that none can fail to comprehend, and whose operations must not be accelerated if they are to be an unfailing source of de- light, and to influence us through long years with undiminished powers. The reaction which invariably attends any continuous excesses of this character is so painful, humiliating, and danger- ous, as not unfrequently to lead to the most serious misunder- standings between the parties most concerned and destroy the sweet confidence which should obtain between them. Again, the evil consequences of such excesses to the infant yet unborn are at times frightful to contemplate. A weakly, and diseased frame, and, frequently, mind, are the dreadful results, while the health of the mother sometimes suffers commensurately. The young husband also pays his share of the penalty; as the natural excitement which is the true key to all the pleasures that attend the sexual relations when indulged in upon the true basis, dies out under the enervating influences of satiety until the bond between man and wife becomes so relaxed in this re- lation as to be almost worthless. And let it be clearly com- prehended here, that as this bond becomes weakened or vitiated between the young persons, so wanes their love and esteem for each other, until in time they come to look upon their union with apathy if not disfavor, and then are opened up all the approaches to misery the most abject and heartrending. Let there be, therefore, caution and moderation used in this all- important relation on the part of the husband, as he alone is apt to be the transgressor, — for we can not suppose a case, ex- cept in the rarest instance, when the wife is at fault on this head. As a large majority of mankind have to earn their daily bread in some way or other, we shall be safe in appealing on the subject of prudence and economy to almost any newly-mar- ried couple; and, in doing so, we would remark, in the first place, that poverty does not. as a general thing, tend to per- petuate that feeling of love or affection between man and wife that had influenced the days of their courtship, and, that, con- sequently, a primary object with the husband should be the maintenance of his wife upon a comfortable and abiding basis, and the total rejection of any habits that through their expen- siveness might interfere with his success in this direction. The man is totally wanting in affection and chivalry, who fails to pro- vide properly for his wife when it is in his power to do so, or when ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. 569 by, curtailing some of his wasteful personal expenses he might add to her comfort and independence. Not unfrequently the amount which has drifted into the restaurant, the cigar-shop, and the drinking-saloon, out of the pocket of the young man who has just crossed the threshold of matrimony, if properly expended, might have obviated a life of misery, and laid the foundation of a cheerful and happy fireside for the rest of his days. For it is well known, that these haunts not only tend to engender neg- lect on the part of the husband toward a wife, but often so embarrass those of anything approaching limited means, that frequent intercourse with them leads, almost without an excep- tion, to domestic infelicities. While we write, we have in our mind’s eye a number of thoughtless and unhappy beings, whose thraldom in this relation has destroyed their once cheerful households, and whose neglect had so estranged and disgusted their once true and affectionate wives, that they drifted into infidelity, and became lost to virtue and society forever. The saying, “ a constant dropping will wear a stone,” is a trite and philosophic one ; and the man, young or old, who presumes so far upon the truth and affection of his wife as to fancy that neither could possibly give wav under his constant indifference or vulgar and intemperate habits, knows but little of the hu- man heart, or how easily that of some women is crushed out of shape. Nor is the newly-married wife secure from danger, on her part, in this relation; for sometimes she also, now that she con- siders herself finally disposed of, falls into the practice of in- dulging in some sweet little spirituous potation, which grows upon her until she at last falls a victim to the intoxicating glass. To the maiden who has just left the altar with the man of her choice, we would then say, “ touch not, taste not, the un- clean thing.” There is danger lurking within the intoxicating cup, however disguised it may be, and when once its subtle poison taints the sweet breath or mars the mellifluous tongue of one of the gentler sex, her doom is almost irrevocably sealed! Let, therefore, neither the usages of polite society, nor the se- ductions of any of her own cherished circle of friends induce her to tamper, even in the most remote degree, with the insidi- ous poison of the bowl; for so subtle and destructive is it, that its first contact with certain natures has been known to lead to headlong ruin, and so swiftly as to appal even the stoutest heart. In truth, che greatest caution must be observed on both sides of the house in this connection, as well as in that of in- ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. dustry, economy, and prudence. And if the most fitting place for the husband, after the labors of the day are over, is his own fireside, with his young wife by his side, she, “ the partner of his joys and woes,” must endeavor to surround his home with every possible attraction ; and light it up with a cheerful face and all the nameless charms that make it “ the only spot on earth” to him. To this end, she must be always neat in her person, if at all within the range of possibility, for there is no- thing more pleasurable to a husband than a sense of the purity of the personal habits of his wife, and the comeliness of her attire when she presents herself before him. This latter in- volves neither labor nor very extraordinary expense. The bath, and, if needs be, the simplest fabrics, shaped if necessary, beneath her own supple fingers, will meet all the necessities of the case. These are attractions of such virtue and potency that they always operate like a magnet, and not unfrequently draw a husband away from the evil influences that tempt him to regard his home as a place of temporary sojourn only. We have paid some attention to the subject, and can vouch for the fact, that, in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, a pure, indus- trious and cheerful wife, who meets her husband with a bright and warm smile on the threshold of her dwelling, spends the majority of her evenings in his society, without a fear of the future. We are, of course, aware that there are some men so lost to everything that dignifies humanity or renders the marriage state ail that it ought to be, that no ties can bind them ; but we make no reference to them, and allude only to those of sound understanding and ordinarily good morals. Yet even here we admit that the rule is not infallible, as some husbands are so weak and easily led as to soon fall away from their first love, and lose themselves in less sanctified relations. However, the most advisable course for a young wife to pursue, under any circumstance, is to make her house and her person as at- tractive as possible, and to supplement the cheerful blaze of her fireside with the light of her own winning smiles and ways, and the thousand nameless little enchantments which, taken to- gether, often weave the silken meshes which retain with a strength not to be overcome, the willing captive who, under less favorable and grateful circumstances, might have launched out into some course of conduct fraught with destruction not only to himself but the being he was pledged to cherish and protect to the last hour of his life. But there are other observances, also, which ought to be ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MaN AND WIFE. 571 regarded with the most profound caution by the newly married who desire to spend their days in comfort and happiness to- gether; and one is the manner of their intercourse with such of the opposite sex as either the husband or wife may come in- to friendly contact with. Every properly constituted man or woman is more or less of a jealous disposition ; for without this sentiment, active or latent to some extent, there can be no true love. Censure it as you may — call it mean and petty, if you will — but the fact obtains, nevertheless. Who that is conver- sant with the press in any degree, but can bear evidence to the fact that scarcely a newspaper is published without some pain- ful recital, bearing upon this point, meeting the eye. To avoid the devastating influences, or approach of the “ green-eyed monster,” should be a leading feature of the wife’s prudence, as well as of that of the husband ; for so unreasoning and sensitive are our natures in this direction, that when they are once aroused to suspicion, they seldom or never recover their wonted tone of confidence. And yet the accused party may be virtually inno- cent of the crime laid to his or her charge, although there are generally some grounds for censure on the score of thoughtless- ness or that lightness or trifling which is so liable to be misin- terpreted by certain individuals. Above all things, then, and especially on the part of the wife, no matter what the purity of her soul or intentions, she is always to be circumspect with regard to her conduct or intercourse, in company or otherwise, with any of the opposite sex. Caution and decorum in this connection is of the first importance ; for not only might any thoughtless familiarity, or any laxness of self-respect on this head be wholly misinterpreted by her husband, but, how inno- cent soever, be likely to fare no better at the hands of the in- dividual towards whom she might have comported herself with unconscious levity. There is, therefore, nothing for it but the strictest prudence and an unswerving adherence to such a line of conduct as might be pursued with safety in the presence of her husband towards any gentleman of her acquaintance. Nor must there be any innocent secret confidences with any male friend, no matter how laudable the object, outside the sanction and recognition of her rightful counselor and protector. The truer and prouder the husband, the more sensitive and the more jealous of his honor, and of his claims upon all the consid- eration to which he regards himself entitled on the part of the woman of his love — the wife of his bosom. Lamentable as it is, the fact is notorious that even one furtive glance — one thoughtless expression — one little whisper 572 ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. — has often led to direst consequences between man and wife. The despotism of true love is, at times, frightful on this head; for without pausing to reason, it frequently gives way at once to the most devouring jealousy. When, therefore, we know that any want of circumspection on the part of the wife in her daily intercouse with such of her male friends as may have ac- cess to her fireside or table, is certain to be construed to her prejudice, and when such would be certain to disturb the spirit, and awaken perhaps the most fearful misapprehensions on the part of her husband, were he a proud, loving, and sensitive man, she can scarcely over-estimate the importance of the ad- vice which we here offer, and which if followed rigidly, is sure to redound to her credit and happiness, and keep the light hovering about her hearthstone and burning brightly upon the altar of her own heart. As a general rule, then, no matter how intimate her gentleman friends may be with her husband, or how frequently they may find a welcome beneath her roof, there must still be observed towards them that chaste and pru- dent course of conduct which they will not be slow to respect, or to attribute to the right cause, and which may be indulged in without the slightest shadow of acerbity or detriment to even the most generous hospitality. The fact is, a woman in all her most exalted relations is something like snow, — the purity and lustre of which, as we all know, suffer to some ex- tent, at least, from foreign contact. But it must not be presumed that the husband is not equally bound to be strictly observant on his part, also, as to how he comports himself in the opposite direction. The usages of society, we are well aware, allows him a greater latitude in this sphere than it accords to his wife ; but then there are proper limits set to it likewise ; and the moment he transgresses them he also becomes rightfully the subject of censure, and is an aggressor against the peace and happiness of the being he vowed to protect and cherish with all the love and affection of which he is capable. Yet, while the wife admits that civilized usages permit him to move with greater freedom among fe- males than is accorded to her in her intercouse with the males, she can determine, with the quick eye and intuition of her sex, when he transgresses the bounds of decorum, in her presence, or fails in the allegiance due to her alone, and treasures the wrong within her soul of souls. In this it is impossible for a husband to deceive with continuous success the perceptions and intuitions of the nartner of his bed. There is about her that which fathoms and apprehends the most trifling approach ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. 573 to infidelity or immorality on the part of the man she loves. No matter how silent or uncomplaining she may appear to be, she feels, from certain unexplainable indices perhaps, that all is not right; and thus the canker sets in, that, if she loves with all her soul and might, gradually destroys all that makes life worth an hour’s purchase, saps her life-blood, and hurries her to an early grave. These are truths which admit of no contradiction, and such being the case, the husband, in his turn, should, in his inter- course with the opposite sex, be just as careful and as sparing of the feelings of liis wife as she of his. Nor need there be any sacrifice on the part of either, if both are pure and wise in their social relations. Let there not be a shadow of doubt or secrecy between them on any subject whatever. Let the one be as frank and generous to the other in every relation, as pos- sible for man and wife to be, and let no difficulty respecting the conduct of either relative to a third party remain unexplained for a single moment. Let there be no secrets, no mystery, but everything between both as plain, as honest, and as open as the day, and much that might otherwise be dangerous or un- pleasant will be obviated totally. As in the unmarried state, so in the married, the selection of proper associates and friends is a matter of vital importance. No man or woman who is careless in this relation can fail to suffer from the circumstance. It therefore behooves the young husband to exclude from his house or fireside such persons of their acquaintance as are of loose or questionable habits, and who, beneath the mask of a pleasing exterior, conceal a heart given to deceit or lewdness. It is impossible not to suffer from frequent contact with such people; and for a husband to introduce any of them into his household is to thrust an indignity upon his wife, and subject her to influences the most unholy. There must, consequently, be no vacillation in the course to be pursued here. If a husband is aware, per- sonally or by report, that a man, no matter what his social position, is of impure morals or even inclined to light speech or conduct, he must never be permitted, if at all possible, to breathe the same atmosphere as that v inhaled by a pure and good woman beneath fhe roof of her own dwelling ; for to sub- ject her to inspiring it, after the contamination it must in some cases have suffered, would be a wrong so grievous as to be almost without a parallel. In the same way the wife must be cautious and circum- spect in relation to the choice of lady friends and acquain- 574 ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. tances; and,, above all things, before taking them to her bosurn, she must be thoroughly satisfied of their uprightness, and pur- ity of thought and action. The very attire even must not be overlooked, in the selection ; for where a young or an old woman is gaudily or expensively dressed, when there is not the am- plest means to sustain the folly, they are to be invariably re- garded as undesirable companions, — while, should they even be possessed of adequate wealth, they may be generally set down as light, frivolous people, of contracted minds and un- healthy tendencies. There is no difficulty at all in recognizing those upon whom the young wife may properly rely for womanly aid and sympathy, when such are necessary. The chaste matron, of silvery locks, with her sweet, pure daughter, who has been brought up to feel her dependence upon heaven and her duty towards the whole human family, are of the class whose society should be cherished and prized by the interest- ing creature who may soon become a mother. Those of erratic ideas and disquieting influences ought to be studiously avoided ; as their presence in any household is undesirable, from the fact that frequent contact with such persons often so blunt the sensibilities and confuse the sense of right and wrong, that domestic misunderstandings soon obtain, and the happiness that should attend a well-ordered family is marred, perhaps, forever. Intercourse with thoughtless and extravagant people, and especially those whose chief delight is gossip and dress, is especially dangerous to the young housekeeper of moderate means, as it awakens within her a spirit of emulation that is unworthy, and tends to create desires which outstrip her in- come and lead to the embarrassment of her husband. If a wife in limited circumstances will select for her companions such flimsy and gaudy creatures, she must soon find herself drifting into their reprehensible and expensive habits, or will, at last, begin to institute such inconvenient comparisons between their costly attire and her own neat and simple habiliments, as are likely to lead to discontent and such discomforting sentiments regarding her husband and her surroundings, as seldom fail to result in partial if not total estrangement of the one from the other. “ Evil communications corrupt good manners / 7 is an aphorism of undoubted truth and universal recognition ; and in no circumstances of life has the force of the adage been more apparent, at times, than in those pertaining to the early mar- riage relations of young persons of moderate means. The examples of extravagance in dress, or in any other relation, among tHe companions of the inexperienced wife or those of ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. 575 her youthful husband, are dangerous in the extreme, and should be avoided with constant and studious care. The duties of the household in the one case, and those out-door employments which generally obtain in the other, are never so well performed or attended to as when associated with ideas native to them, or imbued only with a desire to attain wealth or position upon an honest, reasonable, and useful basis, — which, after all, is the broadest and surest foundation that can be built on in any re- lation of life. To succeed, then, in the marriage state, it may be laid down as a general rule, that the habits of both wife and hus- band shall be frugal, and their tastes congenial, to a great ex- tent. If possessed of any antagonistic elements, their first and constant care should be to endeavor to harmonize them on the basis of love and chivalry, — the husband yielding a point on the grounds of the one, and the wife moving forward a step to meet him under the promptings of the other. And to this end all disputations, how trifling soever, ought to be eschewed with the greatest care. Out of mole-hills such as these, very fre- quently real mountains arise, and to the fatal disruption of all domestic ties. We have been taught that the gravest conse- quences sometimes arise out of trifles ; and in no respect has the truth of this become more apparent than in the relations existing between man and wife. Let there, therefore, be the best and most loving understanding between both. If the husband has acquired any habit distasteful to his wife, and based upon no principle of utility or common sense, he should speedily abandon it ; and if, on the other hand, the wife has any failing or foible which may be dispensed with to advantage, she will be wise in discarding it and affording her husband an opportunity of perceiving that she is willing to sacrifice — if sacrifice it may be called — whatever habits or traits of char- acter are distasteful to him on her part. Through such mutual compromises they will learn to live a life of happiness, and each become more and more a part of the other. But, whatever the wealth of a newly-married couple, the wife will always find it to her interest, both mental and physi- cal, to cultivate frugal and industrious habits, as from these no inconsiderable portion of her health and enjoyment must accrue. No lackadaisical novel reader or victim of fashionable ennui has ever yet tasted the sweets of life, married or single, to the ex- tent designed by nature. The woman who keeps her own household well in hand, or who manages it in some adequate degree at least, never spends a fruitless or tiresome hour. Time 576 ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. never hangs heavily upon her hands ; and as the comforts that obtain, or grow up about her, are in a measure her own creation, her enjoyment of them will be the more keen, and her pride in their existence more grateful and justifiable. There are no circumstances in life so well assured to any individual as to en- able him or her, as the case may be, to assert that the en- croachments of poverty have been made impossible. Often do we perceive the millionaire of to-day the beggar of to-mor- row; and such being the undoubted fact, the woman is wise who renders herself to some extent independent of the whims of fortune, by accustoming herself to the performance of such household duties as are indispensable to her own comfort or that of her husband, and who keeps her fingers more or less engaged in the pursuit of some feminine occupation calcu- lated to minister to her needs in the hour of necessity. While making these observations, however, it must not be presumed that we ignore the culture of the mind or of the taste. On the contrar}q the interests of both may be at- tended to with excellent results, if the manner of improving them be clearly understood. There is scarce an object in art or nature that does not afford a text to the sincere inquirer after truth; and as all knowledge lies in understanding the one and the other in the profoundest sense, this may be ap- proached, to some extent, by those in even the most restricted circumstances, if they only begin at the right point and pursue their studies systematically. To the accomplishment of this end, all trashy novels and exciting romances should be scattered to the winds ; and pleas- ant, instructive books adopted in their stead, whenever a mo- ment can properly be devoted to reading. There is nothing which so unfits a maiden or a young wife for her duties as the study of such characters as are presented in the sensational, yellow-covered literature of the day. From the perusal of such questionable works the very worst results accrue. Between the plane upon which such heroes and heroines live and breathe and the one upon which all sensible people exist, there is such antagonism as to make the one wholly incompatible with the other. Consequently, in indulging in the contemplation of such creations and circumstances as form the staple of a vast majority of the publications that now flood the market, is to make war upon common sense, and imbibe such sentiments and general views in relation to our responsibilities as are at once unhealthy and inadmissible. Interesting works, disclosing real knowledge in a popular and fascinating manner, such as those ON THE RELATION BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. 577 on natural history, the manners and customs of the different peoples of the earth, interesting biographies, incidents of travel, and such like, are desirable at all times; and as we cannot but come in contact with works of fiction, our only care in this re- lation should be to select those of fine moral tendencies, that while they give a true insight into human character, and pre- sent vice and virtue in their proper colors, shall lead us on in the paths of progress and religion, until we attain the highest perception of our duties and obligations to the great Author of our being, and the mighty human brotherhood to which we belong. These are considerations of the gravest importance. The young wife, to whom we now address ourselves more particu- larly, can not over-estimate their desirability. The moment she steps across her own threshold, she should, therefore, sur- vey all the circumstances of the case, and begin her wedded life on the only true basis, if a future of usefulness and happi- ness is her aim. Good habits, like evil ones, grow upon one; so that the first move beneath her own roof should be taken with caution, and in the right direction. We all know how difficult it is to retrace a false step, or to redeem lost time. To begin well is a point achieved, and one of the greatest im- portance. The French have an axiom, “ it is only the first step that costs,” and a truer one has seldom been uttered. The in- telligence must, indeed, be obtuse that cannot appreciate its force and its appropriateness at the present moment, or recog- nize the necessity, in relation to both our spiritual and our temporal well-being, of adopting industrious, moral, and tem- perate habits, as well as of never wearying in the pursuit of that which is calculated to strengthen them, and establish them on an immovable basis. Another important desideratum relative to newly-married people is, the cultivation of each other’s society when at all possible, and the constant study of each other’s excellences. These latter traits of character must be kept persistently in the foreground, and be made, so far as practicable, to cover what defects may, at times, peep out on the part of either the wife or the husband. To err is human, and we cannot, therefore, expect absolute perfection in ourselves or in others, so that by taking an occasional peep into our own hearts, we shall be prepared, in a measure, to make allowances for what- ever slight defects may be apparent in those who are near and dear to us. One of the strongest bonds of union between man and wife is that of mutual admiration of each other’s society, a 578 ON THE RELATION BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. similarity of tastes and intellectual pursuits, and a desire to minister to each other’s edification and amusement. No day or hour should pass without the cultivation of the warmest sentiments in this connection, for although the circumstances of business may separate the husband from the wife for many hours daily, yet the magnetism of true love and affection can go forth on its subtle mission, and apprise both that their hearts beat in union, and that they are looking forward alike to the happy evening hour which shall re-unite them. A cultivation of such thoughts and the indulgence of such sweet anticipations will tend to cheer both during their hours of separation, and give the keenest zest to the moment when they shall again meet in a fond and welcome embrace. In this way they can, if they will, make their lives and their homes beautiful ; and so pre- pare the way for the first little stranger who may bless their union, that it shall appear on this stage of existence under the most fortuitous circumstances, and draw its first inspirations in an atmosphere of purity and love, when its mysterious being had been fostered under the conditions indispensable to a healthy physical and mental organization, and in the absence of which the yet unborn babe is subjected to influences the most destructive, and that scarcely ever fail to manifest their baneful results in after years. How obvious, then, the neces- sity of considering, with the most profound caution and atten- tion those characteristics and observances which are alone capable of making the marriage state at all desirable ! Any laxness in this relation will, most assuredly, be attended with lamentable consequences; for the moment the bond of union between a newly-wedded couple becomes tarnished or in any degree a matter of indifference, it begins to dissolve in reality, and often, unfortunately, becomes impatient of the law that makes its total disruption a matter of difficulty or impossibility. Concluding Observations. N jw that we have trodden the sweet mazes of courtship and stepped over the more sacred threshold of married life, we have found how necessary it is for the youth and the maiden on the one hand and the young married couple on the other, to harbor no desires or indulge in no practices calculated to mar the hap- piness which heaven intends should characterize both states of existence. Notwithstanding that we may moralize upon the the rottenness of society, and descant upon its multitudinous vices, it has virtue and decision enough left yet, to punish those ON THE RELATION BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. 579 *rho violate its laws or usages in certain relations. Nor need cnere be the slightest misapprehension on this head. Corrupt as the age may seem to be, it does not hesitate, in all Christian communities at least, to denounce every man or woman of known immoral tendencies ; and will tolerate in him or her absolute dishonesty rather than the absence of virtue, in the sexual ac- ceptation of the term. We are, however, constrained to admit that the law or usage in this connection is more inexorable in relation to the woman than in that of the man. This is an injustice, but it is useless to kick against it, from the fact that it will always obtain. It is then of the most vital importance that both married and single should accept these facts fully ; and, even upon the low plane of selfishness, avoid the transgres- sion of those laws, and eschew indulgence in any excesses or improprieties attended with such disgraceful and embarrassing results. But no matter how circumspect and cautious a young married or unmarried couple may endeavor to be in the observance of the duties appertaining to courtship or those belonging to wed- lock, unless a sincere recognition of their responsibility to heaven and an ardent desire to do what is right in its sight underlie all their endeavors. Where we find, in either sex, the slightest tendency to matrimonial relations, we must pre-suppose a matured understanding, to some extent at least, and be influ- enced by the inference that the hour of accountability has arrived. Hence the necessity, on the part of the young who approach the threshold of matrimony, and those who have just crossed it, of cultivating a proper reverence for things of a divine nature, and of asking daily if not hourly for that desire to do right and that strength to perform it which comes only from above. The soul that becomes wholly absorbed in mere selfish gratifications and the pursuits of wealth, however, has fallen from its high estate, and estranges itself from the enjoy- ment of true earthly happiness ; for there can be no God where the love of gain reigns supreme. Industrious habits and a laudable desire of independence, are quite compatible with our duty towards the Creator and our fellow men; and this is the more obvious, as our worldly prospects are invariably enhanced through a strict performance of our obligations in this direc- tion. The day that is begun with a clear perception of our responsibilities, and a determination, under heaven, to perform them, come what may, generally terminates happily, and lays the foundation for a morrow more cheerful and prosperous still. The life is more than meat and the body more than raiment ; 580 ON THE RELATION BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. and as we minister to both daily, so shall our reward be. Although disgusting and ruinous above all things, that sloth and idleness whose doom is misery and whose costume is rags, it is scarcely more reprehensible than that devouring love of gain which so petrifies the heart as to make it impervious to any of those ennobling sentiments which dignify humanity and link us to the skies. We have evidence upon evidence of the truth of this assertion, and are only surprised at such constantly recurring examples before our own eyes of the fact that the struggle for material wealth on the part of both married and single continues, in so many cases, to be at the expense of soul and body. No man or woman, whatever his or her condition or years, can enjoy this life to the fullest, without sufficient rest and recreation. The quality and quantity of food, or of the textile fabrics from which clothing is manufactured, may be modified to some extent to meet our emergencies, but evil ensues at once should we deny ourselves sufficient sleep, or such recreation as may be necessary to recuperate our energies, both mental and physical. There is nothing gained by overtaxing our powers in any relation whatever, for nature will assert her claims, and rebel against any persistent encroachments upon her rights, in the ultimate form of disease or death. In the pursuit of their daily avocations, then, those who are constrained to labor for their bread must be cautions that they not permit their whole exist- ence to be absorbed in the struggle to obtain this world’s goods; but rather, when the legitimate hours for labor have been in- dustriously spent, give themselves up to the culture of their minds; and, if married, to those fireside joys in which the cares of the day are so soon forgotten, and which tend to both form and confirm those habits of temperance and moral excellence, without which life becomes a burden, and the ends of creation are frustrated. The desire to accumulate wealth, however laudable, is at- tended with great danger, and should never be permitted to gain too great an ascendency over us. And here is just where the golden mean should be observed ; and happy is the young husband or wife who is able to adopt it understanding^ ; and, while they labor to better their circumstances should they be restricted, persistently regard whatever gold they may acquire as simply an agent for good, placed within their control by Providence, and who, winning it upon an upright, humane, and generous basis, overtaxes neither body nor mind in its acquisi- tion. And then, again, supposing fortune should prove adverse. ON THE RELATION BETWEEN MAN AND WIFvE. 081 and cause the light to burn low upon the hearthstone of the frugal, industrious, moral, and loving pair, how beautiful may the mission of both become if they only regard their lot as apportioned to them by Him who makes all things work together for good. Should such a conviction obtain on the part of the wife, while the influence of religion enables her to bow meekly to the chastening rod, then shine forth those angel qualities which are more luminous than light itself, and which go far to rob the darkest hour of its gloom. And cold indeed must be the heart of the husband that could be insensible to the benign influence of such a worthy helpmeet, or that could not sympathize with those noble efforts to render his lot less burdensome, and to prompt him to still labor and hope on with cheerful resignation. It is in this relation, as in all others of adversity, that the angel in the pure woman most shines forth ; and, feeling as we do, that not only here, but in various other directions, her mission is one of the most exalted, we are anxious that no untoward circumstances shall be permitted to embarrass it in the way of habits or associations, and that she shall be always surrounded by those only who are examples of goodness and of truth, and who feel that the highest aim of human existence is to glorify the Creator in endeavoring to attain the most exalted point of mental, moral, and physical excellence. As observed in a former portion of our remarks on the train- ing of the young of both sexes, much of the success that is hoped for, will, if it ever obtain, be based mainly upon the foundation laid in childhood by their parents. And here we again advert to the grave responsibility which attaches to the latter respect- ing the education and the formation of the habits of their chil- dren. In this connection we have endeavored to point out with the utmost clearness the prominent rocks and quicksands upon which even children have been early wrecked ; and in following up the question have shown that our remarks applied equally to the case of the youth or maiden who was verging towards the momentous though fascinating precincts of matri- mony. We have intimated, also, that the condition of the wife during pregnancy and the rule of her temper influenced her offspring to an extraordinary extent. This latter is a fact of such tremendous importance, that it ought to be engraven upon the heart of every young maiden, and upon that of every wife who is likely to become a mother; for it has been ascertained beyond a shadow of doubt that the indulgence of angry passions, tempers, or humors, during pregnancy, or while the child yet hangs at the breast, is almost invariably fraught with the direst 582 ON THE RELATION BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. consequences to the unsuspecting and helpless little stranger. Should any disquieting influences continue to disturb the young wife at such periods, the babe, whether born or unborn, carries in its physical structure or in its mental, the terrible impress of the fact through life ; so that not only must the embryo be conceived under circumstances the most desirable — whether mental, moral, or physical — but be nursed in this atmosphere until it reaches that stage of maturity when it is to be born a child into this world. In fact, it is now thoroughly understood that at the moment of conception the frame of mind in which either parent may be, or the leading sentiment which pervades the mind of either — or again the physical condition of either — is sure to impress itself in these relations upon the mysterious entity which is yet to live and move and breathe; and such being the case, we shall lend further weight to our remarks on this vital topic, by extracting the following important observa- tions on the subject from a recent work of a well known physi- cian : “ In France, one person out of every thirteen hundred becomes subject to legal punishment. But of infants abandoned in the streets by their mothers, one out of everyone hundred and fifty- eight reaches the State Prison. With this view, eminent men have advised that it would be better to let them all die. But this shows the importance of parental training. The parents should mould the character of their children, not only after they are born, but before. It is the taint in the blood, the mental and moral conditions of the mother while the infant feeds on her milk. A case lately occurred where the mother became uncontrollably enraged at her husband. In half an hour she calmed down and put her infant to the breast; it fell into convulsions, and died. “ Other cases are given, leading to the inference that if within an hour or two of any violent mental emotion the impregnating act follows, the offspring has that predominating trait through life. Nothing else so well accounts for the diversity of charac- ter among children of the same parents. The idea merits thoughtful consideration, that a temporary condition of the mind, of a very decided character, impresses itself on the off- spring. That condition of mind may not be common to either parent, may not exist once in a year, but its existence gives the tinge — the hue — to temperament and constitution. Aaron Burr's father was a clergyman, the son of a clergyman, and of irreproachable character; his mother the daughter of a clergy- man, of mind and morals and social position nowhere excelled— ON THE RELATIONS BETWEEN MAN AND WIFE. 583 seldom equaled. The youthful pair were brought up in all the innocence and purity of a model family of educated, elevated Christian principles. But impure thoughts come to all at times, — so do doubt and infidelity to the Christian faith. These may have existed at critical times during gestation in the mother, or previously, in the father; for the offspring was a compound of mental power and moral degradation — villainous, traitorous, unprincipled, and impure.” We now draw these brief articles to a close; but before pen- ning the last sentence, we would implore parents and guardians, and all concerned, to ponder long and seriously over the solemn and important truths they contain. No more vital subject can possibly engross the mind of a man or that of woman, inasmuch as it involves the health and happiness of the rising generation, as well as the interests of millions yet unborn. To parents especially, we would address a few concluding words; because, as we have already observed, upon them rests, in a measure, the great weight of the responsibility relative to the future of their children and their bearing upon society, not to speak of their final happiness when they shuffle off this mortal coil. We need not recapitulate the arguments we have used, or the facts we have multiplied so copiously. The way is plain to the most perfect success, if it is only trodden cautiously, cheer- fully, and with reliance upon the Divine Will. Let them then to whom God has given increase, accept the trust at His hands in a proper spirit, determined to do their duty whatever betide, and there is not the slightest fear of the result. And let the maiden and her lover, and the wife and her husband, learn in the same spirit of love and meekness, relying on each other mutually for assistance, under heaven, in carrying out the pre- cepts and instructions here laid down, and all will be well. OLD AGE "•§ 3 3®Es§-- Care, Diseases and treatment. — 1 Threescore years and ten is now the general term ofhuman existence, whatever it might have been in the times of Biblical history. With women the fifty-third, and with men the sixtieth year, may generally be considered the age at which they respec- tively begin to exhibit signs of infirmity and decrepitude. Diseases incidental to this stage of life then come into play, and their effect upon the habit and constitution are soon manifest. Especially do such hereditary diseases as gout, gravel, rheuma- tism, apoplexy, and paralysis, arise, to make a wreck of the constitution ; and cancer, more particularly in women, commits Its ravages, eating into the springs and sources of life, and de- stroying its victims with deadly certainty. Now it is that any excesses committed in the earlier periods of life, and habitual infringements of the laws of health, are found to have told upon the constitution, although this was not apparent in the full vigor of manhood. Now it is that we find impaired powers of respiration^ and of secretion, and of digestion, rendering it necessary to be careful in the air we breathe, the exercise we take, and the food we eat. The latter should be light and nutritious, taken in small quantities, and at short intervals; if meat, and the teeth are defective, it should be minced before cooking, or cut up small afterwards. There can be no doubt but that the more simply and naturally people live, the longer will be their stay in this world ; and although contentment of mind, healthy occupation, and a salub- rious residence are great essentials to longevity, the want of these advantages is greatly aggravated by intemperate living and a thoughtless disregard of the precautions necessary in every position in life. Poverty is a great disturber of repose, and painful indeed is it where embarrassments beset the “ old man,” but the very idea of it should cause us to be thrifty while young. There is no other remedy, if we cannot help ourselves and have no friends to assist, than to bear up with all the philosophy we 68 4 OLD age: its care and its diseases. 585 can muster. It is but for a short time, and the period to all must arrive when there is no distinction or precedence. Meals. — Sleep. — It is best for old people to take din- ner early, and a light supper always, unless there is some peculiarity in the state of the health to render this unadvisable. Early to bed, but not early to rise, is the rule at this period of life; the aged require much sleep, or, at all events, much rest, for with them deep sleep is commonly of short duration, and recumbent position affords all the rest they need ; retired a* they commonly are from the busy occupations of life, they Know not the weariness which results from active exertion, either of the physical or mental powers. Narcotics should never be taken to produce sleep, unless the wakefulness be occasioned by some painful disease. Exercise should be taken by old persons as long as their failing powers permit, but not be carried to the extent of great fatigue. Warmth is essential to their comfort and health; they should be wrapped in flannel, and kept in an equable tempera- ture ; it has been noticed that on the setting-in of a frost, the number of old people who have died of apoplexy and paralysis has much increased. Cleanliness, although often neglected by the aged, or those who have the care of them, is very necessary to the preserva- tion of life ; the body should be frequently sponged with tepid water, and afterwards rubbed with a rough towel; the feet should be often washed, and the face and hands kept perfectly clean. Amusement is as necessary to the old as to the young, but it should be of a quiet, unexciting nature. If unable to read themselves, they should be read to, and talked to, and listened to, for one of the greatest pleasures of old age consists of old memories and associations. Aged persons live very much in a world of the past, and if sometimes tediously garrulous, it should be remembered that from them this world, with its exciting hopes and depressing cares, is rapidly passing away; and that in the circle of life, with them nearly completed, the beginning and the end approach each other, until they finally join, — birth and death forming the uniting points. Medical Treatment for Old Age. — Medicines for the old should be of a warm and somewhat stimulating nature ; alkalines should be avoided, unless absolutely required for the counteraction of a tendency to acid in gout or gravel, and then 586 OLD age: its care and its diseases. their action should be carefully watched, as a long continuance of them may probably create a greater evil than that which they are intended to obviate. The blear eyes with which old persons are often affected, may be somewhat relieved by a collyrium of sulphate of zinc, about six grains in an ounce of distilled water, — the eyes to be damped occasionally with a piece of lint dipped in the liquid. Aperients are often required by old people, but violent purgatives seldom ; these last should be avoided as much as possible; also mercurials, except in very small doses; and neu- tral salts, which are of too cold and griping a nature. Com- pound infusion of senna, with a little tincture of ginger, gentian or cardamums, added to impart warmth, and relieve the ten- dency to flatulency so common at this period of life, may be safely given. About an ounce of the compound decoction of aloes is a good stomachic aperient ; but if there is a tendency to piles, half an ounce of castor-oil, in a little gin and water, is good for those whose urinary organs require stimulating ; the action of these should be carefully watched, and medical advice obtained on the slightest symptom of derangement, as the want of proper attention in time frequently entails consequences which render the after years those of misery and discomfort. Voiding the urine with old people is a work of time and diffi- culty; it should always be performed when the inclination arises, and never in a hurried and imperfect manner. Five grains of the compound rhubarb pill, given at bed- time every night, or as often as required, is a good mild aperi- ent for the aged, but it should be fresh and soft, as should all pills, or they will probably pass through the bowels unchanged. Oatmeal gruel, with figs or baked apples, will, of themselves, often prove sufficiently relaxing ; if so, it is best to avoid aperi- ent medicines altogether. For treatment of the diseases to which the aged are particularly liable, reference must be made to their several heads. On Death. — Death, in its natural order, is not an evil. A state of endless life on earth, with our present organization, is as repugnant as the idea of total annihilation hereafter. A life perfect in all its stages is desirable, but few attain it. If men lived more true, useful and happy lives, longevity would be far more general. Life is of value only as a means of improvement and happi- ness, — deprive it of these, and it is valueless. Those who live longest in reality are those who accomplish the most good. OLD age: its care and its diseases. 587 The process of death is the reverse of the process of de- velopment. The generative functions fail first, the animal next, and the organic becomes impotent last. In the act of death, the animal life — that system of passion, thought and sen- sation — dies before the organic system. After the senses have lost their power to feel, and the brain has lost its consciousness, the chest expands, the heart beats, the muscles perform their motions as usual. What are termed the agonies of death are only the unconscious and painless struggles of the organic sys- tem, — in the midst of which the soul is triumphant, serene and happy; in its new-found freedom, it rejoices in a higher and brighter sphere of existence.' Natural death, which is the gradual decay of the system in old age, is as painless as any other healthy and natural function, (t is not a proper cause of regret to the individual nor to his survivors. The calm death, which follows at the close of a long and welbspent life, is the most beautiful thing in our whole ex- istence. We may weep over the dying couch of infancy; we may sorrow for those who are cut off in youth or manhood. This earthly life, to them, has been a failure. It has not an- swered its purpose. It has not been lived in its integrity. Even after a long life, we may regret that it has been less use- ful, or less happy than it should be. Amid the discordances of our present social state, there are everywhere infinite causes for regret ; but even now, death is welcome to the aged, — joy- fully welcome to all who know the uses of life, and have per- formed their allotted part; ffiey can then — e< Like ri x ^e fruit drop Into our Mother’s lap, or be with ease Gathered, not harshly plucked ’* FOOD FOR INFANTS Starchy Food. Arrowroot, sago, corn-starch, etc., are generally held to be healthy and nutritious for infants, yet every physician can furnish numerous in- stances of feeble and sickly children who have been fed on such food. The digestive organs of the infant are not sufficiently strong to convert this starchy substance into nourishment. It clogs and impedes the ac- tion of the whole system, while the little helpless victim is gradually be- ing starved. English “Pap.” English and French infants, when fed by hand, are almost entirely fed on “pap,” made as follows : Pour boiling water on a small piece of light white bread, cover and let it stand for a moment, then pour off the water. The softened bread is then put into a stewpan and a little more water added and allowed to come to a boil, then add a lump white sugar and a little milk. This is excellent food where the mother can only partially nurse the child. Cow’s Milk. An exclusive diet of cow’s milk is too rich for the stomach of young children. Good cow’s milk may be diluted by one-half or one- third of boiling water and sweeten slightly with white sugar. Use only one cow’s milk. A thin, strained gruel of the best prepared barley, with a little milk and sugar added, makes an excellent change from a milk diet. Care should be exercised not to make the food of infants too sweet, it causes thirst and disorders the stomach. Infant’s Broth. When a baby has passed his third month, a little chicken or mutton broth is not objectionable ; to prepare, cut up finely a pound of lean mutton, put into a small jar, cover with cold water, then set the jar into warm water and bring to a boil ; let it simmer about six hours, strain and add a little salt, no spices. Treat part of a chicken the same way for chicken broth. Baby Pudding. Grate a little stale bread, pour on boiling water until it becomes a pulp, stir in the yolk of an egg and grain of salt. This quantity should fill a teacup, in which boil it fifteen minutes. 688 Food for the Sick-Room vrOod cooking and good nursing are of paramount importance in the invalid’s chamber. The improvement of the patient depends, almost if not more in some cases, upon careful nursing and properly prepared food, as upon the skillful physician. The sick-chamber should be kept carefully ventilated, thoroughly cleansed of all foulness, and the room made as cheerful as possible. Food is medicine, but, like drugs from the apothecary shop, it fails in its mission when improperly prepared, and often the best prepared food is spoiled by want of care and punctuality in serving. Indian or Oat Meal Gruel. This simple refreshment is invaluable in sickness, and is made with little trouble and less expense, yet it is very seldom prepared exactly right. One tablespoonful of fine Indian or oat meal, mixed smooth with cold water and a little salt ; pour upon this a pint of boiling water, and turn into a sauce-pan to boil gently for half an hour ; thin it with boiling water if it thickens too much, and stir frequently ; when it is done a tablespoonful of cream or a little new milk may be put in to cool it after straining, but if the patient’s stomach is weak, it is best without either. Some persons like it sweetened and a little nutmeg added, but to many it is more palatable plain. Arrow Root Gruel. Add a teaspoonful of arrow root to half a pint of boiling water ; mix well, add half a pint of milk and boil together for two or three minutes ; sweeten to the taste. A little lemon juice or wine may be ad' ded. Wheat Balls. Tie half a pint of wheat flour in thick cotton, and boil it three or four hours ; then dry the lump, and grate it when you use it. Prepare a gruel of it by making a thin paste, and pouring into boiling milk and water, and flavor with salt. This is good for teething children. 589 590 COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. Panada. Break into a bowl three good sized crackers (arrow root or oat meal are nice) broken into small pieces ; pour upon them boiling water and cover close for a minute, then add a tablespoonful of white sugar and a little pure milk. It is an excellent breakfast or supper for a child or an invalid. Instead of the milk the juice of a lemon may be squeezed in and another teaspoonful of sugar added, if there is fever. Thickened Milk. With a little milk, mix smooth a tablespoonful of flour and a pinch of salt. Pour upon it a quart of boiling milk, and when it is thorough- ly mixed, put all back into the saucepan and boil up at once, being careful not to burn, and stirring all the time, to keep it perfectly smooth and free from lumps. Serve with slices of dry toast. It is excellent for •diarrhoea ; this alone will often cure it by scorching the flour before mix- ing with the milk. Water Gruel. Corn or oat meal two tablespoonfuls, water one quart ; boil for ten or fifteen minutes, and add sugar or salt, if desired by the patient. Ground Rice Gruel. Ground rice one heaping tablespoonful, ground cinnamon half a teaspoonful, water one quart ; boil slowly for fifteen or twenty minutes, add the cinnamon when it is nearly done boiling, strain and sweeten. Sago Gruel. Sago two tablespoonfuls, water one pint, boil until it thickens, fre- quently stirring. Wine, sugar and and nutmeg may be used if desirable. Suet Boiled in Rice. Take some rice milk (boiled rice and milk), and boil it. When nearly boiled enough, add a dessertspoonful of beef suet, already minced as small as bread crumbs. Boil slowly for a few minutes, and take off the scum as it rises. Or the suet may be inclosed in a muslin bag. It must be eaten hot. Milk and Eggs. Beat up a fresh egg with a grain of salt, pour upon it a pint of boiling milk, stirring it all the time. Serve hot, with or without toast. It is good in case of weakness for an early breakfast, or for a traveller before starting on a journey. Soft Boiled Eggs. Fresh eggs for invalids who like them cooked soft, should be put in a pan of boiling water, and set on a part of the stove where they will COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 591 not boil for several minutes. At the end of that time they will be like jelly, perfectly soft, but beautifully done and quite digestible by even weak stomachs. Soft Custard. Milk, a pint. Place it to boil; while boiling, take of eggs, three ; separate them, and beat up the yolks with sugar enough to sweeten to the taste, and with corn-starch, a teaspoonful, rubbed in smoothly. Then pour this egg and corn-starch mixture into the pint of boiling milk. Boil for a few minutes, and stir constantly to prevent lumping and burning. When the whole becomes a thick, creamy mass, remove. Have ready, in a dish, some stale sponge-cake, slightly wet with brandy or wine. Pour the custard over it, and cover all with the white of the three eggs whipped stiff, with a half teacupful of pulverized sugar, aiic flavored with vanilla. Egg Toast. Make a soft toast and have ready one or more fresh eggs, which have been boiled twenty minutes ; remove the shells, cut them in slices and place upon the toast, with a little butter, pepper and salt ; without the butter they may be eaten with impunity by the most delicate invalid, as an egg cooked for twenty minutes is really more easy of digestion than one that is termed “boiled soft.” Dry Toast. Cut your slices of bread even and not too thick. Toast before a clear fire, a nice light brown. Cover with a napkin and serve quickly while it is hot. Dry toast is not always good for invalids, especially when the bowels are confined and it is desirable to keep them open. In this case Graham bread not toasted is much better. Milk Toast. This is a favorite dish with nearly all sick people, when they are getting well. Cut stale bread in rather thin slices, toast a fine brown and lay them in a deep dish. Meanwhile boil a quart of new milk in a lined sauce pan in which you have first put a very little cold water, to prevent burning. As soon as it boils pour it over the toast, cover and serve quick. For an invalid no butter should be put in the milk. Some peo- ple put in a thickening of flour, but this spoils it for many. “Soft” Toast. Some invalids like this very much indeed, and nearly all do when it is nicely made. Toast well, but not too brown, a couple of thin slices of bread ; 592 COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. put them on a warm plate and pour over boiling water ; cover quickly with another plate of the same size and drain the water off ; remove the upper plate, butter the toast, put it in the oven one minute and then cover again with a hot plate and serve at once. Beef Tea. Cut up a pound of rump steak into small pieces, and put it into a bottle (wide mouthed fruit jar) putting a very small quantity of luke- warm water into the bottle with it, cork tightly and put the bottle into a kettle of warm water ; the water should be allowed to boil for a consid- erable time ; the bottle should then be removed and the juice drained off. The tea may be salted a little and a teaspoonful given at a time. Mutton Tea. Take one pound of mutton, remove the fat and cut the meat in small pieces ; pour half a pint of boiling water over it, and let it stand near a fire for half an hour, and then boil for one hour, strain through a sieve or cloth, add salt to suit the taste. A very nourishing diet. Chicken Tea. Take off the skin and all the fat of the fowl, and boil it till very tender, with just sufficient water to cover it, and add a little salt. Take the chicken out of the liquor when boiled, and let the liquor remain till cold to let all the fat rise to the surface, which should then be skimmed off. The tea should be heated when given to the patient. It is a very delicate, nourishing food, and will set well on the stomach when so weak as to be able to retain but little food. Another Beef Tea. The latest and most approved method of making beef tea, is to take a half pound of good steak, broil slightly over hot coals ; then lay (nto a shallow dish, and with a sharp knife, gash it on both sides until it is cut into mere shreds ; then pour a half pint of boiling water over it, and scrape hard for a few moments, when all the nutriment of the beef will be extracted. This is the easiest, quickest, and by many thought to be the best method. Flax Seed Tea. Take an ounce of flaxseed and a little pounded licorice root and pour on a pint of boiling water ; place the vessel near near a fire for four hours ; strain through a linen or cotton cloth. Oat Meal Coffee. Mix common oat meal and water to form cake. Bake it until it is brown, then grind it in a coffee mill ; take about a tablespoonful for one COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 593 pint of water and boil it five minutes. This is good for checking ob- stinate vomiting or distress in the stomach, when caused by drinking too much ice water. Barley Coffee. Roast barley until well brown, and boil a teaspoonful of it in a pint of water for five minutes ; strain and add a little sugar if desired. This is a nourishing drink toward the close of fever and during conva- lescence. Toast Water. Toast slightly a piece of bread and add to it boiling water ; it may be sweetened, if preferred, and flavored with a little lemon or orange peel. Rice Water. Take two ounces of rice and two quarts of water ; boil an hour or so and add a little sugar ; a little nutmeg or lemon may be used to fla- vor, if the patient likes it. Apple Water. Roast two tart apples until they are soft, put them in a pitcher, pour upon them a pint of cold water and let it stand in a cool place an hour. It is used in fevers and eruptive diseases and does not require sweetening. Lemonade. This is invaluable in fevers and also in rheumatic affections. Rub the lemons soft, cut them half through the center and squeeze out the juice. Take out the seeds with a teaspoon. Put two tablespoonfuls of white sugar to each lemon, and fill up with cold or boiling water accor- ding as you desire the lemonade hot or cold. Two medium sized lem- ons will make a pint or more. Chicken Broth. Take half a chicken, remove all the fat, cut the meat in small pieces and break the bones ; put into a vessel with three pints of boil- ing water ; boil for an hour, season with salt and strain. Lamb Broth. Stew a lamb chop in a quart of water until it comes to shreds, add a tablespoonful of barley or rice, and a little salt and onion, if desired. Strain, and add a little parsley. Vegetable Soup. Take two Irish potatoes, one onion and a piece of bread ; place them m a quart of water, and boil down to a pint, in a closely covered vessel ; add a little celery or parsley towards the close of th( boiling. Salt and pepper may be employed at pleasure. 594 COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. Oyster Soup. Take of oysters, a half dozen, milk, a teacupful, with enough liq- uor of the oysters to make a bowl, a few allspice and cloves, a nice lump* of butter, pepper and salt. Bring to a boil and skim. Then throw in the oysters and simmer. Add a few toasted crackers before removing from the fire. Mucilage of Elm Bark. Place about a teaspoonful of ground elm bark in a pint of cold water ; this may be drank after an hour or two. If more agreeable to the patient, it may be flavored with lemon juice or essence of lemon. It is very beneficial in cases of inflammation of the stomach or bladder, etc. Alum Whey. Take a pint of sweet milk and add a tablespoonful of powdered alum, then boil and strain ; this is useful In diarrhoea, dysentery and in- flammation of the stomach. The curd forms an excellent poultice for inflammation of the eyes. Mustard Whey. Take a tablespoonful of mustard seed and one pint of sweet milk, boil together for a few minutes and separate the curd. This is a very useful drink in dropsy. Vinegar Whey. Take a pint of milk and one teaspoonful of good vinegar ; boil them together for a few minutes and separate the curd. Orange Whey. Take a pint of milk, the juice of an orange with a portion of the peel, boil the milk then add the orange to it and let it stand until goag- ulation takes place, then strain. Oat Meal Pudding. Take a half teacup of oat meal, add one pint cold water ; put into a tin dish and place the dish in a kettle of water and boil slowly for two hours, adding more hot water if necessary. Another excellent way to cook oatmeal is to steam it. Tapioca Cup Pudding. This is very light and delicate for invalids. An even tablespoonful of tapioca soaked for two hours in nearly a cup of new milk. Stir into this the yolk of a fresh egg, a little sugar, a grain of salt, and bake in a cup for fifteen minutes. A little jelly may be eaten with it or a few fresh strawberries. COOKERY FOR THE SICK-ROOM. 595 Invalid Cup Pudding. One tablespoonful of flour, one egg ; mix with cold milk and a pinch of salt to a batter. Boil fifteen minutes in a buttered cup. Eat with sauce, -l'ruits or plain sugar. Invalid Apple Pie. Slice up one or more nice, tart apples in a saucer, sweeten with white sugar and cover with a moderately thick slice of bread, buttered slightly on the under side. When the bread is nicely browned, the ap- ples, if of a tender kind and thinly sliced, will be done. Roast Apples. These can nearly always be eaten with safety, when they are eaten with relish. Choose good sized, fair apples of a tart and juicy, but not of a sour kind. Rub them off clean, and put them in rather a slow ov- en, which may increase in warmth, so that they shall be thoroughly done in an hour. When so soft that the savory pulp breaks through the browned skin in every direction, take them out, sift white sugar over them, and carry one at a time on a saucer to the patient. Stewed Prunes. These are extremely good in small pox, measles, scarlet fever, and the like, both as food and medicine. Get the box prunes, as they will not need washing, and because they are generally of a much better quality than the open sort. Soak them for an hour in cold water, then put them in a porcelain lined sauce pan with a little more water if nec- essary and a little coffee or crushed sugar. Cover and let them stew slowly an hour, or until they are swollen large and quite soft. They are excellent as an accompaniment to breakfast for a sick woman. Baked Partridge. Clean the partridge as you would a chicken to roast. Fill with raw oysters, seasoned with butter, pepper and salt. Sew it up. Place in the oven, well wrapped with butter, and bake. Broiled Oysters. Toast some bread. Butter, and pour the liquor of oysters over the toast ; set in the oven. Then broil the oysters on a small gridiron, and place them over the toast, with butter and pepper. Panned Oysters. Take of butter, a large piece, and put into a right hot pan. Liquor of oysters, pour into the pan ; so soon as hot, add the oysters, and sea- son light. Use no milk. A few tablespoonfuls of Maderia wine may be added just before taking from the fire. SCIENTIFIC NAMES AND DOCTORS’ PHRASES EXPLAINED. y-H-H MEDICAL DICTIONARY. Ab-do'-men. phragm. Ab-lu'-tion. Ab-nor'-mal. A-bor'-tion. A-bra'-sion. The belly, or the lower part of the body below the dia- Cleansing by water ; washing of the body externally. Unnatural ; not according to rule ; irregular. Birth of a child before the proper time. A superficial wound produced by rubbing off of the skin. Ab-sorb'-ent. Glands and vessels which absorb or suck up substances from within or without ; also medicines which absorb, or combine with acid matter in the stomach or bowels. Ac-couch-eur' (ak-koosh-ur'). A man who attends women in child- birth. Ac-e-tab'-u-lum. The socket that receives the head of the thigh bone. A-cho'-li-a. Deficiency of bile. A-cid. Acrid ; sour, sharp, pungent, bitter or biting to the taste. Ac'-tual Cau-ter-y. Burning or searing with a hot iron ; used in sur- gery. Ac-u-punc'-ture (ak-u-punk r -ture). Pricking with needles ; one of the operations of surgery. A-cute f . Diseases of short duration, attended with violent symptoms ; the reverse of chronic. Ad-he'-sive. Tenacious, sticky ; apt or tending to adhere. Ad-he'-sive Plas-ter. Sticking plaster. Ad'-i-pose. Matter, membrane or tissue ; fat. Ad'-ju-vant. A substance added to a prescription to aid the opera- tion of the principal ingredient. Adult' Age. A person grown to full size or strength ; manhood or womanhood. 596 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 597 Af-fec'-tion. Disorder, disease, malady. Al-bu'-men. The white of an egg. It is an essential constituent of animal bodies. Al-bu'-mi-nose. A substance produced in the stomach during diges- tion. Al'-i-ment. Nourishment, nutrition ; anything necessary for the sup- port of life. Al-i-ment'-a-ry Ca-nal. The tube by which aliments are conveyed through the body ; it is composed of the mouth, pharynx, esopha- gus, stomach and intestines. Al'-ka-li (li or le). A substance which, when united to acids, neutral- izes them. Al'-ter-a-tive. A remedy which slowly changes the condition of the system. Al-ve'-o-lar. Relating to the sockets of the teeth. Al -vine. Relating to the intestines. Am-aur-o'-sis. A loss or decay of sight, produced by various causes. A-mel'-i-o-ra'-tion. Becoming better; improvement in stages of a disease. Am-en-or-rhe'-a. An obstruction of the menstrual discharges. Am-ni-ot'-ic Liquid. The fluid surrounding the foetus in the womb. Am-pu-ta'-tion. The operation of cutting off a limb or other part of the body. A-na-sar'-ca. A dropsy of the whole body ; a general dropsy. A-nas'-to-mose. To communicate with each other; applied to arter- ies and veins. A-nat'-o-my. Study of the structure of the body. An-chy-lo'-sis (ank-y-lo'-sis). Stiffness of the joint. An-em'-i-a. Poverty of blood ; a comparatively bloodless state. An-es-the'-sia. Numbness or paralysis of sensation. An'-eu-rism. A soft tumor, caused by the rupture of the coats of an artery. An-i-mal'-cules. Animals so small as to be visible only with a micro- scope. An r -o-dyne. Any medicine which allays pain and induces sleep. Ant'-a-cid. A substance which neutralizes acids ; alkalies are antacids. An f -thel-min-tic (an'-thel-min-tik). A medicine that destroys worms. An'-thrax. A dusky red or purplish kind of tumor, occurring in the neck. 598 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. An-ti-bil'-ious (an-ti-bil'-yus) . A medicine counteractive of bilious complaints. An'-ti-dote. A protective against, or remedy for, poison or any dis- ease. An-ti-dys-enter'-ic (an-ti-dys-in-ter'-ik). A remedy for dysentery. An-ti-e-met'-ic (an-ti-e-met'-ik). A remedy to check or allay vomit- ing. An-ti-lith f -ic (an-ti-lith'-ik). A medicine to prevent or remove urina- ry calculi or gravel. An-ti-mor-bif‘-ic. Anything to prevent or remove disease. An-ti-scorbu'-tic. A remedy used for the scurvy. An-ti-sep'-tic (an-ti-sep'-tik). Whatever resists or removes putrefac- tion or mortification. An-ti-spas-mod'-ic. Medicines which relieve cramps, spasms, and convulsions. A-nus. The orifice of the alimentary canal, of which it is the outlet. A-or'-ta. The great artery from the heart. Ap'-a-thy. Insensibility to mental or bodily pain. A-pe'-ri-ent. A mild purgative or laxative. A-pex. The top or summit. A-pha'-si-a. A lack of the power of speech, caused often by an at- tack of apoplexy. A-pho'-nia. A loss of the voice. Ap f -pe-tite. A desire for food or drink. A-ro'-ma. Agreeable odor of plants and other substances. Ar-o-mat'-ic. A fragrant, spicy medicine. Ar'-te-ry. A vessel that conveys the blood from the heart to the or- gans. Ar-thro'-di-a. A joint movable in every direction. Ar-tic-u-la'-tion. The union of bones with each other, as at the joints. Ar-tic'-u-lated. Having joints. As-car'-i-des. Pinworms or threadworms found in the lower portion of the bowels. As-ci'-tes. Dropsy of the abdomen. As-phyx'-ia. Suspended animation ; apparent death, as from drown- ing. As-sim-i-la r -tion. The process by which the fo-^^ is changed into tissue. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 500 As-then'-ic. Debilitated. As-trin'-gent. A medicine which contracts or puckers up the tissues of the body, thereby checking discharges. At'-o-ny. Debility ; want of tone ; defect of muscular power. At'-ro-phy. A wasting of flesh and loss of strength without any sen- sible cause. At-ten'-u-ants. Medicines for reducing the body. Au'-ri-cle. A cavity of the heart. Aus'-cul-ta'-tion. The art of detecting disease by listening to the sounds of the lungs, heart, etc. Ax-il'-la. The armpit ; hence axillary, pertaining to the armpit. Ax'-il-lary Glands. Situated in the armpit, secreting a fluid of pe- culiar odor. Bal-sam'-ics. Medicines employed for healing purposes. Bi-en'-ni-al. Continuing alive for two years. Bile or Gall. A fluid secreted by the liver, which promotes digestion. Blis'-ter. A thin watery bladder on the skin. Bou'-gie (boo'-zhe). A taper body introduced into a passage or sinus to keep it open or enlarge it. Bright’s Disease. A serious disease of the kidneys. Bron'-chi-al. Pertaining to the branches of the windpipe in the lungs. Bul'-bous. Round or roundish. Ca-chex'-y (ca-keks'-y). A bad state of the body. It may be caus- ed by blood poisons. Cal'-cu-li. Gravel and stone found in the kidneys and bladder. Cal'-lous. Hard or firm. Ca-lor'-ic. Heat. Cap'-il-la-ry. Fine, hair-like. Cap'-sule. A dry, hollow vessel containing the seed or fruit. Car '-bon. Charcoal. Car-bon'-ic Acid Gas. A gas of two parts of oxygen and one part of carbon. Ca'-ri-es. Ulceration of a bone. Car-min'-a-tives. Medicines which allay pain by expelling wind from the stomach and bowels. Ca-rot'-id Artery. The great arteries of the neck that convey blood to the heart. Car'-ti-lage. A hard elastic substance of the body ; gristle. 600 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Cat-a-me'-ni-a. The menses, or monthly discharges of women. Cat'-a-plasm. A poultice. Ca-tarrh' (ka-tar'). A discharge from the head or throat. Ca-thar'-tic. Purgative ; a medicine that cleanses the bowels. Cath'-e-ter. A curved instrument introduced into the bladder through the urethra for drawing off the urine, Caus'-tic. Burning; a substance which burns or corrodes living tis- sues. Cau'-ter-y. A burning or searing any part of the animal body. Cell. A small elementary form found in vegetable and animal tissue Cer'-e-bel'-lum. The lower and back part of the brain. Cer'-e-bral. Relating to the brain. Cer '-e-brum. The upper and front part of the brain. Cer'-e-bro-Spi'-nal. Pertaining to the brain and spinal cord. Ce-ru'-men. The ear wax. Cha-lyb'-e-ate (ka-lib'-e-ate). Containing iron in solution, as occur- ring in mineral springs. Chan'-cre (shank'-er). A venereal or syphlitic sore. Chol'-a-gogues. Medicines that increase the flow of bile, as calo- mel and podophyllin. Chol'-er-ic (kol'-er-ic) . Easily irritated; irritable. Chor-dee'. A painful drawing up of the penis. It occurs in gono- rhea. Chron'-ic. Continuing for a long time, and becoming a fixed condi- tion of the body. Chyle (kil). A milky fluid, separated from the aliment in the intes- tines, mixing with and forming the blood. Chyme (kim) . The pulp formed by the food after it has been for some time in the stomach, mixed with the gastric secretions. Ci-ca'-trix. A scar that remains after a wound. Cir-cu-la'-tion. The motion of the blood, which is propelled by the heart through the body. Clav'-i-cle (klav'-i-kl). Collar-bone. Cli'-mac'-ter-ic. A term generally applied to the time at which the menses finally cease. Clys'-ter. An injection ; a liquid substance thrown into the lower in- testine. Co-ag'-u-la r -tion. A change from a fluid to a solid condition, as in the coagulation of the blood. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 601 Co-ag'-u-lum. A clot of blood. Co-a-lesce' (ko-a-les'). To grow together ; to unite. Col-lapse'. Sudden failure or prostration of the vital functions. Col-liq f -ua-tive (kol-lik'-wa-tiv). Excessive discharges from the body which weaken the system. Co'-lon. A portion of the large intestine. Co-los'-trum. The earliest secretion of milk. Co'-ma, Com'-a-tose. Lethargy ; disposed to sleep ; stupor. Com '-press. Several folds of linen rags ; a bandage. Con-cus'-sion (kon-kush'-un). A violent shock, as of the brain. Con'-flu-ent. Running together. Con-gen '-i-tal. From birth, or born with. Con-ges'-tion (kon-jest'-yun). Distention of any part by an accumu- lation of blood. Con-junc'-ti-va. The membrane which lines the eyelid and covers the eye. Con-sti-pa'-tion. Costiveness; obstruction or hardness of the con- tents of the intestines. Con-ta'-gious. Catching, or that may be communicated by contact. Con-tu'-sion. A bruise. Con-va-les'-cence. Gradual return to health after sickness. Con-vul'-sions. Involuntary and violent movements of the body. Cor'-dial. A medicine that mildly stimulates and raises the spirits. Cor'-ne-a. The transparent membrane in the forepart of the eye. Corpse. The dead body of a human being. Cor-rob'-o-rants. Tonics or strengthening medicines. Cor-ro'-sive. Substances that consume or eat away. Coun'-ter-ir-ri-ta'-tion. Drawing disease from one part by irritating another part. Cra'-ni-um. The skull. Cri'-sis. The turning point of a disease. Cru'-di-ty. Rawness ; indigestion. Cu-ta'-ne-ous. Pertaining to the skin, as cutaneous diseases. Cu'-ti-cle (ku'-ti-kl). The outer or scarf skin. Cyst. A bag or sac containing matter or other fluid. De-bil'-i-ty. Weakness. De-coc'-tions (de-kok '-shuns). Medicines prepared by boiling. Deg-lu-ti'-tion. The act of swallowing Del-e-te'-ri-ous. That which is hurtfuL 602 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. De-liq'-ui-um (de-lik'-we-um). Fainting. De-lir'-i-um. Wildness or wandering of the mind. De-mul'-cents. A mucilaginous medicine which soothes diseased mu- cous membranes. Den-ti'-tion. Teething. De-ob'-stru-ent. A mild laxative ; an aperient. De-ple'- tion. Diminution of the quantity of blood by blood-letting or other process. Dep'-u-ra-tion. Cleansing from impure matter. Derm. The natural tegument or covering of an animal. Des-qua-ma'-tion. Separation of the skin in scales; scaling off. De-ter'-gent. A medicine that cleanses from offending matter. Di-ag-no'-sis. The act of distinguishing diseases by symptoms. Di-a-pho-ret'-ics. Medicines which promote perspiration or sweat- ing. Di'-a-phragm (di'-a-fram). The muscular division between the chest and the abdomen. Di-ath'-e-sis. Tendency of the body to any form of disease, as scrofulous diathesis. Di-e-tet'-ic. Relating to diet or regimen. Dil-a-ta'-tion. Act of expanding or spreading in all directions. Dil'-u-ents. That which thins, weakens, or reduces the strength of liquids. Di-lut'-ing. Weakening. Dis-cu f -tients. Medicines which scatter a swelling or tumor, or any coagulated fluid or body. Dis-in-fec'-tants. Articles which cleanse or purify infected places. Dis-lo-ca'-tion. The displacement of a bone out of its socket. Dis-po-si'-tion. Tendency. Di-u-ret'-ic. A medicine that promotes the flow of urine. Dor'-sal. Pertaining to the back. Dras'-tics. Active or strong purgatives. Du-o-de'-num. The first of the small intestines. Dys'-cra-sia. A bad habit of body producing generally a diseased condition of the system. Dys-pep'-sia. Indigestion or difficulty of digestion. Dys-pha'-gi-a. Difficulty of swallowing. Dysp-noe'-a. Difficulty of breathing. Dys-u f -ri-a. Difficulty in discharging urine, attended with pain and heat. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 603 Eb-ul-li'-tion. The motion of a liquid by which it gives off bubbles of vapor as in boiling. Ef-fer-ves'-cence. The escape of gas from a fluid, as in the so-called “soda-water.” Ef-flo-res'-cence. Eruption or redness of the skin, as in measles, scarlet fever, etc. Ef-flu'-vi-a. Exhalations from substances, as from flowers or decaying matter. Ef-fu'-sion. An escape of the fluids of the body from their natural position into the tissues or cavities of the body. E-lec-tri-za'-tion. Medical use of the electric currents. E-lec'-tu-ary. Medicines mixed with honey or syrup. E-lim-i-na'-tion. Discharged from the body, as by the pores of the skin. E-ma-ci-a'-tion. Wasting away of the flesh. Em'-bry-o. The early stage of the foetus. Em'-e-sis. Vomiting. E-met'-ics. Medicines given to cause vomiting. Em-men'-a-gogue. A medicine which promotes the menstrual dis- charge. E-mol'-li-ent. A softening application which allays irritation. E-mul'-sion. A mixture ; as oil and water mixed with mucilage or sugar. E-nam'-el. The outside covering of the teeth. En-ceph'-a-lon. The whole of the brain. En-cys'-ted. Enclosed in a cyst or sac. En-dem'-ic. A disease peculiar to a certain district. E-ne'-ma. An injection. En-er-va'-tion. A loss of nervous tone and reduction of strength. En-te-ri'-tis. Inflammation of the bowels. En-to-zo'-a. Intestinal worms living in some part of an animal body. E-phem'-e-ral. Of short duration. Ep-i-dem'-ic. A disease that prevails. Ep-i-derm'-is. The scarf skin ; the cuticle. Ep- i-gas'-tric. Pertaining to the upper and anterior part of the abdo- men. Ep-i-glot'-tis. A leaf-shaped cartilage, whose use is to prevent food or drink from entering the larynx and obstructing the breath while eating. 604 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Ep-i-lep'-tic. Subject to epilepsy or the falling sickness. E-piph'-o-ra. An overabundant secretion of tears, causing what is termed a watery eye. Ep-i-spas'-tic. An application for blistering. Ep-is-tax'-is. Bleeding from the nose. Ep-i-the'-li-um. A layer of cells covering membranes. Er'-e-thism. Morbid energetic action of irritability. E-ro'-sion. Eating away; corrosion. Er'-rhine (er'-rin). A medicine for snuffing up the nose to promote the discharge of mucous. E-ruc-ta'-tion. Belching; gulping of wind from the stomach. E-rup'-tion. A breaking out on the skin. Es'-char (es'-kar). The dead part, killed by caustic or mortification, which falls off. Es-cha-rot'-ic. Caustic ; an application which sears or destroys the flesh. Eu-sta'-chi-an Tube (yu-sta'-ki-an). A narrow canal connecting the middle ear and throat. E-vac-u-a'-tion. Movement of the bowels, or passing of urine from the bladder. Ex-ac-er-ba'-tion (egz-as-er-ba'-shun) . Increase of severity in a disease. Ex-an-the'-ma. An eruptive disease, with fever, as small-pox, meas- les. Ex-ci'-sion. Cutting out of a part. Ex-cit'-ant. A stimulant. Ex-co'-ri-ate. To abrade or scrape off the skin in any way. Ex-cres'-cence. An abnormal or unnatural growth of a part, as a wart or tumor. Ex-cre'-tion. Waste matter thrown off from the system, as the perspi- ration, faeces, etc. Ex-fo'-li-ate. Scaling or peeling off; separation of decayed from liv- ing bone. Ex-ha-la'-tion. Emission of vapor, air, gas, etc. Ex-os-to'-sis. An unnatural growth from a bone ; a bony tumor. Ex-pec'-to-rant. A medicine which aids the discharge of phlegm from the bronchial tubes or lungs. Ex-pec-to-ra'-tion. Discharge of phlegm, mucous, or saliva from the mouth. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 605 Ex-pi-ra'-tion. The act of breathing out the air from the lungs. Ex-trav-a-sa'-tion. Effusion ; emptying or forcing a fluid out of its proper vessels. Ex-u-da'-tion. Perspiration ; the discharge of moisture on the surface of bodies. Fae'-cal (fe'-kal). Pertaining to the faeces. Fae'-ces (fe'-cez). The natural dicharges of the bowels. Far-a-diz-a'-tion. The use of the Faradaic current. Far-i-na'-ceous. Containing starch, as farinaceous food , starchy food. Fau'-ces. The back part of the mouth, at the entrance of the throat. Feb'-ri-fuge. A medicine which assuages fever and produces perspi- ration. Fe'-brile. Having the symptoms of fever; feverish. Fe'-mur. The thigh bone. Femoral, pertaining to the femur. Fet'-id. Having a rank, disagreeable odor. Fi'-brine. Animal matter found in blood. Fi'-brous. Composed of small threads or fibres. Fil'-ter. A strainer. Fil-tra'-tion. Straining. Fist'-u-la. A deep, narrow, crooked ulcer. Flac'-cid (flak'-sid). Soft and weak, lax, limber; as a flaccid muscle. Flat'-u-len-cy, Fla'-tus. Wind in the stomach and intestines caus- ing uneasiness. Flex'-i-ble. Easily bent ; yielding to pressure. Flood'-ing. Profuse flow of blood. Flush. A sudden flow of blood to the face. Flux. An unusual discharge from the bowels. Fce'-tus (fe-tus). The child in the womb. Fo-men-ta'-tion. Bathing by means of flannels dipped in hot water or medicated liquid. For-mi-ca'-tion. A sensation like the creeping of ants. For'-mu-la. A prescription. Fract'-ure. A broken bone. Fric'-tion. The act of rubbing. Fu-mi-ga'-tion, A vapor raised by burning. Func'-tion. The work or office performed by any part or organ of the body. Fun'-da-ment. The seat ; the lower extremity of the large intestine. Fun'-gus. A spongy excrescence, as proud flesh. 606 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Gal-van-i-za'-tion. Use of the galvanic current. Gan'-gli-on (gang'-gli-on) . An enlargement in the course of a nerve. Gan'-grene. Mortification or death of a part. Gar'-gle. A wash for the mouth and throat. Gas'-tric. Belonging to the stomach. Gas-tri'-tis. Fever or inflammation of the stomach. Ges-ta'-tion. The period of pregnancy. Gland. A soft body, the function of which is to secrete some fluid. Glot'-tis. The opening into the windpipe, covered by the epiglottis. Glu'-te-us. A name given to the muscles of the hip. Gran-u-la'-tion. The healing of a wound or ulcer by the formation of grain-like fleshy masses. Gru'-mous. Thick ; clotted ; concreted ; as grumous blood. Gut'-tur-al. Pertaining to the throat. Hab'-it. A peculiar state or temperament of the body. Hec'tic. A remitting fever, with chills, heat and sweat. Hem-a-to'-sis. An excessive or morbid quantity of blood. Hem-i-ple'-gia. Paralysis of one side of the body. He-mop'-ty-sis. A spitting of blood. Hem'-or-rhage. Bleeding; a flow of blood, as from the lungs, nose, etc. Hem'-or-rhoids. The piles ; tubercles from which blood or mucus is discharged. He-pat'-ic. Pertaining to the liver. Her-ba'-ceous (her-ba'-shus). Pertaining to herbs. He-red'-i-tary. Descended from a parent; inherited. Her'-pes. An eruption on the skin, as tetter, ringworn, etc. Her'-ni-a. A rupture, and protrusion of some part of the abdomen. Hu' -mors (yu'-mors). The fluids of the body. Hy'-dra-gogue (hy'-dra-gog). A purgative that produces a watery discharge from the bowels. Hy'-dro-gen. One of the elementary principles, always existing in water, of which it composes the ninth part. Hy-dro-pho'-bia. A dread of water; the rabid qualities of a mad dog. Hy'-gi-ene. The art of preserving health. Hy-per-es-the'-si-a. Excessive and abnormal sensibility. Hyp-o-chon-dri'-a-cal. Mealancholy; very dejected; low-spirited. Hyp-not f -ics. Medicines which cause sleep. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 607 Hy-po-der'-mic. Under the skin. Hy-ster'-ic-al. Nervous; subject to hysteria. I'-chor (i'-kor). A thin, watery, and acrid discharge from an ulcer. Id'-i-op'-a-thy. A morbid condition not preceded by any ®ther disease. Id-i-o-syn'-cra-sies. Peculiarities of constitution or temperament. U'-e-um. The lower part of the small intestines. II -i -ac. Pertaining to the small intestines. Im-be-cil'-i-ty. Feebleness ; weakness of mind or intellect. Im-mer'-sion. Plunging under water. In-a-ni'-tion (in-a-nish'-un). Emptiness; weakness; exhaustion. In -ci'-sor. A front tooth that cuts or divides. In-dig'-e-nous. Native to a country. In-di-gest'-i-ble. Difficult of digestion. In-dis'-po-si-tion. A disorder of health. In-fec'-tion. Contagion. In-flam-ma'-tion. A redness or swelling of any part. In-fu'-sion (in-fu'-zhun). Medicine prepared by boiling or steeping. In-ges'-tion (in-jest'-yun). Throwing into the stomach. In-jec'-tion (in-jek'-shun). Liquid sent into some part of the body by means of a syringe. In -oc-u-la'-tion. Communicating a disease to a person in health by inserting contagious matter in the skin. In-spi-ra'-tion. Drawing or inhaling air into the lungs. In-spis-sa'-tion. Rendering a fluid thicker by evaporation. In-teg'-u-ment. A covering ; the skin. In-ter-cos'-tal. Between the ribs. In-ter-mit'-tent. Ceasing at intervals. In-tes'-tines. The bowels. Joint. The junction of two or more bones; articulation. Lac'-er-a'-ted. Tom asunder. Lach'-ry-mal (lak'-ri-mal). Pertaining to the tears. Lac-ta'-tion. Act of nursing, or sucking. Lan'-ci-na-ting. Piercing, as with a sharp pointed instrument; hence lancinating pain. Lan'-guor (lang'-gwur) . Feebleness, weakness, lassitude of body. Lar'-ynx. The upper part of the windpipe. Lax'-a-tive. A mild purgative ; a medicine that loosens the bowels. Le'-sion. A rupture or tearing of the flesh ; a wound. 608 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Leth'-ar-gy. Unusual or excessive drowsiness. Leu-cor-rhe'-a. A white or yellowish discharge from the womb. Lig'-a-ture. A thread for tying blood-vessels to prevent hemorrhage. Li-ga'-tion. The art of tying a vessel. Lin'-i-ment. A medicated lotion or wash ; a soft ointment. Lith'-on-trip-tic. A solvent of the stone or gravel in the bladder. Li-thot'-o-my. The operation of .cutting for stone in the bladder. Liv'-id. Black and blue ; of a lead color. Lo'-chi-al. Pertaining to discharges from the womb after childbirth. Lum-ba'-go. Rheumatic pains in the loins and small of the back. Lum'-bar. Pertaining to the loins. Lymph (limf). A whitish fluid contained by the lymphatic vessels. Lym-phat'-ic (vessels). Fine tubes pervading the body ; absorbents. Mac-er-a'-tion. Dissolving or softening with water. Mac'-u-lar. Colored spots ; blemishes. Ma-la'-ri-a. Bad air; air which tends to cause disease. Mal-for-ma'-tion. A wrong formation or structure of parts. Ma-lig'-nant. Violent ; dangerous ; tending to produce death. Mar'-row. A soft substance in the bones. Mas-ti-ca'-tion. The act of chewing. Mat-u-ra'-tion. The formation of pus or matter in any part of the body. Me-dul'-la Oblongata. A nervous mass in the lower part of the brain. Men'-ses, Menstruation. The monthly courses of women. Men'-stru-um. A solvent ; any liquid used to dissolve solid substances. Me-phit'-ic. Suffocating ; noxious ; pestilential. Met-a-car'-pus. The hand between the wrist and fingers. Me-tas'-ta-sis. A change of disease from one part of the body to another. Met-a-tar'-sus. The part of the foot between the ankle and the toes. Mi-as'-ma, Miasmata. Malaria; exhalations from swamps and decaying matter. Mor'-bid. Diseased ; corrupt. Mor-bif-ic. Causing disease. Mu'-ci-lage. A glutinous, viscid fluid substance. Mu' -cus. The ropy, lubricating, tenacious fluid, secreted by the mucous membrane. Mus'-cles (mus'-sls). The organs of motion; they constitute the flesh. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 609 Nar-cot'-ics. Medicines that cause sleep, relieve pain, or stupefy. Nau'-se-a (naw'-she-a) . Sickness at the stomach, with a desire to vomit. Ne'-gus. A liquor made of wine, water, sugar, nutmeg, and lemon juice. Ne-phrit'-ic. Pertaining to the kidneys. Ner'-vine. A medicine that acts on the nerves. Neu-ral'-gia. Pain of a nerve without apparent inflammation. Neu-ras-the'-nia. Nervous exhaustion. Nor'-mal. Natural; regular. Nos'-trum. A quack or patent medicine. Nu-tri'-tious (nu-trish'-us) . A substance which nourishes or feeds the body. Ob'-long. Longer than broad. Ob-tuse'. Dull, not acute. CE-de'-ma. A watery swelling. Ol-fac'-tory Nerves. The nerves of smell. O-men'-tum. The caul or covering of the bowels. Oph-thal'-mi-a (of-thal'-mi-a). Inflammation of the eyes. O'-pi-ates. Medicines which promote sleep. Op '-tic Nerve. The nerve which enters the back part of the eye. Or-thop-nce'-a. Great difficulty of breathing, caused by diseases of the heart or diaphragm, or asthma. Os'-si-fy. To change flesh or other soft matter into a hard, bony substance. O'-vate. Oval; egg-shaped. O'-vum. An egg. Ox'-y-gen. A gas that forms one-fifth of the atmosphere. Pal'-ate. The partition separating the cavity of the mouth from that of the nose. Pal-pi-ta'-tion. Unnatural action of the heart, in which it beats too rapidly and strongly. Pan-a-ce'-a. A cure-all ; a universal medicine. Pa-pil'-la. A red, elevated point upon the tongue or elsewhere. Par-a-cen-te'-sis. Puncturing of the chest or abdomen for purpose of drawing off water. Pa-ral'-y-sis. Palsy ; a loss of the power of motion in any part of the system. Par-a-lyt'-ic. One affected with or inclined to palsy. 610 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Par-a-ple'-gi-a. Paralysis of the lower half of the body. Par'-ox-ysm. A fit of disease taking place periodically. Par-tu-ri'-tion. Child-birth. Pec'-tor-al. Pertaining to the chest. Pel'- vis. A bony cavity forming the lower part of the trunk of the body. Pep -sin. An important element of the gastric juice. Per-i-car'-di-um. The sac enclosing the heart. Per-spi-ra'-tion. Sweat; insensible evacuation of the fluids through the pores of the skin. Per-i-ne'-um. The space between the anus and the testicles. Per-i-os'-te-um. A thin, hard membrane covering the bones. Per-i-to-ne'-um. The membrane lining the abdomen and covering the bowels. Pe-te'-chi-ae. Purple spots which appear upon the skin in low fevers. Phag-e-den'-ic. Corroding; eating; applied to ulcers. Pha-lan'-ges. The bones of the fingers and toes. Phleg-mat'-ic. Abounding in phlegm ; cold ; dull ; sluggish ; heavy. Phar'-ynx. The upper part of the throat. Phlo-gis'-tic. Inflammatory. Phthys'-ic-al (tiz'-ik-al). A condition of the system tending to pulmonary consumption. Phlegm (flem). A stringy mucus of the respiratory and digestive passages. Ple'-thor-ic. Of a full habit of body. Pleu'-ra. A membrane that lines the inside of the chest and covers the lungs. Pleu'-ri-sy. Inflammation of the pleura. Pneu-mo-ni-a (nu-mo-ni-a). Inflammation of the substance of the lungs. Pol'-y-pus. A pear shaped tumor. Pre-scrip'-tion. The formula for the preparation of medicines. Probe. An instrument for examining the depth of a wound. Prog-no'- sis. The art of foretelling the termination of a disease. Proph-y-lac'-tic. A medicine to prevent disease. Pty'-a-lism (ty'-a-lism). A copious flow of saliva; salivation Pu-bes'-cent. Covered with down or very short hairs. Pul'-mo-na-ry. Pertaining to or affecting the lungs. Pulp. A soft mass. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 611 Pulse. The beating or throbbing of the heart or blood-vessels, especially to the arteries. Pun '-gent. Sharp, piercing, biting, stimulating. Pur'-ga-tive. A medicine acting on the bowels to loosen them. Pu'-ru-lent. Consisting of pus or matter. Pus. Yellowish white matter, found in abscesses, etc. Pus'-tules. Elevations of the skin having an inflamed base and containing pus. Pu-tres'-cent. Becoming putrid; pertaining to the process of putre- faction. Py-ro'-sis. A peculiar disease of the stomach called water-brash. Rec'-tum. The termination of the large intestine. Re-frig'-er-ant. Medicines which lessen the heat of a body. Reg'-i-men. The regulation of diet in order to preserve or restore health. Res-o-lu'-tion. Dispersion of an inflammation before pus has formed. Re-solv'-ents. Medicines to dissipate inflammation. Res-pi-ra'-tion. The process of breathing. Re-sus-ci-ta'-tion. Reviving from apparent death, as drowning. Ret'-i-na. The semi-transparent, internal nervous tissue of the eye. Ru-be-fa'-cients (shents). Applications that cause redness of the skin. Ru-bif-ic. Making red. Sac'-cha-rine (rin). Sugary; having the qualities of sugar. Sa-li'-va. The spittle ; the secretions of the salivary glands of the mouth. Sal-i-va'-tion. Increase of the secretion of saliva. San'-a-tive. Healing, or tending to heal. San'-guine (sang'-gwin) . Abounding in blood, or having the color thereof. Sa'-ni-es. A thin, often purulent discharge from wounds or ulcers. Scab. A crust formed over a sore in healing. Scarf-Skin. The outer skin of the body. Scir'-rhous (skir'-rus). Hard; knotty. Scor-bu'-tic. Pertaining to, or partaking of the nature of scurvy. Scro'-tum. The bag containing the testicles. Se-cre'-tion. The separation of any substance from the blood for a special purpose. Sed'-a-tive. A quieting medicine which allays irritation and soothes pain. 612 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. Sed'-en-ta-ry. Accustomed to, or requiring much sitting; inactive. Sem'-i-nal. Pertaining to, or contained in seed. S e r -rous. Thin, watery, like whey. Se'-rum. The watery parts of the blood, or of milk. Si-al'-o-gogues. Medicines that promote the flow of saliva. Sin'-a-pism. A mustard plaster. Sin'-ew (sin'-yu). that which unites a muscle to a bone. Slough (sluf). The part that separates from a wound. Slough'-ing (sluff-ing) . The separation of the dead flesh from a sore. So-lu'-tion. A liquid in which a solid substance has been dissolved. Sol '-vent. Having the power to dissolve solid substances. Sor'-des. The dark matter deposited upon the lips and teeth in low fevers. Spasm. An involuntary contraction of the muscles. Spe-cif'-ic. An infallible remedy. Spi'-nal Col'-umn. The back-bone. Spi'-nal Cord. The nervous marrow in the spinal column. Spleen. The milt ; it is situated in the abdomen and attached to the stomach. Squa'-mous (squa'-mus). Scaly; having scales. Ster'-num. The breast-bone. Ster'-tor. Noisy breathing, as in apoplexy ; snoring. Ster-to'-rous. Snoring. Stim'-u-lants. Medicines that excite. Sto-mach'-ic. A cordial for the stomach, exciting its action. Stool. A discharge from the bowels. Stran'-gu-ry. Difficult and painful expulsion of urine. Strict'-ure. Unnatural contraction of any passage of the body. Stru'-ma. Scrofula. Stu'-por. Insensibility ; numbness. Styp'-tic. A medicine which coagulates the blood, and stops bleeding. Sub-cu-ta'-ne-ous. Under the skin. Su-dor-if'-ics. Medicines that cause sweating. Sup-pos'-i-to-ries. Medicinal substances introduced into the rectum to favor or restrain evacuations, or to ease pain. Sup-pu'-ra-tion. Forming of pus. Sut'-ure. The peculiar joint uniting the bones of the skull. Symp'-tom. A sign or token ; the peculiar marks of any disease. MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. 613 Syn'-co-pe. Fainting or swooning. Syn'-o-cha. Inflammatory fever. Syph-i-lit'-ic. Pertaining to the venereal disease or pox. Syr'-inge. An instrument for injecting liquids into the bowels, ear, throat, or other cavities of the body. Tem'-per-a-ment. Individual constitution; a peculiar habit of body. Ten'-don. A fibrous cord attached to to the extremity of a muscle. Te-nes'-mus. A painful bearing down sensation in the lower bowels. Tense, Tension. Rigid, hard, stiff; drawn tightly. Tep'-id. Warm, but not hot. Ter'-tian (ter'-shun) . Occurring every other day. Tes'-ti-cles. Two glandular bodies situated in the scrotum, belonging to the male organs of generation. Tet'-a-nus. Locked jaw. Tib'-i-a. The large bone of the leg below the knee. Tinct'-ure. Medicine dissolved in alcohol. Tho'-rax. The cavity in the chest. To'-men-tose. Downy; nappy; covered with the finest hairs or down. Tor-mi'-na. Severe griping pains. Ton'-ics. Remedies which give tone and strength to the system. Ton'-sil. Glands situated on each side of the throat. Tor'-pid. Dull, stupid. Tra'-che-a. The windpipe. Tre'-mor. Involuntary shaking. Tu'-ber-cle (tu'-ber-kl) . A pimple, swelling, or small tumor. Tu-me-fac'-tion. The act of swelling or forming a tumor. Tu'-mor. A distention or enlargement of any part of the body ; a swelling. Ty'-phoid. Resembling typhus ; weak ; low. Ty'-phus. A form of low, nervous fever, malignant, infectious, etc. UP-cer. A sore, discharging pus. Um-biP-ic. The navel, or pertaining to the navel. U'-rea. A substance found in the urine. U-re'-ter. The duct or tube through which the urine passes from the kidneys to the bladder. U-re'-thra. The canal of the penis through which the urine passes from the body. U'-rine. Water evacuated from the bladder. 614 MEDICAL DICTIONARY OR GLOSSARY. U'-ter-us. The womb. U' -vu-la. The small conical body projecting from the middle or the soft palate. Vac'-ci-nate (vak'-sin-nate) . To inoculate with the cow-pox by inserting the vaccine in the skin. Vac'-cine. (vak'-sin). Belonging to, or matter of, the cow-pox. Va-gi'-na. The passage that connects the vulva with the womb. Vag-in-is'-mus. Spasm of the vagina, caused by morbid irritability. Val-e-tu-di-na'-ri-an. A person of a weak, infirm or sickly constitu- tion. Va-ri'-o-lous. Pertaining to or denoting small pox. Ve'-hicle (ve'-hi-kl). A liquor in which to administer medicines Ven'-e-ry. Sexual intercourse. Ve'-nous. Relating to the veins. Ven-ti-la'-tion. A free admission or motion of air. Ver'-mi-fuge. A medicine that expels worms. Ver'-ti-go. Dizziness; swimming of the head. Ves'-i-ca-ting. Blistering. Ves'-i-cle (ves'-i-kl). A little bladder of water formed under the skin. Vir'-u-lent. Extremely injurious ; malignant; poisonous. Vi'-rus. Active, contagious matter. Vis'-ce-ra. The internal organ of the body. Vis'-cid. Glutinous; sticky; tenacious. Vit'-re-ous Humor. One of the fluids of the eye, resembling glass. Vol'-a-tile. Easily evaporated ; substances that waste away on expos- ure to the atmosphere. Vul'-ner-a-ry. Pertaining to wounds. Vul-va. The external parts of the female organs of generation. Zy-mot'-ic. Contagious ; infectious ; such diseases as may be inocu- lated. DANGEROUS DISEASES CLASSIFIED AND GROUPED ACCORDING TO SYMPTOMS- Iu giving the symptoms of the follov^yig diseases we have not given all the symptomf in the various stages, but only the more jirominent ones occurring at the commencement. ERUPTIVE DISEASES. Nettle Rash. — This eruption consists of elevated spots on the surface of the skin, attended with violent burning, or tingling and itching. It sometimes appears in the form of large blotches. Erysipelas. — The attack is preceded by symptoms of fever, as headache, shivering, etc., followed by hot skin, quick pulse, pains in back and limbs. The seat of inflammation soon begins to swell, and becomes red or purplish, with severe tingling, burning sensation. Measles. — The symptoms at first are similar to catarrh or cold in the head, such as chilliness, running of the nose, eyes red and watery, sneezing, pain and soreness in the throat and chest, fever and thirst. The eruption gen- erally appears on the fourth day, and looks like flea bites. The skin feels rough when the hand is passed over it. Scarlet Rash. — The eruption is preceded by chilliness, heat, restlessness, dryness of the skin. The rash appears on the third or fourth day. The differ- ence between Scarlet Fever and Scarlet Rash is given under the former disease. Scarlet Fever. — At the commencement there is more or less fever, with shivering, lassitude, headache. The person will complain of soreness of the throat, and on examination it will be found red and shining. The rash makes its appearance in two days, first on the face and neck ; the redness disappears on making pressure with the finger. The difference between Scarlet Fever and Measles is given under the latter disease. Chicken Pox. — Sometimes at first there will be symptoms of fever ; this however is not always the case. The eruption appears in an irregular manner, differing in this from small pox, which appears first on the face. Small Pox. — This disease is generally preceded by a fever lasting three or four days. In the first stage the severe pains in the head and back are char- acteristic. The eruption appears about the third day, in the form of small bright red specks, and first on the face. FEVERS. Typhoid Fever. — This fever generally comes on gradually. The pa- tient may complain for a long time of weariness, and general uneasiness. These symptoms having continued for several days or weeks, the patient will be seized with a chill, followed by the ordinary symptoms of fever. There will be pain in the bowels which is increased by pressure over the right side. Inflammation of the Brain. — Generally comes on gradually, but sometimes suddenly. When gradually, the patient complains for some time of uneasiness, wakefulness, dizziness, poor appetite, noises in the head, ringing in the ears, frightful dreams, nausea, vomiting, etc. As the disease progresses, he has more or less headache, sometimes exceedingly severe, and violent fever. 615 616 SYMPTOMS OF DANGEROUS DISEASES. Remittent or Bilious Fever.— This is usually preceded by weakness, lowness of spirits, loss of appetite, yawning and stretching, flashes of heat and cold. These symptoms continue several days, when we have a well marked chill, followed by heat. Intermittent Fever. — This disease is characterized by paroxysms of fever, which occur at regular intervals. The paroxysm consists of three stages : the cold stage, the hot stage, and the sweating stage. The cold stage is preceded by languor, uneasiness, stretching and yawning, pains in the back, head, and loins, followed by chilliness which soon extends over the whole body. AFFECTIONS OF THE STOMACH AND BOWELS. Dyspepsia. — A sense of distention of the stomach, belching of wind, loss of appetit % low spirits, tongue coated, or pale and flabby. Stomach Ache, Colic. — A peculiar twisting, racking pain behind the navel, relieved by pressure ; belly hard, and drawn up into lumps. Inflammation of the Stomach. — Burning pain in the stomach with thirst, nausea, and vomiting, desire for cold drinks, prostration of strength, pain increased by pressure. Inflammation of the Bowels. — Commences with a chill, followed by fever, thirst, hot skin, and pain of a griping character in the bowels ; the pain is increased on pressure, and sometimes comes in paroxysms. Inflammation of the Liver. — Begins with symptoms of fever, with a sensation of pricking in the right side, and pain in the region of the liver, either acute or dull. The pain sometimes shoots up to the right shoulder. Inflammation of the Spleen. — Commences with the common symp- toms of fever, with pain in the left side, in the region of the spleen, with tender- ness on pressure. Pain dull or cutting. Worms. — The symptoms are paleness, itching of the nose, grinding of the teeth during sleep, starting from sleep, swollen belly, irregular appetite. Diarrhoea. — Frequent discharges from the bowels, with a sense of weight, and more or less griping. Dysentery. — Loss of appetite, with constipation or diarrhoea, followed by passages of mucus streaked with blood. Cholera Morbus. — Generally comes on suddenly, with vomiting and purging, accompanied with severe griping pains in the bowels and stomach. The discharges consist at first of the contents of the bowels, followed by watery, bilious matter. Piles. — An attack is preceded by a sense of weight in the lower part of the abdomen, with a painful itching about the anus. DISEASES OF INFANTS. Convulsions of Infants. — The eyes at first are fixed, the muscles of the face contract, and sometimes there is foaming at the mouth. The whole body is sometimes convulsed. Thrush. — Redness of tongue and gums, and dryness of the mouth. Whitish spots soon appear and cover the entire mouth. Cholera Infantum. — The attack may be sudden, with violent vomiting and purging, or may be preceded by a slight diarrhoea. Everything is vomited, and the stools are streaked with green, or yellowish and watery. Croup. — Generally commences with symptoms of catarrh, with dry cough, hot skin, quick pulse, rattling in the throat, hoarseness. When the child is attacked, the cough is hoarse and ringing, the breathing hurried, face flushed, etc. Hooping Cough. — This is characterized by a convulsive paroxysm of coughing, attended with hissing breathing. It begins with symptoms of catarrh. Mumps. — Commence with fever, and symptoms of catarrh. The neck becomes stiff and painful. A swelling soon appears at the angle of the lower jaw. HOW TO DETECT SUDDEN AND SERIOUS MALADIES. # THE CLINICAL THERMOMETER. The value of the information afforded by this little, simple structure cannot be over-estimated as a guide to the detection and treatment of disease. Every mother ought to possess one of these thermometers, and be able to take the temperature of her children. A single observation will often reveal the true nature of a sudden or temporary indisposition. It will indicate the existence of many maladies in their earliest stages, and point out the necessity for prompt treatment. The clinical thermometer has done more than anything to render accurate knowledge of the nature of disease, and to advance the art of treatment. It is in daily use in every hospital in this country, and ranks in importance with the stethoscope ( heart or lung tester). The physician without his thermometer is like a mariner without his compass. In fact, one of these instruments should be in every family, or, at least, within the immediate neighborhood. The actual work of taking the temperature is simple and easily performed, and in many cases it is necessary to take the temperature six times in twenty-four hours ; a careful record of the same being kept, will often greatly facilitate the efforts of the doctor in promoting a speedy recovery. A sudden rise or fall of the temperature of the patient foreshadows peril, several hours in advance, (as the barometer does the storm) the doctor may be summoned and enabled to ward off a deadly exacerbation or collapse. 618 THE CLINICAL THERMOMETER. HO 105 100 O H O < £ W Pi w H W S O £ Pi w H O H 1-3 <3 95 A clinical thermometer does not differ essentially from the common weather thermometer ; it is smaller, more accurate, and is not supported in a frame. The • figures are engraved on the glass, and are graduated from about 90 to 115 degrees. These thermometers are generally self-registering. At the top of the mercury there is a little piece which has purposely been left detatched, to serve as an index. Before taking the temperature this is shaken down to about 96 degrees ; then, as the mercury rises, the detatched portion is left at the highest point reached. The Graduating Scale is very simple and easily understood. Each of the long lines counts a degree, each degree is subdivided into four or five parts, thus securing accuracy in getting the exact temperature. The fractions are generally written decimally, thus : 3-4 are written .75. The Normal Temperature of the body is about 98.4. How To Take The Temperature. There are three regions where the temperature may convenient- ly be taken : the bowel, the arm-pit, and under the tongue. In the case of children, where the knowl- edge of the temperature is always important, the bowel is the most convenient and generally more preferable. The observation is quickly made and its accuracy is not influenced by the restlessness of the child. With adults the temperature is generally taken in the arm-pit, or under the tongue. The tempera- ture under the tongue is more readily and quickly ascertained, and particularly in cases where patients are not confined in bed is more reliable. The temperature of the extremities may be ascertained by holding the thermometer in the closed hand. The following is the method of ascertaining the temperature under the armpit : the index should be shaken down, and the instrument warmed by holding in the closed hand for a moment. The patient, if THE CLINICAL THERMOMETER. 619 lying on the side, should be turned over, and the observation made in what was the lower armpit. The bulb of the instrument should be placed snugly within the folds of the armpit, carefully observing that it is in contact with the skin on all sides, and that none of the garments interfere. The fore-arm of the patient should be laid across the chest, while in this position, let the thermometer remain five minutes. The temperature under the tongue is taken as follows : shake down the index and warm as before ; place the bulb of the instrument as far back under the tongue as possible, close the mouth, and breathe through the nose for three minutes. The temperature in the bowel is taken as follows : shake down the bulb and warm instrument as above directed ; if the patient is an adult, he should lay on one side, with knees well drawn up ; if a child, let it be placed on its chest across its mother’s knees, or its legs may simply be held up enough to expose the parts ; dip the instrument into sweet oil, and pass the bulb through the anus into the bowel for a space of about two inches, and let it remain three minutes. The instrument should be thoroughly cleansed after each observa- tion and in cases of contagious diseases, cleanse with carbolic acid or Tilden’s fluid. The frequency of observations must be regulated by the urgency of the case. In chronic illness, morning and evening will be sufficient ; in cases of fever, etc., every three or four hours may be necessary, and in cases of imminent danger much oftener. Clinical thermometers can be had at most all thoroughly equipped drug stores. What is wanted is a “clinical self registering thermometer,” they are made of all sizes. A four inch instrument will be found most convenient. In purchasing a clinical thermometer, do not be induced to buy a fancy case with a cheap instrument inside ; cheap instruments are very little better than none. By addressing King, Richardson & Co., Springfield, Mass., and enclosing three dollars and ten cents ($3.10) you will receive, by mail, a thermometer which has been thoroughly tested by the professor of chemistry at Yale college, and warranted to be accurate. Each instrument is carefully packed, and guaranteed to reach its destination in perfect order. SdOTiH? PHRENOLOGY ILLUSTRATED NATURAL LANGUAGE OF THE FACULTIES. NAMES AND NUMBERS OF THE ORGANS. DEFINITION OF THE ORGANS. 1. Amativeness, Love between the sexes — desire to marry. A. Conjugality, Matrimony — love of one — union for life. 2. Parental love, Regard for offspring, pets, etc. 3. Friendship, Adhesiveness — sociability — love of society. 4. Inhabitiveness, Love of home and country. 5. Continuity, One thing at a time — consecutiveness. E. Vitativeness, Love and tenacity of life — dread of annhilation. 6. Combativeness, Resistance — defense — courage — opposition. 7. Destructiveness, Executiveness — force — energy. 8. Alimentiveness, Appetite — hunger* — love of eating. 9. Acquisitiveness, Accumulation — frugality — economy. 10. Secretiveness, Discretion — reserve — policy — management. 1 1 . Cautiousness, Prudence — provision — watchfulness. 12. Approbativeness, Ambition — display — love of praise. 13. Self-Esteem, Self-respect — independence — dignity. 14. Firmness, Decision — perseverance — stability — tenacity of will. 15. Conscientiousness, Integrity — love of right — justice — equity. 16. Hope, Expectation — enterprise — anticipation. 17. Spirituality, Intuition — faith — “light within” — credulity. 18. Veneration, Reverence for sacred things — devotion — respect. 19. Benevolence, Kindness — goodness — sympathy — philanthropy. 20. Constructiveness, Mechanical ingenuity — sleight of hand. 21. Ideality, Refinement — love of beauty — taste — purity. B. Sublimity, Love of grandeur — infinitude — the endless. 22. Imitation, Copying — patterning — mimicry — following examples. 23. Mirthfulness, perception of the absurd — jocoseness — wit — fun. 24. Individuality, Observation — desire to see and examine. 25. Form, Recollections of shape — memory of persons and faces. 26. Size, Cognizance of magnitude — measuring by the eye. 27. Weight, Balancing — climbing — perception of the law of gravity. 28. Color, Perception and judgment of colors, and love of them. 29. Order, Perception and love of method — system — arrangement. 30. Calculation, Cognizance of numbers — mental arithmetic. 31. Locality, Recollection of places and scenery. 32. Eventuality, Memory of facts and circumstances. 33. Time, Cognizance of duration and succession of time — punctuality. 34. Tune, Sense of harmony and melody — love of music. 35. Language, Expression of ideas — memory of words. 36. Causality, Applying causes to effect — originality. 37. Comparison, Inductive reasoning — analysis — illustration. C. Human Nature, Perception of character and motives. D. Agreeableness, Pleasantness — suavity — persuasiveness. 621 - TOILET REMEDIES m SIMPLE, EFFICIENT, AND HEALTHFUL. 0 Dandruff (to remove , and to cleanse the scalp thoroughly ). — Take as much boracic acid as you can dissolve in a half pint of soft water. Apply three times a day. Hair Oil (very fine). — Castor oil, cologne and alcohol, each four ounces ; oil lemon grass, one-half dram ; oil bergamot, ten drops. Shampoo (excellent to cleanse the hair and scalp). — Salts of tartar, powdered borax, aqua ammonia, each one-half ounce ; rain water, one pint. Tooth Powder (excellent). — Powdered borax, one-half ounce; powdered chalk, three ounces; add a few drops oil of wintergreen. In using a tooth powder some prefer to touch the brush to toilet soap then dip into powder. Chapped and Rough Hands. — Wash the hands in vinegar with a handful of oatmeal added, then apply a dressing made of glycerine and rose water, equal parts. Hair Curling Liquid. — Salt of tartar (carbonate of potassa), one-quarter ounce ; aqua ammonia and cologne, each one dram Shake daily for a week, then strain. Directions : Moisten the hair and adjust loosely; as it dries it shows its tendency to curl. Complexion Powder (excellent and harmless). — Prepared chalk, one ounce ; cologne and alcohol, each two and one-half ounces ; distilled water, one and one-half ounce ; glycerine, one-half ounce ; extract of heliotrope, one dram. Dissolve chalk in the alcohol, then mix all together. Directions : Shake well before using, apply with sponge or soft cloth, when dry remove chalk to suit complexion. Gray Hair, to Darken (not injurious). — Glycerine and rose water, each one ounce. Work well into the roots of the hair at each morning’s dressing. 622 PRESCRIPTION REGISTER. EXPLANATION. The design of this Register is to record prescriptions and remedies that have been proved valuable, which would otherwise be irreparably lost, or neces- sitate the expense of a duplicate. A proper entry, in each case, will give the disease it is intended to relieve, the date when the Physician was called, or • when the medicine was used ; by whom prescribed ; the required dose ; the Druggist compounding it, and the pre- scription number. Their preservation for future use will be found not only a convenience, but will often prove “a friend in need,” making this an inval- uable feature of the work. See annexed blank filled out. THE PUBLISHERS. /»«..*> 189 p r Geo. S. St ebb ins. Remedy for R Menthol, - j drs. Oil of Wintergreen , i “ Oil of Peppermint, i “ Alcohol, - - - 3 “ Dose ^ fifty.. externa tty : How often, Fre ? uentl y- ....“'O.. Druggist. No ..14%* REMARKS: Dr Remedy for 189 Dr Remedy for. 189 Dose, How often, Druggist. Nq, REMARKS: Dose, How often, Druggist. No REMARKS 623 624 PRESCRIPTION REGISTER. 189 189 Dr Remedy for R Dr Remedy for R Dose, Dose, How often, Druggist No REMARKS: How often, Druggist. No REMARKS: 189 189 Dr : Remedy for R Dr... Remedy for R Dose, How often, Druggist. No REMARKS; Dose, How often, Druggist. No REMARKS : PRESCRIPTION REGISTER. 625 Dr Remedy for 189 Dr. Remedy tor R 189 Dose, How often, Druggist. No REMARKS: Dose, How often, Druggist. No, REMARKS : Dr Remedy for 189 Dr Remedy for. 189 Dose, How often, Druggist. No, REMARKS: Dose, How often, Druggist. No, REMARKS : 626 PRESCRIPTION REGISTER. Dr Remedy for ..„ 189 Dr Remedy tor. 189 Dose, How often, Druggist. No REMARKS: Dose, How often, Druggist. No REMARKS: Dr. Remedy for R 189 Dr Remedy for. 189 Dose, How often, Druggist. No. Dose, How often, Druggist. No.. .. PEMARKS : REMARKS : PRESCRIPTION REGISTER. 6x5* 189 1 89 Dr Dr Remedy for tit Remedy for tit Dose, How often, Dose, How often, Druggist. No REMARKS: Druggist. No REMARKS : 189 189 Dr Dr Remedy for R Remedy for R Dose, how often, Dose, How often, Druggist, No REMARKS: Druggist. No REMARKS : HOUSEHOLD MEMORANDA FOR MISCELLANEOUS RECIPES AND VALUABLE INFORMATION. - * .... .. ^ j 630 631 INDEX. The heavy face black numbers refer to the Homoeopathic treatment. A Abdomen, Anatomy of 46 Abortion 268 388 Abrasion of the skin 460 Abscess 95 360 Abscess in the ear 95 360 Abscess of bone — 61 Abscess in the breast 285 Absinthe 403 Accidents and emergencies 452 Accident and injuries 462 Accidents, To avoid 494 Accouchement 286 Acid Phosphate, Horsford’s 532 Acids 500 “ Citric 403 “ Gallic 403 “ Muriatic 403 “ Carbonic 403 “ Carbolic 403 “ Nitric 404 “ Oxalic 404 “ Sulphuric 404 “ Tannic 404 “ Tartaric 404 Aconite 404 395 Acute intlamation of the bowels. . . 107 861 Acute or inflammatory fever 167 Acute rheumatism 237 Administering medicines 514 Affections of stomach 616 Ague 165 Ague Mixture, Christie’s 534 Ague Mixture, Jayne’s 533 Ague root 407 Agrimony 404 Air 79 Air and temperature of nursery. . . . 303 Alcohol 404 Alkekenge 404 Allen’s Lung Balsam 533 Allspice 404 Almond, sweet 404 Aloes . . 406 Alum 406 Alum root 423 Amaurosis 191 Amenorrhcea 270 American hellebore 401 “ valerian 421 Ammonia 406 Anaemia 291 889 Anatomy of the human body 9 Anchylosis 254 Aneurism 96 Angina pectoris 221, 37 3 378 Anise 406 Ankle, Dislocation of the 473 Antidotes 523 Antidotes, diseases ....» — 519 Antidotes to poisons 530 Antimony 500 Anti-dyspeptic powder 432 Anti-dyspeptic pills 432 Antispasmodic tincture 432 Appetite, deficient 137 Apis mel 395 Apoplexy 97, 99 360 Apothecaries’ weight 357 Apparent death from drowning. . : . 458 “ “ “ lightning.... 459 “ “ “ vapors 459 “ “ “ cold 460 “ “ “ hanging 460 “ “ “ a blow 460 “ “ “ hunger 460 Approximate measures 356 Aquafortis 406, 500 Arbor vitae 430 Areca nut 406 Arnica 406 Arnica montana 895 Arrowroot 408 Arsenic, Poisoning by 500 Arsenic 408 Arsenicum 395 Arteries 64 Arterial system 65 Assafoetida 408 Assimilation, To increase 504 Asthma 99, 101, 447 360 Asthma Cure, Himrod’s 531 Asiatic cholera 117 363 Attenuations 359 Atropine 408 Atrophy 246, 263 388 Aubergier’s Syrup Lactucarium.. . 536 August Flower, Green’s 533 Ayer’s Sarsaparilla 531 “ Ague Cure 531 “ Cathartic Pills 531 B Back, Pains in the 101 361 Baldness 101 361 Balsam of Peru 408 Balsam of Tolu — 408 Balsam of Canada. Tincture of 446 Balm 408 Balmony 408, 432 Balm of Gilead 408 632 INDEX, 633 Bandaging, Art of 452 Bandy Legs 466 Baneberry 408 Barberry 408, 432 Barker’s Pills 536 Barrenness 291 389 Barber’s Itch 102 361 Barks 402 Bateman’s Pectoral Drops 536 Bathing 84 Bathing for infants 304 Baths 506 Bayberry 408, 415, 432 Bearberry 408, 421 Bed sores 102 361 Belladonna 408, 417 896 Betel nut 406 Beth-root 432 Betony 433 Bichloride of gold treatment 326 Biennials 402 Bilious colic 122 Bilious fever 166 369 Bilious headache 183 Biliousness 447 Bile 50 Birch bark 408 Bites and stings 486 Bites from insects 486 Bitter root 408, 411, 433 Bittersweet 397 Bitters, Indiana 535 “ Hostetter’s 535 “ Stoughton 535 Boschee’s German Syrup 536 Blackberry 408 Black cohosh 410, 419, 433 Black oak bark 410,430 Black snakeroot 410, 419, 433 Black lead 398 Black salve. ... 538 Bladder, The 55 Bladder, Inflammation of the 195 374 Bladder, Irritation of the 206 376 Blear eye 586, 103 Bleeding from the bladder 103 Bleeding from the nose 104 361 Bleeding from the lungs 105 361 Blindness 106 Blood Mixture, Clark’s 534 Bloody urine 103 361 Bloodroot 410, 413 Blow, Apparent death f rom 460 Blood, The 69 Blue pimpernel 445 Blue skullcap 405 Blue flag 409, 410 Blue copperas, Poisoning by 501 Blue conosh 411 Blush, Inflammatory 200 Bouncing root 445 Bones, The 56 Boneset 410, 411, 433 Bones, Ulceration of the 261 383 Borax 428 Bowels, as indicating disease 89 Bowels, Acute inflammation 106, 616 361 Bowels, Chronic inflammation 107 862 Bowel, Falling of 163 Boxwood 415 Brain, Anatomy of the 11 Brain, Inflammation of the 124 Brandreth’s Pills 536 Bread of life 435 Breath, Fetid 171 Breath, Offensive 223 Breasts, the 284 Bronchitis 107, 447 362 Brown’s Troches 534 Brow ache 185 Brow ague 185 Bruises 458 Bryonia alba 396 Buckthorn 410 Bugle weed 410, 417, 433 Burns and scalds 456 Burdock 410, 433 Burgundy pitch 439 Burdock, Tincture of 446 Butternut 410, 433 Butterfly weed 417, 442 Caffeine, Caffeina, or Caffeia 410 Calamus 410 Calcarea carbonica 896 Calico bush 423 Calomel 410, 502 Camomile 433 Camomile pills 433 Camphor 410 Cancer 109 862 Canker of the mouth 308, 110, 434 862 Canada snakeroot 433 Canker, Compound for 434 Cantharis 428 896 Caraway, Seeds of 412 Carbolic Salve, Henry’s 538 Carbo vegetabilis 896 Carditis 192 Care of the teeth 351 Caries 261 Carolina pink 413, 426 Carrot 412 Carter’s Little Liver Pills 532 Castor oil 412 Catalepsy Ill 362 Cataract 112 862 Catarrh 112, 114, 447 868 Catarrhal fever 208 Catarrh Cure, Hall’s 533 Catarrh Remedy, Sage’s 584 Cathartic Pills, Ayers 531 Cathartics 447 Catmint 412 Catnip 412 Cayenne pills 434 Cayenne pepper 412 Cements 538 Centaury. American 412 Central applications 510 Cerium, Oxalate of 412 Chalk, Prepared 412 Chamomile flowers 412 Chamomilla ggo Chapped or cracked lips 115, 447 363 Charcoal 414 896 Chestnut leaves 414 Chiccory 414 Chicken pox 116, 321, 615 863 Chilblains 115 863 Childbirth 287 Child crowing 315, 328 Children’s diseases 296, 334 890 China 896 Chloral, Hydrate of 414 Chlorate of potash 414 Chloride of tin, Poisoning by 501 Chloride of zinc “ “ . 601 634 INDEX. Choice Family Liniment 537 Choking 461 Cholera, Asiatic 117, 118 363 Cholera morbu3 119,120, 448, 616 363 Cholera infantum 311,448, 616 391 Cholera, diarrhoea, dysentery 434 Chordee 179 Chorea 255 382 Christie’s Ague Mixture 534 Christmas rose 420 Chronic inflammation of the bowels 107 362 Chronic catarrh 114 363 Chronic rheumatism 236 Cina 397 Cinchona bark 414 Cinnamon 414 Circulation, To regulate the 504 Clark’s Blood Mixture 534 Clergyman’s sore throat 120 Clinical thermometer 617 Clouded, colored urine 123 Cloves 416 Coakum 409 Cocculus indicus 501 397 Cod liver oil 416 Coffea 397 Cold 449 Cold, Apparent death from 460 Cold in the head 315 391 Colds 210 Colic 121, 123, 448, 616 363 Colic, Painters’ 121 363 Colic weed 407 Colic, Wind 122 Colic, Bilious 122 Colic of infants 309 390 Colic, Remedy for 434 Collar-bone, Dislocation of the — 468 Collar-bone, Fracture of the 478 Colocynthis 397 Colt’s foot 416,433 Comf rey 435 Compound fractures 482 Compound spirit of ether 416 Composition powder 434 Concussion of the brain 124 364 Condition Powders, St. John’s 534 Conditions of health 74 Condyles, Fracture of the 477 Confinement 286 388 Congestion 125 Congestion of the brain 125 364 Congestive headache 184 Conserve, stimulating 435 Constipation 131,448 364 Constipation during pregnancy 282 387 Constipation of infants 310 391 Consumptive Cure, Shilo’s 533 Contagious diseases — 320 Contagious parasitic diseases 324 Contused wounds 489 Constitutions 335 Consumption 127, 130, 435, 448 364 Consumption, Powder for 435 Convulsions 125, 294, 317, 364 389 Convulsions in infants 317, 616 392 Copper, Poisoning by 501 Copperas 416, 503 Corns 132 Cornea, Ulceration of 133 364 Corpulence 133 865 Corrosive sublimate, Poisoning .... 502 Cough 134, 449 365 Cough drops or syrup 435 Cough Lozenges, Keating’s 534 Cough pills 435 Cough powders 435 Countenance, indicating disease... 87 Cow’s milk 588 Cramp 135 365 Cramp of the legs 888 Cramp of stomach, Remedy for — 435 Cramp or spasm of the stomach ... 136 365 Cranesbill 416, 423 Creosote 416 Croup 314, 322, 449, 616 391 Croup, Membranous 391 Croup, Syrup for the 426 Crow corn 407 Crow foot 423 Crushes and jams 492 Cubebs. 416 Cupping 492 Cuticura Resolvent 533 Cut throat 461 Cuttle fish 400 Cuts 465 Cuts from flesh 466 Curative powder 436 Cyanide of potassium, Poisoning by 503 D Dandelion 416 Dandruff 449, 622 Deadly nightshade 408, 417 395 Deafness 136 365 Death 586 Death from cold 460 Death from a fall or blow 460 Death from strangling 460 Death from hunger 460 Debility 137 Decoctions 430, 432 Defective appetite 137 365 Delayed menstruation 269 385 Delirium tremens 137, 449 365 Dewberry 408 De wee’s Carminative 536 Diabetes 139, 306, 366 390 Diabetes mellitus 366 Diabetes of infants 306 390 Diabetes. Powder for 436 Diagnosis, Electrical 509 Diarrhoea 140, 449, 616 366 Diarrhoea of infants 310,448 391 Digitalis 418 Digestibility of food 77 Digestion, Process of 48 Digestive power, To increase 504 Dilation of the heart 142 366 Diphtheria 295 a, 143, 322, 449 366 Discolored skin 144 Disease germs, To destroy 528 Disease, Indications of 87 Disease of the valves of the heart. 146 Diseases and their remedies 95 Diseases, Antidotes 519 Diseases of infants 616 Diseases of the heart 186 378 Diseases of the spinal cord 252 382 Diseases of pregnancy 282 387 Diseases of children 296, 334 390 Diseases of old age 584 Diseases of women 267 884 Disinfectants 528 Dislocations 467 Dislocation of lower jaw 468 Dislocation end of collar bone 468 Dislocation of shoulder 468 INDEX. 635 Dislocation of elbow-joint 469 Dislocation of fingers or toes 470 Dislocation of the wrist-joint 470 Dislocation of the hip-joint 470 Dislocation, backward 471 Dislocation, downward, inward... 472 Dislocation, -upward, inward 472 Dislocation of the knee-pan 472 Dislocation of foot at ankle 473 Disorders of the sweat glands 145 Disorders of the oil glands 145 Diuretic powder 436 Dizziness 144 367 Dock ointment 436 Dog’s-bane 411, 433 Dogwood 415 Domestic remedies 432 Doses proper for different ages .... 356 Dover’s powder 416 Dove’s foot 423 Drop berry 445 Dropsy 146, 147, 449 367 Dropsy, Decoction for 436 Dropsy of the heart 145 Dropsy, Powder for 436 Drosera 397 Drowning, To resuscitate from .... 458 Dulcamara 397 Dysentery 147, 150, 322, 450, 616 367 Dysmenorrhoea 272 385 Dyspepsia. 151, 450, 616 367 E Ear, Anatomy of the 43 Earache 153, 450 368 Ear, Foreign bodies in the 499 Ear, Inflammation of the 199 Ear, Noises in the 222 Ear, Polypus of the 232 Ear, Wax in the 265 Eczema 259,260 379 Edison’s Polvform. 536 Eggs as food 75 Egyptian ophthalmia 232 Elbow-joint, Dislocation of the... 469 Elecampane 418 Elderberries and bark 418 Electrical diagnosis 509 Electricity, central applications ... 510 Electricity, Healing power of 507 Elm poultice 436 Ely’s Cream Balm 533 Emaciation 263 383 Emetic powder 436,450 Emissions, Nocturnal 222 Enlargement of the uvula 154 368 Enlargement of the heart 154 Epilepsy.. 155, 157 368 Epsom salts 418,424 Eruptions 450 Eruptive diseases 615 Eruptive diseases of the scalp 157 Erysipelas 158, 160/615 368 Erysipelas of infants 307 390 Erysipelas, Decoction for 436 Erythema 200 376 Excretion, To increase 504 Exercise 83, 301 Expectorant, Jayne’s 533 Expectoration 91 Exhaustion 161 368 Eye, Anatomy of the 38 Eye, as indicating disease 87 Eye, Inflammation of the 197 375 Eye, Substances in the 484 Eyelids, Inflammation of the 198 Eyes, Treatment of the 161, 162 368 Eyewashes 450 Eye Water, Thompson’s 536 Eyes, weakness 264 F Face, Anatomy of the 31 Faeces, as indicating diseases 89 Fainting 162 369 Fall, Apparent death from 460 Falling of the fundament 163 Falling off of the hair 181 372 False pregnancy 284 Farcy 174 Fellows’ Syrup of Hypophosphites 532 Felons 164, 325 369 Females, Cordial for 437 Female corrective pills 437 Female corrective powders 437 Female organs of generation 56 Female restorative pills 437 Female restorative powders 437 Female strengthening syrup 438 Fennel seed 418 Fetid breath 171 371 Fever and ague 165 369 Feverfew 418 Fever-root 418 Fever-wort 433 Fevers 164, 450, 615, 369, 389 Fevers, Tonic decoction after 438 Fevers, Remedy for 438 Fig 418 Finger, Fracture of 474 Finger, Ingrowing nail 466 Fingers, toes, Dislocation of. 470 Fish, Poisoning by 501 Fistula 171 371 Fits 125 Fits of infants 317 392 Flatulence 451 Flax, common 438 Flaxseed 418 Flaxseed, Emulsion of 438 Fleabane 418 Flooding 276 386 Flooding, Remedy for 437 Flowers 402 Flowering cornel 415 Food for sick 589 Food for infants 299, 588 Food, Variety of 74 Fore-arm, Fracture of the 475 Foreign bodies in the ear 499 Foreign substance in the eye 484 Foreign substance in the nose .... 498 Foxglove 407, 418 Fracture of the skull 474 Fracture of the thigh 481 Fracture of the finger 474 Fracture of the hand or fingers ... 474 Fracture of the fore-arm 475 Fracture of the humerus 476 Fracture of neck of humerus 477 Fracture of the condyles 477 Fracture of the shoulder-blade — 477 Fracture of the collar-bone 478 Fracture of the ribs 478 Fracture of the lower jaw 479 Fracture of knee, ankle-joint 479 636 INDEX. Fracture of the knee-pan 480 Fracture of the pelvis 482 Fractures 473 Frost-bite 461 Fumigation 529 Fumitory 438 Fumitory, Compound decoction . . . 438 G Gall-bladder 51 Gallstones 172 371 Gangrene 173 371 Gangrenous stomatitis 110 Gargle 451 Garget 409 Gargle in putrid sore throat 367 Garlic 418 Gastralgia 451 Gastritis 194 General debility 137 Generative organs 55 German cologne 532 Germander 418 German Liniment 537 Germs of disease, To destroy 528 Ginger 418 Ginger, Syrup of 439 Ginger, Tincture of 446 Ginseng 415, 420 Glanders 174 Glands 68 Glandular swelling 174 371 Glasses, When to use 162 Glonoine 397 Glossitis 200 Glycerine 420 Golden rod 420 Golden seal 405,439 Gonorrhoea 174 371 Gonorrhoea, Pills for 439 Good Samaritan Liniment 537 Gout 180 372 Graphites 398 Gravel 180, 451 Gravel root 443 Gravel and stone, Decoction for. . . 439 Gravel and stone, Pills for 439 Gray hair 181 Green Mountain Salve 538 Green ozier 415 Green sickness 292 Green vitriol, Poisoning by 501 Green’s August Flower 533 Grindelia 420 Ground holly 409 Ground ivy 420 Guarana 420 Guaiacum and sassafras, Tincture 446 Gum arabic 420 Gum-boil 181 372 Gums 38 Gums, lips, indicating disease 89 Gunshot wounds .... 490 H Hair, Gray 181 Hair, Weakness of the 181 Hall’s Catarrh Cure 533 Hall’s Hair Renewer 532 Hamlin’s Wizard Oil 537 Hanging, Apparent death from... 460 Hardhack root 411, 420 Harter’s Wild Cherry Bitters 534 Hartshorn 406 Hay asthma 182 Hay fever 182 372 Head, Anatomy of the 9 Headache 182, 451 372 Headache snuff 439 Healall 411 Healing drawing plaster 439 Healing salve 439 Healing and cleansing salve 439 Healing and softening salve 439 Health, Conditions of 74 Heart, Anatomy of the 28 Heart, Dilation of the. 142 366 Heart disease 186 Heart, Disease of the valves of the 146 Heart, Dropsy of the 145 Heart, Enlargement of the 154 Heart, Neuralgia of the 221 873 Heart, Palpitation of the.. 187, 224,873 378 Heartburn 187 Heart, Shrinking 246 Heartburn during pregnancy 283 387 Hebra’s Ointment 538 Hellebore, Black 420 Hemlock, Poison 405, 420 Hemlock tree 440 Hemoptysis 105 Hemorrhages 451 Henbane 417 398 Henry’s Carbolic Salve 538 Hepar sulphur 898 Hepatic pills 440 Hernia 498 Herpes 259 Hiccough 187 373 Himrod’s Asthma Cure 531 Hip-joint disease 188 873 H ip-] oint, Dislocation of the 470 Hoarseness 188 373 Holmes’ Frostilla. 536 Homoeopathic remedies 360 393 Hood’s Sarsaparilla 531 Hoodwort 405, 445 Hooping cough 316, 451, 616 391 Hops 420 Horehound 422 Horsebalm 422 Horsefly weed 407 Horsford’s Acid Phosphate 532 Horseweed 411, 418 Hostetter’s Bitters 535 Humerus, Fracture of the 476 Hunger 460 Hydrochloric acid 403 Hydrophobia 188 373 Hydrothorax 145 Hyoscyamus niger 398 Hypertrophy 154 Hypochondria 190 373 Hypochondria pills 440 Hypophosphites, Fellows’ Syrup of 532 Hyssop 422 Hysteria 292 889 Hysteria pills 440 Hysterical convulsions 364 Hysterics 292 I Idiosyncrasy 93 Ignatia amara 397 Imperfect sight 191 Incised wound 487 INDEX, 637 Incontinence of urine, infants 890 Incontinence of urine 191 373 Incubus 221 Indian cockle 397 Indian hemp 408 Indian pills 440 Indian sage 433 Indian tobacco 419 Indiana Bitters 535 Indigestion 151 Indigestion, Tonic draught for 440 Infantile erysipelas 159 Infected rooms, Precautions 529 Infants’ dress 299 Infectious febrile diseases 320 Inflamed nose 200 376 Inflammation 451 Inflammation of the bladder 195 374 Inflammation of the bowels 616 Inflammation of the brain 124, 615 Inflammation of the breast 284 388 Inflam, breast and navel of infants . 304 Inflam, of stomach, Decoction .... 440 Inflam, of the bowels, Decoction.. 441 Inflam, of kidneys, Decoction 441 Inflammation of liver, Decoction.. 441 Inflammation of lungs, Decoction. 441 Inflammation of the ear 199 375 Inflammation of the eye 197 375 Inflammation of edge of eyelids... 198 Inflammation of the heart 192 Inflammation of iris 200 Inflammation of the kidneys 194 374 Inflammation of the larynx 197 375 Inflammation of the liver 193, 616 374 Inflammation of eyes, Lotion 440 Inflamed nose 200 Inflammation of the ovaries 275 386 Inflammation of the pericardium. 192 Inflammation of the peritoneum... 196 374 Inflammation of the pharynx 120 Inflammation of the spleen 193, 616 374 Inflammation of the stomach. . ..194, 616 374 Inflammation of the tongue 200 375 Inflammation of the tonsils 198 375 Inflammatory blush 200 376 Inflammatory fever 167 369 Influenza 208, 203 376 Infusions 403, 432 Ingrowing nails 466 Injection powder 441 Injuries and accidents 462 Injuries to Achilles tendon 483 Insanity 204 376 Insects, Bite3 of 486 Intermittent fever 165, 616 Intestines, The 51 Intoxication 206 Irritant poisons ... 530 Iodine, Poisoning by 501 Ipecac 422 Ipecacuanha 398 Iris, Inflammation of 200 Iritis 200 Iron 422 Iron, Poisoning by 503 Irritation, Itching 202 376 Irritation of the bladder 206 376 Irritation of the spine 206 376 Irritable bladder 283 387 Issues 494 Itch 202 876 Itch, Wash for 441 Ivy-poisoning 503 J Jackson’s Pectoral Syrup *32 Jamestown weed 422, 423 Jaundice 207 377 Jaundice of infants 305 890 Jaundice, Decoction for 441 Jaws 31 Jayne’s Ague Mixture 533 Jayne’s Expectorant 533 Jew’s-harp 432 Joints, Stiffness of 254 Juniper berries 422 K Keating’s Cough Lozenges 534 KeeleyCure 326 Kendall’s Spavin Cure 534 Kennedy’s Medical Discovery 532 Key to Prescriptions 518 Kidney and Liver Cure, Warner’s . . 533 Kidneys, The 54 Kidneys, Inflammation of the 194 374 King’s evil 243 381 King’s New Discovery 533 Knee-pan, Dislocation of the 472 Knee-pan, Fracture of the 480 L Labor 287 Ladies’ slipper 421, 422 Lacerated wounds 489 La Grippe 208 Larynx, Inflammation 197 Larynx, The 22 Laryngitis 197 376 Laudanum 422 Laudanum, Poisoning by 502 Laurel-water, Poisoning by 503 Lead 422 Lead, Poisoning by 501 Leeches, How to apply 493 Legs, Bandy 466 Leopard’s bane 406 LePage’s Liquid Glue 538 Leprosy 213 Leucorrhoea 277 387 Lice 214 377 Lichen 232 Licorice 424 Light, Effect on persons 82 Lightning, Death from 458 Lime 422 Liniment for gathered breasts — 442 Liniment of camphor 442 Liniment for cramp 442 Liniment of hartshorn.... 442 Liniments 537 Lips, The 31, 89 Lips, Chapped 115 Liver Pills, Carter’s 532 Liver, The 48 Liver, Inflammation of the 193, 616 874 Liver complaints, Decoction 441 Lobelia 419, 424, 442 Lock-jaw 215 877 Logwood 424 Loose teeth 216 Lung fever 229 Lovage 424 Lovers, Counsel to 563 638 INDEX. Low spirits 215 Lower jaw, Dislocation of the 468 Lower jaw, Fracture of the 479 Lucifer matches, Poisoning by ... . 502 Lumbago 214 377 Lunar caustic 424 Lunar caustic, Poisoning by 502 Lung Balsam, Allen’s 533 Lung fever 340 Lungs, Anatomy of 26 Lungs, Bleeding from 105 Lung-test in newborn infants 28 Lycopodium 398 M Mad dog weed 405 Magnesia 424 Magnesia, Sulphate of 424 Magnetic Liniment 537 Magnolia Balm 532 Male fern' — 424 Male organs of generation 55 Malignant measles 319 Malt 425 Man and wife, Counsels to 566 Mandrake 423, 424 Marshmallow 421,425 Masturbation 216 377 Meadow cabbage 415 Meadow sweet 420 Meals and sleep for the aged 585 Measles 318, 319, 321, 615 392 Meats, Raw 75 Meconium, The 297 Medical dictionary 596 Medical treatment for old age 585 Medicated pads 539 Medicine, How to disguise — 354 Membranous croup 391 Menorrhagia 272 386 Menses 267 Menstrual disorders 270, 437, 442 385 Mercurius 398 Mercury 425, 502 Mercury, Poisoning by 502 Mettaner’s Aperient 536 Mexican Mustang Liniment 537 Milk as food 76 Milk Crust Eczema 260 Milk fever 285 388 Milk leg 389 Milk sickness 217 Milk teeth 34 Milkweed 411, 425 Mineral waters 540 Miscarriage 288 388 Monkshood 409 395 Moral influences during pregnancy 282 Mortification 173 371 Mothers during pregnancy 280 Mountain laurel .423, 425 Mouth, The 32 Mouth, Sore 252, 308 362 Mrs. Winslow’s Soothing Syrup 535 Muriate of zinc, Poisoning by 501 Muriatic acid, Poisoning by 500 Muscles, The 61 Muscular action, To regulate 504 Mustard 425 N Narcotic poisons 530 Nausea 218 377 Navel and breasts of infants 304 Neck of the humerus, Fracture 477 Nerves, The 13 Nervine pills 440 Nervous fever 168 870 Nervous system 17 Nettle 425 Nettle rash 235, 615 880 Neuralgia 219 877 Neuralgia of the head 185 Neuralgia of the heart - .221 373 378 Newborn infants 296 Newly married couples 567 Nightmare 221 378 Nitrate of silver 424 Nitrate of silver, Poisoning by 502 Niter 502 Nitric acid, Poisoning by 500 Nitroglycerine 397 Nocturnal emissions 222 378 Noises in the ear 222 378 Nose, Anatomy of the 12 Nose, Bleeding at the 104 Nose, Foreign substances 498 Nose, Inflamed 200 Nose, Polypus 233 Noxious vapors, Apparent death.. 459 Nurses, Employment of 300 Nursing, Artificial 301 Nux vomica 399 Nux vomica, Poisoning by 503 o Obstructed menstruation 270 385 Offensive breath 223 378 Oil-glands, Disorders of 145 Oil bitter almonds, Poisoning 503 Oil of vitriol 404 Oil of vitriol, Poisoning by 500 Old age, its care and diseases 584 Ointments 538 Onanism. 216 377 Onion 425 Ophthalmia 197, 232, 256, 313, 323 375 Opium 425, 502 399 Orange root 405, 420 Organic headache 185 Osgood’s Indian Cholagogue 536 Otalgia 153 Otitis 199 375 Oxalic acid 500 Oxbalm 411 P Pads, Medicated 539 Pain Relief Liniment 537 Painful menstruation 272 885 Pains in the back 101 Pains in the side 223 878 Painters’ colic 121 Palpitation of heart 187, 224 37 3 378 Palpitation of heart. Decoction — 442 Palsy 225 378 Pancreas, The 53 Papoose root 411 Papulous scall 379 Paralysis 225, 227 378 Paregoric, Poisoning by 602 Parotitis 218 377 Pasque flower 399 INDEX. 639 Parsley 425 Parturition 286 Pectoral Syrup, Jackson’s 632 Pelvis, The 58 Pelvis, Fracture of the 482 Pennyroyal 413, 426 Peppermint 426 Pepsin ' 426 Perennials 402 Pericarditis 192 Pericardium, Inflammation 192 Perinseum, The 56 Periodic headache 185 Peritoneum, Inflammation of 196 374 Peritonitis 196 374 Perry Davis’ Pain Killer 537 Persimmon 426 Pharyngitis 120 Pharynx, The 25 Pharynx, Inflammation of 120 Phimosis 176, 178 Phosphorus 399 Phosphorus, Poisoning by 502 Phrenology. 620 Pierce’s Purgati\ie Pellets 535 “ Golden Medical Discovery. . 535 Pigeon berry 409 Pile Ointment, Seeley’s 538 Piles 227, 451, 616 379 Piles, Decoction for 442 Piles, Ointment for 442 Pills 403,432 Pinkroot 413, 426 Pipsissewa 409, 426 Plants 402 Pleurisy 228 379 Pleurisy root 417,425,442 Pleuritis 228 379 Pneumonia 229 Poison of honey bee 395 Poison ivy 426 Poison oak 400 Poisonous plants or seeds 502 Poisons and antidotes 530 Pole cat weed 415 Poke weed 409, 426 Polyform, Edison’s ’ 536 Polypus of the ear 232 379 Polypus of the nose 233 379 Poplar 443 Potash, Poisoning by 503 Poultice, soothing, softening 443 Poultice for internal inflam 443 Poultice, for external inflam 44? Pox : 258 Precautions as to infected rooms. . 529 Pregnancy 279 387 Premature birth 294 Prescriptions, Key to.... Prickly ash Prickly heat Prince’s pine Profuse menstruation Prolapse of the rectum . . . Properties of medicines. Proud flesh Prurigo Prussic acid Puerperal convulsions... Puerperal fever Puerperal mania Pulsatilla Pulse, indicating disease Pumpkin seeds 518 393 421, 426, 443 232 379 409 272 386 369 513 466 203 503 294 389 389 295 389 399 88 426 Punctured wounds 489 Purulent ophthalmia 232, 313 379 Putrid sore throat 262 Q Quassia 426 Queen of the meadow 427, 443 Queen’s root 427 Quicksilver 393 Quinine, Sulphate of 427 Quinsy 233 375 Quinsy, Decoction for 443 R Rabies 188 Raccoon berry 423 Radway’s Regulating Pills 531 “ Ready Relief 531 “ Renovating Resolvent 531 Ragweed 427 Rasberry, Ground 405 Rashes 234, 235 Rattle Bush 407 Rattle weed 449, 433 Red lead, Poisoning by 501 Red puccoon 413 Red raspberry 443 Remedies classified 514 Remittent fever 166,616 369 Residence for invalids 80 Respiratory power, To increase 504 Retention of urine in infants.. ... 305 390 Rheumatic liniment 443 Rheumatic headache 185 Rheumatism 236, 451 379 Rhubarb 427 Rhus tox 426 400 Ribs, Fracture of 478 Richweed 411 Rickets 319 392 Ringworm 237,324 380 Rochelle salt 427 Roots and barks 402 Roots of annual plants 402 Runnings of the ear 334 Rupture 498 s Saffron 427 Sage 427 Sage’s Catarrh Remedy 534 Salt 428 Saltpetre, Poisoning by 502 Sanative Ointment 538 Sarsaparilla 427 Sarsaparilla, Ayer’s 531 “ Hood’s 531 Sarsaparilla, False 427 Sassafras 428 Scabies 202 376 Scalds and burns 456 Scalp, Diseases of the 157 Scarlatina 238,241 380 Scarlatina anginosa 239 380 Scarlatina maligna 210 380 Scarlet fever 238, 321, 615 380 Scarlet rash cio Sciatica 242 381 Scoke 409 Scrofula 243,24 4 381 Scrofula, Purifying powder for 444 640 INDEX. Scrofulous ophthalmia 256 Scurvy 245 381 Scurvy, Purifying powder for 444 Seasickness * 246 381 Seal root 445 Secret habit of females 543 Secretion, To increase 504 Seeds and fruits 402 Seeley’s Pile Ointment 538 Seidlitz powders 428, 531 Self-pollution 216 Seltzer Aperient 534 Senna 428 Sepia 400 Sheep laurel 423 Shilo’s Consumptive Cure 533 Shoulder, Dislocation of 468 Shoulder-blade, Fracture of 477 Shaking palsy 225 379 Shrinking of the heart 246 Sick headache 183 Side flowering skullcap 405 Side, Pains in 223 Sight, Imperfect 191 Silicea. 400 Simple inflammatory fever 369 Sinuses, The 68 Skin, The 70 Skin, Abrasion of 460 Skin, Discolored 144 Skull, Fracture of the 474 Skullcap 405, 428 Skunk cabbage 415, 428 Sleeplessness. 451 Slippery elm 413, 428, 445 Slow, or nervous fever 168 3 7 0 Small-pox 247, 320, 615 381 Small-pox, Prevention of 251 Snakehead . 408 Snakeroot, Black ..A 419, 428 Snakeroot, Virginia 407, 428 Snakes, Bites of 486 Snapping hazelnut 419 Snuffles 315 891 Soap wort 445 Soda, bicarbonate of 428 Soda, borate of 428 Soda, chloride of 428 Solomon’s seal 428, 445 Soothing syrup, Poisoning by 502 Soothing syrup, Mrs. Winslow’s... . 535 Sore eyes of infants 313 391 Sore mouth 252 382 Sore nipples 285 388 Sore throat 253, 262 382 Sore throat, Decoction for 443 Sore tongue 252 382 Sozodont 532 Spanish flies 428 896 Spasm in the stomach 136 365 Spavin cure, Kendall’s 534 St. Jacob’s Oil 537 St. John’s Condition Powders 534 Stoughton’s Bitters 535 Stratena, Van Stan’s 538 Swift’s Specific, S. S. S 532 Spasms of infants 317 392 Spasm of glottis 315 391 Spasmodic powder 445 Spearmint 429 Spectacles, When to use 162 Spice bush 429 Spiced bitters 445 Spikenard 429 Spinal cord 11 Spinal cord, Disease of 252 382 Spinal weakness 487 Spine, Irritation of the 206 376 Spirit of wine 404 Spitting of blood, Pills for 446 Spleen, The 51 Spleen, Inflammation of 193, 616 374 Spongia 400 Spotted alder 419 Spotted geranium 416, 423 Sprains 485 Squill 429 Squaw root 411, 419 Squinting 257 383 Stab 466 Stammering 259 St. Anthony’s fire 436 Staphisagria 429 Star grass 407, 429 St. Ignatius bean 398 Stiff neck 253 382 Stiffness of the joints 254 Stitch in the side 254 382 Stomach ache 451,616 Stomach, The . 47 Stomach, indicating dis'ease 89 Stomach bitters 446 Stomach, Inflammation of 194, 616 374 Stone root 411, 418 Strabismus 257 Strains 485 Stramonium 423, 429 Strangling, Apparent death 460 Strengthening plaster 446 Strumous ophthalmia 256 Strychnine 503 St. Vitus dance 255 382 Styes 257 382 Sudden accidents and injuries 462 Sudorific powders 446 Sugar of lead, Poisoning by .... 501 Sulphate of iron, Poisoning by 503 Sulphide of calcium 398 Sulphur '. 429 400 Sulphuric acid. Poisoning by 500 Sumach 429 Summer bronchitis 182 Summer complaint 311 391 Sundew 397 Superficial veins 67 Suppressed menstruation 270 Suppression of urine 257 383 Surditas 136 Sweat glands, Disorders of 145 Sweet flag 410 Sweet fern 429 Sweet spirit of niter 429* Swelling of the uvula 154 Swellings, Glandular 174 Syncope 162 Syphilis 258 383 Syrup of poppies, Poisoning by ... . 502 T Table of remedies 518 Tannin 404 Tansy 429 Tar 430 Tarrant’s Effervescent Seltzer Aperient 534 Tape worm 266 Tartar emetic 500 400 Teeth 33 Teeth, How to preserve 351 641 INDEX. 494 216 35 306 390 ,335 215 377 259 481 636 534 58 123 491 .411, 433 21 461 253 262 .307, 616 390 Teeth, How to draw 494 Teeth, Loose 216 Teeth, Order of appearance .... Teething Temperaments, The Tetanus Tetter Thigh, Fracture of 481 Thompson’s Eye Water 636 Thompson’s Hot Drops 534 Thorax, The 58 Thorn apple 123 Thorns in the flesh 491 Thorough wort 411, 433 Throat, Anatomy of 21 Throat, Cut. 461 Throat, Sore 253 Throat, Ulcerated 262 Thrush Tincture of balsam of Canada 446 Tincture of burdock 446 Tincture of ginger .446 Tincture guaiacum, sassafras 446 Tinctures 403, 432 Toilet, The 622 Tongue, indicating disease 88 Tongue, Inflammation of the 200 375 Tongue, Sore 252 Tongue, Structure of 36 Tongue-tie 304 Tonics 451 Tonsilitis 198 Tonsils, The 25 Tonsils, Inflammation of 198 Toothache 261 383 Toothache bush 421, 443 Trachea, The 22 Trance Ill 362 Trask’s Magnetic Ointment 538 True love 432 Tuber root 417 Tulip tree 430 Turmeric root 405 Turpentine 430 Typhoid fever 169, 323, 615 370 Typhus fever 168 370 375 U Ulcerated nose 200 376 Ulceration of the bones 261 383 Ulceration, mouth of infants 308 Ulceration of the nose 114 200 Ulcerated sore throat 262 382 Ulcers 262 Ulcers of the leg 383 Umbel nerve root 421 Unicorn root 407 Upland cranberry 421 Urinal difficulties, children 305 Urine, The 54 Urine, Clouded 123 Urine, Incontinency of 191, 373, 390 Uvula, Swelling of 154 V Vaccination 492 Valves of the heart, Diseases of 146 Van Stan’s Stratena 538 Vapors, Noxious 459 Varicella 116 Varicose veins in pregnancy 283 388 Variola 247 381 Veins 67 Ventilation Ventricles of the heart.... Veratrum album Veratrum viride Verdigris, Poisoning by... Vermilion, Poisoning by.. Vinegar Bitters, Walker’s Virginia snakeroot Vital action, To increase.. Vomiting Vomiting, How produced. Vomiting of infants 81 154 . .. 501 ... 502 ... 535 .407 , 428 . . . 504 401 401 262 383 530 310 391 w Wake robin 432 Walker’s California Vinegar Bit- ters 535 Warner’s Safe Cure 533 Warner’s Kidney and Liver Cure. . 533 Warts 263 383 Washing and dressing infants 298, 299, 304 * Wasting 263 383 "Neater 80 W ater brash 264 384 Water, Healing properties of 505 Water hoarhound 410, 417, 433 Watery eye 264 384 Wax myrtle 408, 415 Wax in the ear 265 384 Weakness of the eyes 264 Weakness of the hair 181 Weaning 303 Wens 497 White bryonia 396 White cedar . 430 White hellebore 401 White lead, Poisoning by 501 White leg . . . 389 White oak bark 430 White. swelling 61, 265 384 White vitriol, Poisoning by 501 White walnut 430, 433 Whites 277 387 Whitlows '. 497 Whooping cough 316, 323 391 Wild cherry . . 430 Wild cucumber 397 Wild ginger 433 Wild indigo 407, 431 Wild tobacco 419 Willow 431 Wind colic 122 Wintergreen 409 Witch hazel 419, 431 Wizard Oil, Hamlin’s 537 Wolf’s foot 409 398 Womb, The 274 Womb diseases 278, 437 886 Women, Diseases of 267 384 Wood sage 418 Worm grass 413 Worms 265, 266, 313, 451, 616, 384 391 Wormseed 397 Wormwood 419, 431 Wounds 487 W rist j oint, Dislocation of 470 Y Yarrow 431 Yellow dock 405,431 Yellow fever 170 370 Yellow puccoon 405, 439 INDEX. 642 Yellow wood 443 Young husbands, Counsels to 567 Y